20 General Development Requirements
Chart 20.20.010 sets forth the dimensional requirements for each land use district except: the Downtown Land Use Districts, the Evergreen Highlands Design District, the Evergreen Highlands Subarea Transportation Improvement Overlay District, the Medical Institution District, the OLB-OS Land Use District, and the BelRed Land Use Districts. All structures and activities in the City not located in the above districts shall conform to the dimensional requirements in Chart 20.20.010. Dimensional requirements for the Downtown Land Use Districts are found in LUC 20.25A.060. Dimensional requirements for the Evergreen Highlands Design District are found in Part 20.25F LUC. Dimensional requirements for the Evergreen Highlands Subarea Transportation Improvement Overlay District are found in Part 20.25G LUC. Dimensional requirements for the Medical Institution District are found in Part 20.25J LUC. Dimensional requirements for the OLB-OS Land Use District are found in LUC 20.25L.030. Dimensional requirements for the BelRed Land Use Districts are found in LUC 20.25D.080. Dimensional requirements for the Eastgate Transit Oriented Development Land Use District are found in LUC 20.25P.060.A. Additional special dimensional requirements for designated areas of the City are contained in other parts of the Code as follows:
A. Part 20.25B LUC – Transition Areas;
B. Part 20.25C LUC – OLB Districts;
C. Part 20.25E LUC – Shoreline Overlay District;
D. Part 20.25H LUC – Critical Areas Overlay District;
E. Part 20.45A LUC – Platting and Subdivisions;
F. Part 20.45B LUC – Short Plats and Short Subdivisions. (Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 4; Ord. 6366, 8-7-17, § 6; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 5; Ord. 5717, 2-20-07, § 3; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 1; Ord. 5587, 3-7-05, § 4; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 3; Ord. 5403, 8-5-02, § 4; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 2; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 302; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 402; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 4; Ord. 3219, 1-17-83, § 4)
Chart 20.20.010 Uses in land use districts – Dimensional Requirements
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | Residential | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LL-1 | LL-2 | SR-1 | SR-2 | SR-3 | SR-4 | LDR-1 | LDR-2 | LDR-3 | MDR-1 | MDR-2 | |
DIMENSIONS | (52) | (52) | (52) | (52) | |||||||
Front Yard Minimum Setback of Structures (feet) | 35 | 30 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 |
Rear Yard Minimum Setback of Structures (feet) (11) (17) (18) (20) (38) (39) | 25 | 25 | 25 | 25 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 |
Side Yard Minimum Setback of Structures (feet) (7) (11) (17) (18) (20) (38) (39) | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
2 Side Yards Minimum Setback of Structures (feet) (7) (17) (18) (20) (38) (39) | 20 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 |
Minimum Lot Area | 35 | 20 | 13.5 | 10 | 8.5 | 7.2 | 4.7 | (12) | (12) | ||
Dwelling Units per Acre (21) (22) | 1 (1) | 1.8 (1) | 2.5 (1) | 3.5 (1) | 4 (1) | 5 (1) | 7.5 (1) | 10 (2) | 15 (2) | 20 (2) | 30 (2) |
Minimum Width of Street Frontage (feet) | 30 | 30 | 30 | 30 | 30 | 30 | 30 | ||||
100 | 90 | 80 | 70 | 65 | 60 | 50 | |||||
150 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | |||||
Maximum Building Height (feet) (10) (26) (45) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) (13) (14) (16) (26) (27) (37) (39) | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 |
Maximum Hard Surface Coverage (percent) (37) (39) | 75 (36) | 75 (36) | 75 (36) | 75 (36) | 75 (36) | 80 (36) | 80 (36) | 90 | 90 | 90 | 90 |
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) (37) (39) | 45 (36) | 45 (36) | 45 (36) | 45 (36) | 45 (36) | 55 (36) | 55 (36) | 65 | 65 | 65 | 65 |
Alternative Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) (37) (39) (48) | 50 (36) | 50 (36) | 50 (36) | 50 (36) | 50 (36) | 55 (36) | 55 (36) | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 |
Minimum Greenscape Percentage of Front Yard Setback (40)(51) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | ||||
Additional dimensional requirements for Shoreline Overlay Districts are found in Part 20.25E LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Evergreen Highlands Design District (EH-A, EH-B, EH-C, EH-D) are found in Part 20.25F LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Office and Limited Business – Open Space (OLB-OS) are found in Part 20.25L LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Medical Institution District (MI) are found in Part 20.25J LUC.
Uses in land use districts – Dimensional Requirements
STD LAND USE CODE REF | LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | Professional Office | Office | Office/Limited Business | Office/Limited Business 2 | Light Industry | General Commercial | Neighborhood Business | Neighborhood Mixed Use | Community Business | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PO | O | OLB | OLB 2 | LI | GC | NB | NMU | CB | |||||
DIMENSIONS | (21) | (21) | (21) | (21) | (28) | ||||||||
Minimum Setbacks of Structures (feet) Front Yard (18) (20) | 30 | 30 | 50 | 0 | 15 | 15 | 0 | 50 | 20 | ||||
25 | 25 | 50 | 0 | (2) | (2) | (2) | 0 | (2) | 30 | 5 | |||
20 | 20 | 30 | 0 | (2) | (2) | (2) | 0 | (2) | 30 | 5 | |||
40 | 40 | 60 | 0 | (2) | (2) | (2) | (2) | 60 | 10 | ||||
(8) | (8) | 1 | (8) | (8) | (8) | 1 (49) | (8) | .75 | |||||
2A | 2A | 2A | |||||||||||
Dwelling Units per Acre (15) (22) (53) | 10 (23) | 20 (23) | 30 (23) | 15 (23) | 30 (23) | 30 (23) | 30 (23) | ||||||
Minimum Dimensions (feet) Width of Street Frontage | 200 | 200 | 200 | ||||||||||
200 | 200 | 200 | |||||||||||
Maximum in Building Height (feet) (10) | 20 | 30 | 45 (6) | 75 | 45 (9) | 30 | 20 (25) | 75 | 45 (46) | 75 | |||
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) (13) (14) (16) | 35 (24) | 35 (24) | 35 (24) | 35 | 50 | 35 (24) | 35 (24) | 35 (24) | 40 (24) | ||||
Maximum Hard Surface Coverage (percent) (37) (47) | 85 | 85 | 85 | 85 | 90 | 85 | 80 | 85 | 85 | 85 | 85 | ||
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) (35) (37) | 60 | 60 | 60 | 60 | 65 | 65 | 60 | 60 | 65 | 60 | 60 | ||
Alternative Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) (35) (37) (39) (48) | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 85 | 85 | 80 | 80 | 85 | 80 | 80 |
Additional dimensional requirements for Shoreline Overlay Districts are found in Part 20.25E LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Evergreen Highlands Design District (EH-A, EH-B, EH-C, EH-D) are found in Part 20.25F LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Office and Limited Business – Open Space (OLB-OS) are found in Part 20.25L LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Medical Institution District (MI) are found in Part 20.25J LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Eastgate Transit Oriented Development District are found in Part 20.25F LUC.
Notes: Uses in land use districts – Dimensional requirements*:
* Code reviser’s note: Ordinance 6672 amended these notes and unintentionally omitted the amendments made by Ordinance 6626. At the city’s request, the amendments of Ordinance 6626 have been retained.
(1)At a minimum, one single-family structure is permitted per lot, unless developing middle housing or developing single-family developments within the Critical Areas Overlay. See LUC 20.20.538 for dimensional requirements for middle housing projects. Dwelling units per acre for single-family developments located within the Critical Areas Overlay shall be calculated pursuant to LUC 20.25H.045.
(2)The permitted number of dwelling units shall be either the units calculated in LUC 20.20.538 for middle housing projects or dwelling units per acre, whichever is larger. For sites located within the Critical Areas Overlay, dwelling units per acre shall be calculated pursuant to LUC 20.25H.045.
(3)See LUC 20.20.012.
(4)See LUC 20.20.015.
(5)Intentionally deleted.
(6)The maximum allowable building height is 75 feet on any property designated OLB which lies within 475 feet of the right-of-way of I-405, between I-90 and SR-520.
(7)Attached multifamily dwellings located on adjacent lots may reduce the applicable side yard setbacks between structures to zero when consolidating the subject lots, when the project limit contains multiple preexisting lots, or where a unit lot subdivision or unit lot short subdivision is proposed.
(8)Any office building or any office portion of a building in the PO, O, OLB, LI, GC, NB, CB or F1 Districts shall comply with the following limitations on Floor Area Ratio:
(a)At 0.5 FAR, no office building or office portion of a building may exceed 50,000 square feet of gross floor area; and
(b)For any office building or office portion of a building greater than 50,000 square feet in gross floor area, the following sliding scale shall be observed as interpolated and extrapolated below:
(i)At 0.3 FAR, no office building or office portion of a building may exceed 100,000 square feet of gross floor area; and
(ii)At 0.1 FAR, no office building or office portion of a building may exceed 150,000 square feet of gross floor area.
(c)In an O District, north of Factoria Mall and directly adjacent to an F2 District, any office building or any office portion of a building may have a Floor Area Ratio greater than 0.50, not to exceed a Floor Area Ratio of 0.75 FAR. In this district, the sliding FAR scale does not apply.
This footnote 8 shall not apply to sites in the Critical Areas Overlay District. Density/intensity on sites in the Critical Areas Overlay District is calculated pursuant to LUC 20.25H.045.
(9)The maximum building height may be exceeded upon approval of the Director of the Development Services Department. Requests for such approval shall be processed in accordance with the administrative conditional use procedure of Part 20.30E LUC. Before granting any such approval, the Director of the Development Services Department must find that:
(a)The height increase is only to accommodate equipment, structures or buildings that contain special equipment primarily related to light manufacturing, wholesale, trade and distribution use, and is not for office or bulk retail use; and
(b)There is functional need for a height increase; and
(c)The overall site development will minimize adverse impacts caused by the height increase.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this note, no height increase is permitted within a transition area as defined in Part 20.25B LUC.
(10)The allowable building height of any building located in PO, O, OLB, GC, NB, or CB Districts may be increased by 1 story, but not to exceed 15 feet, if basement parking for that building occupies a minimum of 75 percent of the building footprint.
(11)The LUC contains enhanced setback requirements for churches, clubs, and institutions (refer to LUC 20.20.190) and schools (refer to LUC 20.20.740) located in residential land use districts.
(12)For each square foot of lot area devoted to open space in excess of 30 percent of the total lot area, 1 square foot is added to the lot area for the purpose of calculating density.
(13)Lot coverage is calculated after subtracting all critical areas and stream critical area buffers; provided, that coal mine hazards (LUC 20.25H.130), habitat associated with species of local importance (LUC 20.25H.150), and seismic hazards (LUC 20.25H.120.A.4) shall not be subtracted.
(14)Maximum lot coverage by structures is determined after public right-of-way and private roads are subtracted from the gross land area.
(15)Intentionally deleted.
(16) Exceptions to Lot Coverage: Although not considered structures for purposes of calculating lot coverage, the following may be considered impervious surfaces subject to the impervious surface limits. See LUC 20.20.460 and 20.50.026.
(a)Underground buildings as defined in LUC 20.50.050 are not structures for the purpose of calculating lot coverage.
(b)Buildings constructed partially below grade and not higher than 30 inches above existing or finished grade, whichever is lower, are not structures for the purpose of calculating lot coverage subject to the following conditions:
(i)The 30-inch height limit must be met at all points along the building excluding those areas necessary to provide reasonable ingress and egress to the underground portions of the building; and
(ii)The rooftop of the building shall be screened from abutting properties with 10 feet of Type II landscaping as described in LUC 20.20.520.G.2 except that the required trees shall be a minimum of 10 feet in height at planting; or, if a use is proposed for the rooftop, the rooftop may be landscaped consistent with the planting requirements for the specific use that is proposed and for the land use district in which the use is located. All landscaping shall comply with standards set forth in LUC 20.20.520. The provisions of LUC 20.20.520.J (Alternative Landscaping Option) are applicable.
(17)If the setback abuts a street right-of-way, access easement or private road, the minimum dimension is 10 feet unless a greater dimension is specified.
(19)(Repealed by Ord. 6670).
(20)See LUC 20.25H.035 for additional critical area setbacks.
(21)See LUC 20.25H.045 for calculation of density/intensity on sites in the Critical Areas Overlay District.
(22)Density for senior citizen dwelling, congregate care senior housing, and assisted living is calculated as follows: Units less than 600 square feet count as 1/2 unit and units 600 square feet or greater count as 1 unit.
(23)This residential density may be in addition to FAR only for senior citizen dwellings, assisted living and congregate care senior housing.
(24)Lot coverage may be increased to 50 percent if congregate care senior housing, senior citizen dwellings, assisted living or nursing homes are constructed on site; provided, however, that coverage for the nonresidential portions of the development cannot exceed the maximum limits indicated. Lot coverage within NB and NMU Districts may be increased to 50 percent for mixed use development which includes residential uses comprising at least 1/2 the square footage of the building footprint. Underground parking in excess of 50 percent of the site area shall not be included in lot coverage calculations.
(25)The maximum building height for structures is increased to 30 feet only if residential uses or administrative office uses are provided on the second floor, and provided the structure does not exceed 2 stories. For purposes of this note, a story is defined pursuant to the International Building Code, Section 202, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue.
(26)See LUC 20.20.125 for specific requirements applicable to detached accessory structures.
(27)Lot coverage for schools located in residential land use districts is limited to 35 percent of the site area (refer to LUC 20.20.740).
(28)Dimensional requirements for the F1 Land Use District are listed in LUC 20.25F1.040.
(29)(Repealed by Ord. 5726).
(30)(Repealed by Ord. 5726).
(31)Any office building or any office portion of a building in the F2 District may not exceed a Floor Area Ratio of 0.75 FAR.
(32)The maximum FAR for the combined properties in the F3 Land Use District, regardless of use, shall be 1.26 FAR; provided, that individual parcels or portions of property lying within the F3 Land Use District may have FAR for those individual parcels or portions which exceed an FAR of 1.26; provided, that the FAR calculated for the entire aggregated property within the F3 Land Use District shall not exceed 1.26. The maximum FAR permitted herein is based on a maximum total development, including existing and new development of 950,000 square feet, calculated in the same manner as provided for in the calculation of FAR. In the event of an inconsistency between the FAR maximum of 1.26 and the maximum total development amount of 950,000 square feet, the latter shall control.
(33)In no event shall building height exceed 324 feet above sea level, based on North American Vertical Datum, 1988 (NAVD – 88).
(34)Maximum building height south of the F3 Land Use District Separation Line shall be 135 feet, with structural elements not intended for habitation above 135 feet, so long as structural elements do not exceed 275 feet above sea level based on NAVD – 88.
(35)Intentionally deleted.
(36)Impervious surface limits for legally established nonconforming nonresidential uses and for new allowed nonresidential uses in these residential land use districts shall be 80 percent.
(37)Maximum hard surface, maximum impervious surface, and maximum lot coverage by structures are independent limitations on allowed development. All areas of lot coverage by structures are included in the calculation of total maximum impervious surface, unless such structures are excepted under LUC 20.20.460. All areas of impervious surface coverage shall be included in the calculation of total maximum hard surface. See LUC 20.20.460 for exceptions and performance standards relating to impervious surface coverage and LUC 20.20.425 for exceptions and performance standards relating to hard surface coverage.
(38)Certain noncritical area setbacks on sites in the Critical Areas Overlay District may be modified pursuant to LUC 20.25H.040.
(39)These dimensional standards may be modified through an approved conservation subdivision, LUC 20.45A.060, or conservation short subdivision, LUC 20.45B.055.
(40)The greenscape requirements of this section shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review, including land alteration or land development for Single-Family Land Uses, is required by the Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code. Existing single-family front yard setbacks legally established on a site prior to January 1, 2008, which do not meet the minimum greenscape requirements set forth in Chart 20.20.010 shall not be considered nonconforming. The City shall not, however, approve proposals to decrease the greenscape percentage set forth in Chart 20.20.010 where a site already falls below the minimum greenscape requirements. Where an existing site falls below the minimum requirements set forth in Chart 20.20.010, the removal of greenscape shall not be approved unless an equal amount of existing impervious surface, pervious surface, or hardscape is removed, such that the net amount of greenscape is unchanged. The Director may modify the requirements of Chart 20.20.010 for nonconforming lots, corner lots, or lots with unique sizes and shapes. See LUC 20.50.022 for the definition of greenscape.
(41)Intentionally deleted.
(42)Dimensional requirements for the BelRed Land Use Districts are found at LUC 20.25D.080.
(43)See LUC 20.20.390 for FAR requirements for single-family and middle housing developments.
(44)Maximum building height for single-family uses is 30 feet measured from the average elevation of the existing grade around the building to the highest point of a flat roof, or 35 feet to the ridge of a pitched roof. Refer to LUC 20.50.012 for definition of “Building Height – Single-Family Uses.”
(45)For new single-family residential homes and additions, the maximum height of any individual building façade is 40 feet measured from the existing grade at the building wall to the ridge of a pitched roof or top of a flat roof. New single-family homes constructed as part of a subdivision pursuant to Part 20.45A LUC or planned unit development pursuant to Part 20.30D LUC are exempt from this requirement.
(46)Maximum building height in CB Districts of the Wilburton Subarea that are located between 116th Ave NE and the BNSF Corridor is 75 feet.
(47)Intentionally deleted.
(48)Maximum impervious surface limit only for sites where the use of permeable surfacing techniques is determined to be infeasible according to the criteria in the 2014 Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington, now or as hereafter amended.
(49)Up to one FAR of floor area dedicated to on-site affordable housing shall not be counted for the purposes of calculating the FAR of a project; provided, that:
(a)The ratio of affordable housing is 2.5 market rate units to 1.0 affordable housing units at 80 percent AMI;
(b)The general development requirements contained in LUC 20.20.128 do not apply;
(c)The bedroom mix and exterior finishes shall be comparable to the market rate units, but interior design, unit size, amenities and interior finishes may vary; and
(d)An agreement in a form approved by the City will be executed by the applicant and recorded with the King County Record’s Office, or its successor organization, requiring the affordable housing to remain for the life of the project. This agreement shall be a covenant running with the land, binding on assigns, heirs, and successors of the applicant.
(50)Office-designated properties in the Eastgate Subarea annexed into the City with the Eastgate annexation (May 2012) shall not be considered nonconforming with respect to FAR if the development thereon was legally established prior to the date of annexation.
(51)Not applicable to properties located in Shoreline Overlay Districts and which have shoreline frontage. For requirements applicable to such properties, see LUC 20.25E.065.
(52)See LUC 20.20.128.F for modified dimensional requirements for affordable housing when the requirements of LUC 20.20.128 are met.
(53)This requirement is not applicable to Supportive Housing, as defined pursuant to LUC 20.20.845.C.2.
Uses in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts – Dimensional Requirements
Notes: Dimensional Requirements in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts:
(1)For purposes of applying FAR and height limits, a single building is considered residential if more than 50 percent of the gross floor area is devoted to residential uses. The maximum floor plate shall be determined based on whether more than 50 percent of the gross floor area of an individual tower is dedicated to residential or nonresidential use.
(2)Hotels and motels and other transient lodging shall be considered nonresidential uses for purposes of this Chart 20.20.010.
(3)Refer to LUC 20.25R.040.B.2 and 20.20.525 for allowable projections above the maximum height limits.
(4)Refer to LUC 20.25R.040.B.3 for exceptions to this requirement.
(5)Where a building exceeds 100 feet in height, the maximum floor plate restriction shall apply beginning with the first full floor plate located above 55 feet in height and then to all floor plates going up to the applicable maximum building height.
(Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 8; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 7; Ord. 6672, 7-25-22, § 2; Ord. 6670, 7-18-22, § 5; Ord. 6626, 12-6-21, §§ 3, 4; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, §§ 9, 10, 11, 13; Ord. 6366, 8-7-17, § 7; Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, §§ 1, 2, 3; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 6; Ord. 6169, 7-14-14, §§ 2, 3; Ord. 5896, 8-3-09, § 1; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, §§ 6, 7; Ord. 5867, 4-6-09, §§ 1, 2; Ord. 5791, 12-3-07, §§ 11, 12; Ord. 5726, 3-19-07, § 2; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 2; Ord. 5672, 5-15-06, § 1; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, § 1; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 4; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 5; Ord. 5430, 1-21-03, § 3; Ord. 5385, 7-15-02, § 6; Ord. 5232, 6-26-00, § 2; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 4; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 3; Ord. 4977, 3-17-97, § 1; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 303; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, §§ 402, 403; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 18; Ord. 4422, 9-28-92, § 2; Ord. 4270, 7-8-91, § 6; Ord. 4065, 10-23-89, § 3; Ord. 3936, 7-18-88, § 2; Ord. 3780, 5-26-87, § 1; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 6; Ord. 3747, 1-20-87, § 2; Ord. 3690, 8-4-86, § 2; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 11; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 2)
A. All of the following are deleted from the gross square footage of a lot for the purpose of determining minimum lot area pursuant to LUC 20.20.010:
1. Public right-of-way; and
2. Private roads in separate tracts; and
3. Submerged lands (lands waterward of the ordinary high water mark).
B. The area of an easement, including an access easement, is not subtracted from the gross square footage of a lot. (Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 19; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 7)
In approved short plats and subdivisions, the individual lots shall be considered in compliance with minimum area requirements if the average of the areas of all the lots in the short plat or plat meets the minimum requirement for the district in which the short plat or plat is located, provided: (1) that no individual lot therein shall be reduced more than 10 percent from the district minimum required area, except that lots in zones LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, and SR-2 may be reduced by up to 15 percent from the district minimum; (2) a reduction of five percent in the required lot width may be applied to 20 percent of the lots, provided no reduction in the required area is applied to these lots. The lot averaging described in this section shall not be allowed for conservation subdivisions or conservation short subdivisions where the required minimum lot size for such subdivision is reduced as allowed under LUC 20.45A.060 or 20.45B.055, as applicable. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 9; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 3; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 5; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 20; Ord. 3921, 6-20-88, § 1)
Except as set forth in LUC 20.20.017, in no case may the Director or any other hearing body vary the minimum requirements for minimum lot area, width of street frontage, width required in lot or depth required in lot, as stated in Chart 20.20.010, by more than 10 percent; except that this section shall not apply to planned unit developments, Part 20.30D LUC; conservation subdivisions, LUC 20.45A.060; or conservation short subdivisions, LUC 20.45B.055. See Part 20.30G LUC relating to variances from the Land Use Code and Part 20.25E LUC relating to variances from the Shoreline Master Program. (Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 12; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 4; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 5; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 801; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 901; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 12)
Improvements such as but not limited to rockeries and retaining walls which are required by the City as part of street frontage improvements and which are located on a public easement may be constructed in the setback if no feasible alternative exists. (Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 10)
(Note: This section is not applicable in the Shoreline Overlay District.)
A. Signs, Marquees and Awnings. See Sign Code, Chapter 22B.10 BCC.
B. Garages/Carports on Slopes.
1. If the topography of a lot is such that the front building line is eight feet or more above the street grade, and there is no reasonable way to construct a driveway up to the dwelling level, a garage/carport may be built into the bank and set at least five feet back from the front property line, except as set forth in subsection B.4 below.
2. If the topography of a lot is such that there is no reasonable way to construct a driveway with a slope less than 15 percent to the dwelling level, a garage/carport may be built in the front yard setback, LUC 20.20.010, subject to approval by the Director of the Development Services Department. The garage/carport must be set at least five feet back from the front lot line, and may not exceed 15 feet above street level measured to the peak of a pitched roof or nine feet above street level measured to the top of a flat roof. The garage/carport and its vehicular access must be located and oriented to minimize disturbance of the slope.
3. A garage/carport must comply with the street intersection sight obstruction requirements of BCC 14.60.240.
4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection B to the contrary, a garage/carport may not be located within a critical area or critical area buffer unless allowed under Part 20.25H LUC.
C. Minor Building Elements. Subject to LUC 20.20.025.C.3, minor building elements including patios, platforms, eaves, trellises, open beams, fireplace chimneys, decks, porches, balconies, lanais, bay windows, greenhouse windows and similar elements of a minor character may intrude into a required setback as follows:
1. Any portion of a minor building element which equals or exceeds 30 inches above finished grade at its location may intrude into a required setback a distance no greater than 20 percent of the minimum dimension of that setback, or at least 18 inches, whichever is greater.
2. Any portion of a minor building element which is less than 30 inches above finished grade at its location may extend to any lot line.
3. Except for eaves, the combined length of all minor building elements which equal or exceed 30 inches above finished grade on any building facade shall not exceed 25 percent of the length of that facade.
4. Minor building elements may not be used to extend the enclosed building floor area into the required setback, except chimneys and bay windows protruding no more than 18 inches into the setback may extend to the finished grade at their location.
5. A minor building element may extend into a critical area structure setback required by LUC 20.25H.035 only if it is above the ground level and if vegetation will be maintained in a healthy condition. Solar access to vegetation must be maintained at least 50 percent of daylight hours during the normal growing season.
Note: Heat pumps are not minor building elements. Retaining walls and rockeries 30 inches or greater in height are not minor building elements.
D. Rockeries and Retaining Walls. On a lot of less than 30,000 gross square feet or on any single-family lot, rockeries and retaining walls 30 inches or greater in height may extend into setbacks established by LUC 20.20.010; provided, that the existing grade change is such that no feasible alternative to location or height exists. In any event, the critical area buffer and structure setbacks of LUC 20.25H.035 apply.
E. Underground Buildings and Buildings Constructed Partially Below Grade.
1. Limitations. This subsection cannot be used to develop any building (including an underground building) which intrudes into critical areas, critical area buffers, or critical area structure setbacks required by Part 20.25H LUC.
2. Subject to the limitations contained in this subsection E, underground buildings may intrude in the required setback.
3. Subject to the limitations contained in this subsection E, buildings constructed partially below grade and not higher than 30 inches above existing or finished grade, whichever is lower, may intrude into required setbacks subject to the following conditions:
a. The 30-inch height limit must be met at all points along the building except those areas necessary to provide reasonable ingress and egress to the underground portions of the building; and
b. The rooftop of the building shall be screened from abutting properties with 10 feet of Type II landscaping as described in LUC 20.20.520.G.2 except that the required trees shall be a minimum of 10 feet in height at planting or, if a use is proposed for the rooftop, the rooftop may be landscaped consistent with the planting requirements for the specific use that is proposed and for the land use district in which the use is located. All landscaping shall comply with standards set forth in LUC 20.20.520. The provisions of LUC 20.20.520.J (Alternative Landscaping Option) are applicable.
F. Stormwater BMPs. Where feasible, stormwater BMPs, as required by the 2014 Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington, now or as hereafter amended, may be located within setbacks required in LUC 20.20.010, provided they conform to the setback requirements in the City of Bellevue Storm and Surface Water Engineering Standards, now or hereafter amended. (Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 77; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 14; Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, § 4; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 6; Ord. 5232, 6-26-00, § 3; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, §§ 6, 7; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 889; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 989; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 23; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 8)
A. Except as specifically provided in subsection B of this section, each lot must contain only one front setback and only one rear setback. Any other setback will be considered a side setback.
B. If a lot abuts the intersection of two public rights-of-way, a front setback is required along each right-of-way.
C. The Director of the Development Services Department is authorized to designate front, rear and side setbacks in accordance with the definitions of LUC 20.50.046. If these definitions do not establish a front and rear setback, the Director of the Development Services Department shall establish these setbacks based upon orientation of the lot to surrounding lots and to any existing development pattern. All other setbacks will be defined in relation to the established front and rear setback.
D. A setback is measured from the interior edge of a street right-of-way, access easement or private road, except that if applicable, a rear setback is measured from the centerline of an alley. Where there is no street right-of-way, access easement or private road, a setback is measured from the property line.
E. The critical area buffer and critical area structure setback requirements of Part 20.25H LUC are in addition to the setback requirements of LUC 20.20.010, 20.25D.080, 20.25F.040, 20.25J.030, 20.25L.030, 20.25N.050 and 20.25P.060. Where there are multiple setback requirements, the greater setback dimension is required. (Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 5; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 7; Ord. 5232, 6-26-00, § 4; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 24; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 9; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 4; Ord. 3278, 8-1-83, § 6)
A. Development shall be permitted only on legally created lots.
B. In order to establish that a lot for which permit approval is sought is a legally created lot, the applicant must provide:
1. For lots created through subdivision, a plat approved by the City of Bellevue or King County separately describing the lot in question; or
2. For lots created through short subdivision, a short plat approved by the City of Bellevue or King County separately describing the lot in question; or
3. A deed, contract of sale, mortgage, property tax segregation, plat, recorded survey or Building Permit separately describing the lot in question if the instrument was:
a. Executed prior to March 14, 1969, or
b. Executed prior to July 1, 1974 while the lot in question was under the jurisdiction of King County. (Ord. 3921, 6-20-88, § 2)
A. An individual nonconforming lot legally created pursuant to LUC 20.20.060 may be used for a building site if:
1. There are no restrictions on development imposed by prior permits or land use approvals; and
2. The lot satisfies either subsection A.2.a or A.2.b of this section:
a. The lot does not lie within a Residential Land Use District; or
b. The lot lies within a Residential Land Use District and one of the following conditions is satisfied:
i. The area, width and depth of the lot each meet or exceed 70 percent of the minimum requirements for the Residential Land Use District in which it is located; or
ii. Although the area, width or depth of the lot, or a combination thereof, does not meet 70 percent of the minimum requirements of the Residential Land Use District in which it is located, the lot satisfies all of the following requirements:
(1) The lot’s area meets or exceeds 3,000 square feet; and
(2) The lot’s width meets or exceeds 30 feet; and
(3) The lot’s depth meets or exceeds 50 feet.
B. Development of an individual lot failing to meet 70 percent of the area, width or depth requirements of the land use district in which it is located is restricted to a maximum building height computed by the following formula (see Example A at the end of this section). The maximum building height resulting from the following formula may be modified up to the maximum height allowed in the underlying land use district through a variance pursuant to Part 20.30G LUC or Part 20.30H LUC:
Building Height = 2 x C x H
C = The ratio of potentially buildable area (lot area less the area of the lot’s minimum setback requirements) to total lot area.
H = The general building height requirement otherwise applicable to the lot.
(Calculation of building height is in no way intended to suggest a waiver of lot coverage requirements imposed elsewhere in the Code. Similarly, calculations are based on basic Code requirements; any variances to setbacks of the property do not affect building height calculation.)
Provided, that in no event shall building height exceed the building height requirement otherwise applicable to the lot; and provided, that in no event shall a building height requirement be imposed less than 15 feet.
C. Notwithstanding subsection A of this section, a nonconforming lot in a Residential Land Use District failing to meet or exceed 70 percent of minimum area, width, and depth requirements of the district in which it is located may not be used for a building site if at any time since the effective date of the ordinance which first established a minimum lot area, width, depth, or street frontage requirement larger than the lot contains or annexation, whichever was later, has a person, partnership, corporation or marital community owning said lot simultaneously owning additional contiguous property. Such lots must be combined with additional contiguous property sufficient that the area, width and depth of the combined property each meets or exceeds 70 percent of the minimum requirements of the land use district in which the property is located. This subsection does not constitute a waiver of any of the requirements of boundary line adjustment procedure.
D. Any nonconforming lot used for a building site must meet the nonconforming provisions of LUC 20.20.560, the building height requirements of subsection B of this section and the applicable dimensional requirements of LUC 20.20.010 for the district in which it is located, unless a variance has been granted pursuant to Part 20.30G or 20.30H LUC or modification has been granted pursuant to LUC 20.25H.040.B.
E. This section is not applicable in the BelRed Land Use Districts. Refer to LUC 20.25D.060 for regulations relating to existing conditions.

(Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 10; Ord. 5991, 2-7-11, § 1; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 8; Ord. 3921, 6-20-88, § 3; Ord. 3690, 8-4-86, § 4)
Telephone Exchange: Revised AmendedSee Public Utilities, this chapter.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate both attached and detached accessory dwelling units.
B. Definitions.
1. Major Transit Stop. For the purposes of this section, major transit stop is as defined in RCW 36.70A.696.
C. Standards – Generally Applicable to Both Attached and Detached Accessory Dwelling Units.
1. Up to two accessory dwelling units are permitted on each lot located in a land use district that allows a single-family dwelling to be located on that lot; provided, that all applicable requirements of this section are met.
2. Until the use and occupancy of an accessory dwelling unit is allowed under BCC 23.05.140, the accessory dwelling unit must be a subordinate use to a primary structure located on the same lot. Once the use and occupancy of an accessory dwelling unit are allowed under BCC 23.05.140, then the accessory dwelling unit shall become a permitted use.
3. The floor area of an accessory dwelling unit shall be limited to a maximum of 1,200 square feet. For attached accessory dwelling units this floor area does not count towards the maximum allowable square footage for single-family and middle housing projects as regulated by LUC 20.20.390, except that:
a. The Director may approve an increase in floor area beyond 1,200 square feet in the following circumstances:
i. Where the proposed accessory dwelling unit is located entirely on a single floor of the primary structure;
ii. Where the accessory dwelling unit is proposed as an addition to an existing detached accessory structure; or
iii. Where the accessory dwelling unit is proposed to be created through a conversion of an existing detached accessory structure.
b. Accessory dwelling units created through the conversion of a structure previously permitted as a guest cottage are exempt from the maximum floor area limit; provided, that the conversion does not constitute an expansion of the structure.
c. Up to 300 square feet per accessory dwelling unit used for parking or unheated storage space shall be exempt from the maximum floor area.
4. Accessory dwelling units may be converted from existing structures, including but not limited to detached garages, regardless of whether the existing structure itself currently meets applicable setback and lot coverage dimensional requirements so long as the existing structure was otherwise a permitted use when constructed. An accessory dwelling unit resulting from such a conversion shall not constitute a nonconforming structure, and the site shall not constitute a nonconforming site, solely due to the existing structure’s noncompliance with applicable setback and lot coverage dimensional requirements.
5. In addition to any off-street parking spaces required for the primary structure, off-street parking shall be provided for accessory dwelling units as follows:
a. No off-street parking is required for accessory dwelling units less than 1,000 square feet in floor area (excluding any garage area).
b. No off-street parking is required for accessory dwelling units located within one-half mile of a major transit stop as defined in this section.
c. One off-street parking space is required for each accessory dwelling unit, except as otherwise provided in subsection C.5.a or C.5.b of this section.
6. A site may not contain both an accessory dwelling unit and a business subject to the regulations in Part 20.30N LUC for a Home Occupation Permit.
7. If a unit lot was created through a unit lot subdivision approved under Chapter 20.45A LUC or a unit lot short subdivision approved under Chapter 20.45B LUC and the unit lot was developed in accordance with such approval, then no new accessory dwelling unit is permitted to be developed on that unit lot.
D. Standards – Attached Accessory Dwelling Units.
1. Attached accessory dwelling units must be located within, or be attached to, the primary structure.
2. Attached accessory dwelling units shall be subject to the same height and setback requirements as the primary structure.
E. Standards – Detached Accessory Dwelling Units.
1. Detached accessory dwelling units shall be limited to 24 feet in height, or 28 feet in height when proposed as an addition over an existing accessory structure, as measured to the highest point of the structure.
2. Detached accessory dwelling units shall be subject to the same dimensional requirements as middle housing projects per LUC 20.20.538, except that:
a. Detached accessory dwelling units may be sited at the lot line that abuts an alley. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 11; Ord. 6746, 7-17-23, § 1; Ord. 6616, 11-15-21, § 1; Ord. 6589, 7-19-21, § 1; Ord. 6575, 4-26-21, § 1; Ord. 6567, 2-16-21, §§ 1, 2; Ord. 5718, 2-20-07, §§ 1, 2; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 8; Ord. 4498, 3-15-93, § 2)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate the height, size, and location of detached accessory structures in residential districts in order to maintain compatibility with surrounding neighborhoods and reduce the visual impacts on adjacent residential properties.
B. Applicability. This section applies to detached accessory structures located on lots less than 20,000 square feet within any residential land use district. This section is not applicable to detached accessory dwelling units regulated pursuant to LUC 20.20.120. This section is not applicable to structures exempt from regulation under the International Building Code, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue; however, exempt structures (e.g., swimming pools, greenhouses, and similar structures) and parked or stored recreational vehicles, watercraft, and utility trailers (regulated pursuant to LUC 20.20.720 or 20.20.890) may intrude into side or rear yard setbacks pursuant to the process contained in subsection E.3 of this section.
C. Height Limitations. Detached accessory structures are limited to a maximum height of 15 feet except as otherwise provided in subsection E.1 of this section.
D. Limitations on Location and Lot Coverage.
1. Detached accessory structures shall be included in the calculation of lot coverage necessary to comply with the Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures requirements contained in LUC 20.20.010. In addition, detached accessory structures are limited to a maximum lot coverage of 10 percent except as otherwise provided in subsection E.2 of this section.
2. Detached accessory structures are required to comply with the front and side setbacks required for the primary structure and are required to maintain a five-foot setback from the rear lot line except as otherwise provided in subsection E.3 of this section.
Note: The International Residential Code as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue contains additional fire protection requirements that are applicable to some structures constructed within a side or rear yard setback.
E. Exception Process.
1. Height Limit. The 15-foot maximum height limit applicable to detached accessory structures can be increased to the maximum building height allowed in the underlying residential district provided a written mutual agreement of all abutting property owners is recorded with the King County Division of Records and Elections and filed with the City Clerk. The 15-foot height limit applicable to detached accessory structures located within required setback areas shall not be exceeded.
2. Lot Coverage. The 10 percent maximum lot coverage applicable to detached accessory structures located on lots less than 20,000 square feet can be exceeded provided a written mutual agreement of all abutting property owners is recorded with the King County Division of Records and Elections and filed with the City Clerk. However, the requirements for maximum lot coverage by structures contained in LUC 20.20.010 shall not be exceeded.
3. Setback Requirements. Detached accessory structures may be built to the side or rear lot line subject to the following limitations.
a. A written mutual agreement of the abutting property owners of the property lines affected shall be recorded with the King County Division of Records and Elections and filed with the City Clerk.
b. The detached accessory structure shall not exceed a height of 15 feet.
c. The detached accessory structure shall not occupy more than 50 percent of the area of a required rear or side setback.
d. The detached accessory structure shall not be located within 10 feet of a street right-of-way, access easement or private road.
e. The detached accessory structure shall not be located within a setback required by LUC 20.25H.090 except as otherwise provided by LUC 20.20.025.B. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 12; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 8; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, §§ 2, 3; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 9; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 4; Ord. 4977, 3-17-97, § 2; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 11)
A. Adult entertainment uses are prohibited within 660 feet of any Residential Land Use District, single or multiple-family residence, public or private school (preschool – twelfth grade), religious facility, public park, child care service, child day care center, public library, community youth center, massage parlor, or other adult entertainment use.
B. Massage parlors are prohibited from locating within 660 feet of any existing adult entertainment use, and adult entertainment uses are prohibited from locating within 660 feet of any existing massage parlor.
C. The 660-foot distance shall be a straight, horizontal line, measured from the nearest point of that portion of a lot proposed to be used for an adult entertainment use (generally, the enclosed building or indoor leased space, excluding, for example, parking areas, landscaping or tenant common areas) to the nearest point of:
1. That portion of a lot used for another adult entertainment use;
2. A lot owned or leased, or that portion of a lot leased (excluding common areas), for a residence, public or private school (preschool – twelfth grade), religious facility, public park, child care service, child day care center, public library, or community youth center; or
3. A Residential Land Use District. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 13; Ord. 5189, 12-6-99, § 1; Ord. 4536, 5-24-93, § 1; Ord. 3884, 2-16-88, § 2)
A. Purpose and Administration.
1. The purpose of this section is to promote the development of affordable dwelling units by establishing requirements, incentives, and fees for new development.
2. The Director shall adopt by rule affordable housing standards to govern the construction, repair, modification, and operation of affordable dwelling units created by operation of this title. Such standards shall be consistent with the requirements of this title. When adopting affordable housing standards, the Director shall consider each of the following:
a. Consistency with the City’s Comprehensive Plan;
b. Whether consistency with the City’s other, non-Land-Use-Code-based affordable housing programs is beneficial to the City;
c. Whether consistency with affordable housing standards adopted by neighboring jurisdictions is beneficial to the City;
d. The impact on the City’s affordable housing goals;
e. The impact on the cost of development; and
f. The impact on the quality of life of residents of affordable units.
3. The following affordable housing standards shall apply to any affordable dwelling unit created by operation of this title. In the event of a conflict between a standard listed below and a standard included elsewhere in this title, the standard included elsewhere shall control.
a. The affordable dwelling units shall be generally distributed throughout the residential portions of a development and, where market-rate dwelling units are provided, intermingled with market-rate dwelling units. The Director shall define by rule the terms “generally distributed” and “intermingled” for the purposes of this subsection.
b. If all market-rate dwelling units in the development are for rent, then all affordable dwelling units shall also be for rent.
c. If all market-rate dwelling units in the development are for sale, then all affordable dwelling units shall also be for sale.
d. If the market-rate dwelling units in the development are a mix of dwelling units that are for rent and for sale, then the affordable dwelling units shall be a proportionate mix of rental and for-sale units.
e. The affordable dwelling units shall consist of a mix of number of bedrooms that is in the same proportion as the bedroom mix of market-rate dwelling units in the overall development. The Director shall define by rule the term “bedroom” for the purposes of this subsection.
f. The affordable dwelling units shall be provided in a range of sizes comparable to the size of market-rate dwelling units in the development.
g. The materials, finishes, design, amenities, and appliances of affordable dwelling units shall have substantially the same functionality as, and be substantially comparable with, those of the other dwelling units in the development.
h. The affordable dwelling units shall remain affordable for the life of the project, which shall not be less than 50 years.
4. Legal Agreement. Whenever an affordable dwelling unit is created by operation of this title then, prior to issuance of a building permit for the development, the City and the owner of the site shall enter into an agreement, in a form approved by the Director. Once fully executed, the agreement shall be recorded, with the King County Recorder’s Office, on the title of the real property on which the development is located.
a. The agreement shall be a covenant running with the land and shall be binding on the assigns, heirs, and successors of the owner of the property.
b. If affordable dwelling units are later converted from being for rent to for sale, or for sale to for rent, then such dwelling units shall remain affordable to households at the same percentage area median income as required under the Director’s original approval; provided, that the Director may approve different percentage area median incomes. Where different percentage area median incomes are approved in relation to a conversion, the Director shall require the owner to execute and record a revised legal agreement reflecting the new percentage area median incomes.
c. The affordable dwelling units shall remain affordable to households at the same percentage area median income as required under the Director’s original approval for the life of the project, which shall not be less than 50 years.
d. Through the agreement, the Director may agree to subordinate the agreement for the purpose of enabling the owner to obtain financing for development of the property; provided, that such subordination is consistent with the applicable requirements of this title.
e. The agreement shall address price restrictions, home buyer or tenant qualifications, phasing of construction, monitoring of affordability, and any other topics applicable to the construction, maintenance, and operation of the affordable dwelling units; provided, that the covenant shall be consistent with the applicable requirements of this title.
5. Annual Adjustments for Inflation. The Director is both authorized and directed to annually increase or decrease the fees listed below by an adjustment necessary to reflect the then-current published annual change in the Seattle Consumer Price Index for Wage Earners and Clerical Workers:
a. The in-lieu fees contained in Table 20.20.128.I.4;
b. The in-lieu fee for nonresidential development contained in Chart 20.25Q.070.D.4; and
c. The in-lieu fee for mixed-income middle housing development contained in Table 20.20.128.E.2.b.
B. Definitions. The following definitions are specific to this section. Where a term defined below is used in this section its meaning shall be as defined below.
1. “Mixed-income multifamily development” means development consisting of attached or detached multifamily dwellings that includes both market rate and affordable housing dwelling units.
2. “Religious organization” means the federally protected practice of a recognized religious assembly, school, or institution that owns or controls real property as defined in RCW 35A.63.300, now or as hereafter amended.
3. “Affordable housing suffix” means a suffix consisting of AH and a number, enclosed in parentheses and appended to the Land Use District classification applied to a property. These suffixes correspond to alternate Land Use Districts where attached or detached multifamily dwellings are permitted which are applicable to affordable housing development when consistent with the requirements of subsection H of this section.
4. “Reference land use district” means the land use district located within 500 feet of a property eligible for an affordable housing suffix rezone used to determine the density available for the rezone. The reference land use district is identified using the criteria provided in subsection I.3 of this section.
5. “Affordable” means that a household eligible to rent or own the dwelling unit pays no more than 30 percent of household income for housing expenses.
6. “Area Median Income” means the median income for the Seattle-Bellevue, WA Housing and Urban Development Metro Fair Market Rent Area (“Seattle-Bellevue HMFA”) as most recently published by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”). In the event that HUD no longer publishes median family income figures for Seattle-Bellevue HMFA or King County, the director may estimate the applicable median income, in such manner as the director shall determine by rule.
C. Applicable Procedures. An application to utilize the provisions of this section shall be processed through the required land use review for the project. If a land use approval is not required for the project, the application shall be processed through the Building Permit review.
D. Eligibility.
1. Density Bonus. The following residential development, including both new development and rehabilitation projects, shall be eligible to receive a density bonus and other modifications as provided in this section:
a. Mixed-Income Multifamily Development. Mixed-income multifamily development in any land use district that permits attached or detached multifamily dwellings when the development includes affordable housing;
b. Middle Housing Development. Middle housing development on a lot in any residential land use district where the maximum density would not otherwise allow six dwelling units; and
c. Affordable Housing Development. The following ownerships and locations of residential development consisting entirely of affordable housing. For the purposes of this subsection, development consists entirely of affordable housing even where the development also contains one or more manager’s units; provided, that the manager’s units are reserved exclusively for occupancy of an on-site manager serving the project and said manager’s household.
i. Owned or controlled by a religious organization at the time that the land use application is deemed complete and located in any of the following land use districts: LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, or LDR-1; and
ii. Owned or controlled by a religious organization, nonprofit organization, or public agency, except for Bellevue Parks Department, Bellevue Community Development Department, or any public utility entity, and located in all land use districts in which attached or detached multifamily dwellings are permitted, including property with an affordable housing suffix.
2. Affordable Housing Suffix Rezone. The following ownerships and locations of property shall be eligible to be rezoned under Part 20.30A LUC, adding an affordable housing suffix for development of affordable housing consisting of attached or detached multifamily dwellings and other modifications as provided in this section:
a. Owned or controlled by a religious organization at the time that the land use application is deemed complete; and
b. Located in any of the following land use districts: LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, LDR-1; and
c. Located within 500 feet of a Land Use District where commercial uses or attached or detached multifamily dwellings are permitted; and
d. Located on an arterial street or located at one of the following locations:
i. Within 1/2 mile of a transit stop that receives service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
ii. Within one-half mile of a light rail or bus rapid transit station or a future light rail or bus rapid transit station scheduled to begin service within two years; or
iii. Within 1/4 mile of a transit stop that receives service at least 2 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day.
e. Exceptions.
i. Property owned by a religious organization but not meeting all other eligibility requirements shall be eligible to be rezoned under Part 20.30A LUC when:
(1) Part of a contiguous ownership including property meeting all eligibility requirements; and
(2) Not separated from contiguous eligible property by rights-of-way.
ii. The Director is authorized to determine whether a property meets arterial street access criteria.
E. Density Bonus.
1. Mixed-income multifamily development, as described in subsection D.1.a of this section, may exempt 1 bonus market rate dwelling unit for each equivalent-sized dwelling unit of affordable housing provided, up to 15 percent above the maximum density allowed in the underlying land use district.
2. Middle housing development, as described in subsection D.1.b of this section, may develop up to six dwelling units where the applicant proposing the middle housing development complies with at least one of the following options:
a. Performance Option. At least two of the dwelling units are affordable to households as follows:
i. For dwelling units intended for rent, the dwelling unit shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 60 percent of the area median income.
ii. For dwelling units intended for sale, the dwelling unit shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income.
b. Payment Option. The applicant provides a cash payment of an in-lieu fee to the City as follows:
i. In-lieu fees shall be both assessed and collected at building permit issuance.
ii. The payment amount shall be calculated as a flat fee, in accordance with Table 20.20.128.E.2.B, per market rate dwelling unit that would otherwise be required to be affordable under the Performance Option.
Table 20.20.128.E.2.b.
Land Use District | In-Lieu Fee |
|---|---|
$150,000 per dwelling unit |
c. Compliance Through a Combination of Performance and Payment Options. To achieve the maximum of six dwelling units, the applicant may provide one affordable dwelling unit by operation of the Performance Option and provide a cash payment in lieu of a second affordable dwelling unit by operation of the Payment Option.
3. Affordable housing development as provided in subsection D.1.c of this section may receive a bonus of 50 percent above the maximum density allowed in the underlying land use district.
F. Dimensional Standard Modification.
1. Mixed-Income Multifamily Development, as described in subsection D.1.a of this section, may replace the applicable dimensional requirements in LUC Chart 20.20.010 for the LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, and MDR-2 land use districts with those in Chart 20.20.128.F.1. All other applicable dimensional requirements in LUC Chart 20.20.010 but not included in Chart 20.20.128.F.1 shall continue to apply, including applicable footnotes.
Chart 20.20.128.F.1 Modified Dimensional Requirements for Mixed-Income Multifamily Development
Residential | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | LDR-2 | LDR-3 | MDR-1 | MDR-2 |
DIMENSIONS | ||||
Dwelling Units per Acre | 11.5 | 17.3 | 23 | 34.5 |
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) | 70 | 70 | 70 | 70 |
Residential – Nonresidential Districts | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | O | OLB | OLB 2 | NB | CB | ||
DIMENSIONS | |||||||
Dwelling Units per Acre | 23.0 | 34.5 | 17.3 | 34.5 | 34.5 | 34.5 | |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) | 40 | 40 | 40 | 50 | 40 | 40 | |
Maximum Building Height | 45 | 60 | 75 | 30 | 60 | 75 | 75/135 |
1.15 | |||||||
2. Affordable housing development described in subsection D.1.c of this section may replace the applicable dimensional requirements in LUC Chart 20.20.010 with those in Chart 20.20.128.F.2. Applicable dimensional requirements in LUC Chart 20.20.010 but not included in Chart 20.20.128.F.2 shall continue to apply, including applicable footnotes.
Chart 20.20.128.F.2 Modified Dimensional Requirements for Affordable Housing Development
Residential | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | LL-1 | LL-2 | SR-1 | SR-2 | SR-3 | SR-4 | LDR-1 | LDR-2 (AH-1) | LDR-3 (AH-2) | MDR-1 (AH-3) | MDR-2 (AH-4) |
DIMENSIONS | |||||||||||
Minimum Lot Area (Thousands of Sq. Ft.) | 23.3 | 13.3 | 9.0 | 6.7 | 5.7 | 4.8 | 3.1 | ||||
Dwelling Units per Acre | 1.5 | 2.7 | 3.8 | 5.3 | 6.0 | 7.5 | 11.3 | 15.0 | 22.5 | 30.0 | 45.0 |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) | 35 | 35 | 35 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 |
Maximum Hard Surface Coverage (percent) | 75 | 75 | 75 | 75 | 80 | 80 | 90 | 90 | 90 | 90 | 90 |
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) | 45 | 45 | 45 | 55 | 55 | 55 | 65 | 70 | 70 | 70 | 70 |
Residential – Nonresidential Districts | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | O | OLB | OLB 2 | NB | CB | ||
DIMENSIONS | |||||||
Dwelling Units per Acre | 30.0 | 45.0 | 22.5 | 45.0 | 45.0 | 45.0 | |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) | 40 | 40 | 40 | 50 | 40 | 40 | |
Maximum Building Height | 45 | 60 | 75 | 30 | 60 | 75 | 75/135 |
1.5 | |||||||
G. Modification of Other Applicable Requirements. For eligible residential development as provided in subsection D of this section, the following requirements of this Code may be modified through the procedures outlined in subsection C of this section, to the extent necessary to accommodate the development of affordable dwelling units on site. For middle housing development, as described in subsection D.1.b of this section, the modifications provided for in this subsection G are only available if the performance option described in subsection E.2.a of this section is used.
1. Parking Requirements. The percent of compact parking stalls may be increased up to 75 percent of the total required parking. Tandem parking stalls are permitted to the extent feasible to satisfy required parking ratios.
2. Building Height. Except in the Shoreline Overlay District, the maximum building height in the LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, and MDR-2 Land Use Districts and for properties with an AH suffix may be increased by up to 12 feet for those portions of the building(s) at least 20 feet from any property line.
3. Open Space. The open and recreation space requirement within a residential planned unit development may be reduced to 35 percent of gross land area. All other requirements of LUC 20.30D.160 shall continue to apply.
H. Affordable Housing Suffix.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the affordable housing suffix is to allow the development of affordable housing consisting of attached or detached multifamily dwellings subject to the requirements of this subsection.
2. Applicability.
a. This subsection applies to properties meeting the eligibility criteria of subsection D.2 of this section and properties with an affordable housing suffix.
b. Increased density provided by this subsection is only available to development proposals meeting the requirements of this subsection on property with an affordable housing suffix.
3. Rezone Criteria. Owners of property meeting all eligibility criteria of subsection D.2 of this section may apply for a rezone, under Part 20.30A LUC, to append an affordable housing suffix to the property’s existing Land Use District.
a. Reference Land Use District. The affordable housing suffix shall be determined based on the eligible property’s reference Land Use District. The reference Land Use District shall be the highest density land use district located within 500 feet of the eligible property.
b. Suffix Available for Rezone. Chart 20.20.128.H.1 identifies the affordable housing suffixes associated with reference Land Use Districts. The applicant may request up to the highest affordable housing suffix associated with the eligible property’s reference Land Use District.
Chart 20.20.128.H.1 Affordable Housing Suffix Eligibility
Reference Land Use District | Associated Affordable Housing Suffix |
|---|---|
LDR-2, PO | (AH-1) |
LDR-3, NB | (AH-2) |
MDR-1, O, GC | (AH-3) |
MDR-2, BR-CR, BR-ORT, BR-RC, CB, DT (Any), EG-TOD, EM (Any), F1, F2, F3, LI, NMU, OLB, OLB 2, NMU | (AH-4) |
4. Development With Suffix.
a. Increased Density. Development on a property with an affordable housing suffix may conform to the associated Land Use District identified in Chart 20.20.128.H.2, including associated dimensional standard modifications identified in subsection F.2 of this section, instead of the underlying Land Use District when all dwelling units are affordable housing.
Chart 20.20.128.H.2 Alternate Land Use Districts Associated with Affordable Housing Suffixes
Affordable Housing Suffix | Associated Land Use District |
|---|---|
(AH-1) | LDR-2 |
(AH-2) | LDR-3 |
(AH-3) | MDR-1 |
(AH-4) | MDR-2 |
b. Religious Facilities. The Director may administratively consider, approve or disapprove the redevelopment of an existing religious facility subject to the criteria set forth in Part 20.30E LUC for an Administrative Conditional Use, provided the following criteria can be met:
i. The proposed religious facility is part of a proposal that meets all requirements of this section; and
ii. The gross square footage of the new religious facility is less than or equal to the existing gross square footage of the religious facility it will replace.
I. Affordable Dwelling Units in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts.
1. Applicability. This subsection shall apply to the construction of new multifamily, mixed-use, or nonresidential structures when the multifamily or mixed-use structure contains 10 or more dwelling units or when the nonresidential structure includes more than 4,000 square feet of gross floor area. This subsection shall not apply to building additions that increase the gross floor area by less than 50 percent.
a. An applicant proposing multifamily or mixed-use development, either fully or partially located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District, that is subject to the requirements of this subsection I shall comply with at least one of the following:
i. The residential performance option under subsection I.2 of this section;
ii. The payment option under subsection I.4 of this section;
iii. The land transfer option under subsection I.5 of this section; or
iv. A combination of the residential performance option and the payment option in accordance with subsection I.6 of this section.
b. An applicant proposing nonresidential development, either fully or partially located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District, that is subject to the requirements of this subsection I shall comply with at least one of the following:
i. The nonresidential performance option under subsection I.3 of this section;
ii. The payment option under subsection I.4 of this section;
iii. The land transfer option under subsection I.5 of this section; or
iv. A combination of the nonresidential performance option and the payment option in accordance with subsection I.6 of this section.
2. Performance Option – Residential. An applicant complying with this subsection I through the performance option in relation to proposed multifamily or mixed-use development shall provide affordable dwelling units in an amount indicated below:
a. For dwelling units intended for rent, one of the following:
i. At least 10 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income; or
ii. At least 7 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 60 percent of the area median income; or
iii. At least 5 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 50 percent of the area median income.
b. For dwelling units intended for sale, one of the following:
i. At least 10 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 100 percent of the area median income; or
ii. At least 7 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income.
c. If the operation of subsection I.2 of this section would result in a fractional requirement, and that fraction is 0.5 or greater, then the number of affordable dwelling units required at the applicable area median income shall be equal to the next higher whole number. If that fraction is less than 0.5, then the number of affordable dwelling units required at the applicable area median income shall be rounded down to the next lower whole number.
d. Affordable dwelling units may be provided on site, off site, or through a combination of on-site and off-site performance.
e. To satisfy the requirements of this section, any affordable dwelling unit located off site must comply with the requirements of subsection I.7 of this section.
3. Performance Option – Nonresidential. An applicant complying with this subsection I through the performance option in relation to proposed nonresidential development shall provide affordable dwelling units in an amount indicated below:
a. For dwelling units intended for rent, one of the following:
i. For every 1,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income; or
ii. For every 3,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 60 percent of the area median income; or
iii. For every 5,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 50 percent of the area median income.
b. For dwelling units intended for sale, one of the following:
i. For every 1,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 100 percent of the area median income; or
ii. For every 3,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income.
c. If the operation of subsection I.3 of this section would result in a fractional requirement, and that fraction is 0.5 or greater, then the number of affordable dwelling units required at the applicable area median income shall be equal to the next higher whole number. If that fraction is less than 0.5, then the number of affordable dwelling units required at the applicable area median income shall be rounded down to the next lower whole number.
d. Affordable dwelling units may be provided on site, off site, or through a combination of on-site and off-site performance.
e. To satisfy the requirements of this section, any affordable dwelling unit located off site must comply with the requirements of subsection I.7 of this section.
4. Payment Option. An applicant complying with this subsection I through the payment option shall provide a cash payment to the City in lieu of on-site performance as follows:
a. In-lieu fees shall be assessed at the time a complete design review application is submitted for the applicable phase and shall be collected at the time of building permit issuance for the applicable phase. Once assessed, the applicable phase shall vest to the in-lieu fee for a period of three years beginning at the time that the complete design review application was submitted. The Director may grant an extension, not to exceed one year, to the vesting period of the in-lieu fee for good cause. If a complete building permit application is not submitted within the vesting period described in this subsection, as may be extended by the Director, then the in-lieu fee shall be reassessed at the then applicable rate.
b. The payment amount shall be calculated by multiplying the applicable per-square-foot fee specified in Table 20.20.128.I.4 by the total square footage of new nonexempt gross floor area.
For the purposes of this section, nonexempt gross floor area refers to the portion of gross floor area that is included in the applicable Floor Area Ratio (FAR) calculation. Gross floor area that is excluded from the applicable FAR calculation includes parking, mechanical floors or areas, and other exempt floor area authorized under Part 20.25R LUC (Mixed Use Districts), including Active Uses (up to 1.0 FAR pursuant to LUC 20.25R.050.C.1), affordable commercial space, and affordable housing.
c. The applicable fees for development that is entirely nonresidential are listed in the second column of Table 20.20.128.I.4 titled “Nonresidential Fee Per Square Foot of New Nonexempt Gross Floor Area.”
d. The applicable fees for development that is either mixed-use or entirely residential are listed in the third column of Table 20.20.128.I.4 titled “Residential and Mixed-Use Fee Per Square Foot of New Nonexempt Gross Floor Area.”
i. Development that is mixed-use shall not be subject to separate in-lieu fee rates for the residential and nonresidential portions of such development.
ii. For the purposes of this subsection, phased development shall still be considered to be mixed-use even if one or more phases consist of buildings that are entirely nonresidential so long as some proportion of the first phase to be constructed is residential.
Table 20.20.128.I.4.
Land Use District | Nonresidential Fee Per Square Foot of New Nonexempt Gross Floor Area | Residential and Mixed-Use Fee Per Square Foot of New Nonexempt Gross Floor Area |
|---|---|---|
UC, MU-H, MU-M, MUR-M | $16.50 | $13.00 |
5. Land Transfer Option. As an alternative to complying with the requirements of this subsection I through a performance option outlined in subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, the in-lieu fee option outlined in or subsection I.4 of this section, or a combination of a performance option and the payment option as outlined in subsection I.6 of this section, the City may, but is not required to, accept legal title to real property from an applicant for purposes relating to the construction, operation, maintenance, or acquisition of affordable dwelling units. A proposed transfer of real property under this subsection shall be reviewed using the following procedure:
a. Eligibility. The City will not consider a land transfer under this subsection unless the real property proposed to be transferred is located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398.
b. Proposal Required. An applicant desiring to comply with the requirements of this subsection I through the Land Transfer Option shall submit, in conjunction with a complete application for the required Master Development Plan or Design Review, a proposal containing the following information:
i. A feasibility analysis containing the following information:
(1) Analysis demonstrating that, under applicable development regulations, site conditions on the real property proposed to be transferred would allow the construction of a number of affordable dwelling units equal to, or greater than, the number that would be required to be constructed under either subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as would otherwise be applicable to the applicant’s development;
(2) Analysis demonstrating that no legal agreements relating to, or legal interests in, the real property proposed to be transferred exist that would preclude the construction of a number of affordable dwelling units equal to, or greater than, the number that would be required to be constructed under either subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as would otherwise be applicable to the applicant’s development;
(3) Analysis demonstrating the maximum number of affordable dwelling units that could be constructed on the real property proposed to be transferred under applicable development regulations;
(4) Analysis demonstrating that adequate utility infrastructure exists to support the construction and operation of the number of affordable dwelling units identified in subsections I.5.b.i(1) and I.5.b.i(3) of this section or, in the absence of adequate utility infrastructure, what utility infrastructure would be required to be constructed under applicable development regulations; and
(5) The appraised value of the real property proposed to be transferred, as determined by an appraiser licensed under the laws of Washington State.
ii. A survey of the real property proposed to be transferred, prepared by a surveyor licensed in the State of Washington, that depicts elevation, existing site conditions, all recorded easements, critical areas, critical area buffers, and critical area structure setbacks. The survey shall also include the legal description of the real property proposed to be transferred. The Director may further define what is required to be depicted on the survey by rule.
c. Review Process.
i. The City Manager, or designee, shall review the proposal. Where the following criteria are satisfied, the City Manager may, but is not required to, accept the transfer of real property and execute all documents necessary to effectuate the transfer:
(1) Under applicable development regulations, site conditions on the real property proposed to be transferred would allow the construction of a number of affordable dwelling units equal to, or greater than, the number that would be required to be constructed under either subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as would otherwise be applicable to the applicant’s development;
(2) No legal agreements relating to, or legal interests in, the real property proposed to be transferred exist that would preclude the construction of a number of affordable dwelling units equal to, or greater than, the number that would be required to be constructed under subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as would otherwise be applicable to the applicant’s development; and
(3) The appraised value of the real property proposed to be transferred, as determined by an appraiser licensed under the laws of Washington State, is equal to, or greater than, the in-lieu fee that would be required under subsection I.4 of this section.
ii. Recording Required. If the City Manager, or designee, accepts the transfer of real property, then the applicant shall record with the King County Recorder’s Office all agreements and deeds necessary to effectuate the transfer and shall provide copies of the recorded documents to the Director.
iii. If the City Manager, or designee, declines the proposed transfer, then the applicant cannot satisfy the requirements of this subsection I through the Land Transfer Option and must instead comply with the requirements of this subsection I through another option listed in subsection I.1 of this section.
6. Compliance Through a Combination of Performance and Payment Options. An applicant proposing multifamily, mixed-use, or nonresidential development, either fully or partially located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District that is subject to the requirements of this subsection I, may achieve compliance through a combination of one or more of the following: a performance option under subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as applicable to the development, and the payment option under subsection I.4 of this section.
a. If an applicant desires to comply with the requirements of subsection I through a combination of options, then the following procedure shall be used:
i. First, the total in-lieu fee for the development shall be calculated as if compliance would be achieved solely by operation of subsection I.4 of this section..
ii. Then, the total number of affordable dwelling units required to be created for the development shall be calculated as if compliance would be achieved solely by operation of subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as applicable to the development.
iii. Then, the actual number of affordable dwelling units proposed to be created for the development shall be divided by the result calculated in subsection I.6.a.ii of this section.
iv. Then, the result calculated in subsection I.6.a.iii of this section shall be subtracted from the number one.
v. Then, the result calculated in subsection I.6.a.iv of this section shall be multiplied with the result calculated in subsection I.6.a.i of this section.
vi. The result calculated in subsection I.6.a.v of this section constitutes the actual in-lieu fee that shall be required to be paid; provided, that the actual number of affordable dwelling units proposed to be created for the development is constructed, maintained, and operated in accordance with the requirements of this title.
b. The following is an example demonstrating application of the procedure described in subsection I.6.a of this section to a hypothetical mixed-use development:
In-Lieu Fee Amount Required (Required Fee): | $1,500,000 |
Affordable Dwelling Units Required (Required AH): | 100 |
Actual Number of Affordable Dwelling Units Proposed (Proposed AH): | 10 |
Actual In-Lieu Fee Amount Required to be Paid: | $1,350,000 |
Required Fee x [1 – (Proposed AH/Required AH)]
$1,500,000 x [1-(10/100)] = $1,350,000
Compliance is achieved.
7. Off-Site Performance. To satisfy the requirements of subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, affordable dwelling units located off site must be located both within the City limits and within one of the following tiers of locations. Any affordable dwelling unit must also meet all requirements applicable to that location tier.
a. Tier 1 – Proximity to Light Rail or Bus Rapid Transit.
i. The affordable dwelling unit may be located within one-half mile of an existing or future station on a light rail system funded or expanded under the provisions of Chapter 81.104 RCW.
ii. The affordable dwelling unit may be located within one-half mile of an existing or future station on a bus rapid transit line.
b. Tier 2 – Proximity to Transit or Nonmotorized Facility.
i. The affordable dwelling unit may be located within 1/2 mile of an existing or future transit stop that receives service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; provided, that the unit is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 60 percent of the area median income for rental units and 100 percent of the area median income for ownership units.
ii. The affordable dwelling unit may be located within 1/2 mile of an existing or future transit stop that receives service at least 2 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; provided, that the unit is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 50 percent of the area median income for rental units and 100 percent of the area median income for ownership units.
iii. The affordable dwelling unit may be located on any lot that adjoins an access corridor containing a bike lane or a separated nonmotorized facility other than a sidewalk. However, the unit must be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 50 percent of the area median income for rental units and 100 percent of the area median income for ownership units.
c. Requirements Applicable to Both Tier 1 and Tier 2 Locations.
i. If a physical impediment exists that would require pedestrians to walk more than one-half mile to the station or stop from the location of the affordable dwelling units, then the Director may determine that the location does not meet the requirements of the applicable tier.
ii. If an applicant selects a Tier 2 location, the amount of affordable dwelling units required to be produced under subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section is not modified. Instead, the amount of affordable dwelling required by operation of subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section will apply, but, where required by operation of subsection I.7.b of this section, the affordable dwelling units must be affordable to a lower area median income bracket than what would otherwise be required under subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section.
iii. A certificate of occupancy for any market-rate dwelling unit or nonresidential gross floor area in the development shall not be issued until a certificate of occupancy has been issued for all affordable dwelling units located off site.
Alternatively, the applicant may provide an assurance device, in a form acceptable to the Director pursuant to LUC 20.40.490.C, in an amount equal to the in-lieu fee that would otherwise be assessed for the development by normal operation of this section if no off-site affordable dwelling units were constructed.
The assurance device shall require that the off-site affordable dwelling units are fully constructed and receive a final certificate of occupancy no later than 365 calendar days after the final certificate of occupancy is issued for market-rate dwelling units or for any nonresidential gross floor area in the development.
If a certificate of occupancy is not issued for all off-site affordable dwelling units within this time frame, and no extension has been granted by the Director, then the City shall collect the proceeds of the assurance device and deposit and use the funds in accordance with subsection I.11 of this section.
The Director may grant an extension, not to exceed a total of 180 additional calendar days, if: a written request for the extension is filed at least 30 calendar days before the expiration of the 365-calendar-day time limit; and the Director determines that unforeseen circumstances or conditions which are not the result of the voluntary actions of the applicant necessitate the extension; and the Director determines that the applicant has demonstrated reasonable diligence in attempting to meet the 365-calendar-day time limit.
If a certificate of occupancy is issued for all off-site affordable dwelling units within the required timeframe, the Director shall release the assurance device.
8. Modification of Amount of Payment or Performance. Pursuant to LUC 20.20.542, the Director may modify the amount of payment required under subsection I.4 of this section or the amount of performance required under either subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section.
9. Refer to LUC 20.25R.050 for FAR exemptions and incentives applicable to affordable housing in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts.
10. If the applicant elects to comply with this section through a performance option, or a combination of the payment option and a performance option, then, prior to the issuance of any permit(s), the Director shall review, and must approve, the proposed affordable dwelling units. The Director may approve the proposed affordable dwelling units only if they are consistent with the affordable housing standards listed in subsection A.3 of this section and with affordable housing standards adopted by rule in accordance with subsection A.2 of this section.
11. If the applicant elects to comply with this section through the payment option, or a combination of the payment option and a performance option, then the Director is authorized to accept such payment from the applicant. Funds shall be deposited into a special account and may be used by the City for the purposes authorized by RCW 36.70A.540. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 14; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 8; Ord. 6743, 6-26-23, §§ 5 – 12; Ord. 6626, 12-6-21, § 6)
A. General. Animal services as defined in LUC 20.50.010 are subject to the requirements of this section and BCC Title 8, Animal Regulations.
B. Minimum Requirements. The following chart, entitled “Animal Regulations,” sets forth the minimum requirements for certain types of animal keeping.
Animal Regulations
Type of Animal/Use | Maximum Number (1) | Minimum Lot Size | |
|---|---|---|---|
1. Household Pets (6) | No minimum | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 15 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of a household pet within the following areas, provided it must be allowed to roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the household pet may be within 15 feet of a property line. | |
2. Small Domestic Animals or Hobby Kennel (6) | 10: 20,000 sq. ft. and an additional 1,500 sq. ft. for each animal; 6: 10,000 sq. ft. and an additional 1,500 sq. ft. for each animal over 6 | 20,000 sq. ft. or 10,000 sq. ft. | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 25 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of a small domestic animal within the following areas, provided it must be allowed to roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the household pet may be within 25 feet of a property line. |
3. Large Domestic Animals (6) | 1: each 10,000 sq. ft. | 20,000 sq. ft. | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 25 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of a large domestic animal within the following areas, provided it must roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the animal may be within 25 feet of a property line. |
4. Bees (7) | Maximum of four hives, each with one colony: Lots containing 15,000 sq. ft. or less; Maximum of 15 hives, each with one colony: Lots containing more than 15,000 sq. ft. but less than 35,000 sq. ft.; Maximum of 25 hives, each with one colony: Lots containing 35,000 sq. ft. or more | 7,200 sq. ft. | Hives must be at least 25 feet from a property line, except when situated 8 feet or more above adjacent ground level, or when situated less than 6 feet above adjacent ground level and behind a solid fence or hedge at least 6 feet high parallel to any property line within 25 feet of the hive and extending at least 25 feet level, or when situated beyond the hive in both directions. |
Determined in Conditional Use Process | 35,000 sq. ft. | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 50 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of an animal within the following areas, provided it must be allowed to roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the animal may be within 50 feet of a property line. | |
6. Commercial Stable or Riding Academy (3) (9) | Determined in Conditional Use Process | 35,000 sq. ft. | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 50 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of an animal within the following areas, provided it must be allowed to roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the animal may be within 50 feet of a property line. |
Notes: Animal Regulations
(1) Number of adult animals: One unweaned litter of offspring and foals are not included in the number of animals allowed.
(2)More than three rabbits are regulated as small domestic animals.
(3)Requires a Conditional Use Permit.
(4)More than six fowl are regulated as small domestic animals.
(5)The purpose of these setback requirements is to prohibit the confinement of an animal within specific distances from neighboring property, as by leashing the animal to a stake or placing the animal in an enclosure, but to allow animals to be kept in yards fenced on their perimeter so long as the animal is free to roam within the fenced area.
(6) Special Regulations: Open pasture, foraging or grazing may extend to the property line.
(7)Special Regulations:
(a)Must register with the Washington State Department of Agriculture or any successor organization responsible for oversight of beekeeping.
(b)Must requeen annually or any time following swarming or aggressive behavior with a breeder-raised queen of suitable docile strain.
(c)Hives must be maintained to avoid overpopulation and minimize swarming.
(d)Must be maintained in a movable frame hive at all times.
(8) Special Regulations: See LUC 20.10.440.
(9) Special Regulations: See LUC 20.10.440. Open pasture, foraging or grazing may extend to the property line.
C. Prohibited Animals. The keeping of mink, foxes or hogs is prohibited.
D. Pet Day Care. In addition to the development standards applicable to the land use district, including BCC Title 8 and Chapter 9.18 BCC, pet day cares are subject to the following requirements:
1. Facilities for the boarding of animals may occupy no more than 25 percent of the gross floor area of the pet day care center.
2. Applicants shall submit at the time of permit application written operating procedures, such as those recommended by the American Boarding and Kennel Association (ABKA) or the American Kennel Club (AKC). Such procedures, which are to be followed for the life of the business, shall address the identification and correction of animal behavior that impacts surrounding uses, including excessive barking.
E. Veterinary Services. In addition to the development standards applicable to the land use district, including BCC Title 8 and Chapter 9.18 BCC, veterinary services are subject to the following requirements:
1. A veterinary clinic designed for the treatment and care of pet animals shall be operated by a registered veterinarian.
2. Animals shall be confined within the exterior walls of the building at all times.
3. Pet day care services may be allowed as a subordinate use subject to the provisions of subsection D of this section and LUC 20.20.840. All pet day care services shall be isolated by soundproofing from all adjacent property and uses.
4. Walls of interior-court animal runs shall be a minimum of eight feet high. Interior-court animal runs shall be roofed and if there are open air spaces between the top of the wall and the roof, they shall be enclosed with wire mesh.
5. All rooms housing animals shall have ample natural or mechanical ventilation.
6. There shall be no cremation or other disposal of dead animals on the premises. (Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 9; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 9; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 6; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 10; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 25; Ord. 3413, 9-24-84, § 1)
The following decision criteria, in addition to the criteria in LUC 20.30E.140, apply to an administrative Conditional Use Permit application for the leasing, rental and/or retail sale of automobiles in light industry zoning districts:
A. The applicant provides an adequate off street unloading area for vehicle carriers; and
B. There is adequate on-site storage area for display vehicles. (Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 26; Ord. 4176, 11-26-90, § 4)
A. Boarding houses and bed and breakfasts require a Home Occupation Permit, Part 20.30N LUC, approval.
B. The following rental and occupancy limits apply to boarding houses and bed and breakfasts:
1. For transient lodging, a maximum of two rooms may be rented to a maximum of two adults per room and any number of accompanying minor children, provided there is compliance with health and building code requirements.
2. For non-transient lodging, a maximum of two rooms may be rented.
C. The owner of the rooms to be rented shall provide off-street parking for such rooms at the rate of at least one parking stall for each room. (Ord. 6616, 11-15-21, § 2; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 11; Ord. 4028, 7-17-89, § 3; Ord. 3145, 9-27-82, § 29)
Carnivals, fairs, revivals and other temporary amusements, exhibitions or meeting places must receive a Temporary Use Permit, following the procedures required by Part 20.30M LUC, or be approved through the City’s Special Events Policy permit process. (Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 27; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 13)
A. Purpose. Encourage the convenient location of child care service uses throughout the City where compatible with surrounding land uses and development.
B. Applicability. This section applies to each child care service use within the City. The requirements of this section shall be imposed at the initiation of any child care service use, or upon any addition or modification to a child care service use or structure housing that use.
C. Family Child Care Home in a Residence. Family child care providers must obtain an operating license from the Department of Children, Youth, and Families (DCYF). Family child care providers also must comply with all applicable City codes, including but not limited to the Tax Administrative Code, Chapter 4.03 BCC; Building and Fire Codes, Sign Code, Chapter 22B.10 BCC; and LUC provisions governing lot size, building dimensions, setbacks, and lot coverage requirements for the zone in which they are located.
D. Child Day Care Center.
1. General. The requirements of subsection D of this section apply to each child day care center unless located in a private residence or a community facility. For the requirements for a child care service use in a residence or community facility, see subsections C and E of this section, respectively.
2. Review or Registration Required.
a. If located in an LDR-2 or LDR-3 Land Use District, a child day care center requires a Conditional Use Permit prior to the initiation of the use.
b. If located in a land use district in which the use is a permitted use, each operator of a child day care center must register with the Bellevue Development Services Department by filing a signed Child Care Registration Form as provided by the Department prior to the initiation of the use. The operator must certify compliance with all applicable use requirements and conditions of this subsection as listed on the Registration Form.
3. Use Requirements. The following requirements apply to each child day care center.
a. An on-site vehicle turnaround or separate entrance and exit points, and passenger loading area must be provided. The City shall specifically consider the location and appearance of the proposed turnaround or access in determining compatibility with surrounding uses.
b. The child day care center use must have received all necessary permits or approvals from the State of Washington Department of Social and Health Services.
c. The child day care center use must have been inspected by the Bellevue Fire Department, and the operator must have committed to implement all required corrective measures within the stated time period.
d. The operator must have granted the City of Bellevue permission to enter the property, and to inspect the child day care center use for compliance with the requirements of the Land Use Code, and other applicable City ordinances.
e. The operator must have obtained a Registration Certificate as required by Chapter 4.02 BCC (Tax Administration Code).
f. If located in an R-10, R-15, R-20, or R-30 Land Use District:
i. A solid fence at least six feet high compatible with neighborhood character must be installed along each side and rear lot line.
ii. One sign, not exceeding four square feet and five feet in height, is permitted to identify the use notwithstanding the provisions of Chapter 22B.10 BCC. The sign may not be lighted. The City shall review the color, materials, design, location and character of the sign in determining compatibility with surrounding uses.
4. Conditions.
a. The City may impose conditions to mitigate any potential adverse impact on surrounding uses.
b. The City shall specifically consider the need to limit the hours of operation of the use.
c. The City shall establish the maximum number of children permitted in the child care service use at any one time.
E. Child Care Service Use Located in a Community Facility.
1. General. The requirements of this subsection apply to each child day care center use located in a community facility.
2. Review or Registration Required. Each operator of a child day care center housed in a community facility must register with the Bellevue Development Services Department by filing a signed Child Care Registration Form as provided by the Department prior to initiation of the use. The operator must certify compliance with all applicable use requirements and conditions of this subsection as listed on the Registration form.
3. Use Requirements. The following requirements apply to each child day care center use located in a community facility:
a. The child day care center use must have received all necessary permits or approvals from the State of Washington Department of Social and Health Services.
b. The child day care center use must have been inspected by the Bellevue Fire Department, and the operator must have committed to implement all required corrective measures within the stated time period.
c. The operator must have granted the City of Bellevue permission to enter the property, and to inspect the child day care center use for compliance with the requirements of the Land Use Code, and other applicable City ordinances.
d. The operator must have obtained a Registration Certificate as required by Chapter 4.02 BCC (Tax Administration Code).
e. The child day care center use may not display any sign in excess of the maximum number of signs and the maximum sign area allowed for the community facility in which the child care service use is housed.
4. Conditions.
a. The City may impose conditions to mitigate any potential adverse impact on surrounding uses.
b. The City shall specifically consider the need to limit the hours of operation of the use. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 15; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, §§ 78, 79; Ord. 6677, 9-26-22, § 1; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 10; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 12; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 28; Ord. 4086, 11-27-89, § 2; Ord. 3095, 5-24-82, § 3)
In Residential Land Use Districts, churches, institutions, clubs, and community recreation buildings shall have side and rear yard required setbacks of a minimum of 50 feet each. Automobile traffic to and from such a use and its parking area shall be from an arterial street, unless other access is approved through a Conditional Use Permit. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 16; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 13; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 866; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 966; Ord. 3145, 9-27-82, § 30)
Commercial vehicles are not permitted to be parked overnight on residential properties unless approved through a Home Occupation Permit. “Commercial vehicles” include: 1) vehicles used in a commercial enterprise which exceed 19 feet in length; and 2) truck tractors used in the drayage of semi-truck trailers. (Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 14)
A. General Provisions.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate telecommunications, broadcast, relay, and other similar facilities in a manner that protects the aesthetic character of Bellevue’s neighborhoods, promotes reliable and equitable access to various channels of communication, and is adaptable to changes in technology and applicable state and federal law.
2. Applicability. The provisions of this section apply to: (a) all facilities on public or private land that transmit wireless signals for telecommunications, radio or television broadcast, or other similar services; and any equipment associated with these facilities; and (b) any application for a WCF in the public right-of-way that is not subject to BCC Title 6. For purposes of this section, publicly owned land and right-of-way shall refer to any government-owned or leased land regardless of the entity with ownership, lease, or jurisdiction. City-owned land and right-of-way shall refer only to the land under City of Bellevue ownership, lease, or jurisdiction.
B. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply to this section:
1. Collocation. Mounting or installing a WCF onto an existing structure, regardless of whether a WCF is already mounted on the structure. This definition shall include modification or replacement of existing structures for the purpose of mounting or installing WCF transmission equipment on that structure. This definition shall include “collocation” as described in 47 CFR 1.6002(g), or any successor provision.
2. Eligible Facilities Request (EFR). A request to modify an existing WCF that does not result in a substantial change to the WCF or support structure. EFR shall have the same definition described in 47 CFR 1.6100, or any successor provision.
3. Over-the-Air Reception Device (OTARD). Antennas and equipment meeting the conditions of 47 CFR 1.4000(a)(1)(i) through (iii), or any successor provision.
4. Small Wireless Facility (SWF). A WCF which meets the definition of “small wireless facility” in 47 CFR 1.6002(I), or any successor provision.
5. Tower. Any structure built for the sole or primary purpose of supporting any WCF. This definition shall include “tower” as described in 47 CFR 1.6100(b)(9), or any successor provision.
6. Transmission Equipment. Equipment that facilitates transmission for a WCF, including, but not limited to, radio transceivers, antennas, coaxial or fiber-optic cable, and regular and backup power supply. This definition shall include “transmission equipment” as described in 47 CFR 1.6100(b)(8), or any successor provision.
7. Utility Support Structure. A structure designed to support street or pedestrian light standards, guy poles, traffic signal standards, and poles or towers supporting electrical, telephone, cable, lighting, or other similar facilities.
8. WCF Support Structure. Any structure, including buildings, to which a WCF is attached.
9. WCF, Temporary. A WCF and support structure that is not permanently affixed to the ground or another structure. This definition includes, but is not limited to, cell-on-wheels (COW), WCFs attached to vehicles, and crank-up towers.
C. Review Required. The table below describes the siting and construction approval processes required for communication, broadcast, and relay facilities, including WCFs, and the applicable requirements for the activity under this chapter:
Activity | Applicable Requirements | Approval Process |
|---|---|---|
OTARDs | Exempt from requirements of this chapter. | Permitted. Construction and right-of-way use permits may be required. |
Eligible Facilities Request (EFR) on public and private land | Exempt from requirements of this chapter. (1) | |
Modifications to existing permitted WCFs and other communication, broadcast, and relay facilities that are not EFRs | 20.20.195.E through F | |
WCFs collocated on existing structures that are not EFRs (2) | 20.20.195.E through F | |
Communication, broadcast, and relay facilities that are not WCFs | ||
Temporary WCFs | Temporary Use Permit as described in Part 20.30M LUC | |
New WCF tower (2) | 20.20.195.E through F | Administrative Conditional Use Permit as described in Part 20.30E LUC |
WCF modifications, collocations, or new WCF towers that do not meet the requirements of 20.20.195.E through F |
Notes: Communication, broadcast, and relay facilities review requirements:
(1)Modifications to existing WCFs which qualify as EFRs shall meet all applicable conditions of the underlying siting approval of the WCF.
(2)Refer to Chapter 6.08 BCC for provisions on SWFs and certain EFRs in the public right-of-way.
D. Temporary Wireless Communication Facilities.
1. A Temporary Use Permit, as described in Chapter 20.30M LUC, shall be required for temporary WCFs.
a. The allowed duration of the Temporary Use Permit for a temporary WCF may exceed the limits described in Part 20.30M LUC; provided, that:
i. The duration shall not exceed the time necessary for the allowed purposes described in subsection D.2 of this section; and
ii. The Director may grant an extension of the Temporary Use Permit if needed, as determined by the Director.
b. The Director may condition the Temporary Use Permit extension to require the applicant screen or otherwise conceal the temporary WCF to minimize visual and aesthetic impacts.
2. Temporary WCFs may only be permitted for the following purposes:
a. Emergency communications during declared public emergencies;
b. Large events requiring additional cellular network capacity; provided, that the temporary WCF shall be removed no more than 10 days following the end of the event; or
c. Maintaining coverage provided by an existing WCF where the support structure is being demolished, renovated, or repaired, or where all or part of the roof is being repaired or replaced; provided, that separate approvals shall be required for the permanent replacement WCF.
E. Development Requirements for Wireless Communications Facilities.
1. General. All WCFs except EFRs shall comply with the following requirements:
a. Allowed Locations.
i. In Residential Land Use Districts and BR-R Land Use Districts, WCFs may only deployed in the following locations:
(1) The public right-of-way;
(2) Puget Sound Energy, Seattle City Light, and other utility transmission corridors;
(3) Publicly owned real property;
(4) Real property developed with nonresidential uses, including but not limited to churches and schools, but excluding mixed-use developments containing a residential use; and
(5) Undeveloped sites and sites developed with residential or mixed uses in the MDR-1 and MDR-2 Land Use Districts.
ii. WCFs located outside of Residential Land Use Districts and BR-R Land Use Districts may be deployed in any location, subject to the requirements under this section.
b. Height Limits.
i. The height of a non-EFR collocated WCF shall not exceed the greatest of:
(1) The maximum building height of the Land Use District in which the WCF is located;
(2) The height of a building or utility support structure to which the WCF is attached, including any existing mechanical equipment located on the roof of a building; or
(3) The minimum height necessary for effective functioning of the WCF, as certified by a qualified radio frequency engineer, not to exceed:
(a) Twenty-one feet above the height of the existing utility support structure to which the WCF will be attached; or
(b) Fifteen feet above the height of the existing building to which the WCF will be attached, including any existing mechanical equipment located on the roof.
ii. The height of a WCF tower shall be determined based on the minimum necessary for effective functioning of a WCF, as certified by a qualified radio frequency engineer.
c. Protrusion Limit. No part of a WCF shall protrude more than 36 inches from the face of the support structure, measured to the outer face of the WCF.
d. Applicants for proposed WCFs shall submit documentation certifying the proposed WCF meets radiofrequency emission standards established by the Federal Communications Commission.
e. Transmission equipment and equipment cabinets shall be:
i. Mounted on a utility support structure or WCF support structure with no one dimension of any equipment or cabinet exceeding 36 inches; or
ii. Fully contained within the support structure or tower such that no portion of the structure is increased in width to accommodate the equipment cabinets; or
iii. Fully contained within a building or mounted on the roof of a structure consistent with the requirements of LUC 20.20.525, provided the equipment cabinets do not exceed allowable height limits described in subsection E.1.b of this section; or
iv. Contained within a new or existing accessory structure, consistent with the requirements of LUC 20.20.125; or
v. Located on the ground and:
(1) Screened with vegetation at least as tall as the equipment at the time of planting;
(2) Constructed to be less than 30 inches above grade and screened or painted as needed to blend with surrounding features;
(3) Screened and painted as needed to appear to be a decorative feature; or
(4) Located underground if proposed to be located within any public right-of-way or required by Chapter 23.32 BCC.
2. Non-EFR Collocated WCFs shall meet the following requirements in addition to those under subsection E.1 of this section.
a. WCFs attached to any building shall be subject to the following standards:
i. WCFs shall be screened pursuant to LUC 20.20.525. When located at a street intersection, the screening shall comply with sight distance requirements in BCC 14.60.240.
ii. Collocation of WCFs shall meet all conditions of the structure’s underlying siting approval, where applicable.
b. WCFs attached to utility support structures shall be subject to the following standards:
i. If necessary, the existing structure may be removed and replaced with a new utility support structure of a similar color and material, and shall be located within 10 feet of the original structure (measured from the center point of the replacement structure). The replacement structure shall meet the height limits in subsection E.1.b of this section.
ii. WCF transmission equipment shall be:
(1) Mounted on the utility support structure such that no portion of the equipment exceeds the allowable height or protrusion limits described in subsection E.1.b and c of this section; or
(2) Contained within a cannister that is a continuation of the diameter of the utility support structure.
iii. Transmission and power cables shall be:
(1) Fully contained within the utility support structure;
(2) Contained within a conduit attached to the utility support structure and painted to match the color; or
(3) Placed underground.
3. WCFs attached to towers shall meet the following requirements in addition to those under subsection E.1 of this section.
a. Proposals for new WCF towers require Administrative Conditional Use Permit approval. In addition to the decision criteria in LUC 20.30E.140, the following conditions shall apply:
i. Towers shall meet the minimum setback requirements of the Land Use District in which they are located, except the minimum side setback shall be 20 feet.
ii. All towers on real property shall be no closer to any other tower than 520 feet. Towers approved as purpose-built poles in the right-of-way pursuant to BCC 6.08.050(D) shall be exempt from this requirement.
4. The Director may grant waivers to the requirements of this subsection E pursuant to subsection H of this section.
F. Removal of WCFs and Support Structures.
1. If a WCF proposed for removal is the only remaining WCF attached to a tower, and no permit applications have been submitted for a new WCF on the tower, the tower shall be demolished.
2. Removal Upon Undergrounding. A WCF must be removed if collocated on a utility support structure that is removed due to undergrounding of the supported utility equipment.
G. Requirements Applicable to Communication, Broadcast and Relay Facilities Other Than WCFs.
1. Height Limits.
a. All Communication, Broadcast, and Relay Facilities Other than WCFs shall comply with the height limitations of the underlying Land Use District.
b. The Director may grant a waiver to the height limits described in this subsection G.1 pursuant to the requirements of subsection H of this section.
2. Ground Screening and Fencing Requirements.
a. All ancillary equipment must comply with the sight screening requirements contained in LUC 20.20.525.
b. If the Director of the Development Services Department determines that the facility is potentially dangerous to human life, an eight-foot fence which complies with the sight screening requirements contained in LUC 20.20.525 may be required.
3. Setback Requirements. Any structure, facility or fence associated with a communication, broadcast or relay tower with freestanding support structure must conform to the setback requirement for structures in the land use district in which the structure, facility or fence is located, except that the minimum side setback for any structure, facility or fence in a Residential Land Use District is 20 feet.
4. Amateur Radio Antennas (including HAM and short wave). The foregoing requirements of this subsection G relating to screening, placement, or height limitations shall not apply to any Amateur Radio Antennas in compliance with 47 CFR 97 or any successor provision.
5. OTARDs. The foregoing requirements of this subsection G do not apply to OTARDs qualifying under 47 CFR 1.4000 or any successor provision.
H. Limited Exceptions for Wireless Communication Facilities.
1. The Director of the Development Services Department may grant waivers of the design and location standards for WCFs subject to this section, if it is determined that the applicant has established that denial of an application or strict adherence to the location and design standards would:
a. Prohibit or effectively prohibit the provision of personal wireless services, within the meaning of federal law; or
b. Otherwise violate applicable laws or regulations; or
c. Require a technically infeasible location, design or installation of a wireless facility, as certified by a qualified radio frequency engineer.
2. If that determination is made, said requirements may be waived, but only to the minimum extent required to avoid the prohibition, violation, or technically infeasible location, design or installation.
3. Any applicant seeking a waiver or exception from any of the design and location standards in subsections E through G of this section shall be required to submit an Administrative Conditional Use Permit as described in Part 20.30E LUC and shall, at the time of submission of its application, provide a detailed description, explanation and documentation supporting its request for a waiver or exception meeting the requirements outlined in this subsection H.
4. In addition to the findings outlined in subsection H.2 of this section, the Director of the Development Services Department may grant a waiver of the minimum separation requirement in subsection E.3 of this section, if it is determined that the applicant has also established that no other location is suitable for siting the WCF within the identified 520-foot radius; or
5. For all other Communication, Broadcast, and Relay Facilities excluding WCFs, the Director of the Development Services Department may grant a waiver of the height limit if it is determined that the applicant has established that:
a. The requested increase is the minimum necessary for the effective functioning of the system.
b. Construction of multiple smaller or less obtrusive facilities is not technically feasible. Applicants may be required to submit an areawide deployment plan to demonstrate compliance with this requirement.
c. Visual and aesthetic impacts associated with the facility have been mitigated to the greatest extent technically feasible. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 17; Ord. 6759, 10-23-23, § 2; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 6; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 10; Ord. 5587, 3-7-05, § 5; Ord. 5460, 8-4-03, § 3; Ord. 5403, 8-5-02, § 5; Ord. 5086, 8-3-98, § 2)
A. The applicant may propose a commuter parking facility providing no more than 50 parking spaces and utilizing the parking area of an existing use through the administrative conditional use process, Part 20.30E LUC. Appeals of decisions made pursuant to this subsection will be decided using the Process II appeal procedures, LUC 20.35.250.
B. The Director of the Development Services Department may approve a commuter parking facility described in subsection A of this section only if he/she finds that:
1. The commuter parking facility is proposed as part of a transportation program.
2. The number of parking spaces proposed for the commuter parking facility is in excess of the actual parking demand for the primary use during overlapping hours of operation.
3. The subject property abuts and gains access from a major, secondary or collector arterial as defined by the Transportation Department.
4. Signage proposed in conjunction with the commuter parking facility is adequate to identify the facility and in keeping with the general character of the immediate vicinity.
5. The location of the commuter parking facility on the subject property will have no significant adverse impact on uses in the immediate vicinity.
C. The Director of the Development Services Department may impose a time limit upon the validity of the administrative Conditional Use Permit granted pursuant to this section in order to ensure periodic review of the commuter parking facility. (Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 7; Ord. 4978, 3-17-97, § 1; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 17; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, §§ 10, 11)
A. General.
1. The size of a dwelling unit of cottage housing shall be no greater than 1,500 square feet of total floor area; however:
a. Up to an additional 25 percent of lot coverage and impervious surface coverage may be permitted for site area that is used for covered porches in cottage housing developments.
b. Cottages may be no greater than 24 feet in height, measured from the average elevation of the existing grade around the building to the highest point. Refer to LUC 20.50.012 for the definition of “Building Height – Residential Land Use Districts.”
c. Up to 300 square feet per dwelling unit of cottage housing used for parking or unheated storage space shall be exempt from the maximum floor area.
2. The density of cottage housing development on a lot is controlled by maximum floor area ratio by lot size and not by dwelling units per lot or dwelling units per acre. Therefore, there is no limit on the maximum dwelling units per lot, or dwelling units per acre, for cottage housing development. Cottage housing development is subject to the otherwise applicable development regulations contained in this section and in LUC 20.20.538 and the maximum floor area ratio for single-family and middle housing set forth in LUC 20.20.390.
B. Site Design Standards.
1. Total Open Space. Total open space includes all of the open space provided on-site for a cottage housing development subject to the following requirements:
a. Total open space shall be provided at a minimum of 20 percent of the lot size. This may include common open space, private open space, setbacks, critical areas, or other open space; and
b. Total open space shall be consolidated into a common area to the maximum extent possible.
2. Common Open Space. Common open space shall be included in the calculation of the total open space. Common open space shall be provided subject to the following requirements and is intended for common use by the residents of a cottage housing development:
a. A minimum of 100 square feet provided per cottage as common open space.
b. Common open space shall be bordered by cottages on at least one side for developments with four or fewer cottages and at least two sides for developments with five or more cottages.
c. Common open space shall not include critical areas, critical area buffers, or critical area structure setbacks.
d. Common open space shall have a minimum dimension of 15 feet on any side.
e. Common open space shall be developed consistent with LUC 20.20.520, including a mix of landscaping, pedestrian paths, and other amenities. Impervious surfaces shall be limited to 75 percent of the total open space.
f. For cottage housing developments with four or fewer units, area used for driveway access may be utilized as common open space. For cottage housing with more than four units, the common open space for up to four units may utilize driveway access as common open space.
g. Common open space shall be owned in common by the owners of the cottage housing located on the lot, or by an association of such property owners.
3. Private Open Space. Any designated private open space areas shall have a minimum dimension of five feet on any side.
4. The minimum required distance between cottages shall be the minimum required by applicable building and fire codes.
5. On-site required parking shall be consolidated to the maximum extent feasible. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 18)
A. General.
1. Courtyard housing developments shall be subject to both the requirements of this subsection and LUC 20.20.538.
2. Courtyard housing shall consist of attached dwelling units arranged in an L- or U-shaped configuration.
B. Site Design Standards.
1. Courtyard housing shall include a central courtyard area providing primary or secondary access to all units.
2. The central courtyard shall have a minimum dimension of 20 feet in any direction.
3. The central courtyard shall be developed consistent with LUC 20.20.520, including a mix of landscaping, pedestrian paths, and other amenities. Impervious surfaces shall be limited to 75 percent of the total open space.
4. On-site required parking shall be consolidated to the maximum extent feasible. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 19)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate proposals for new or expanding electrical utility facilities and to minimize impacts associated with such facilities on surrounding areas through siting, design, screening, and fencing requirements.
B. Applicability. This section applies to all proposals for new or expanding electrical utility facilities as defined in LUC 20.50.018. Additional requirements applicable to electrical utility facilities located within the Shoreline Overlay District are provided in Part 20.25E LUC.
C. Required Review. For new or expanding electrical utility facilities proposed on sensitive sites as described by Figure UT-6 of the Utilities Element of the Comprehensive Plan, the applicant shall obtain Conditional Use Permit approval under Part 20.30B LUC. For expansions of electrical utility facilities not proposed on sensitive sites as described by Figure UT-6, the applicant shall obtain Administrative Conditional Use Permit approval under Part 20.30E LUC.
1. Conditional Use Permit. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30B LUC the applicant shall:
a. Complete the alternative siting analysis as set forth in subsection D of this section;
b. Hold an informational public meeting prior to the public hearing required by LUC 20.35.137 and in addition to the informational public meeting required in LUC 20.35.127; and
c. Comply with all applicable decision criteria and design standards set forth in this section.
2. Administrative Conditional Use. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30E LUC the applicant shall comply with all decision criteria and design standards set forth in this section, provided the applicant is not required to complete the alternative siting analysis set forth in subsection D of this section.
D. Alternative Siting Analysis. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30B LUC, and the decision criteria and design standards set forth in this section, the applicant shall identify alternative sites, provide required content showing analysis relating to identified sites, describe technologies considered, and describe community outreach conducted for proposals relating to new or expanding electrical utility facilities on sensitive sites as described in this section.
1. Alternative Sites Analyzed. Prior to submittal of the application for Conditional Use Permit required pursuant to subsection C of this section, the applicant shall identify not less than three alternative site options to meet the system needs for the proposed new or expanding electrical utility facility. At least one of the alternative sites identified by the applicant shall be located in the land use district to be primarily served by the proposed electrical utility facility.
2. Content of Alternative Siting Analysis. Upon submittal of the Conditional Use Permit application required pursuant to subsection C of this section, the applicant shall submit results of the siting analysis which:
a. Describe the sites identified in subsection D.1 of this section and the land use districts within which the sites are located.
b. Map the location of the sites identified in subsection D.1 of this section and depict the proximity of the sites to Neighborhood Business Land Use Districts and Residential Land Use Districts.
c. Describe which of the sites analyzed are considered practical or feasible alternatives by the applicant, and which of the sites analyzed are not considered practical or feasible, together with supporting information that justifies the conclusions reached. For sites located within a Neighborhood Business Land Use District, Residential Land Use District, and/or the BelRed Office/Residential Transition (BR-ORT), the applicant shall:
i. Describe whether the electrical utility facility location is a consequence of needs or demands from customers located within the district or area; and
ii. Describe whether the operational needs of the applicant require location of the electrical utility facility in the district or area.
d. Identify a preferred site from the alternative locations considered for the proposed new or expanding electrical utility facility. The following location selection hierarchy shall be considered during identification of the preferred site alternative: (i) nonresidential land use districts, (ii) the BelRed Office/Residential Transition (BR-ORT), and (iii) residential areas. The applicant may identify a preferred site alternative in a Residential Land Use District or the BelRed Office/Residential Transition (BR-ORT) upon demonstration that the location has fewer site compatibility impacts than a nonresidential land use district location.
3. Technology Considered for the Preferred Site Alternative. Upon submittal of the Conditional Use Permit application required pursuant to subsection C of this section, the applicant shall:
a. Describe the range of technologies considered for the proposed electrical utility facility;
b. Describe how the proposed electrical utility facility provides reliability to customers served;
c. Describe components of the proposed electrical utility facility that relate to system reliability; and
d. Describe how the proposed facility includes technology best suited to mitigate impacts on surrounding properties.
4. Community Outreach Conducted. Upon submittal of the Conditional Use Permit application required pursuant to subsection C of this section, the applicant shall provide a description of all methods of community outreach or involvement conducted by the applicant prior to selecting a preferred site for the proposed electrical utility facility.
E. Decision Criteria. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30B LUC, Part 20.30E LUC, and other applicable provisions of this section, all proposals to locate or expand electrical utility facilities shall comply with the following:
1. The proposal is consistent with Puget Sound Energy’s System Plan;
2. The design, use, and operation of the electrical utility facility complies with applicable guidelines, rules, regulations or statutes adopted by state law, or any agency or jurisdiction with authority;
3. The applicant shall demonstrate that an operational need exists that requires the location or expansion at the proposed site;
4. The applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed electrical utility facility improves reliability to the customers served and reliability of the system as a whole, as certified by the applicant’s licensed engineer;
5. For proposals located on sensitive sites as referenced in Figure UT.5a of the Utility Element of the Comprehensive Plan, the applicant shall demonstrate:
a. Compliance with the alternative siting analysis requirements of subsection D of this section;
b. Where feasible, the preferred site alternative identified in subsection D.2.d of this section is located within the land use district requiring additional service and residential land use districts are avoided when the proposed new or expanded electrical utility facility serves a nonresidential land use district;
6. The proposal shall provide mitigation sufficient to eliminate or minimize long-term impacts to properties located near an electrical utility facility.
F. Design Standards. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30B LUC, Part 20.30E LUC, and other applicable provisions of this section, all proposals to locate or expand an electrical utility facility shall comply with the following:
1. Site Landscaping. Electrical utility facilities shall be sight-screened as specified in LUC 20.20.520.F.2 or as required for the applicable land use district. Alternatively, the provisions of LUC 20.20.520.J may be used, provided this subsection does not apply to transmission lines as defined in LUC 20.50.018;
2. Fencing. Electrical utility facilities shall be screened by a sight-obscuring fence not less than eight feet in height, provided this subsection does not apply to transmission lines as defined in LUC 20.50.018. This requirement may be modified by the City if the site is not considered sensitive as referenced in Figure UT-6 of the Utility Element of the Comprehensive Plan, is adequately screened by topography and/or existing or added vegetation, or if the facility is fully enclosed within a structure. To the maximum extent possible, all electrical utility facility components, excluding transmission lines, shall be screened by either a sight-obscuring fence or alternative screening;
3. Required Setback. The proposal (including required fencing) shall conform to the setback requirement for structures in the land use district; and
4. Height Limitations. For all electrical utility facility components, including transmission lines, the City may approve a request to exceed the height limit for the underlying land use district if the applicant demonstrates that:
a. The requested increase is the minimum necessary for the effective functioning of the electrical utility facility; and
b. Impacts associated with the electrical utility facility have been mitigated to the greatest extent technically feasible.
G. Mitigation Measures. The City may impose conditions relating to the location, development, design, use, or operation of an electrical utility facility to mitigate environmental, public safety, or other identifiable impacts. Mitigation measures may include, but are not limited to, natural features that may serve as buffers, or other site design elements such as fencing and site landscaping as provided for in subsection F of this section.
H. Independent Technical Review. The City may require the applicant pay for independent technical review by a consultant retained by the City for review of materials submitted by the applicant to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the alternative siting analysis contained in subsection D of this section, the decision criteria contained in subsection E of this section and the design standards contained in subsection F of this section. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 20; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 2; Ord. 6643, 1-24-22, § 2; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 16; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 11; Ord. 5805, 3-3-08, § 8)
A. Applicability. This section applies to each essential public facility (EPF) within the City except where a specific use is otherwise identified and regulated in LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and Chapter 20.25 LUC. The requirements of this section shall be imposed at the establishment of any such EPF use, and upon any addition or modification to any such EPF use or structure housing that use. Any EPF specifically identified and regulated in LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and Chapter 20.25 LUC shall be subject to the permitting procedures and requirements for that use and shall not be subject to this section.
B. Additional Submittal Requirements. In addition to the application materials required for any permit required to construct or modify the EPF, the applicant shall submit the following material:
1. Information demonstrating compliance with any existing multi-jurisdictional siting criteria in selecting the proposed location for the EPF; and
2. Information regarding all alternative sites considered for the proposed EPF, including information about why such alternative sites were not selected.
C. Decision Criteria. In addition to the decision criteria applicable to any permit required to construct or modify the EPF, the City may approve, or approve with modifications, a proposal to construct or modify an EPF if:
1. The location and design are consistent with any planning document under which the proposing agency, special district or organization operates, as determined by the person or body having authority to interpret such document;
2. The location, design, use and operation of the EPF complies with any applicable guidelines, rules, regulations or statutes adopted by state law, or any agency or jurisdiction with authority;
3. A building which houses all or a majority of an EPF must be compatible with the architectural form of surrounding buildings. This requirement is not applicable to an EPF where significant elements of the facility are not housed in a building or to isolated minor elements such as utility meters;
4. An EPF may be permitted in a Neighborhood Business or Residential Land Use District only if there is an operational or other need that requires locating in that district to achieve the purpose or function of the EPF;
5. The City may approve a request to exceed the height limit for the underlying land use district if the applicant demonstrates that:
a. The requested increase is the minimum necessary for the effective functioning of the EPF; and
b. Visual and aesthetic impacts associated with the EPF have been mitigated to the greatest extent technically feasible;
6. If the City determines that the EPF is potentially dangerous to human life, appropriate protective measures may be required.
D. Conditions. The City may impose conditions on the location, design, use or operation of the EPF within the scope of the City’s authority in order to mitigate identified environmental, public safety or other impacts of the EPF. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 21; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 9; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 12; Ord. 5457, 7-21-03, § 3)
A. Applicability. The requirements of this section apply to the following:
1. All new single-family, middle housing developments, and detached accessory dwelling units. Attached accessory dwelling units are exempt from floor area ratio provisions and do not count towards the number of dwelling units in subsection B of this section; and
2. Additions to an existing detached single-family dwelling that result in a 20 percent or greater increase in gross square feet.
B. Maximum Floor Area Ratio for Single-Family and Middle Housing. The maximum residential floor area ratio as defined in LUC 20.50.020, Floor Area Ratio (FAR) – Single-Family and Middle Housing Dwelling, for qualifying development is listed in Table 20.20.390.B.1, and shall be determined by the quantity of dwelling units on the lot, which shall include any detached accessory dwelling units. For development consisting of attached or detached multifamily dwellings, floor area ratio shall be determined by the dimensional requirements in Chart 20.20.010 or, where applicable, as regulated by a special or overlay district.
Table 20.20.390.B.1. Maximum Floor Area Ratio for Single-Family and Middle Housing
Number of dwelling units (1) | Floor Area Ratio for Lots 10,000 Square Feet or Less | Floor Area Ratio for Lots Greater than 10,000 Square Feet |
|---|---|---|
1 | 0.5 | 0.3/0.5 (2) |
2 | 0.6 | 0.5 |
3 | 0.8 | 0.6 |
4 | 1 | 0.7 |
5 | 1.2 | 0.75 |
6 | 1.5 (3) | 0.9 (3) |
(1)Up to 300 square feet per dwelling unit of middle housing used for parking or unheated storage space shall be exempt from FAR.
(2)For lots that are greater than 10,000 square feet, 0.5 FAR shall apply to the first 10,000 square feet, and square footage over 10,000 square feet shall be subject to the 0.3 FAR.
(3)Cottage housing developments may utilize the highest FAR applicable based on the size of the lot. The density of cottage housing development on a lot is controlled by maximum floor area ratio by lot size and not by dwelling units per lot or dwelling units per acre. Therefore, there is no limit on the maximum dwelling units per lot, or dwelling units per acre, for cottage housing development. Cottage housing development is subject to the otherwise applicable development regulations contained in LUC 20.20.250 and 20.20.538.
(Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 22)
A. General.
1. No fence may violate the sight obstruction restrictions at street intersections. (See BCC 14.60.240.)
2. No fence may exceed four feet, six inches, in height within a required front setback except as follows:
a. If the fence is perpendicular to the right-of-way and necessary for screening, or is located on an arterial or on one side of a corner lot and does not exceed the minimum height necessary to afford privacy, security, screening or noise attenuation;
b. Any fence with increased height must meet the following criteria:
i. The proposed fence will not cause or contribute to a hazardous traffic situation, and
ii. The proposed fence is necessary to afford reasonable privacy, security or noise attenuation to the subject property, and
iii. The proposed fence is not out of character with development in the immediate vicinity of the subject property and the finished side of the proposed fence faces the right-of-way or the adjacent property.
3. Any fence which exceeds eight feet in height requires a Building Permit and shall conform to the International Building Code, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue.
4. Height shall be measured from finished grade at the exterior side of the fence. No person may construct a berm upon which to build a fence unless the total height of the berm plus the fence does not exceed the maximum height allowable for the fence if the berm was not present.
B. Barbed Wire. No barbed wire may be used in fencing along a property boundary except at the top of a solid or chain link fence six feet or more in height.
C. Electric Fences. Electric fences are not permitted in a Residential Land Use District, except where additional fencing or other barriers prevent access to the fence by small children on the adjacent property. Otherwise, electric fences are permitted provided they comply with the following requirements: (1) an electric fence using an interrupted flow of current at intervals of about 1 second on and 2 seconds off shall be limited to 2,000 volts at 17 milliamp, current; (2) an electric fence using continuous current shall be limited to 1,500 volts at 7 milliamp, current. All electric fences shall be posted with permanent signs a minimum of 36 square inches in area at intervals of 15 feet stating that the fence is electrified. Electric fences sold as a complete and assembled unit can be installed by an owner if the controlling elements of the installation are certified by an A.N.S.I. approved testing agency.
D. Chain Link Security Fences. May be permitted within the front setback in CB, GC, or LI Districts, or in commercial parking lots and storage areas, providing plans are approved by the Development Services Department upon finding that the fence will not violate sight obstruction standards, BCC 14.60.240, nor stand in, or in front of, any required landscaping. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 23; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, § 4; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, §§ 15, 16; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 29; Ord. 4255, 6-3-91, § 2; Ord. 3985, 2-21-89, § 1; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 14; Ord. 3435, 11-27-84)
A. Applicability. The provisions of this section apply to green building components of amenity incentive programs in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts.
B. Administrative Rule. The varying nature of sustainable development strategies and the frequency of innovation in sustainability require flexibility in rulemaking and opportunities for periodic updates. Thus, green building requirements and incentives shall be established by the Director by rule adopted in accordance with LUC 20.40.100. The rule shall address the following:
1. The Director shall establish a tiered list of green building certification programs.
a. Tiers may be used to achieve bonus points in the Amenity Incentive System for Mixed-Use Land Use Districts as provided in LUC 20.25R.050.
b. When establishing tiers and selecting green building certification programs, the Director shall consider the following:
i. What percentage of applicants will be able to achieve the green building certification program at the specified tier.
ii. The impact of the green building certification program on achieving the City’s sustainability goals, including those specified in the City’s Environmental Stewardship Plan and the City’s Comprehensive Plan.
2. For any tier, the Director may establish additional requirements and incentives beyond meeting program certification that can further advance the City’s sustainability goals.
C. Assurance Device. The Director shall specify an assurance device by rule, which may be a nonrevocable letter of credit, set-aside letter, assignment of funds, certificate of deposit, deposit account, bond, or other readily accessible source of funds. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 10)
A. Purpose. Limits on the total amount of hard surfaces associated with site development are desirable to minimize vegetation loss and limit stormwater runoff, which are impacted by the increased level of surface flow generated by hard surfaces. Live plant foliage and groundcover intercept stormwater by retaining or slowing the flow of precipitation to the ground, and their roots protect soil from erosion. Preservation of naturally vegetated areas is a passive stormwater management tool that effectively reduces watershed function deterioration.
B. Applicability. Hard surfaces are defined in Chapter 20.50 LUC, and shall include all surfaces considered impervious under LUC 20.20.460, as well as permeable pavement surfaces and vegetated roofs. The hard surface limits contained in LUC 20.20.010 and the standards of this section shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review including land alteration or land development including subdivisions, short subdivisions or planned unit developments, a change in lot coverage, or a change in the area devoted to parking and circulation is required by this Code, or by the International Building Code.
C. Exemptions. The following are exempted from determining maximum hard surface. These exemptions do not apply to any other Land Use Code requirement, including setbacks and limits on maximum lot coverage by structure, building code, utilities code or other applicable City of Bellevue codes or regulations.
1. Decks/Platforms. Decks and platforms constructed with gaps measuring one-eighth inch or greater between boards, so long as the surface below the deck or platform is pervious;
2. Rockeries/Retaining Walls. Rockeries and retaining walls shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits;
3. Stabilization Measures. Shoreline stabilization measures shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits; and
4. Landscape Features. Fences, arbors with lattice or open roof materials and similar structures, individual stepping stones placed in the ground but not cemented or held together with an impervious material, and organic mulch shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits.
D. Performance Standards.
1. Design shall minimize topographic modification. Changes in existing grade outside the building footprint shall be minimized. Excavation shall not exceed 10 feet. Fill shall not exceed five feet subject to the following provisions: all fill in excess of four feet shall be engineered; and engineered fill may be approved in exceptional circumstances to exceed five feet to a maximum of eight feet. Exceptional circumstances are: (a) instances where driveway access would exceed 15 percent slope if additional fill retained by the building foundation is not permitted; or (2) where the five-foot fill maximum generally is observed but limited additional fill is necessary to accommodate localized variations in topography.
2. High-value natural areas, which include, but are not limited to, retained significant trees and their understory and areas of native vegetation, shall be identified during site development. Locations of buildings, roads and infrastructure shall not impact high-value natural areas. Retained significant trees and their understory and areas of native vegetation shall be fenced and adequately protected during construction, consistent with the provisions in Chapter 23.76 BCC. Native plants should be salvaged from areas to be cleared and transplanted to other areas of the site where feasible.
E. Maintenance and Assurance. Pervious pavement and other hard surface techniques designed to mimic shall be designed by a professional engineer licensed by the State of Washington and the plans are approved by the Director. The Director may require a maintenance plan and long-term performance assurance device to ensure the continued function of the pervious pavement or other technique. (Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, § 5)
A. Heliports – General Requirements.
1. In addition to the applicable decision criteria in LUC 20.30B.140 or 20.30E.140, the City shall consider, but not be limited to, the following criteria, in deciding whether to approve or approve with modifications an application for a heliport Conditional Use or Administrative Conditional Use Permit:
a. In consideration of identified noise impacts, the City may impose conditions restricting the type of aircraft permitted to land at an approved heliport, and conditions which limit the number of daily takeoffs and landings and hours of operation.
b. The City may impose a periodic review requirement on heliport approvals in order to consider imposing additional conditions to mitigate adverse impacts from new aircraft technology.
c. The City may consider whether approach and departure paths are obstruction-free and whether residential or critical areas would be adversely affected. The City may also consider whether approach and departure paths abut freeway corridors or waterways.
d. The City may consider whether the proposed heliport facility will participate in a voluntary noise reduction program such as the “Fly Neighborly Program.”
2. All applications to construct a heliport must include the results of the appropriate Federal Aviation Administration review. A determination of negative impact on navigable airspace by the FAA will result in denial of a land use or Building Permit unless the applicant agrees to comply with the recommendations to mitigate such impacts. The mitigating measures shall be made conditions of the land use or Building Permit.
3. Heliport landing areas shall be at least one and one-half times the overall length of the largest helicopter expected to use the facility.
4. The heliport primary surface shall be of level grade and consist of a dust-proof surface.
5. Public use heliports shall be marked in accordance with FAA recommendations.
6. Private use and personal use heliports may be unmarked or marked with individualized markings recognizable to the pilots authorized to use the facility, but may not be marked with the same markings as a public use heliport.
7. All heliports intended to accommodate night landings shall be lighted in accordance with FAA recommendations.
8. Access to heliport landing areas, except water surfaces, shall be controlled by physical restraints. If fences, walls, or parapets are used for access control, the minimum height shall be 42 inches.
9. All approaches to an area of helicopter operations will have conspicuous signs notifying those who approach the operation.
10. Touchdown Pads.
a. Recommended Touchdown Pad. The recommended dimension of a touchdown pad is equal to the rotor diameter of the largest helicopter expected to operate from the facility.
b. Minimum Touchdown Pad. At a heliport that has an extremely low level of activity, smaller areas may be used. Pad dimensions are based on rectangular configurations. A circular pad having a diameter equal to the longer side of the rectangular configuration set forth in subsection A.10.b.i or A.10.b.ii of this section is acceptable. Skid or float length should be substituted for wheelbase as appropriate.
i. Public Use Heliports. The minimum sized touchdown pad shall have a length and width at least two times the wheelbase and tread, respectively, or a diameter of 2.0 times the wheelbase of the largest helicopter expected to use the facility.
ii. Private Use or Personal Use Heliports. The minimum sized touchdown pad shall have a length and width at least one and one-half times the wheelbase and tread, respectively, or a diameter of one and one-half times the wheelbase of the largest helicopter expected to use the facility.
11. Each helicopter landing area shall have at least one obstruction-free heliport approach path conforming to the definition of Heliport Approach Surfaces.
12. No obstructions, natural or manmade, will be permitted within the Heliport Primary Surface, Heliport Approach Surfaces, or Heliport Transition Surfaces.
13. The requirements of subsections A.3 through A.12 of this section may be modified in special circumstances upon written technical evaluation and recommendation of the nearest FAA Airports District Office or Washington State Department of Transportation, Division of Aeronautics office.
14. A hospital emergency-use-only heliport is exempt from the provisions of subsection A.1 of this section but must comply with the requirements in subsections A.2 through A.13 of this section. For purposes of this subsection A.14, “emergency” is defined as when any patient who requires care of significant severity such that alternative means of transport would adversely affect the health of that person.
15. Government use heliport facilities are exempt from the requirements of subsections A.3 through A.12 of this section. Government heliport design shall be based upon technical evaluation and recommendation of the nearest FAA Airports District Office or Washington State Department of Transportation, Division of Aeronautics office.
16. A heliport site must have flight path access directly to the interstate highway system which does not require flight over any residential zoned properties.
B. Helicopter Landing Permits.
1. A Temporary Use Permit is required for the landing of helicopters at a site other than a City-approved heliport.
2. A permit is valid for a maximum of 30 days. Conditions may be imposed which limit the number of flights and the hours of operation. The applicant shall be required to execute a hold harmless agreement in favor of the City.
3. A permit will be refused if the City determines that the proposed landing(s) will pose a substantial threat to the health, safety or welfare of the surrounding community.
4. Operations of a government authority in cases of emergency, search and rescue, fire and law enforcement are exempt from the permit requirements of this subsection. (Ord. 6016, 8-1-11, § 2; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 8; Ord. 5477, 10-20-03, § 1; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 6; Ord. 4029, 9-5-89, § 3)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide regulations for the permitting of homeless services uses that are proposed to provide support to one or more populations of people experiencing homelessness.
B. Applicability. This section applies to all proposals for new or expanding homeless services uses as defined in this section. This section does not apply to:
1. Temporary public safety facilities permitted under the terms of LUC 20.20.850. This includes but is not limited to Overnight Shelter: Emergency/Temporary as defined in LUC 20.50.038. These facilities are needed to respond to an unforeseen situation or emergency and are not governed by the terms of this section;
2. Temporary uses permitted under the terms of Part 20.30M LUC;
3. Temporary encampments permitted under the terms of Part 20.30U LUC;
4. Religious organizations hosting temporary encampments within buildings on their property under the terms of RCW 35A.21.360 (Temporary encampments for the homeless – Hosting by religious organizations authorized – Prohibitions on local actions); or
5. Unrelated individuals living together as a “family” pursuant to the definition contained in LUC 20.50.020.
C. Definitions.
1. Use Definitions.
a. Homeless Services Use. Refers to the collection of service uses defined in this subsection and established for the purpose of providing ongoing services to people experiencing homelessness. “Homeless Services Use” includes Emergency Shelter under RCW 36.70A.030(10), now or as hereafter amended, but does not include Overnight Shelter: Emergency/Temporary as defined in LUC 20.50.038.
b. Day Services Center. A facility that offers a haven to people experiencing homelessness by providing a safe place to rest during the day. Support services for homeless populations are an integral part of a day services center use and include but are not limited to access to food, seating, showers, laundry, restrooms, storage, a computer lab, phones, fax and a critical mailing address. Spaces for meetings and examinations are generally provided to accommodate counseling and access to medical/dental and legal assistance. Day Services Centers do not provide overnight accommodations.
c. Overnight Shelter: Permanent. Any facility that is constructed for the primary purpose of providing shelter for people experiencing homelessness in general or for specific populations of people experiencing homelessness. Supportive services may or may not be provided in addition to the provision of shelter.
d. Emergency Housing – Transient. Indoor accommodation for individuals or families who are homeless or at imminent risk of becoming homeless that is intended to address the basic health, food, clothing, and personal hygiene needs of individuals or families. Emergency Housing – Transient is residential occupancy for a period of less than 30 days.
2. Additional Definitions Applicable to Terminology Used in This Section.
a. “Code of conduct” is an agreement on rules of behavior between occupants of a homeless services use and operators and providers offering a homeless services use at a specific location. The code of conduct is intended to protect the health, safety and welfare of the occupants and employees of the homeless services use, and the surrounding residents and businesses.
b. “Funder” means any person, partnership, corporation or other organization of any kind that provides funding to establish, construct or operate a homeless services use.
c. “Good neighbor agreement (GNA)” refers to a specific plan developed through a Good Neighbor Agreement Advisory Committee process to address operational and communication commitments that are uniquely tailored to the location where a homeless services use is proposed.
d. “Homelessness” refers to the state of a person who is living in a place not meant for human habitation, which may include, but is not limited to, vehicles, streets, parks, alleys, parking garages, vacant buildings, all night commercial establishments and other similar places, or is a resident in an overnight shelter.
e. “Operator” means any person, partnership, corporation or other organization of any kind that proposes to site and operate a homeless services use in the City.
f. “Provider” means any person, partnership, corporation or other organization of any kind that provides supportive services to a homeless population accessing a homeless services use.
g. “Safety and security plan” refers to a plan developed by the operator and updated to reflect input provided by the Bellevue Police Department to address security concerns regarding a homeless services use that is proposed at a specific location.
h. “Standard operating procedures” refer to a plan developed by the operator that addresses the elements required by subsection F.2.e of this section. The elements contained in the standard operating procedures plan would generally be applicable to all homeless services uses in Bellevue irrespective of where they are proposed to be located.
i. “Supportive services” are those provided to occupants of a homeless services use for the purpose of facilitating their independence and include, but are not limited to, services such as case management, medical treatment, psychological counseling, childcare, transportation and job training.
D. Approval Process Required. Two Process Options. Applications for a homeless services use governed by the terms of this section shall be processed pursuant to one of the following options:
1. Use and Design Allowed through a Development Agreement. A homeless services use requires approval of a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to subsection D.2 of this section unless the City Council agrees to negotiate a development agreement. The City Council may by resolution accept or decline to negotiate a development agreement that would allow a homeless services use to be established and constructed in Bellevue pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 36.70B RCW and this section. Nothing in this subsection shall preclude an applicant from requesting the Director to initiate processing of their application under the Conditional Use Permit provisions of Part 20.30B LUC without requesting the City Council to consider negotiation of a development agreement.
2. Use and Design Allowed through a Conditional Use Permit. A homeless services use requires approval of a Conditional Use Permit unless the City Council agrees to negotiate a development agreement pursuant to the process and decision criteria contained in subsections D.1 and E.4 of this section. Where the City Council has not adopted a resolution to initiate negotiation of a development agreement to allow a homeless services use to be established and constructed in Bellevue, a Conditional Use Permit approval shall be processed pursuant to the provisions of Part 20.30B LUC and provisions of this section.
E. Preapplication Process and Determination of Permit Approval Path Required.
1. Preapplication Materials. Shall be submitted to the Development Services Department pursuant to LUC 20.35.020 before a permit application for a homeless services use may be filed. Materials shall include:
a. Name of the operator;
b. Statement of experience operating the type of homeless services use that is proposed or any other relevant experience; and
c. Statement of homeless population to be served and occupancy target for each homeless services use proposed.
2. Preapplication Community Meeting. Prior to City Council determination of the process path as provided by subsection E.4 of this section, the applicant shall hold a public informational meeting. The purpose of this meeting is to provide an early, open dialogue between the applicant, the operator, and property owners surrounding the proposed homeless services use. The meeting should acquaint the surrounding property owners with the operator and provide for an exchange of information about the proposal and the community where the use is proposed to be located. The operator should share information regarding its intended permit application (e.g., the draft standard operating procedures, draft code of conduct, and draft safety and security plan) for the proposed homeless services use. The surrounding property owners should share characteristics of the surrounding community and any issues or concerns of which the operator should be made aware. Notice of the community meeting shall be provided by the Director pursuant to the requirements of LUC 20.35.120.B, and the required mailing radius for notice of a homeless services use shall be expanded to include owners, and the physical addresses for properties that are not owner-occupied, of real property within 1,000 feet of the project site.
3. Preapplication Site Inspection by the City. If the applicant proposes to use an existing structure to house a homeless services use, a preapplication site inspection shall be required. Prior to any City Council determination of the process path as provided by subsection E.4 of this section, the applicant shall allow for an inspection of the structure proposed to house a homeless services use by staff representatives of the Building Official and Fire Marshal. The purpose of the inspection is to determine if the facility meets the Building and Fire Code standards for the proposed use. The purpose of this inspection is not to ensure that a facility meets the requirements of this Code or to force an applicant to bring a proposed facility up to applicable standards prior to project approval. The inspection is intended to ensure that the applicant, the operator, the City, the underlying property owner, and the public are aware of applicable building modifications that would be necessary to establish a homeless services use prior to making an application.
4. Determination of Permit Approval Path.
a. Development Agreement. An applicant may request the City to negotiate a development agreement for the use and design of a homeless services use. Such request shall be presented to the City Council for consideration. The City Council shall by resolution accept or decline to negotiate a development agreement that would allow a homeless services use to be established and constructed in Bellevue pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 36.70B RCW and including review of the following information:
i. Data provided by the applicant describing the extent to which the proposed homeless population on the Eastside requires shelter and/or supportive services;
ii. Whether the applicant intends to seek funding for the proposed homeless services use from the City or from a regional coalition for housing;
iii. Demonstrated experience of the operator at running successful homeless services uses for the homeless population that is intended to be served;
iv. The draft safety and security plan that has undergone preliminary review and incorporated feedback from the Bellevue Police Department; and
v. Any additional documentation submitted by the applicant for the preapplication meeting and written public comments received on the proposal through completion of the preapplication community meeting required by subsection E.2 of this section.
If the City Council declines to negotiate a development agreement, the homeless services use shall be processed as a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to this section.
b. Conditional Use Permit. An applicant may request the Director to process a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to the provisions of this section without presenting the preapplication materials to the City Council for consideration.
F. Submittal Requirements.
1. An applicant seeking to establish and construct a homeless services use is required to submit application materials that meet the submittal requirements for a Conditional Use Permit as adopted by the Director pursuant to LUC 20.35.030.B.
2. In addition to the applicable Conditional Use Permit submittal requirements identified in subsection F.1 of this section, information identified in this subsection shall also be included with the permit application. An application that does not contain the information listed in this subsection shall not be considered complete. All applications for homeless services uses shall include the following:
a. A description of the homeless population to be served by the proposed homeless services use, dates and times of operation, and associated occupancy targets.
b. A statement of the operator’s experience at providing homeless services uses, including examples of similar facilities managed by the operator.
c. A list of transit stops and park and rides within one-half mile of the proposed homeless services use.
d. A list of job retraining and education uses within one-half mile of the proposed homeless services use.
e. A standard operating procedures plan including, but not limited to:
i. A description of how the proposed homeless services uses will serve the homeless population that will be accommodated by the use;
ii. A description of staffing for the proposed homeless services use and the training provided to staff hired to fulfill the identified staffing demand;
iii. A description of the anticipated providers that will serve the population that will be accommodated by the homeless services use;
iv. A description of the known funders for the homeless services use;
v. A description of the proposed perimeter area around the site where the code of conduct and applicable sections of the safety and security plan will apply;
vi. A map of proposed travel routes that the operator will suggest individuals use when seeking access to the homeless services use;
vii. A description of the procedures used to manage intake of the homeless population that is proposed to be served;
viii. A plan for encouraging prospective occupants to provide personal identification for inclusion in the Homeless Management Information System (HMIS) to help increase opportunities to provide access to housing and services and to secure public funding for the proposed homeless services use;
ix. Where appropriate and feasible, a plan for developing a community service model that is tailored to the homeless population to be served at the location where the homeless services use is proposed to be located. A community service model is intended to provide a framework for persons experiencing homelessness to work volunteer service hours within the scope of their ability in the community where they are receiving support from a homeless services use;
x. Where applicable, a plan to ensure that school-aged residents of the use are enrolled in school during their stay;
xi. Identification of a primary point of operator contact for assistance and referrals to send homeless individuals seeking services;
xii. A plan for managing exterior appearance of the proposed homeless services use, including trash/litter, hazardous materials, and biohazards within the identified perimeter area of the site;
xiii. A description of how the operator will inform and educate occupants of the homeless services uses regarding the code of conduct; and
xiv. A description of consequences to be imposed for violating the code of conduct.
f. A code of conduct that applies within the perimeter area to all individuals granted access to the proposed homeless services uses including, but not limited to:
i. Respect the rights of property owners to restrict access to areas of their property that are not open to the public;
ii. Use operator-suggested routes of travel to access the homeless services use;
iii. Maintain the site aesthetics;
iv. Respect state law restrictions on smoking and use designated smoking areas where provided;
v. Comply with City of Bellevue regulations governing public conduct (including but not limited to the prohibition on public camping, loitering, trespassing, panhandling, etc.); and
vi. Comply with terms of good neighbor agreement provisions that apply to occupants of the homeless services use.
g. A safety and security plan describing measures that the operator will employ to promote the safety of shelter occupants and surrounding residents and businesses, including but not limited to:
i. Criteria for rejection or removal of an individual seeking access to the proposed homeless services use;
ii. A plan for deployment (including time, place and manner) of security patrols;
iii. A plan to address disruptive behavior within a homeless services use and in the perimeter area that infringes on the safety of occupants or employees of the use, and a description of the consequences for engaging in disruptive behavior;
iv. A plan for managing loitering, panhandling, and unpermitted camping in the perimeter area of the homeless services use;
v. Identification of site specific magnet areas (e.g., greenbelts, parks, libraries, transit facilities, etc.) and a plan to address behavior that is inconsistent with the code of conduct and Bellevue City Code;
vi. Implementation of registered sex offender background checks and compliance with applicable registration and notification requirements;
vii. A plan for managing individuals excluded from accessing the proposed homeless services uses;
viii. A plan for coordination between the operator, Bellevue Public Safety staff (e.g., police, fire, park rangers, etc.), and private security forces employed by surrounding property and business owners;
ix. A plan for coordination and communication between the operator, Bellevue Police, and other local and regional law enforcement agencies to ensure timely information sharing between agencies;
x. A plan for coordination with state and local law enforcement to ensure compliance with conditions of parole, probation, or community custody, including but not limited to any residency restrictions;
xi. Provision of a phone number and point of contact at the site of the proposed homeless services use for the community to report concerns;
xii. A plan for addressing reported concerns and documenting resolution, and making this information publicly available; and
xiii. Identification of performance metrics that will be used to track compliance with the safety and security plan.
3. When the City Council has adopted a resolution to negotiate a development agreement that would allow a homeless services use to be established and constructed in Bellevue pursuant to subsection D.1 of this section, the applicant is required to submit application materials required under subsections F.1 and F.2 of this section and any additional submittal requirements identified in the resolution as needed for City Council negotiation of the development agreement pursuant to this subsection F.3.
G. Good Neighbor Agreement Process Required. This subsection describes the required Good Neighbor Agreement Advisory Committee process.
1. Purpose. The purpose of a GNA Advisory Committee formed under the terms of this section is to foster communication between the community and homeless services use operators by:
a. Dedicating the time necessary to represent community, neighborhood and Citywide interests in the homeless services use approval process;
b. Ensuring that issues of importance are identified early in the homeless services use approval process while there is still time to address design issues while minimizing cost implications;
c. Considering the communities and land uses within which the homeless services use is proposed;
d. Helping guide homeless services use design to ensure that specific neighborhood conditions are considered and design is context sensitive by engaging in ongoing dialogue with the homeless services use operator and the City during permit review; and
e. Ensuring the GNA Advisory Committee participation is streamlined and effectively integrated into the homeless services use permit process to avoid delays that jeopardize funding and place people experiencing homelessness at risk.
2. Technical Support and GNA Membership and Commitment.
a. Technical Support Team. Following submittal of preapplication materials pursuant to subsection E.1 of this section, the Director shall constitute a Technical Support Team to work with the GNA Advisory Committee. The Director shall consult with department heads in relevant City departments to identify staff that will fill the required City staff roles in a neutral manner (free of self-interest). All members of the Technical Support Team shall meet one or more of the below-described skill and/or subject matter expertise requirements. A single person may be identified to represent more than one of the roles identified below.
i. A City staff person who will act as neutral facilitator for the GNA Advisory Committee.
ii. A staff person with subject matter expertise from the Parks and Community Services Department of the City.
iii. A staff person with subject matter expertise and local knowledge of the proposed site from the Bellevue Police Department.
iv. A staff person with subject matter expertise from the Bellevue Fire Department.
v. Up to two representatives from a faith-based or nongovernmental organization. These representatives are required to be a Bellevue resident or work with a faith-based or nongovernmental organization that operates in Bellevue, and have subject matter expertise in the provision of shelter services in King County.
b. Member Composition. It is the responsibility of the Director to constitute the GNA Advisory Committee. Membership should be composed of individuals meeting the below-described locational or subject matter expertise requirements. A single individual may be identified to represent more than one of the roles requiring subject matter expertise.
i. Up to a maximum total of eight residents that live within the City of Bellevue and meet the following locational requirements:
(1) Up to eight residents who reside within one mile (5,280 feet) of the proposed homeless services use who will represent residents in the vicinity. Participation priority should be given to those residents living in closest proximity to the proposed homeless services use.
(2) Up to two residents of the city at-large who are appointed by the City Council to represent Citywide interests in the homeless services use approval process.
ii. Up to one parent or guardian to represent the K-12 student perspective with local knowledge of the enrollment area(s) where the homeless services use is proposed to be located.
iii. Up to three representatives from businesses located within one mile (5,280 feet) of the proposed homeless services use who will represent business interests in the vicinity. Participation priority should be given to those representatives of businesses located in closest proximity to the proposed homeless services use.
iv. One representative of the proposed homeless services use operator.
v. One representative of the agencies or organizations identified as a provider for the proposed homeless services use.
vi. One representative of the agencies or organizations identified as a funder for the homeless services use.
vii. Up to one representative of the population of individuals who has experienced homelessness in the past, or is currently experiencing homelessness, and is willing to serve on the GNA Advisory Committee.
viii. Up to one representative of the human service community with a background in the provision of human services in King County.
c. Member Commitment. Members of the GNA Advisory Committee are expected to:
i. Be reliable and available to attend meetings of the GNA Advisory Committee;
ii. Bring subject matter expertise regarding issues related to homelessness or unique knowledge of a proposed site to help inform the Committee’s work;
iii. Accept different perspectives and ideas, and be willing to learn and share rather than just advocate for a position;
iv. Steer conflict toward positive and creative results;
v. Contribute to completion of the GNA Advisory Committee scope of work described in subsection G.3 of this section; and
vi. Understand that consensus is not required, and that failure of the group to reach agreement will not be grounds for denial of a permit application.
3. Scope of GNA Advisory Committee Work. The scope of work for the GNA Advisory Committee is intended to support the GNA Advisory Committee purpose described in subsection G.1 of this section. The GNA Advisory Committee is advisory to the decision maker for the development agreement and CUP processes identified for a specific homeless services use, and its scope includes:
a. Becoming informed on the proposed homeless services use standard operating procedures and project design;
b. Participating in context setting to describe the community within which the homeless services use is proposed to be located;
c. Providing early and ongoing advice to the homeless services use operator on how to incorporate context sensitive design into the proposed project;
d. Providing advisory guidance to permit decision makers as described in more detail below regarding homeless services use design and operational concerns prior to any recommendation of the Director on a development agreement or CUP;
e. Collaborating with the operator to establish a plan for communications, and engagement in any community-endorsed service program, between the operator and neighbors after the use is established, constructed and operational; and
f. Collaborating with the operator to consider and evaluate metrics for success of the shelter operations, including security, sanitation, and transitioning shelter clients out of homelessness.
4. Involvement Process – Timing, Focus of Involvement, and Work Product.
a. Process Summary. The GNA Advisory Committee process is aligned with Homeless Shelter Use Permit process to optimize process efficiency and funding predictability. Table 20.20.455.G.4 depicts the relationship between the GNA Advisory Committee review and the City permit process phases. The following table describes the intended timing of GNA Advisory Committee review, the focus of GNA Advisory Committee involvement, and the anticipated work product to be generated by the GNA Advisory Committee at each review phase.
Table 20.20.455.G.4. Illustration of GNA Advisory Committee Process in Relationship to Permit Process
GNA Advisory Committee Review Phases | General Intent of Review | Relationship to City Permit Process Phases |
|---|---|---|
Context Setting | Provide early input on “context” to which design elements and features of homeless services use should respond, and advice to the homeless services use operator on how to incorporate context sensitive design into the proposed project. Identify unique circumstances that should be considered in development of the GNA. Provide context setting document. | Following the first community meeting (GNA Advisory Committee input provided within one month of the second community meeting) |
Design Input (Facility) | Provide input regarding incorporation of contextual considerations into the homeless services use facility design. Anticipated that GNA Advisory Committee would provide advice regarding complementary building materials, integration of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) measures, quality of design and materials, landscape development and screening. Provide advisory document. | Application review phase (GNA Advisory Committee input provided prior to Director recommendation) |
Good Neighbor Agreement (Operations) | Provide input on operational concerns and GNA augments the provider’s standard operating procedures to respond to those concerns. Although the GNA is legally nonbinding, it does define the intent and agreement of all parties represented on how a specific homeless services use will be operated to address the concerns of its neighbors while meeting the needs of its clients and the funders. Provide the GNA document. | Post project approval phase (GNA Advisory Committee input provided to the Director prior to occupancy for inclusion in the project record) |
b. Timing of GNA Advisory Committee Involvement.
i. The GNA Advisory Committee process should occur early in the process to avoid delays that jeopardize participation in funding cycles, require shelters to operate under emergency declarations, and place homeless individuals at risk.
ii. The actual timing of GNA Advisory Committee review and participation will be scheduled by the facilitator to ensure that GNA Advisory Committee input is consolidated with the applicable City permit process phase as described in Table 20.20.455.G.4.
iii. The GNA Advisory Committee will be dissolved once its scope of work has been completed.
c. Work Product. The work of the GNA Advisory Committee review phase shall culminate in an advisory document or good neighbor agreement that describes the phase of review and GNA Advisory Committee feedback consistent with the scope of work described in this section. City staff will support the GNA Advisory Committee preparation of this work product.
5. Applicable Policy and Regulatory Guidance. Guidance for Evaluating Context Sensitivity. Advice provided by the GNA Advisory Committee shall be objectively based upon the policies, regulations, guidelines and other documents applicable to a homeless services use in the location that it is proposed.
6. Meeting Operations. The meetings of the GNA Advisory Committee and documents developed through the process shall operate and be managed consistent with the applicable requirements of the Open Public Meetings Act (Chapter 42.30 RCW) and the Public Records Act (Chapter 42.56 RCW).
H. City Approval Requirements for Homeless Services Uses.
1. Applicability of City Review Process. There are two process options that can be used to approve a homeless services use as described in subsection D of this section. A homeless services use requires approval of a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to subsection D.2 of this section unless the City Council agrees to negotiate a development agreement pursuant to subsections D.1 and E.4 of this section. The approval process requirements contained in this subsection apply to all homeless services uses irrespective of whether City review under subsection D of this section is undertaken through the negotiation of a development agreement or through processing of a Conditional Use Permit.
a. Development Agreement – Council Decision.
i. Scope of Approval. A homeless services use may be permitted and established pursuant to the terms of a development agreement entered into between the City and a homeless services use operator when the location, design and operation are negotiated pursuant to Chapter 36.70B RCW and subsection E.4 of this section and are consistent with the terms of this section.
ii. Applicable Process. A development agreement adopted by the City Council shall be processed under the authority of and pursuant to the procedures set forth in Chapter 36.70B RCW and this section. Any development agreement adopted by the City Council shall be consistent with all applicable Comprehensive Plan policies and all adopted “development standards,” as that term is used in RCW 36.70B.170(3), that govern and vest the development for a specified time duration; provided, that a development agreement may not extend the vesting period for longer than 15 years from the effective date. Periodic review of the conditions of a development agreement and grounds for revocation may be included. Any appeal of a development agreement shall be directly to superior court.
b. Conditional Use Permit – Hearing Examiner Quasi-Judicial Decision.
i. When Required. Development of any homeless services use requires approval under applicable Bellevue City codes and the development requirements of this section through a Conditional Use Permit (CUP) process when the City Council has declined to negotiate a development agreement, or when the applicant has requested processing as a CUP.
ii. Scope of Approval. When a homeless services use has not been permitted outright in a City Council adopted development agreement, a Conditional Use Permit shall be required to establish the use and approve the design.
iii. The Conditional Use Permit shall be reviewed through Process I (LUC 20.35.100 through 20.35.150) as enhanced by the provisions of this section.
iv. Periodic review of the conditions of permit approval may be imposed pursuant to the terms of LUC 20.30B.165.
v. The Conditional Use Permit may be modified or revoked pursuant to the terms of LUC 20.30B.170.
2. Decision Criteria Applicable to Development Agreements and Conditional Use Permits for a Homeless Services Use. The City may approve or approve with modifications a development agreement or Conditional Use Permit application for a homeless services use and design if the applicant demonstrates that:
a. The proposal complies with the Conditional Use Permit decision criteria of LUC 20.30B.140;
b. The proposal complies with the applicable requirements of the BCC;
c. The proposal includes a standard operating procedure plan meeting the requirements of subsection F.2.e of this section;
d. The proposal includes a code of conduct meeting the requirements of subsection F.2.f of this section;
e. The proposal includes a safety and security plan meeting the requirements of subsection F.2.g of this section and incorporating the feedback provided by the Bellevue Police Department;
f. The facility design input of the GNA Advisory Committee developed pursuant to Table 20.20.455.G.4 has been integrated into the homeless services uses to the maximum extent feasible; and
g. The proposal addresses all applicable design guidelines and development standards of this section and any applicable land use district overlay in a manner which fulfills their purpose and intent.
3. Minimum required notice and public engagement procedures for homeless services uses shall adhere to the Process I requirements applicable to Conditional Use Permits, and shall specifically include the following:
a. Notice of the preapplication community meeting shall be provided pursuant to LUC 20.35.120.B, and prospective members of the GNA Advisory Committee shall be invited to attend. Required mailed notice for a homeless services use shall be expanded to include owners of real property within 1,000 feet of the project site;
b. Notice of an application to establish any homeless services use shall be provided pursuant to LUC 20.35.120. Required mailed notice for a homeless services use shall be expanded to include owners of real property within 1,000 feet of the project site;
c. A minimum comment period associated with any homeless services use application shall be provided pursuant to LUC 20.35.125; and
d. A public meeting shall be held pursuant to LUC 20.35.127 on all applications to establish a homeless services use. Prior to the public meeting, the operator shall meet and confer with the Bellevue Police Department regarding the proposed safety and security plan described in the submittal materials as required by subsection F.2.g of this section. At the public meeting, a representative of the homeless services use operator shall present in writing and describe the proposed safety and security plan, and any input or comments received on the plan from the Bellevue Police Department.
4. Director’s Recommendation.
a. Content.
i. Development Agreements. A written report of the Director shall be prepared. The Director’s recommendation shall be based on the requirements of Chapter 36.70B RCW and the decision criteria contained in subsection H.2 of this section.
ii. Conditional Use Permits. A written report of the Director shall be prepared pursuant to LUC 20.35.130.
b. Notice of Availability of the Director’s Recommendation, SEPA Determination, and Public Hearing. Notice of the availability of the Director’s recommendation shall be provided pursuant to LUC 20.35.135.
5. Public Hearing and Appeals.
a. Development Agreements. Public hearings on development agreements applied for to establish a homeless services use shall be held by the City Council pursuant to Chapter 36.70B RCW and adopted City Council rules of procedure.
b. Conditional Use Permits. Public hearings on Conditional Use Permits applied for to establish a homeless services use shall be held by the Hearing Examiner pursuant to LUC 20.35.137. The Hearing Examiner shall render a decision pursuant to LUC 20.35.140, and appeals of the Hearing Examiner decision shall be governed by the requirements of LUC 20.35.070.
6. Recording. The description of the population to be served, the conditions of approval, and any binding site plan for a homeless services use shall be recorded with the King County Recorder’s Office or its successor organization.
7. Modifications to a Homeless Services Use. Conditions of approval for a homeless services use apply for the life of the project. Any increase in the number of beds beyond that applied for by the applicant and included in the City approval, or changes to the population served by the homeless services use, shall be processed as a new application in accordance with the standards and requirements for a new or expanding use in this section.
8. Abandonment. Any established homeless services use that is abandoned for a continuous period of one year or more shall not be permitted to be reestablished, except as allowed in accordance with the standards and requirements for a new or expanding use in this section.
I. Development Standards/Use Requirements.
1. General Development Requirements. The applicable general development requirements of Chapter 20.20 LUC shall be met unless specifically modified by the terms of this section when applied to a homeless services use.
2. Parking, Circulation and Walkway Requirements. In addition to the terms of LUC 20.20.590, the following requirements apply to all homeless services uses:
a. Number of Parking Stalls. Homeless services uses are unspecified under the terms of LUC 20.20.590.F, and required parking stalls shall be established by the Director pursuant to LUC 20.20.590.F.2.
b. Overnight camping is prohibited. Camping is prohibited in areas that provide accessory parking for the homeless services use.
c. Entrance Area. Entrances to intake areas for a homeless services use shall provide for user queuing adequate to ensure:
i. Protection from the weather and natural elements; and
ii. Privacy for the homeless individuals seeking access to the use.
d. Entrance and Elevator Separation. Entrances and elevators serving the homeless services uses shall be physically separated from entrances and elevators serving any residential use that is located on the same site.
3. Occupancy Limits and Size-Related Development Standards.
a. All homeless services uses shall comply with occupancy limitations contained in applicable building and fire codes and ordinances adopted by the City.
b. Permanent overnight homeless shelter uses shall not provide sleeping accommodations for more than 100 residents, and shall comply with the following additional requirements:
i. The City shall impose a condition on any approved permanent overnight homeless shelter use limiting the number of beds to those requested by the applicant.
ii. Shelters with more than 50 beds:
(1) Should locate within one mile of a public transit stop; and
(2) Shall locate greater than one-half mile from any other homeless services use permitted under the terms of this section, unless they are co-located as part of a single development.
4. Minimum Requirements.
a. Homeless Services Uses in General.
i. Adequate toilet, bathing, sleeping, laundry and storage facilities to meet the demands anticipated by the homeless population that is proposed to be served.
ii. Access to WiFi for occupants of the homeless services use.
iii. Recycling and solid waste collection facilities to meet the requirements of LUC 20.20.725, and any additional demands anticipated by the homeless population that is proposed to be served.
iv. Designated smoking areas located a minimum of 25 feet from perimeter property lines.
v. Front desk staff provided during operating hours for each homeless services use.
vi. Designated and dignified privacy areas to meet the demands of the anticipated homeless population that is proposed to be served (e.g., lactation rooms, medical/counseling rooms, caseworker consultation spaces, etc.).
vii. A permanent address and mailroom to meet the demands anticipated by the homeless population that is proposed to be served.
viii. A final safety and security plan updated to incorporate input and comments received on the plan from the Bellevue Police Department.
b. Day Services Center Use. Access to electrical outlets to meet the demands anticipated by the homeless population that is proposed to be served.
c. Permanent Overnight Shelter.
i. Permanent overnight sleeping accommodations that do not exceed 100 beds.
ii. A dedicated electrical outlet for every occupant of a permanent bed.
5. Special and Overlay District Requirements. The applicable special and overlay district requirements of Chapter 20.25 LUC (e.g., Downtown, BelRed, Critical Areas Overlay, etc.) shall be met unless specifically modified by the terms of this section when applied to a homeless services use.
6. Medically Supervised Consumption Centers (MSCC) Are Prohibited. MSCCs are prohibited in all land use districts pursuant to LUC 20.10.410, and shall not be allowed (whether temporary, mobile or in a structure) to locate on a property where a homeless services use has been permitted under the terms of this section.
J. Design Guidelines.
1. Context.
a. Architectural elements should enhance, not detract from, the area’s overall character;
b. Incorporate architectural elements at a scale and location that ensures detailing is proportionate to the size of the building; and
c. Use forms, proportions, articulation, materials, colors and architectural motifs that are suggested by and complement adjacent buildings and/or the intended vision for the area where the homeless services use is located.
2. Crime Deterrence. The design of any homeless services use should incorporate Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles and use available technology to deter crime. Examples include:
a. Visibility of entrance and exit points to and from any structure housing a homeless services use;
b. Open and well-lighted pedestrian connections between the homeless services use, accessory parking, transit services and other supportive services in the area; and
c. Video surveillance of entrance and exit points to and from any structure housing a homeless services use.
3. Common Areas. Common areas should enhance resident enjoyment through inclusion of features such as libraries, roof decks, patios and gardens.
K. Mitigation Measures. The City may impose conditions relating to the development, design, use, or operation of a homeless services use to mitigate environmental, public safety, or other identifiable impacts.
L. Independent Technical Review. The City may require the applicant pay for independent technical review by a consultant retained by the City for review of materials submitted by the applicant to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section. (Ord. 6672, 7-25-22, § 3; Ord. 6670, 7-18-22, § 6; Ord. 6419, 7-16-18, § 1)
A. Purpose. Limits on the total amount of impervious surfaces associated with site development are desirable to protect critical areas and limit stormwater runoff, which are impacted by the increased levels and rates of surface flow generated by impervious surfaces.
B. Applicability. The impervious surface limits contained in LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC, and the standards of this section, shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review including land alteration or land development including subdivisions, short subdivisions or planned unit developments, a change in lot coverage, or a change in the area devoted to parking and circulation is required by this Code, or by the International Building Code.
C. Modifications to Impervious Surface Limits. The impervious surface limits contained in LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC may be modified pursuant to a critical areas report, LUC 20.25H.230, so long as the critical areas report demonstrates that the effective impervious surface on the site does not exceed the limit established in LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC; provided, that impervious limits within the Shoreline Overlay District may be modified pursuant to a shoreline special report or shoreline variance, as provided for by LUC 20.25E.050.C.2.
1. Garages on sites sloping uphill should be placed below the main floor elevation where feasible to reduce grading and to fit structures into existing topography. Garages on sites sloping downhill from the street may be required to be placed as close to the right-of-way as feasible and at or near street grade. Intrusion into the front setback, as provided in LUC 20.20.025.B, may be required. On slopes in excess of 25 percent, driveways shall be designed to minimize disturbance and should provide the most direct connection between the building and the public or private street; and
2. Changes in existing grade outside the building footprint shall be minimized. Excavation shall not exceed 10 feet. Fill shall not exceed five feet subject to the following provisions: all fill in excess of four feet shall be engineered; and engineered fill may be approved in exceptional circumstances to exceed five feet to a maximum of eight feet. Exceptional circumstances are: (1) instances where driveway access would exceed 15 percent slope if additional fill retained by the building foundation is not permitted; or (2) where the five-foot fill maximum generally is observed but limited additional fill is necessary to accommodate localized variations in topography.
D. Exemptions. The following are exempted from determining maximum impervious surface. These exemptions do not apply to any other Land Use Code requirement, including setbacks and limits on maximum lot coverage by structure, building code, utilities code or other applicable City of Bellevue codes or regulations.
1. Decks/Platforms. Decks and platforms constructed with gaps measuring one-eighth inch or greater between boards, so long as the surface below the deck or platform is pervious;
2. Rockeries/Retaining Walls. Rockeries and retaining walls shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits;
3. Stabilization Measures. Shoreline stabilization measures shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits; and
4. Landscape Features. Fences, arbors with lattice or open roof materials and similar structures, individual stepping stones placed in the ground but not cemented or held together with an impervious material shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits.
E. Performance Standards.
1. Design shall minimize topographic modification. Structures shall conform to the natural contour of the slope. The foundation shall be tiered to conform to the existing topography and step down the slope with earth retention incorporated into the structure where feasible. Standard prepared building pads, i.e., slab on grade, shall be avoided; and
2. Garages on sites sloping uphill should be placed below the main floor elevation where feasible to reduce grading and to fit structures into existing topography. Garages on sites sloping downhill from the street may be required to be placed as close to the right-of-way as feasible and at or near street grade. Intrusion into the front setback, as provided in LUC 20.20.025.B, may be required. On slopes in excess of 25 percent, driveways shall be designed to minimize disturbance and should provide the most direct connection between the building and the public or private street; and
3. Changes in existing grade outside the building footprint shall be minimized. Excavation shall not exceed 10 feet. Fill shall not exceed five feet subject to the following provisions: all fill in excess of four feet shall be engineered; and engineered fill may be approved in exceptional circumstances to exceed five feet to a maximum of eight feet. Exceptional circumstances are: (1) instances where driveway access would exceed 15 percent slope if additional fill retained by the building foundation is not permitted; or (2) where the five-foot fill maximum generally is observed but limited additional fill is necessary to accommodate localized variations in topography.
F. Existing Impervious Surfaces. Impervious surfaces legally established on a site prior to December 31, 2016, and which exceed the limits set forth in LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC shall not be considered nonconforming. Proposals to increase impervious surface on a site shall conform to the limits of LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC; where a site already exceeds the allowed amount of impervious surface, the additional impervious surface shall not be approved unless an equal amount of existing impervious surface is removed such that the net amount of impervious surface is unchanged.
G. Innovative Techniques. Surfaces paved with permeable pavement or other innovative techniques designed to mimic the function of a pervious surface shall not be included in the calculation of impervious surface areas, so long as the technique is designed by a professional engineer licensed by the State of Washington and the plans are approved by the Director. These surfaces, however, shall be included in the calculation of maximum hard surface areas. The Director may require a maintenance plan and long-term performance assurance device to ensure the continued function of the permeable pavement or other technique. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 24; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 17; Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, § 6; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 13; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 9)
An inoperable motor vehicle is defined for the purposes of this section as a motor vehicle which is apparently inoperable or which requires repairs in order to be operated legally on the public roads, such as: repair or replacement of a window, windshield, wheel, tire, motor or transmission. Inoperable motor vehicles shall be screened from neighboring property and the public right-of-way by a legally permitted solid structure or solid fence, or by Type I landscaping as defined in LUC 20.20.520; provided, that open or unscreened storage of an inoperable motor vehicle for a seven-day period while such vehicle is under repair or awaiting repair is permitted. (Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 30)
A. Purpose. Landscape development, including retention of significant trees, as required by this section is necessary to maintain and protect property values, to enhance the visual appearance of the City, to preserve the natural wooded character of the Pacific Northwest, to promote utilization of natural systems, to reduce the impacts of development on the storm drainage system and water resources, and to provide a better transition between the various land uses permitted in the City.
B. Applicability. The requirements of this section shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review including land alteration or land development including subdivisions, short subdivisions or planned unit developments, a change in lot coverage or impervious surface, or a change in the area devoted to parking and circulation is required by this Code, or by the International Building Code, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue. This section does not apply to a permit for a single-family dwelling or middle housing projects as defined in LUC 20.50.034, except where required for open space in cottage or courtyard housing developments.
C. Required Review.
1. The Development Services Department shall review the proposed landscape development with each application within the applicability of this section.
2. The Utility Department shall review all landscape and irrigation system designs for compliance with BCC 24.02.205 et seq., regarding landscape irrigation water budget requirements of the City Water Utility Code.
D. Minimum Design Qualification. If the landscaped area on the subject property which is irrigated exceeds 500 square feet or if the applicant requests Alternative Landscaping Option pursuant to subsection J of this section, the Director shall require approval of the proposed landscape plan by a privately retained registered Landscape Architect, Washington Certified Nurseryman or Washington Certified Landscaper.
E. Preservation of Significant Trees. See Tree Retention. LUC 20.20.900.
F. Site Landscaping.
1. Perimeter Landscaping Requirements for Use Districts. The applicant shall provide site perimeter landscaping either according to the following chart and subject to subsections F.2 and F.6 of this section; or in conformance with subsection J of this section.
Perimeter Landscaping Requirements for Use Districts
Land Use District in Which the Subject Property is Located2 | (Type and Minimum Depth) | Interior Property Lines (Type and Minimum Depth)1 |
|---|---|---|
LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, MDR-2 | Type III, 10' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section. | Type III, 8' but if abutting a single-family, see subsection F.9 of this section. |
PO, OLB-OS | Type III, 10' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section.3 | Type III, 10' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section.3 |
LI, GC | Type III, 10' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section. | Type III, 8' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section. |
(1)If approved by the Directors of the Development Services and Utilities Departments, such landscape area may be used for biofiltration swales. If used for biofiltration swales, this area shall be landscaped with quantities and species of plant materials that are compatible with the functional intent of the biofiltration swale. If the property which abuts the subject property is in the same or a more intensive land use district than the subject property, the landscaping required along that common interior property line may be relocated.
(2)Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection, landscape development requirements for specific uses are listed in subsection F.2 of this section.
(3)Landscape development requirements for the OLB-OS District may be modified pursuant to Part 20.25L LUC.
2. Planting Requirements for Specific Uses. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection F.1 of this section, the uses listed in this paragraph require specific landscaping as follows:
a. Subject to paragraph F.6 of this section, the following uses require 15 feet of Type I landscaping on all sides when located above ground and not housed within a building or accessory to another use; and if located outside of a public right-of-way:
i. Electrical utility facility, provided transmission lines are excluded from the requirements of this section;
ii. Sewage pumping station;
iii. Water distribution facility.
Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director of the Development Services Department if the requirements of subsection J of this section are met, and if visibility is essential to safety, security, or maintenance access.
b. Subject to paragraph F.6 of this section, the following uses require 10 feet of Type II landscaping along the street frontage, and 10 feet of Type III landscaping along interior property lines unless a more stringent requirement is specified in paragraph F.1 of this section:
i. Church;
ii. Commercial or public parking lot not serving a primary use;
iii. Mobile home park;
iv. Government service building;
v. Community club;
vi. Charitable or fraternal organization;
vii. Hospital not located in the Medical Institution District;
viii. Solid waste disposal facility.
Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director of the Development Services Department if the requirements of subsection J of this section are met.
c. Subject to subsection F.6 of this section, equipment and vehicle storage yards require 15 feet of Type I landscaping on all sides if visible from a public right-of-way. Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director of the Development Services Department if the requirements of subsection J of this section are met.
d. Subject to paragraph F.6 of this section, the perimeter landscaping requirements for schools are set forth in LUC 20.20.740. Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director of the Development Services Department if the requirements of subsection J of this section are met.
3. Parking Area Landscaping. Parking areas require landscaping as follows in addition to any site perimeter landscaping required by paragraph F.1 or F.2 of this section:
a. Type V landscaping is required within a parking area.
b. A curb or other physical separation is required around each landscape area to separate that area from the parking and circulation area.
4. Except for site perimeter landscaping areas required under paragraph F.6 of this section, landscape features such as decorative paving, sculptures, rock features or fountains are permitted in the required site perimeter landscaping area so long as such features are made of pervious materials, or are specifically exempt from impervious surface limits under LUC 20.20.460.D. The area devoted to such a feature may not exceed 50 percent of the required area. Rockeries over 30 inches in height are not rock features for the purpose of this section, and may not be counted toward the required area for landscaping.
5. All plantings and fences required by this section are subject to the street intersection sight obstruction requirements, BCC 14.60.240. All plant materials must be pruned as necessary to comply with BCC 14.60.240.
6. Existing Vegetation in Lieu of Landscape Development. If the proposal is located within the Critical Areas Overlay District, the Director shall waive the planting requirements of paragraphs F.1 and F.2 of this section and shall require the use of native vegetation that exists within a critical area or within a critical area buffer in lieu of landscape development if the width of that existing vegetated area equals at least twice the dimension required by paragraph F.1 or F.2 of this section. Supplemental landscaping may be added adjacent to a setback to create the necessary width.
7. The Director will allow the planting requirements of paragraphs F.1 and F.2 of this section to be satisfied within a critical area buffer where landscaping is added pursuant to a habitat improvement plan meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25H.055.
8. Site Landscaping Design Standards.
a. Landscaping plans shall show locations of retained trees, initial size, location and name of plant materials to be installed. For landscaping plans submitted with Building Permits or Clearing and Grading Permits, detailed irrigation plans are required.
b. Landscaping shall not include irrigated turf strips which are less than five feet in width. Soils within any irrigated turf strip used to satisfy the requirements of this section shall be amended as required by soil amendment standards established by the Director.
c. Irrigated turf shall not be included on slopes with finished grades in excess of 33 percent.
d. Landscaping areas which are irrigated shall be designed so that plants are grouped according to distinct hydrozones for irrigation of plants with similar water needs at a good efficiency.
e. In all newly landscaped areas, soils shall be amended as required by soil amendment standards established by the Director.
f. Newly landscaped areas, except turf, shall be covered and maintained with at least two inches of organic mulch to minimize evaporation.
9. Landscaping, Open Space, and Buffers for Development Consisting of Attached or Detached Multifamily Dwellings and Developments Located in PO, OLB-OS, LI, and GC Abutting Single-Family Uses.
a. Landscaping. All landscaping shall comply with standards set forth in this section. The provisions of subsection J of this section (Alternative Landscaping Option) are applicable and, in addition, may be used to modify up to five feet of required street frontage landscaping.
b. Buffer.
i. A landscaped buffer, at least 10 feet in width, shall be provided along the entire street frontage where any portion of the street frontage is abutting a residential land use district and along any interior property line abutting a residential land use district.
ii. The buffer shall be planted with the following, and shall include at least 50 percent native species in the required plantings:
(1) Evergreen and deciduous trees, of which no more than 40 percent can be deciduous. There shall be a minimum of 5 trees per 1,000 square feet of buffer area, which shall be a minimum of 10 feet high at planting, along with the evergreen shrubs and living ground cover as described in subsections F.9.b.ii(2) and F.9.b.ii(3) of this section to effectively buffer development from adjacent residential properties; and
(2) Evergreen shrubs, a minimum 42 inches in height at planting, at a spacing no greater than 3 feet on center; and
(3) Living ground cover planted to cover the ground within three years; and
(4) Alternatively, where the street frontage landscaping will be planted to buffer a building elevation and not a parking area, driveway or site development other than a building, a lawn no less than five feet in width may be substituted for the shrubs and ground cover required in subsections F.9.b.ii(2) and F.9.b.ii(3) of this section; provided, that the soil in the entire area of lawn is amended in accordance with subsection F.8 of this section.
c. Where an LI, GC, or CB zoned property abuts a residential land use district on an interior property line, an evergreen hedge a minimum of four feet in height at planting and capable of achieving a continued visual screen with a height of five feet within a three-year period or a combination of shrubs and fence shall be added within the required planting area to achieve the effect of a hedge.
d. Patios and other similar ground-level features and trails may be incorporated into the buffer area, except that no more than 20 percent of the area may be used for such features. Patios shall not be located within 10 feet of the property line.
G. Types of Landscaping.
1. Type I. Purpose. Type I landscaping is intended to provide a very dense sight barrier to significantly separate uses and land use districts.
Description.
a. Two rows of evergreen trees, a minimum of six feet in height and planted at intervals of no greater than 20 feet on center. The trees must be backed by a sight-obscuring fence, a minimum of five feet high or the required width of the planting area must be increased by 10 feet; and
b. Shrubs a minimum of three and one-half feet in height planted in an area at least five feet in width, and other plant materials, planted so that the ground will be covered within three years;
c. Alternatively, the trees and shrubs may be planted on an earthen berm at least 15 feet in width and an average of five feet high along its midline.
2. Type II. Purpose. Type II landscaping is intended to create a visual separation between uses and land use districts.
Description.
a. Evergreen and deciduous trees, with no more than 30 percent being deciduous, a minimum of six feet in height, and planted at intervals no greater than 20 feet on center; and
b. Shrubs, a minimum of three and one-half feet in height and other plant materials, planted so that the ground will be covered within three years.
3. Type III. Purpose. Type III landscaping is intended to provide visual separation of uses from streets, and visual separation of compatible uses so as to soften the appearance of streets, parking areas and building elevations.
Description.
a. Evergreen and deciduous trees, with no more than 50 percent being deciduous, a minimum of six feet in height, and planted at intervals no greater than 30 feet on center; and
b. If planted to buffer a building elevation, shrubs, a minimum of three and one-half feet in height, and living ground cover planted so that the ground will be covered within three years; or
c. If planted to buffer a parking area, access, or site development other than a building, any of the following alternatives may be used unless otherwise noted:
i. Shrubs, a minimum of three and one-half feet in height and living ground cover must be planted so that the ground will be covered within three years.
ii. Earth-mounding, an average of three and one-half feet in height, planted with shrubs or living ground cover so that the ground will be covered within three years. This alternative may not be used in a Downtown Land Use District.
iii. A combination of earth-mounding and shrubs to produce a visual barrier at least three and one-half feet in height.
4. Type IV. Purpose. Type IV landscaping is intended to provide visual relief where clear sight is desired.
Description.
Plant materials which will cover the ground within three years, and which will not exceed three and one-half feet in height. Trees are also permitted if the trunk is free of branches below six feet in height.
5. Type V. Purpose. To provide visual relief and shade in parking areas.
Description.
a. Required Amount.
i. If the parking area contains no more than 50 parking spaces, at least 17.5 square feet of landscape development must be provided as described in paragraph G.5.b of this section for each parking stall proposed.
ii. If the parking area contains more than 99 parking spaces, at least 35 square feet of landscape development must be provided as described in paragraph G.5.b of this section for each parking stall proposed.
iii. If the parking area contains more than 50, but less than 100 parking spaces, the Director shall determine the required amount of landscaping by interpolating between 17.5 and 35 square feet for each parking stall proposed. The area must be landscaped as described in paragraph G.5.b of this section.
b. Design.
i. Each area of landscaping must contain at least 100 square feet of area and must be at least four feet in any direction exclusive of vehicle overhang. The area must contain at least one tree at least six feet in height and with a minimum size of one and one-half inches in caliper if deciduous. The remaining ground area must be landscaped with plant materials, decorative mulch or unit pavers.
ii. A landscaped area must be placed at the interior end of each parking row in a multiple-lane parking area. This area must be at least four feet wide and must extend the length of the adjacent parking stall.
iii. Up to 100 percent of the trees proposed for the parking area may be deciduous.
H. Limitation of Landscaping Requirements.
1. The total buildable area of the subject property which is required to be landscaped is limited as follows. The location of this landscaping within the buildable area must meet the purpose and intent of subsections A, F.1 and G of this section.
a. Twenty percent of the buildable area in an NB, PO, O, OLB or OLB 2 Land Use District;
b. Fifteen percent of the buildable area in an LI, GC, NMU or CB Land Use District;
c. Twenty percent of the buildable area of the development area in an OLB-OS Land Use District.
I. Species Choice. The applicant shall utilize plant materials which complement the natural character of the Pacific Northwest, and which are adaptable to the climatic, topographic, and hydrologic characteristics of the site, and shall include at least 50 percent native species in the required plantings. If the subject property is within the Critical Areas Overlay District, the applicant shall utilize plant species as specified by the Director which enhance that critical area and critical area buffer. In selecting species, the applicant should utilize plant materials which reduce or eliminate the need for fertilizers, herbicides, or other chemical controls, especially for properties within the Critical Areas Overlay District. Plant materials may not include noxious weeds or species, as designated by the Director.
J. Alternative Landscaping Option.
1. The applicant may request a modification of the landscaping requirements set forth in subsections E through I of this section; provided, however, that modification of the provisions of paragraph F.6 of this section may not allow disturbance of a critical area or critical area buffer.
2. The Director may administratively approve a modification of the landscaping requirements of this chapter if:
a. The proposed landscaping represents an equal or better result than that which could be achieved by strictly following the requirements of this section; and
b. The proposed landscaping complies with the stated purpose of this section (subsection A), and with the purpose and intent of paragraphs F.1 and G of this section; and
c. If a modification of any paragraph excluding subsection E of this section is requested, the proposed landscaping either:
i. Incorporates the increased retention of significant trees and naturally occurring undergrowth; or
ii. Better accommodates or improves the existing physical conditions of the subject property; or
iii. Incorporates elements to provide for wind protection or to maintain solar access; or
iv. Incorporates elements to protect or improve water quality; or
v. Incorporates native species in a design that better buffers a critical area and critical area buffer from uses on the site, including parking.
d. If a modification of subsection E of this section is requested, the proposal either:
i. Incorporates the retention of significant trees equal in number to what would otherwise be required, or
ii. Incorporates the retention of other natural vegetation in consolidated locations which promotes the natural vegetated character of the site.
3. Effect of Approval. Following approval of alternative landscaping by the Director, the applicant may meet the landscaping requirements of this Code by complying with the approved landscape development proposal. A copy of the approved landscape development proposal will be placed in the official file.
K. Maintenance of Plant Materials.
1. The property owner shall replace any unhealthy or dead plant materials in conformance with the approved landscape development proposal and shall maintain all landscape material.
2. The Director shall require a maintenance assurance device for a period of one year from the completion of planting in order to ensure compliance with the requirements of this section in conformance with LUC 20.40.490.
3. Streetscape plant materials shall be maintained in a manner consistent with the Bellevue Parks and Community Services 2012 “Environmental Best Management Practices and Design Standards,” Chapter 8 – Streetscape Management, now or as hereafter amended.
L. Performance Assurance.
1. The required landscaping must be installed prior to issuance of the Temporary Certificate of Occupancy unless the Director determines that a performance assurance device, for a period of not more than one year, will adequately protect the interests of the City. In no case may the property owner delay performance for more than one year.
2. If a performance assurance device is permitted under paragraph L.1 of this section, the Director shall require an assurance device in conformance with LUC 20.40.490. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 25; Ord. 6366, 8-7-17, § 8; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 11; Ord. 5805, 3-3-08, § 6; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, §§ 10 – 13; Ord. 5662, 3-20-06, § 1; Ord. 5587, 3-7-05, § 6; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, § 5; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 9; Ord. 5457, 7-21-03, § 5; Ord. 5431, 1-21-03, § 1; Ord. 5403, 8-5-02, §§ 6, 7; Ord. 5232, 6-26-00, § 5; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, §§ 17, 18; Ord. 5086, 8-3-98, § 3; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 6; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 601; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 701; Ord. 4302, 11-18-91, §§ 3 – 5; Ord. 4255, 6-3-91, § 3; Ord. 4130, 3-12-90, § 2; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, §§ 12 – 15; Ord. 3690, 8-4-86, §§ 6, 7; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, §§ 23 – 25; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 16; Ord. 3145, 9-27-82, § 37)
To protect adjoining uses and vehicular traffic in the right-of-way, the following provisions shall apply to the generation of light and glare in the LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, MDR-2, and commercial land use districts:
A. Applicability. The requirements of this section shall be imposed for all new construction and each time a project requires a discretionary land use permit approval.
B. All exterior lighting fixtures in parking areas and driveways shall utilize cutoff shields or other appropriate measures to conceal the light source from adjoining uses and rights-of-way. Other lights shall be designed to avoid spillover glare beyond the site boundaries.
C. Interior lighting in parking garages shall utilize appropriate shielding to prevent spillover upon adjacent uses and the right-of-way. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 26; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 31)
A. Applicability. The requirements of this section shall be imposed for all new development, and construction or placement of new mechanical equipment on existing buildings, and each time a project requires a discretionary land use permit approval. Mechanical equipment should be installed so as not to detract from the appearance of the building or development.
B. Design Objectives. The following objectives apply to the type and placement of mechanical equipment proposed:
1. To the maximum extent reasonable and consistent with site design objectives, mechanical equipment should be located at or below grade rather than mounted on the roof of a structure.
2. Where the equipment must be located on the roof, it should be consolidated to the maximum extent reasonable rather than scattered.
3. Exposed mechanical equipment should be visually screened by a solid, nonreflective visual barrier that equals or exceeds the height of the mechanical equipment.
C. Implementation.
1. Mechanical equipment located at or below grade may be placed within a required rear or side setback area unless that setback directly abuts a residential land use district, is within a critical area, critical area buffer, or critical area structure setback required by Part 20.25H LUC, or that setback is in one of the following land use districts: LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, LDR-1.
2. Mechanical equipment associated with new residential development and homes adding more than 1,000 gross square feet in the LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, or LDR-1 land use district shall be located in the rear yard or, if placed in the side yard outside of the side structure setback, shall provide sound screening to attenuate noise impacts. Mechanical equipment located in the rear yard shall not be placed less than five feet from any property line.
3. Mechanical equipment located at or below grade will not be included for purposes of calculating lot coverage.
4. Mechanical equipment shall be visually screened by a solid, nonreflective visual barrier that equals or exceeds the height of the mechanical equipment; provided, that the function of a large satellite dish antenna or an antenna array may not be compromised by the screening requirement. The barrier may be provided by any of the following:
a. Architectural features, such as parapets or mechanical penthouses;
b. Walls or solid fencing, of a height at least as high as the equipment it screens;
c. Vegetation and/or a combination of vegetation and view-obscuring fencing, of a type and size which will provide a dense visual barrier at least as high as the equipment it screens within two years from the time of planting; or
d. The natural topography of the site or the adjoining property or right-of-way.
5. Where screening from above is required, mechanical equipment shall be screened by incorporating one of the following measures:
a. A solid nonreflective roof. The roof may incorporate nonreflective louvers, vents or similar penetrations to provide necessary ventilation or exhaust of the equipment being screened; or
b. Painting of the equipment to match or approximate the color of the background against which the equipment is viewed.
6. For development which requires approval of a discretionary land use permit, the City may modify the screening requirements of subsections C.4 and C.5 of this section subject to the criteria set forth in subsection C.7 of this section.
7. The Director may approve alternative screening measures not meeting the specific requirements of subsection C.4 or C.5 of this section if the applicant demonstrates that:
a. The proposed alternative screening measures will achieve the design objectives of subsection B of this section and produce an equal or better result than the requirements of subsection C.4 or C.5 of this section; or
b. When screening of mechanical equipment on an existing roof is required:
i. The existing roof structure cannot safely support the required screening, or
ii. The integrity of the existing roof will be so compromised by the required screening as to adversely affect any existing warranty of the performance of the roof.
8. Allowable Projections Above Maximum Height. In all Land Use Districts with height limits of 100 feet and above, including all Mixed Use, BelRed, and Eastgate Land Use Districts, buildings may exceed the maximum height as follows:
a. Mechanical equipment and related appurtenances may be located above the maximum height applicable to the development up to the additional height indicated below. For buildings containing life science uses, the additional height above the maximum is meant to generally accommodate mechanical equipment necessary for such uses. For building containing all other uses, the additional height above the maximum must only contain uninhabitable space and any improvements or structures required to access, service, or screen the mechanical equipment:
i. Buildings containing life science uses: 45 feet.
ii. Buildings containing all other uses: 30 feet.
b. Renewable electricity-generating equipment, such as photovoltaic panels located on the top of buildings, is exempt from the maximum height requirement. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 27; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 11; Ord. 5896, 8-3-09, § 2; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 14; Ord. 5460, 8-4-03, § 4; Ord. 5086, 8-3-98, § 4; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 401; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 501; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 32; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 16; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 24; Ord. 3293, 9-19-83, § 1)
Any designated manufactured home meeting the definition of RCW 35A.63.145 and the certification requirements of RCW 43.22.340 may be used as a dwelling unit provided it is placed on a foundation, connected to all utilities required by the applicable City Construction Codes and meets applicable setback requirements. (Ord. 5478, 10-20-03, § 1; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 7; Ord. 3985, 2-21-89, § 2)
Mobile Home: See Trailer, this chapter.
Moorage: See Shoreline Use Regulations, Chapter 20.25E LUC.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate marijuana producers, processors, and retailers, medical marijuana cooperatives, and marijuana research regulated under Chapters 69.50 and 69.51A RCW by identifying appropriate land use districts and establishing development and performance standards. Marijuana producers, processors, and retailers shall only be permitted when licensed by the Washington State Liquor and Cannabis Board. The production, sale, and possession of marijuana remains illegal under the federal Controlled Substances Act. Nothing herein or as provided elsewhere shall be construed as authority to violate or circumvent federal law.
B. Applicability. This section applies to marijuana uses licensed by the Washington State Liquor and Cannabis Board.
C. Review Required – Administrative Conditional Use. An Administrative Conditional Use Permit (Part 20.30E LUC) is required to operate any marijuana use. The Director shall review applications to operate a marijuana use for compliance with this section and with all other applicable provisions of the Bellevue City Code.
D. Definitions Specific to Marijuana Uses. The definitions codified at WAC 314-55-010, now or as hereafter amended, apply to this section. The following definitions are specific to marijuana uses and shall have the following meanings:
1. “Director” means the Director of the City of Bellevue’s Development Services Department or his or her designee.
2. “Marijuana” or “marihuana” means all parts of the plant Cannabis, whether growing or not, with a THC concentration greater than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis; the seeds thereof; the resin extracted from any part of the plant; and every compound, manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or preparation of the plant, its seeds or resin. The term does not include the mature stalks of the plant, fiber produced from the stalks, oil or cake made from the seeds of the plant, any other compound, manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or preparation of the mature stalks (except the resin extracted therefrom), fiber, oil, or cake, or the sterilized seed of the plant which is incapable of germination.
3. “Marijuana processor” means a person licensed by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board to process marijuana into marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana and marijuana-infused products, package and label marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, and marijuana-infused products for sale in retail outlets, and sell marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, and marijuana-infused products at wholesale to marijuana retailers.
4. “Marijuana producer” means a person licensed by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board to produce and sell marijuana at wholesale to marijuana processors and other marijuana producers.
5. “Marijuana-infused products” means products that contain marijuana or marijuana extracts and are intended for human use. The term “marijuana-infused products” does not include useable marijuana.
6. “Marijuana retailer” means a person licensed by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board to sell useable marijuana and marijuana-infused products in a retail outlet.
7. “Marijuana uses” means the collective of marijuana producer, retailer, and processor.
8. “Retail outlet” means a location licensed by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board for the retail sale of marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, and marijuana-infused products.
9. “Useable marijuana” means dried marijuana flowers. The term “useable marijuana” does not include marijuana-infused products.
10. “Medical marijuana cooperatives” means cooperatives authorized by RCW 69.51A.250, now or as hereafter amended, that are formed by qualifying patients or designated providers to share responsibility for acquiring and supplying the resources needed to produce and process marijuana only for the medical use of members of the cooperative.
11. “Marijuana research” means research authorized by RCW 69.50.372, now or as hereafter amended, that permits a licensee to produce, process, and possess marijuana for limited research purposes, including to test chemical potency and composition levels; to conduct clinical investigations of marijuana-derived drug products; to conduct research on the efficacy and safety of administering marijuana as part of medical treatment; and to conduct genomic or agricultural research.
E. Marijuana producers, processors, and retailers, medical marijuana cooperatives, and marijuana researchers must comply with all requirements of Chapters 69.50 and 69.51A RCW, Chapter 314-55 WAC, now or as hereafter amended, and all applicable City of Bellevue ordinances, standards, and codes.
F. Limitations on Uses. The following limitations shall apply to all marijuana producers, processors, and retailers, unless stated otherwise:
1. A marijuana producer, retailer, or processor shall not be located within 1,000 feet of the following uses or any use included in Chapter 314-55 WAC now or as hereafter amended:
a. Elementary or secondary school;
b. Playgrounds;
c. Recreation center or facility;
d. Child care centers;
e. Public parks;
f. Public transit centers;
g. Libraries; and
h. Any game arcade.
2. A marijuana retailer shall not be located within 100 feet of a residential land use district.
3. No marijuana retailer shall be located within 1,000 feet of any other marijuana retailer.
a. Areas Where No Retail Marijuana Uses Are Located. If two or more marijuana retail applicants seek licensing from the state and propose to locate within 1,000 feet of each other, the City shall consider the entity who is licensed first by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board to be the “first-in-time” applicant who is entitled to site the retail use. First-in-time determinations will be based on the date and time of the state-issued license or conditional license, whichever is issued first. The Director shall make the first-in-time determination, whether in connection with an application for an Administrative Conditional Use Permit or as otherwise appropriate.
b. First-in-time determinations are location-specific and do not transfer or apply to a new property or site, unless the new site is within the same tax parcel. See subsection G.3 of this section for regulations applying to established retail uses and status of first-in-time determinations.
c. Appeal of Director Determination. The Director’s first-in-time determination may be appealed pursuant to LUC 20.35.250, Appeal of Process II decisions.
4. No marijuana producer, processor, or retailer shall be located within 1,000 feet of any park mapped in the City’s Geographic Information System.
5. Measurement. All separation requirements shall be measured as the shortest straight line distance from the property line of the proposed business location to the property line of the use listed in this section.
6. No marijuana producer, processor, or retailer shall be allowed in any residential land use district, DT-R, and BR-R.
7. No marijuana retailer is allowed as a subordinate or accessory use in any land use district.
8. With the exception contained in this section, no more than one marijuana retailer shall be permitted within each of the following subareas: Crossroads, Downtown, Eastgate, Wilburton, and Factoria; and no more than two marijuana retailers shall be permitted within the BelRed subarea; except that up to one additional marijuana retailer shall be permitted in excess of the subarea limits provided above if located within either the Medical Institution (MI) or BelRed Medical Office-1 (BR-MO-1) districts of the BelRed and Wilburton subareas. The number of marijuana retailers allowed pursuant to this section shall total no more than six city-wide.
9. Marijuana shall be grown in a structure. Outdoor cultivation is prohibited.
G. Marijuana Retail Outlets.
1. Odor. Marijuana odor shall be contained within the retail outlet so that odor from the marijuana cannot be detected by a person with a normal sense of smell from any abutting use or property. If marijuana odor can be smelled from any abutting use or property, the marijuana retailer shall be required to implement measures, including but not limited to the installation of the ventilation equipment necessary to contain the odor.
2. Signage for Marijuana Retail Outlets. Retail outlets shall comply with WAC 314-55-155(1), now or as hereafter amended. Additionally, signage for retail outlets must undergo design review in those land use districts requiring such review in the Bellevue Sign Code, Chapter 22B.10 BCC.
3. First-in-Time – Change in Ownership, Relocation, and Abandonment.
a. Ownership. The status of a first-in-time determination is not affected by changes in ownership.
b. Relocation. Relocation of a retail outlet to a new property voids any first-in-time determination previously made as to the vacated property. The determination shall become void on the date the property is vacated. Applicants who may have been previously denied a license due to a first-in-time determination at the vacated property may submit a new application after the prior first-in-time determination becomes void.
c. Discontinuance. If an existing marijuana retail use is discontinued or abandoned for a period of 12 months with the intention of abandoning that use, then the property shall forfeit first-in-time status. Discontinuance of a licensed retail use for a period of 12 months or greater constitutes a prima facie intent to abandon the retail use. Intent to abandon may be rebutted by submitting documentation adequate to rebut the presumption. Documentation rebutting the presumption of intent to abandon includes but is not limited to:
i. State licensing review or administrative appeal; or
ii. Review of building, land use, other required development permits or approvals; or
iii. Correspondence or other documentation from insurance provider demonstrating an intent to reestablish the use after either a partial or full loss or disruption of the use.
iv. The Director shall determine whether a retail use has been discontinued, abandoned, or voided, whether in connection with an application for an Administrative Conditional Use Permit or as otherwise appropriate.
d. Accidental Destruction. First-in-time status is not affected when a structure containing a state-licensed retail outlet is damaged by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner or licensee; provided redevelopment occurs within 12 months or the licensee provides documentation demonstrating why redevelopment cannot commence within 12 months, otherwise the Director shall determine the retail use abandoned, unless the licensee can demonstrate an intent not to abandon the use. If the retail use cannot be reestablished within 12 months, the licensee shall provide a schedule with reasonable deadlines to establish the use.
e. Appeal of Director Determination. The Director’s determination of whether a retail use has been discontinued, abandoned, or voided may be appealed pursuant to LUC 20.35.250, Appeal of Process II decisions.
H. Marijuana Producers and Processors. Marijuana production and processing facilities are allowed only in the Light Industrial land use district and shall comply with the following provisions:
1. Marijuana production and processing facilities shall be ventilated so that the odor from the marijuana cannot be detected by a person with a normal sense of smell from any adjoining use or property;
2. Signage for marijuana producers and processors shall comply with the City of Bellevue Sign Code, Chapter 22B.10 BCC.
3. A screened and secured loading dock, approved by the Director, shall be required. The objective of this requirement is to provide a secure, visual screen from the public right-of-way and adjoining properties, and prevent the escape of odors when delivering or transferring marijuana, marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, and marijuana-infused products.
I. Regulations Applicable to All Marijuana Uses.
1. Security. In addition to the security requirements in Chapter 315-55 WAC, during non-business hours, all marijuana producers, processors, and retailers shall store all marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, marijuana-infused products, and cash in a safe or in a substantially constructed and locked cabinet. The safe or cabinet shall be incorporated into the building structure or securely attached thereto. For useable marijuana products that must be kept refrigerated or frozen, these products may be stored in a locked refrigerator or freezer container in a manner approved by the Director, provided the container is affixed to the building structure.
2. Release of Liability and Hold Harmless. The permittee of a marijuana use shall provide an executed release in a form approved by the Bellevue City Attorney’s Office to the City of Bellevue, for itself, its agents, officers, elected officials and employees, from any injuries, damages, or liabilities of any kind that result from any arrest or prosecution or seizure of property, or liabilities of any kind that result from any arrest or prosecution for violations of federal or state law relating to operation or siting of a marijuana use. Additionally, within the release document, the permittee of a marijuana use shall indemnify and hold harmless the City of Bellevue and its agents, officers, elected officials, and employees from any claims, damages, or injuries brought by adjacent property owners or other third parties due to operations at the marijuana use and for any claims brought by any of the marijuana use’s members, employees, agents, guests, or invitees for problems, injuries, damages, or liability of any kind that may arise out of the operation of the marijuana use.
J. Conflicts. In the event of a conflict between Chapters 69.50 and 69.51A RCW, Chapter 314-55 WAC, and this section, the most restrictive provision shall apply. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 28; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, §§ 80, 81; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 7; Ord. 6316, 11-7-16, §§ 2 – 5; Ord. 6253, 8-3-15, § 9)
A. Applicability and Relationship to Other Regulations. Where noted in LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and Use Charts for Downtown in LUC 20.25A.050.D, BelRed in LUC 20.25D.070, Eastgate Transit Oriented Development in LUC 20.25P.050 and East Main in LUC 20.25Q.050.D, and when located within the following areas:
1. Within 1/4 mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 2 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
2. Within 1/2 mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
3. Within one-half mile of a future light rail or bus rapid transit station scheduled to begin service within two years.
Micro-Apartments shall be eligible for exceptions and modified standards in subsection B of this section. Where there is a conflict between this section and other provisions of the Land Use Code, these exceptions and modified standards shall govern.
B. Standards. The following standards apply to micro-apartments:
1. For the purposes of calculating dwelling units per acre, each micro-apartment shall be considered one-quarter of a dwelling unit.
2. Parking shall be provided at a ratio of one-quarter parking space per micro-apartment. Micro-apartments meeting the definition of Affordable Housing in LUC 20.50.010 and those located in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts shall have no parking minimum.
3. The Director may modify the minimum parking ratio for micro-apartments as set forth in subsection B.2 of this section when supported by a parking demand analysis provided by the applicant, including but not limited to:
a. Documentation supplied by the applicant regarding actual parking demand for the proposed use; or
b. Evidence in available planning and technical studies relating to the proposed use; or
c. Required parking for the proposed use as determined by other compatible jurisdictions.
4. Periodic Review. The Director may require periodic review of the proposed review of the reduced parking supply to ensure the terms of the approval are being met.
5. Weatherproof and secure bicycle parking shall be provided at a ratio of one bicycle parking space per every five micro-apartments.
6. Micro-apartments shall be exempt from the provisions of LUC 20.20.540, Multifamily play areas. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 12; Ord. 6742, 6-5-23, § 2)
A. Applicability. This section outlines the dimensional requirements applicable to middle housing developments as defined in LUC 20.50.034. For dimensional standards applicable to single-family development and attached or detached multifamily dwelling development see Chart 20.20.010 in LUC 20.20.010. For additional site design regulations for cottage housing see LUC 20.20.250. For additional site design regulations for courtyard housing see LUC 20.20.252. The provisions of this section are not applicable to lots located in the Critical Areas Overlay, which shall be regulated by the applicable dimensional requirements in LUC 20.20.010.
B. Definitions.
1. Major Transit Stop. For the purposes of this section, major transit stop is as defined in RCW 36.70A.030.
C. Standards.
1. Middle Housing Development Requirements. Middle housing developments are subject to the development requirements in Table 20.20.538.C.1.
Table 20.20.538.C.1. Development Requirements for Middle Housing
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | LL-1 | LL-2 | SR-1 | SR-2 | SR-3 | SR-4 | LDR-1 | LDR-2 | LDR-3 | MDR-1 | MDR-2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIMENSIONS | |||||||||||
4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 (7) | 4/6 (7) | 4/6 (7) | 4/6 (7) | |
Minimum Setbacks of Structures (feet) | |||||||||||
Front Yard | 25 | 20 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 |
Rear Yard | 15 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 |
5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | |
Maximum Building Height (feet) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) (10) | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 45 | 45 | 45 | 45 | 45 | 45 |
Maximum Hard Surface Coverage (percent) | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 85 | 85 | 90 | 90 | 90 | 90 |
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) | 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 60 | 60 | 65 | 65 | 65 | 65 |
Alternative Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) | 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 55 | 55 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 |
(1)See Chart 20.20.010 for standards related to minimum lot area, minimum street frontage width, lot width, and lot depth.
(2)If a lot is located within one-quarter mile walking distance of a major transit stop, then up to six dwelling units are permitted on that lot.
(3)If development on a lot meets the requirements of LUC 20.20.128.E.2 relating to housing affordability, then up to six dwelling units are permitted on that lot.
(4)If a lot is located within one-quarter mile walking distance of a Regional Growth Center or Countywide Growth Center, as both are mapped in the Land Use Element of the Comprehensive Plan, then up to six dwelling units are permitted on that lot.
(5)Up to two accessory dwelling units may be developed per lot subject to the provisions of LUC 20.20.120. Detached accessory dwelling units shall count towards the maximum dwelling units per lot allowed under Table 20.20.538.C.1. Attached accessory dwelling units shall not count towards the maximum dwelling units per lot allowed under Table 20.20.538.C.1.
(6)The density of cottage housing development on a lot is controlled by maximum floor area ratio by lot size and not by dwelling units per lot or dwelling units per acre. Therefore, there is no limit on the maximum dwelling units per lot, or dwelling units per acre, for cottage housing development. Cottage housing development is subject to the otherwise applicable development regulations contained in LUC 20.20.250 and this section and the maximum floor area ratio for single-family and middle housing set forth in LUC 20.20.390.
(7)See Chart 20.20.010 for the maximum allowable dwelling units per acre for land use districts LDR-2 through MDR-2. When calculating site density, the greater of the middle housing units per lot density or the dwelling units per acre density may be utilized.
(8)Middle housing developments located on adjacent lots may reduce the applicable side yard setbacks between structures to zero when consolidating the subject lots, when the project limit contains multiple preexisting lots, or where a unit lot subdivision or unit lot short subdivision is proposed; provided, that the distance between cottage housing units is regulated by LUC 20.20.250.
(9)Maximum building height for all middle housing uses, except cottage housing, in residential land use districts is 32 feet measured from the average elevation of the existing grade around the building to the highest point of a flat roof, or 35 feet to the ridge of a pitched roof. Refer to LUC 20.50.012 for the definition of “Building Height – Residential Land Use Districts.” See LUC 20.20.250 for maximum height for cottage housing.
(10)Cottage housing developments qualify for an additional five percent lot coverage. Cottage housing developments may also qualify for an additional 25 percent increase in lot coverage and impervious surface coverage for any site area used for covered porches per LUC 20.20.250.A.1.a.
2. Walking Distance. If a physical impediment exists that would require pedestrians to walk more than one-quarter mile to the major transit stop, regional growth center, or Countywide growth center, as applicable, from the location of the middle housing dwelling units, then the Director may determine that the location does not meet the requirements of the applicable tier. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 29)
A. New multifamily developments of 10 units or more shall be required, as a condition of Building Permit approval, to provide a minimum of 800 square feet of unpaved, usable open space with lawn or other soft surface for an outdoor children’s play area, plus an additional 50 square feet of usable open space for each additional unit beyond the initial 10 units, up to a maximum of 10,000 square feet. This requirement does not apply to:
1. Multifamily development in Downtown or in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398;
2. Multifamily development devoted exclusively to senior citizen dwellings as defined in LUC 20.50.046; or
3. Micro-apartments.
B. The following factors shall be considered when designing a children’s play area:
1. The minimum dimension shall be 25 feet; and
2. Earth berms, vegetative screening, or fencing should separate the play area from driving and parking areas; and
3. Residents should have convenient access; and
4. The design should invite a variety of active and passive recreational activities appropriate for children by utilizing unique natural features, creating gentle slopes or berms, and providing other amenities such as seating benches or play equipment.
C. The children’s play area shall not be located in a critical area, critical area buffer, or critical area structure setback required by Part 20.25H LUC, or in required street frontage landscaping.
D. The children’s play area may be dispersed on the site; provided, that the minimum size of each area is 800 square feet or larger.
E. Usable open space set aside pursuant to this chapter shall be applied toward the open space required through the planned unit development process, Chapter 20.30D LUC et seq.).
F. Units in a multifamily complex which have private yards exceeding 400 square feet shall not be considered in calculating the children’s play area requirement for the complex. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 13; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 15; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 872; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 972; Ord. 4225, 2-25-91, § 1)
A. Intent. The purpose of this section is to provide for a procedure through which the provisions of this title explicitly identified, described, and listed in subsection B of this section may be modified to ensure that they may be applied constitutionally to a development project.
B. Applicability. This section only applies to the requirements of this title identified, described, and listed below:
1. The amount of performance required under LUC 20.20.128.I.2;
2. The amount of performance required under LUC 20.20.128.I.3; and
3. The amount of payment required under LUC 20.20.128.I.4.
C. Procedure. The Director may only modify the requirements of this title identified, described, and listed in subsection B of this section as follows:
1. The Director may modify a requirement listed in subsection B of this section if the applicant can demonstrate facts supporting a determination of severe economic impact at such a level that a property owner’s constitutional rights may be at risk. Specifically, the applicant must show that application of the requirement either:
a. Creates a severe economic impact by depriving a property owner of all economically beneficial use of the property; or
b. Creates severe economic impact, not reaching deprivation of all economically beneficial use, but reaching the level of an undue burden that should not be borne by the property owner.
2. In determining whether there is a severe economic impact reaching the level of an undue burden that should not be borne by the property owner, the Director may weigh the following nonexclusive factors:
a. The severity of the economic impact caused by the application of the requirement;
b. The degree to which the requirement was or could have been anticipated;
c. The extent to which alternative uses of the property or configurations of the proposed development would alleviate the need for the requested waiver or reduction;
d. The extent to which any economic impact was due to decisions by the applicant or property owner; and
e. Other factors relevant to whether the burden should be borne by the property owner.
3. The waiver or reduction may be approved only to the extent necessary to grant relief from the severe economic impact.
4. A request to the Director for a modification under this section may be submitted at any time prior to issuance of a final land use decision on a Design Review application and shall be reviewed through the Master Development Plan or Design Review processes. Such a request shall include, at a minimum, all of the following information:
a. A description of the requested modification to one or more of the requirements listed in subsection B of this section;
b. The identity of the property owner and the date of the owner’s acquisition of the property;
c. Documentation showing the use of the property at the time of the request or, if the property is vacant at that time, the use of the property prior to commencement of the vacancy;
d. Documentation explaining and supporting the claim of economic impact;
e. Documentation showing that a different development configuration would not alleviate the need for the requested waiver or reduction; and
f. Any additional information that the Director may require by rule.
5. None of the following, standing alone and without consideration of the full range of relevant factors, shall be a sufficient basis for the Director to grant a modification authorized according to this section:
a. The fact of a decrease in property value;
b. The fact that a property owner is unable to utilize the full amount of any increase in residential development capacity enacted in connection with adoption of the requirement; or
c. The fact that any such increase in residential development capacity did not leave the property owner in a better financial position than would have been the case with no increase in residential development capacity and no application of the requirement.
6. For the purposes of a modification under this section, the Director is not making a determination of the constitutional rights of a property owner, but instead is reviewing the credibility and strength of facts demonstrating severe economic impact. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 14)
A. Applicability. This section applies to nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located in any land use district established under LUC 20.10.020, except as otherwise provided in subsection F of this section.
B. Nonconforming Structures.
1. Repair of an existing nonconforming structure is permitted.
2. Remodeling of a nonconforming structure is permitted, provided the fair market value of the remodel does not exceed 100 percent of replacement value of the structure over any 3-year period. If remodeling exceeds 100 percent of replacement value over any 3-year period, the structure shall be brought into compliance with existing Land Use Code requirements.
3. A nonconforming structure may not be expanded unless the expansion conforms to the regulations of this Code. However, in land use districts LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, and LDR-1, an expansion may extend along existing building setbacks, provided the area affected by the expansion is not a critical area or critical area buffer.
4. If a nonconforming structure is destroyed by fire, explosion, or other unforeseen circumstances to the extent of 75 percent or less of its replacement value as determined by the Director for the year of its destruction, it may be reconstructed consistent with its previous nonconformity. If such a structure is destroyed to the extent of greater than 75 percent of its replacement value, then any structure erected and any related site development shall conform to the regulations of this Code.
C. Nonconforming Uses.
1. A nonconforming use may be continued by successive owners or tenants, except where the use has been abandoned. No change to a different use classification shall be made unless that change conforms to the regulations of this Code.
2. If a nonconforming use of a structure or land is discontinued for a period of 12 months with the intention of abandoning that use, any subsequent use shall thereafter conform to the regulations of the district in which it is located. Discontinuance of a nonconforming use for a period of 12 months or greater constitutes prima facie evidence of an intention to abandon.
3. A nonconforming use may be expanded only pursuant to an Administrative Conditional Use Permit if the expansion is not more than 20 percent or 20,000 square feet, whichever is less, or by a Conditional Use Permit if the expansion is over 20 percent or 20,000 square feet.
D. Nonconforming Sites.
1. A nonconforming site may not be changed unless the change conforms to the regulations of this Code, except that parking lots and paved outdoor storage and display areas may be reconfigured within the existing paved surface.
2. Upon the restoration of a structure demolished by fire, explosion or other unforeseen circumstances to greater than 75 percent of its replacement value on a nonconforming site, the site shall be brought into conformance with existing Land Use Code requirements.
3. For remodels of an existing structure made within any 3-year period which together exceed 100 percent of the replacement value of the previously existing structure as defined by the Director, the site shall be brought into compliance with existing Land Use Code requirements. For remodels within any 3-year period which exceed 30 percent of the replacement value, but do not exceed 100 percent of replacement value, proportional compliance shall be required, as provided in subsection E of this section. Remodels within any 3-year period which do not exceed 30 percent of replacement value shall not be required to comply with the requirements of this subsection.
4. Upon expansion of any structure or complex of structures within a single site, which is over 50 percent of the existing floor area, the site shall be brought into compliance with existing Land Use Code requirements. If the expansion is 50 percent or less, the site shall be brought into proportional compliance with existing Land Use Code requirements as provided in subsection E of this section.
E. Proportional Compliance.
1. A Conformance Plan may be required to identify the site nonconformities as well as the cost of individual site improvements; provided, that the Director may authorize utilization of unit cost estimates from a specified construction cost index.
2. Required Improvements for a Nonconforming Site. The percentage of required physical site improvements to be installed to reduce or eliminate the nonconformity of the site shall be established by the following formula:
a. Divide the dollar value of the proposed site improvements, excluding mechanical equipment, by the replacement value of the existing structure(s), excluding mechanical equipment, as determined by the Director, up to 100 percent.
b. The result is then multiplied by the dollar amount identified by the Conformance Plan as necessary to bring the site into compliance.
c. The dollar value of this equation is then applied toward reducing the nonconformities. Example:
Replacement value of existing structure(s) excluding mechanical systems equals $20,000
Value of proposed site improvements excluding mechanical systems equals $5,000
$5,000 divided by $20,000 equals 0.25
Cost identified in Conformance Plan equals $4,000
0.25 times $4,000 equals $1,000
$1,000 would be applied toward reducing the nonconformities
d. The Director shall determine the type, location, and phasing sequence of the proposed site improvements.
3. This section shall apply to sidewalks and other frontage improvements and other requirements outlined in BCC 14.60.110, which shall be incorporated into the Conformance Plan.
F. Exceptions.
1. Downtown Land Use Districts. The provisions of this section shall not apply in the Downtown Special Overlay District, Part 20.25A LUC. Refer to LUC 20.25A.040 for the requirements for nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located within the Downtown Special Overlay District.
2. Critical Areas Overlay District. The provisions of this section do not apply to structures or sites nonconforming to the requirements of Part 20.25H LUC. Refer to LUC 20.25H.065 for the requirements for such nonconforming structures and sites.
3. Shoreline Overlay District. The provisions of this section do not apply to uses, structures or sites nonconforming to the requirements of Part 20.25E LUC. Refer to LUC 20.25E.040 and 20.25E.065.I for the requirements for such nonconforming uses, structures and sites.
4. BelRed Land Use Districts. The provisions of this section do not apply to uses, structures, or sites located in the BelRed Land Use Districts. For uses in the BelRed Land Use Districts established before May 26, 2009, refer to the existing conditions regulations in LUC 20.25D.060.
5. East Main Land Use Districts. The provisions of this section do not apply to uses, structures, or sites located in East Main Land Use Districts established and described in LUC 20.25Q.010. Refer to LUC 20.25Q.040 for the requirements for nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located within East Main Land Use Districts.
6. Mixed-Use Land Use Districts. The provisions of this section do not apply to uses, structures, or sites located in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398. Refer to LUC 20.20.561 for the requirements for nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located within Mixed-Use Land Use Districts. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 30; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 15; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 8; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 18; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 14; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, §§ 16, 17; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 10; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 19; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 7; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 201; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 301; Ord. 4638, 4-4-94, § 1; Ord. 4075, 10-23-89, § 1)
A. Applicability.
1. Mixed-Use Land Use Districts. This section applies only to nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398.
2. Alterations to nonconforming structures or sites shall comply with any applicable requirements of Part 20.25H LUC. In the event of a conflict between the requirements of this section and those of Part 20.25H LUC, the requirements of Part 20.25H LUC shall control.
B. Documentation. The applicant shall submit documentation which shows that the nonconforming use, structure, or site was permitted when established and has been maintained over time. The Director shall determine based on subsections B.1 and B.2 of this section whether the documentation is adequate to support a determination that the use, structure, or site constitute a nonconforming use, structure, or site under the terms of this section. The Director may waive the requirement for documentation when a nonconforming use, structure, or site has previously been clearly established.
1. Use, Structure, or Site Permitted When Established. Documentation that the use, structure, or site was permitted when established includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Building, land use, or other development permits; and
2. Use, Structure, or Site Maintained Over Time. Documentation that the use, structure, or site was maintained over time, and not discontinued or destroyed as described in this section. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Utility bills;
b. Income tax records;
c. Business licenses;
d. Listings in telephone or business directories;
e. Advertisements in dated publications;
f. Building, land use or other development permits;
g. Insurance policies;
h. Leases; and
i. Dated aerial photos.
C. Regulations Applicable to All Nonconforming Uses, Structures, and Sites.
1. Ownership. The status of a nonconforming use, structure, or site is not affected by changes in ownership.
2. Maintenance and Repair. Routine maintenance and routine repair associated with nonconforming uses, structures, or sites is allowed. “Routine maintenance” includes those usual acts to prevent decline, lapse, or cessation from a lawfully established condition. “Routine repair” includes in-kind restoration to a state comparable to its original condition within a reasonable period after decay has occurred.
D. Regulations Applicable to Nonconforming Uses.
1. Operations.
a. Nonconforming Uses May Continue to Operate. Operations associated with a nonconforming use may continue, subject to the provisions of this subsection D.
b. Nonconforming Uses – Hours of Operation. The hours of operation associated with a nonconforming use located in a Mixed-Use Land Use District which permits residential uses may only extend into the period of 9:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m. subject to Administrative Conditional Use approval. Nonconforming uses which on January 1, 2025, already operated between these hours may continue without such approval, as long as the hours of operation between 9:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. are not expanded.
2. Expansions. Nonconforming uses may expand under certain circumstances as described in this subsection:
a. Expansions of Nonconforming Structures. If a nonconforming structure containing a nonconforming use is expanded in accordance with the requirements of this section, then the nonconforming use may expand in conjunction with, and in proportion to, the expansion of the nonconforming structure.
b. Expansions of Nonconforming Sites. If a nonconforming site containing a nonconforming use is expanded in accordance with the requirements of this section, then the nonconforming use may expand in conjunction with, and in proportion to, the expansion of the nonconforming site.
c. Limitation on Expansion – No Expansion of Hazards. No expansion in operations shall be permitted that increases the use or on-site quantity of flammable or hazardous constituents (e.g., compressed gases, industrial liquids, etc.), or that increases the amount of waste generated or stored that is subject to the Washington Hazardous Waste Management Regulations, RCW 70.105.210, as currently adopted or subsequently amended or superseded. The Director may in consultation with the Fire Marshal modify the requirements of this subsection if the Director determines that the expansion will not increase the threat to human health and the environment over the pre-expansion condition.
3. Loss of Nonconforming Use Status.
a. Discontinuance. If a nonconforming use is discontinued for a period of 12 months with the intention of abandoning that use, any subsequent use shall thereafter conform to the regulations of the land use district in which it is located. Discontinuance of a nonconforming use for a period of 12 months or greater constitutes prima facie evidence of an intention to abandon.
b. Unanticipated Damage or Destruction. When a structure containing a nonconforming use is damaged or destroyed by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner, the nonconforming use may be reestablished in the same location within three years of the date that the damage or destruction occurred. When reestablishing a nonconforming use under this subsection, the nonconforming use may not be expanded. The structure may be repaired or reconstructed in accordance with applicable City Codes.
c. Relinquishment. A nonconforming use is relinquished when the nonconforming use is replaced with a permitted or conditional use. Upon relinquishment, the nonconforming use rights no longer apply and the nonconforming use may not be reestablished.
E. Regulations Applicable to Nonconforming Structures and Nonconforming Sites.
1. Nonconforming Structures and Nonconforming Sites May Remain. Nonconforming structures and nonconforming sites may remain unless specifically limited by the terms of this subsection.
2. Permitted Alterations to Nonconforming Structures and Nonconforming Sites. Nonconforming structures and nonconforming sites may be altered; provided, that the alteration conforms to applicable development regulations and required improvements are made that satisfy the proportional compliance requirements contained in subsection E.3 of this section.
a. Three-Year Period.
i. If the project does not consist of multiple phases, then alterations made within the preceding three years will be viewed as a single alteration for the purposes of determining the value of alterations.
ii. If the project consists of multiple phases, as shown on a Master Development Plan submitted under Chapter 20.30V LUC, then, for each individual phase, alterations made within the project limit of that phase within the preceding three years will be viewed as a single alteration for the purposes of determining the value of alterations; provided, that if an individual phase relies on land, floor area ratio, improvements, or amenities from one or more future phases, then alterations made within the project limits of all such related phases within the preceding three years will be viewed as a single alteration for the purposes of determining the value of alterations for the interrelated phases.
b. Value of Alterations.
i. If the project does not consist of multiple phases, then the value of alterations shall be determined by the Director based on the entire project and not individual permits.
ii. If the project consists of multiple phases, as shown on a Master Development Plan submitted under Chapter 20.30V LUC, then, for each individual phase, the value of alterations shall be determined by the Director based on the alterations within the project limit of that phase; provided, that if an individual phase relies on land, floor area ratio, improvements, or amenities from one or more future phases, then the value of alterations shall be determined by the Director based on the alterations within the project limits of all such related phases.
iii. The Director shall promulgate rules for determining the value of alterations in the context of this section.
3. Proportional Compliance. A nonconforming structure or a nonconforming site associated with either a permitted or conditional use may be altered consistent with the requirements set forth below:
a. Threshold Triggering Required Improvements. The standards of this subsection shall be met when the value of alterations to a nonconforming structure or to a nonconforming site exceed the threshold established in LUC 20.25D.060.G.3.a, as may be, or has previously been, administratively adjusted. The following alterations are exempt from being counted toward the threshold:
i. Alterations required as a result of a fire prevention inspection;
ii. Alterations related to the removal of architectural barriers as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act, or the Washington State Building Code (Chapter 19.27 RCW), now or as hereafter amended;
iii. Alterations required for the seismic retrofit of existing structures;
iv. Alterations to on-site stormwater management facilities in conformance with Chapter 24.06 BCC, now or as hereafter amended;
v. Alterations that reduce off-site impacts (including but not limited to noise, odors, dust, and other particulate emissions); and
vi. Alterations that meet LEED, Energy Star, or other industry-recognized standard that results in improved mechanical system, water savings, or operational efficiency.
b. Required Improvements. When alterations meet the threshold in subsection E.3.a of this section, existing development shall be brought toward compliance in the following areas:
i. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.020.C, then nonmotorized access to Eastrail meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.020.
ii. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.020.C, then emergency vehicle access to the Eastrail corridor meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.020.
iii. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.C, then major public open space meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.C.
iv. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.G, then frontage paths along the Eastrail corridor meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.G.
v. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.020.B, then access, block, and circulation required under LUC 20.25R.020.B.
vi. Landscaping meeting the requirements of LUC 20.20.520 and 20.25R.030.C.
vii. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.G, then active uses along the Eastrail corridor meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.G.
viii. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.G, then active uses along the Grand Connection meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.G.
ix. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.E, then weather protection meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.E.
x. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.G, then a landscape buffer from the property line adjoining Interstate 405 meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.E.
c. Timing and Cost of Required Improvements.
i. Required improvements shall be made as part of the alteration that triggered the required improvements under subsection E.3.a of this section.
(1) If the project does not consist of multiple phases, then the required improvements shall be made within the project limit of the development.
(2) If the project is proposed to occur in phases, as outlined on a Master Development Plan submitted pursuant to Part 20.30V LUC, then the required improvements shall be made within the project limit of the phase, or phases, for which the value of alterations was calculated under subsection E.2 of this section.
ii. The value of required improvements shall be limited to 20 percent of the value of alterations calculated under subsection E.2 of this section. The applicant shall submit evidence as required by the Director that shows the value of proposed improvements associated with any alteration.
iii. Required improvements shall be made in order of priority listed in subsection E.3.b of this section. The Director may approve, as an Administrative Departure pursuant to LUC 20.25R.010.D.4, change in priority order for a specific development. As additional administrative criteria to approve the departure, the applicant must demonstrate that the change in priority order is needed for one or more of the following reasons:
(1) A change in priority order is necessary due to the value of required improvements specified under subsection E.3.c.ii of this section is insufficient to construct the site improvement that would be required under the normal order of priority due to the existence of a unique site condition;
(2) A change in priority order would allow a site improvement to be constructed that would close a gap in existing improvements, such as a gap in an access corridor or frontage path; or
(3) A change in priority order would allow the construction of a complete site improvement, rather than a partial site improvement, such as a complete access corridor or frontage path.
4. Unanticipated Damage or Destruction of a Nonconforming Structure or a Nonconforming Site.
a. When a nonconforming structure or a nonconforming site is damaged by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner, the nonconforming structure or the nonconforming site may be repaired. Changes to the footprint or exterior proposed as part of the repair must conform to this Code.
b. When a nonconforming structure or a nonconforming site is destroyed by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner, the nonconforming structure or the nonconforming site may be reconstructed in its original configuration. Changes to the footprint or exterior proposed as part of the reconstruction must conform to this Code. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 16)
A. Scope. This section contains standards and design requirements for parking, circulation and internal walkways, except as otherwise provided in Chapter 20.25 LUC for Special and Overlay Districts.
B. Applicability.
1. Number of Parking Stalls. The requirements of this section for the number of parking stalls apply to each new use and to each new tenant, except as provided in LUC 20.20.560.D for changes to a nonconforming use. See Part 20.25A LUC for the number of required parking stalls in Downtown Districts.
2. Other Requirements of this Section. All other standards and design requirements of this section apply to new site development and to site development for the substantial remodel of existing development. See Part 20.25A LUC for other applicable requirements in Downtown Districts.
C. Submittal Requirements.
1. General. The Director of the Development Services Department shall specify the submittal requirements, including type, detail and number of copies required in order to determine compliance with this section.
2. Waiver. The Director of the Development Services Department may waive specific submittal requirements determined to be unnecessary for review of an application.
D. Required Review. The Director of the Development Services Department shall review the proposed parking, circulation and walkways and may approve the proposed structure, substantial remodel, site development, use or occupancy only if the requirements of this section are met, subject to the provisions of LUC 20.20.560 for nonconforming uses, structures and sites.
E. Limitation on Use. Area devoted to parking, circulation or walkways approved pursuant to this section may not be used for any other purpose, except as authorized by a Temporary Use Permit issued pursuant to Part 20.30M LUC or by other specific approval pursuant to the Bellevue City Code.
F. Minimum/Maximum Parking Requirement by Use.
1. Specified Uses. Subject to subsections G, H, and L of this section, the property owner shall provide at least the minimum and may provide no more than the maximum number of parking stalls as indicated below:
Use | Minimum Number of Parking Spaces Required (4)(5) | Maximum Number of Parking Spaces Allowed | |
|---|---|---|---|
a. | Auditorium/assembly room/exhibition hall/theater/commercial recreation (2) | 1:4 fixed seats or 10:1,000 nsf (if there are no fixed seats) | No max. |
b. | Boat moorage, public or semi-public | 1:2 docking slips | No max. |
c. | Financial institution | 4:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf |
d. | Funeral home/mortuary | 1:5 seats | No max. |
e. | High technology/industry | 4:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf |
f. | Home furnishing – retail and major appliances – retail | 1.5:1,000 nsf | 3:1,000 nsf |
g. | Hospital/in-patient treatment facility/outpatient surgical facility | 1:patient bed | No max. |
h. | (Deleted by Ord. 5790) | ||
i. | Manufacturing/assembly (other than high technology/light industry) | 1.5:1,000 nsf | No max. |
j. | Office business services/professional services/general office | 4:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf |
k. | Office medical/dental/health-related services | 4.5:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf |
l. | Personal services: | ||
Without fixed stations | 3:1,000 nsf | No max. | |
With fixed stations | 1.5:station | No max. | |
m. | Residential (3): | ||
Single-family detached | 2:unit | No max. | |
1:unit | No max. | ||
n. | Restaurant: | ||
Sitdown only | 14:1,000 nsf | No max. | |
With takeout service | 16:1,000 nsf | No max. | |
o. | Retail/mixed retail/shopping center uses (1): | ||
Less than 15,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf | 5.5:1,000 nsf | |
15,000 – 400,000 nsf | 4:1,000 nsf | 4.5:1,000 nsf | |
400,000 – 600,000 nsf | 4:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf | |
More than 600,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf | |
p. | Senior housing (3): | ||
0.33:bed | 1:bed | ||
0.5:unit | 1.5:unit | ||
0.8:unit | 1.5:unit | ||
q. | Rooming/boarding | 1:rented room | No max. |
r. | Wholesale, warehouse | 1.5:1,000 nsf | No max. |
s. | 1:cart | No max. | |
t. | Mixed-Use Commercial | 4.5:1,000 nsf | No max. |
nsf = net square feet (See LUC 20.50.036).
Notes: Minimum/Maximum Parking by Use:
(1)Office, restaurant and movie theater uses included within a retail/mixed retail/shopping center use (subsection F.1.o of this section) must provide parking stalls as indicated below:
a. Office Uses: If office uses comprise more than 10 percent of the total net square footage of a retail/mixed retail/shopping center use with 25,000 to 400,000 total nsf, the property owner shall provide parking for all office uses at a ratio of at least 4 parking stalls per 1,000 nsf for all office space. The office net square footage is not used to calculate the parking for other associated uses.
b. Restaurant Uses: If restaurant uses comprise more than 5 percent of the total net square footage of a retail/mixed retail/shopping center use, the property owner shall provide parking for all restaurant space at a ratio of at least 14 stalls per 1,000 nsf for sitdown restaurants or at least 16 stalls per 1,000 nsf for restaurants with take-out service. The restaurant net square footage is not used to calculate the parking for other uses.
c. Movie Theaters: Movie theaters in a retail/mixed retail/shopping center use shall provide additional parking as follows:
Size of Retail/Mixed Retail/ | Parking required in addition to |
|---|---|
Less than 100,000 | 3.0:100 total seats |
100,000 – 199,999 and more than 450 seats | 3.0:100 total seats |
200,000 and more than 750 seats | 3.0:100 total seats |
Movie theater square footage is used to calculate the parking for subsection F.1 of this section.
(2)Room or seating capacity as specified in the International Building Code, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue, at the time of the application is used to establish the parking requirement.
(3)See subsection L of this section for affordable housing, market rate multifamily dwellings, and senior housing minimum parking standards when these residential uses are located near frequent transit service.
(4)In Mixed-Use Land Use Districts established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398, the minimum number of parking stalls required shall be reduced by 75 percent.
(5)Director of Development Services may approve alternative minimum parking requirements in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398 for specific uses on specific development sites where the land use permit applicant demonstrates, through a parking study prepared by a qualified expert, that the alternative requirement will provide sufficient parking to serve the specific use without adversely impacting other uses and streets in the vicinity.
(6)Middle housing projects, as defined in LUC 20.50.034, are exempt from the required minimum number of parking spaces when located within one-half mile walking distance of a major transit stop as defined in LUC 20.20.538.B.1, and subject to the walking distance requirements in LUC 20.20.538.C.2.
2. Unspecified Uses. The Director of the Development Services Department shall establish the minimum number of parking spaces required and may establish the maximum number of parking spaces allowed for any use not specified in subsection F.1 of this section. The Director of the Development Services Department may consider but is not limited to the following in establishing parking requirements for an unspecified use:
a. Documentation supplied by the applicant regarding actual parking demand for the proposed use; or
b. Evidence in available planning and technical studies relating to the proposed use; or
c. Required parking for the proposed use as determined by other comparable jurisdictions.
3. Fractions. If the parking requirements of this section result in a fractional requirement, and that fraction is 0.5 or greater, then the property owner shall provide parking spaces equal to the next higher whole number. If that fraction is less than 0.5, then the number of parking spaces required shall be rounded down to the next lower whole number.
G. Director’s Authority to Require Parking Exceeding Maximum. Except within the Downtown, the Director of the Development Services Department may require the installation of more than the maximum number of parking stalls, for other than office uses, if the Director determines that:
1. Such additional parking is necessary to meet the parking demand for a specified use; and
2. Cooperative use of parking is not available or adequate to meet demand; and
3. Any required transportation management program will remain effective.
H. Existing Parking Exceeding Maximum Allowed.
1. Spaces Serving Another Use. Parking spaces in excess of the maximum number allowed which serve a use located on another property through a cooperative parking agreement or other document may remain so long as the written, recorded obligation to supply that parking remains effective.
2. Other Spaces.
a. General. Notwithstanding LUC 20.20.560, any other parking spaces in excess of the maximum number allowed may remain until there is a substantial remodel of the structure for which the parking is provided. At the time of a substantial remodel, the number of parking stalls must conform to the requirements of this section and the design of all new or modified parking and circulation areas must conform to the requirements of this section. This requirement does not affect the need to comply with site development standards pursuant to LUC 20.20.560.
b. Exception. Notwithstanding LUC 20.20.560, if a substantial remodel results in a total gross floor area for the entire development of 10,000 square feet or less, parking spaces in excess of the maximum allowed may remain.
I. Shared Use of Parking. The following provisions apply outside the Downtown Land Use Districts:
1. General. The Director of the Development Services Department may approve shared use of parking facilities located on separate properties if:
a. A convenient pedestrian connection between the properties exists; and
b. The availability of parking for all affected properties is indicated by directional signs as permitted by Chapter 22B.10 BCC (Sign Code).
2. Number of Spaces Required.
a. Where the uses to be served by shared parking do not overlap their hours of operation, the property owner or owners shall provide parking stalls equal to the greater of the applicable individual parking requirements.
b. Where the uses to be served by shared parking have overlapping hours of operation, the Director may approve a reduction of up to 20 percent of the total required parking stalls if the following criteria are met:
i. The reduction is supported by a parking demand analysis performed by a professional independent traffic engineer;
ii. The parking demand analysis adheres to professional methods and is supported by:
(1) Documentation of the estimated shared parking demand for the proposed use; and
(2) Evidence in available technical studies or manuals relating to the proposed mix of shared uses;
iii. The parking demand analysis for the proposed mix of shared uses may take into consideration how parking supply for a similar use has been calculated and performed at other locations in Bellevue, where available, or comparable circumstances in other jurisdictions.
3. Documentation Required. Prior to establishing shared use of parking, the property owner or owners shall file with the King County Recorder’s Office and with the Bellevue City Clerk a written agreement approved by the Director providing for the shared parking use. The agreement shall be recorded on the title records of each affected property.
J. Off-Site Accessory Parking Location. The following provisions apply outside the Downtown Districts:
1. General. Except as provided in paragraph J.2 of this section, the Director of the Development Services Department may authorize a portion of the approved parking for a use to be located on a site other than the subject property if:
a. Adequate visitor parking exists on the subject property; and
b. Adequate pedestrian, van or shuttle connection between the sites exists; and
c. The sites are located within 1,000 feet of each other; and
d. Adequate directional signs in conformance with Chapter 22B.10 BCC (Sign Code) are provided.
2. District Limitations. Off-site parking located in a residential land use district may only serve a use also located and allowed pursuant to LUC 20.10.440 in the same district.
3. Documentation Required. Prior to establishing off-site parking or any use to be served thereby, the property owner or owners shall file with the King County Division of Records and Elections and the Bellevue City Clerk a written agreement approved by the Director of the Development Services Department providing for the off-site parking use. The agreement shall be recorded on the title records of each affected property.
K. Parking Area and Circulation Improvements and Design. Parking of vehicles for all uses is only permitted in parking areas that meet the requirements of this section; except that vehicles on residential lots may also be parked in areas that meet the requirements of LUC 20.20.720 and 20.20.890 relating to the storage of recreational vehicles and trailers.
1. Materials. A parking and circulation area must be hard-surfaced and conform to any applicable City of Bellevue Development Standards as now or hereafter amended. For purposes of this section, the term hard-surfaced includes pavers, stones, bricks or other similar materials placed to support vehicle circulation, but also allow rain and other water to penetrate the surface (i.e., “grasscrete”). Hard-surfaced also includes innovative pavement techniques approved pursuant to LUC 20.20.460.G. Existing legally established parking areas within critical areas and critical area buffers are exempt from the requirement to use hard-surfaced materials. The Director of the Development Services Department may approve a gravel surface for parking and circulation areas used on a temporary basis during construction pursuant to paragraph K.10 of this section.
2. Marking Required. The property owner shall delineate car stalls, directional arrows and crosswalks within parking areas using paint or other methods approved by the Director of the Development Services Department.
3. Driveways.
a. Entrances and Exits. The Director of the Transportation Department shall fix the location, width, and manner of approach of vehicular ingress and egress from a parking area in conformance with Chapter 14.60 BCC. The Director of Transportation may require the property owner to alter ingress or egress as necessary to control traffic in the interest of public safety and general welfare.
b. Combined Driveway. The owners of adjoining properties shall provide combined driveways wherever practical. In conjunction with approval of a development, the City may require a property owner to provide an access and circulation easement to an abutting owner where joint access is reasonable to serve future development.
c. Driveway Dimensions. Internal circulation driveways that do not provide direct access to parking stalls must be a minimum of 20 feet wide for two-way traffic and 15 feet wide for one-way traffic unless otherwise specified by the Director of the Development Services Department or by the Fire Marshal.
4. Loading Space.
a. General. A property owner shall provide an off-street loading space which can access a public street. The number and size of loading spaces must be equal to the maximum number and size of vehicles which would be simultaneously loaded or unloaded in connection with the business conducted on the property.
b. Loading Space Dimension.
i. Standard Requirement. Each loading space must be a minimum of 10 feet wide and 55 feet long. Where a loading space is adjacent to an arterial, the property owner shall provide an additional 40-foot maneuvering length.
ii. Reduction. The Director of the Development Services Department may reduce required stall length and maneuvering length if the property owner demonstrates that known delivery vehicles can park and maneuver within the proposed loading and maneuvering spaces so that no part of a vehicle using or maneuvering into the loading space projects into a public right-of-way, access easement or private road.
c. Waiver. If the property owner demonstrates that the development has and will have no loading needs, the Director of the Development Services Department may waive the requirements of paragraphs K.4.a through K.4.b of this section. Additionally, the Director of the Development Services Department may waive the requirements of paragraphs K.4.a through b if the applicant has obtained a Right-Of-Way Use Permit approving on-street loading.
5. Drive-Through Facility Stacking Lanes. A property owner proposing a drive-through facility shall provide seven stacking spaces for each drive-through station in addition to the parking required by this section. Each lane of stacking space must be at least nine feet wide and must be delineated with pavement markings. Each stacking space must be at least 12 feet long; however, individual spaces within the lane may not be delineated with pavement markings. Stacking lanes may not be located within required driveway, internal circulation drive, or parking aisle widths.
6. Grade Separation Protection. Where a parking area, service yard or other vehicle area slopes or has a drop-off grade separation, the property owner shall install a wall, railing or other barrier which will prevent a slow-moving or driverless vehicle from escaping such area and which will prevent pedestrians from walking over drop-off edges.
7. Landscaping.
a. Required Landscaping. The property owner shall provide parking area landscaping as required by LUC 20.20.520.
b. Reserved Parking in Landscaping.
i. General. The property owner shall plant reserved parking required by subsections F and G of this section subject to approval of the proposed landscape plan by the Director of the Development Services Department.
ii. Exempt from Landscape Limitation. Reserved parking in landscaping does not contribute to required landscape development or to the total site area in landscape development for purposes of applying LUC 20.20.520 or any other landscape or open space requirement of this Code.
8. Internal Walkways.
a. When Required. The property owner shall install internal walkways in each new development or substantial remodel of existing development in the LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, MDR-2, NB, NMU, PO, O, OLB, OLB 2, OLB-OS, CB, LI, GC, MI, EG-TOD, or Downtown Land Use Districts. This requirement applies to both cottage housing and courtyard housing development but does not apply to other middle housing development. In addition, schools in all land use districts shall install internal walkways in each new facility or substantial remodel of an existing facility.
b. Location. The property owner shall provide internal walkways around the building to the extent necessary to assure safe access to the building from parking areas, adjacent properties, and public sidewalks or street rights-of-way and to assure consistency with the requirements of Part 20.25A LUC. All required internal walkways must be located and constructed as an integrated part of existing sidewalks and pedestrian trails, and must coordinate with City plans for pedestrian circulation, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Plan, formed or planned Local Improvement Districts, and approved Capital Improvement Projects.
c. Design Criteria. Except as otherwise specified in Part 20.25A LUC, internal walkways provided pursuant to this section must be designed and installed in conformance with the following:
i. Surface Materials. Internal walkways must be paved with hard-surfaced material such as concrete, asphalt, stone, brick, tile, permeable pavement, etc. Only nonskid paving may be used in walkway construction.
ii. Walkway Marking. Internal walkways must be curbed and raised at least six inches above the parking lot grade except where they cross driveways or aisles or where necessary to meet handicap requirements. Alternatively, the Director of the Development Services Department may approve walkways delineated by distinctive paving material or marking when adequate pedestrian safety is provided.
iii. Width. Internal walkways must be a minimum of four feet wide, exclusive of parked car overhangs. Where necessary to ensure four feet of unobstructed walkway, wheel stops are required.
iv. Stairs.
(1) General. Within any continuous exterior flight of stairs that is part of an internal walkway system, the largest riser height must not exceed the smallest by more than three-eighths of an inch and the largest tread run must not exceed the smallest by more than three-eighths of an inch.
(2) Adjacent Flights of Stairs. A flight of stairs that is connected with any other flight of stairs may have different rise and tread dimensions only if the flights of stairs are separated by at least eight horizontal feet of walkway that is constructed at a constant elevation.
v. Lighting. Night lighting must be provided where stairs, curbs, ramps or abrupt changes in walk direction occur.
vi. Markings. Where pedestrian walks cross parking areas or automobile circulation lanes, the pedestrian walk must be defined by use of a contrasting material or marking, including but not limited to white concrete in an asphalt area, visually obvious paint stripes or other clearly defined pattern.
vii. Handrails. The Director of the Development Services Department may require handrails where more than two risers exist and the use of such stairs warrants handrails for safety reasons.
9. Compact Parking.
a. Maximum Amount. For all uses, the property owner may design and construct up to 50 percent of the approved parking spaces in accordance with the dimensions for compact stalls provided in paragraph K.11 of this section.
b. Identification Required. The property owner must identify compact stalls within the parking area through the use of pavement markings. The designation of compact stalls must be included on the site plan.
10. Temporary Construction Parking – Permit Required. The property owner shall obtain a Temporary Use Permit pursuant to Part 20.30M LUC for an off-site construction parking area.
11. Minimum Dimensions.
a. Landscape Areas Excluded. Parking area dimensions do not include any area devoted to landscape development or open space except as provided for reserve parking areas pursuant to paragraph K.7.b of this section. If a stall is designed to include an overhang into landscaped or open space, that landscaped or open space is not counted toward meeting the requirements of LUC 20.20.520 or any other landscape or open space requirement of this Code.
b. Structured Parking Height Clearance. Vehicle height clearance for structured parking must be at least seven and one-half feet for the entry level.
c. Stall Overhang. Parking areas may be designed so that the car bumper overhangs the curb into landscape areas. If overhangs are provided, the stall length may be reduced by the same number of linear feet as the bumper overhang up to the following:
Maximum Bumper Overhang
Parking Angle Less Than 60° | Parking Angle 60° or More | |||
Compact | Standard | Compact | Standard | |
1.5 ft. | 2.0 ft. | 2.0 ft. | 2.5 ft. | |
d. Stall and Aisle Dimensions. Off-street parking dimensions may not be less than as shown on the following tables and plates, except as otherwise approved by the Director of the Development Services Department.
Table 1. One-Way Traffic and Double-Loaded Aisles
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | 8′-4″ S.S. Stalls* | 8′-6″ S.S. Stalls | 8′-8″ S.S. or 8′-4″ D.S. Stalls | 8′-10″ S.S. or 8′-6″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-0″ S.S. or 8′-8″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-2″ S.S. or 8′-10″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-4″ S.S. or 9′ D.S. Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ |
35 | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ |
40 | 47′4″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ |
45 | 50′3″ | 49′10″ | 49′5″ | 49′0″ | 48′7″ | 48′5″ | 48′5″ |
50 | 52′8″ | 52′3″ | 51′10″ | 51′5″ | 51′0″ | 50′6″ | 50′1″ |
55 | 54′7″ | 54′2″ | 53′9″ | 53′4″ | 52′11″ | 52′5″ | 52′0″ |
60 | 56′5″ | 55′11″ | 55′5″ | 55′0″ | 54′6″ | 54′0″ | 53′7″ |
65 | 58′2″ | 57′8″ | 57′2″ | 56′8″ | 56′2″ | 55′8″ | 55′2″ |
70 | 59′7″ | 59′0″ | 58′6″ | 58′0″ | 57′6″ | 57′0″ | 56′6″ |
75 | 60′11″ | 60′4″ | 59′9″ | 59′2″ | 58′8″ | 58′1″ | 57′7″ |
80 | 62′2″ | 61′7″ | 61′0″ | 60′5″ | 59′10″ | 59′3″ | 58′8″ |
85 | 63′2″ | 62′6″ | 61′11″ | 61′3″ | 60′8″ | 60′1″ | 59′6″ |
90 | 64′0″ | 63′4″ | 62′8″ | 62′0″ | 61′4″ | 60′8″ | 60′0″ |
*Minimum Stall Width
Note: S.S. means single-striped stalls;
D.S. means double-striped stalls

Table 2. One-Way Traffic and Single-Loaded Aisles
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | 8′-4″ S.S. Stalls* | 8′-6″ S.S. Stalls | 8′-8″ S.S. or 8′-4″ D.S. Stalls | 8′-10″ S.S. or 8′-6″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-0″ S.S. or 8′-8″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-2″ S.S. or 8′-10″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-4″ S.S. or 9′ D.S. Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ |
35 | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ |
40 | 29′11″ | 29′11″ | 29′6″ | 29′11″ | 29′6″ | 29′6″ | 29′6″ |
45 | 31′11″ | 31′6″ | 31′1″ | 30′8″ | 30′3″ | 30′3″ | 30′2″ |
50 | 33′10″ | 33′5″ | 33′0″ | 32′7″ | 32′2″ | 31′9″ | 31′4″ |
55 | 35′7″ | 35′1″ | 34′7″ | 34′2″ | 33′8″ | 33′3″ | 32′10″ |
60 | 37′3″ | 36′9″ | 36′3″ | 35′9″ | 35′3″ | 34′9″ | 34′4″ |
65 | 38′9″ | 38′2″ | 37′8″ | 37′2″ | 36′8″ | 36′2″ | 35′8″ |
70 | 40′3″ | 39′8″ | 39′2″ | 38′7″ | 38′1″ | 37′6″ | 37′0″ |
75 | 41′8″ | 41′1″ | 40′7″ | 40′0″ | 39′5″ | 38′10″ | 38′4″ |
80 | 43′1″ | 42′6″ | 41′11″ | 41′4″ | 40′9″ | 40′2″ | 39′7″ |
85 | 44′6″ | 43′10″ | 43′3″ | 42′7″ | 42′0″ | 41′4″ | 40′9″ |
90 | 46′0″ | 45′4″ | 44′8″ | 44′0″ | 43′4″ | 42′8″ | 42′0″ |
*Minimum Stall Width
Note: S.S. means single-striped stalls;
D.S. means double-striped stalls

Table 3. Two-Way Traffic and Double-Loaded Aisles
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | 8′-4″ S.S. Stalls* | 8′-6″ S.S. Stalls | 8′-8″ S.S. or 8′-4″ D.S. Stalls | 8′-10″ S.S. or 8′-6″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-0″ S.S. or 8′-8″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-2″ S.S. or 8′-10″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-4″ S.S. or 9′ D.S. Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ |
35 | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ |
40 | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ |
45 | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ |
50 | 57′8″ | 57′8″ | 57′7″ | 57′7″ | 57′7″ | 57′6″ | 57′6″ |
55 | 58′11″ | 58′9″ | 58′8″ | 58′7″ | 58′6″ | 58′5″ | 58′4″ |
60 | 59′11″ | 59′9″ | 59′7″ | 59′5″ | 59′3″ | 59′1″ | 58′11″ |
65 | 60′11″ | 60′8″ | 60′5″ | 60′2″ | 59′11″ | 59′8″ | 59′5″ |
70 | 61′10″ | 61′5″ | 61′1″ | 60′9″ | 60′5″ | 60′1″ | 59′9″ |
75 | 62′7″ | 62′1″ | 61′8″ | 61′3″ | 60′9″ | 60′4″ | 59′11″ |
80 | 63′3″ | 62′8″ | 62′2″ | 61′7″ | 61′1″ | 60′6″ | 60′0″ |
85 | 63′9″ | 63′1″ | 62′6″ | 61′10″ | 61′3″ | 60′7″ | 60′0″ |
90 | 64′0″ | 63′4″ | 62′8″ | 62′0″ | 61′4″ | 60′8″ | 60′0″ |
*Minimum Stall Width
Note: S.S. means single-striped stalls;
D.S. means double-striped stalls

Table 4. Two-Way Traffic and Single-Loaded Aisles
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | 8′-4″ S.S. Stalls* | 8′-6″ S.S. Stalls | 8′-8″ S.S. or 8′-4″ D.S. Stalls | 8′-10″ S.S. or 8′-6″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-0″ S.S. or 8′-8″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-2″ S.S. | 9′-4″ S.S. or 9′ D.S. Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ |
35 | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ |
40 | 37′6″ | 37′6″ | 37′6″ | 37′5″ | 37′5″ | 37′5″ | 37′5″ |
45 | 38′6″ | 38′6″ | 38′5″ | 38′5″ | 38′4″ | 38′4″ | 38′3″ |
50 | 39′5″ | 39′4″ | 39′3″ | 39′3″ | 39′2″ | 39′1″ | 39′0″ |
55 | 40′3″ | 40′1″ | 40′0″ | 39′11″ | 39′10″ | 39′9″ | 39′8″ |
60 | 41′1″ | 40′11″ | 40′10″ | 40′8″ | 40′7″ | 40′5″ | 40′4″ |
65 | 41′11″ | 41′8″ | 41′6″ | 41′4″ | 41′2″ | 41′0″ | 40′10″ |
70 | 42′9″ | 42′6″ | 42′3″ | 42′0″ | 41′9″ | 41′6″ | 41′4″ |
75 | 43′7″ | 43′3″ | 42′11″ | 42′7″ | 42′3″ | 41′11″ | 41′8″ |
80 | 44′5″ | 44′0″ | 43′7″ | 43′2″ | 42′9″ | 42′4″ | 41′11″ |
85 | 45′3″ | 44′8″ | 44′2″ | 43′7″ | 43′1″ | 42′6″ | 42′0″ |
90 | 46′0″ | 45′4″ | 44′8″ | 44′0″ | 43′4″ | 42′8″ | 42′0″ |
*Minimum Stall Width
Note: S.S. means single-striped stalls;
D.S. means double-striped stalls

Table 5. Parking Design Standards for Compact Cars
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | One-Way (1) Double-Loaded Aisles, 7′-6″ Stalls | One-Way (2) Single-Loaded Aisles, 7′-6″ Stalls | Two-Way (3) Double-Loaded Aisles, 7′-6″ Stalls | Two-Way (4) Single-Loaded Aisles, 7′-6″ Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 38′4″ | 25′2″ | 46′6″ | 33′2″ |
35 | 40′0″ | 26′0″ | 48′0″ | 34′0″ |
40 | 41′4″ | 26′8″ | 49′6″ | 34′8″ |
45 | 41′6″ | 27′3″ | 50′6″ | 35′3″ |
50 | 43′6″ | 27′10″ | 51′3″ | 35′10″ |
55 | 44′2″ | 28′1″ | 51′6″ | 36′2″ |
60 | 45′1″ | 29′0″ | 51′6″ | 36′6″ |
65 | 47′0″ | 30′5″ | 51′6″ | 36′8″ |
70 | 48′4″ | 32′0″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
75 | 49′6″ | 33′6″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
80 | 50′5″ | 34′9″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
85 | 51′0″ | 35′11″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
90 | 51′6″ | 36′9″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
(1)See Table 1 for an illustration of One-Way Double-Loaded Aisles.
(2)See Table 2 for an illustration of One-Way Single-Loaded Aisles.
(3)See Table 3 for an illustration of Two-Way Double-Loaded Aisles.
(4)See Table 4 for an illustration of Two-Way Single-Loaded Aisles.


L. Minimum Parking for Residential Uses With Frequent Transit Service.
1. Applicability.
a. For affordable housing, frequent transit service shall be defined as:
i. Within one-quarter mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 2 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
ii. Within one-half mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
iii. Within one-half mile of a future light rail or bus rapid transit station scheduled to begin service within 2 years.
b. For market rate multifamily dwellings and senior housing, frequent transit service shall be defined as:
i. Within one-half mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
ii. Within one-half mile of a future light rail or bus rapid transit station scheduled to begin service within two years.
c. For accessory dwelling units, see the parking requirements in LUC 20.20.120.
d. Except in the case of future light-rail or bus rapid transit, frequent transit service availability shall be considered based on scheduled transit service available on the date that a fully complete Building Permit application is filed or land use approval is final. The Director of the Development Services Department shall specify the submittal requirements necessary to provide documentation of transit service availability.
e. Where other sections in the Land Use Code provide for lower minimum parking standards for the specified uses in this section, the lower standards shall apply.
f. If the use is located in an area where physical impediments would require pedestrians to walk more than one-half mile to the nearest frequent transit stop, the Director of the Development Services Department may determine that the location does not meet the definition of frequent transit service.
2. Standards.
Use | Minimum Number of Parking Spaces Required |
|---|---|
Affordable Housing with Frequent Transit Service (Transit service at least two times per hour) | 0.75:unit |
Affordable Housing (Service at least four times per hour) | 0.50:unit (1) |
Market Rate Multifamily Dwelling | 0.75:unit |
0:bed or unit (2) |
(1)The minimum requirement for up to and including one-bedroom apartment units available to households earning 60 percent or less of the median income as determined by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development for the Seattle Metropolitan Statistical Area is 0.25 spaces per unit. An agreement in a form approved by the City shall be executed by the applicant and recorded with the King County Recorder’s Office, or its successor organization, requiring the affordable housing to remain for the life of the project. This agreement shall be a covenant running with the land, binding on the assigns, heirs, and successors of the applicant.
(2)Parking shall be required only for staff and visitors per the existing use standards of the specific land use district. The Director of the Development Services Department may consider the criteria in LUC 20.20.590.F.2.a through c in establishing alternative parking requirements for staff and visitors.
(Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 31; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 17; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, §§ 82, 83, 84; Ord. 6746, 7-17-23, § 2; Ord. 6670, 7-18-22, § 7; Ord. 6589, 7-19-21, §§ 2, 3; Ord. 6575, 4-26-21, §§ 2, 3; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 9; Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, § 7; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 12; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 15; Ord. 5790, 12-3-07, § 4; Ord. 5717, 2-20-07, § 4; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 18; Ord. 5587, 3-7-05, § 7; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, § 6; Ord. 5431, 1-21-03, § 2; Ord. 5403, 8-5-02, § 8; Ord. 5297, 6-18-01, § 1; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, §§ 20, 21, 22; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, §§ 203, 865; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, §§ 303, 965; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 33; Ord. 4646, 5-2-94, § 2; Ord. 4028, 7-17-89, § 4; Ord. 3747, 1-20-87, § 5)
A. Temporary stands for the sale of fruit or vegetables may be erected in any zoning district for the duration of the harvest season so long as:
1. Setback requirements are met;
2. The vendor provides safe vehicular and pedestrian ingress and egress from the street to the temporary stand;
3. The site provides adequate parking;
4. The stand meets technical code requirements for utilities and structural integrity;
5. Refuse, recycling, and similar containers are sight-screened and are made of sound-muffling material such as molded plastic;
6. Lighting is in accordance with LUC 20.20.522;
7. Such temporary stand is removed by the vendor at the end of the harvest season.
B. Permanent stands for the sale of fruit and vegetables may be erected in zoning districts permitting such retail sales and are exempt from Design Review requirements so long as:
1. Setback requirements are met;
2. The vendor provides safe vehicular and pedestrian ingress and egress from the street to the stand;
3. The site provides parking for retail uses according to the requirements of LUC 20.20.590 or district-specific parking requirements contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC;
4. The stand meets technical code requirements for utilities and structural integrity;
5. Refuse, recycling, and similar containers are sight-screened and are made of sound-muffling material such as molded plastic;
6. Lighting is designed to prevent spillover of light from the site to surrounding properties; and
7. Where interior property lines abut residentially zoned property, sight-screening in the form of solid board fencing, evergreen plantings, berming, or a combination thereof, to a height of six feet, is provided. (Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 16; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 35)
A. Utility Facility Site Standards.
1. Architectural Form. A building which houses all or a majority of a utility facility must be compatible with the architectural form of surrounding buildings. This requirement is not applicable to a utility facility where significant elements of the facility are not housed in a building or to isolated minor elements such as pad-mounted transformers, telephone pedestals and metering stations.
2. Screening and Fence Requirements.
a. A utility facility must be sight-screened as specified for that use in LUC 20.20.520.F.2 or as required by district-specific landscape standards contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC. Alternatively, the provisions of LUC 20.20.520.J may be used.
b. If the Director of the Development Services Department and the Transportation or Utilities Director, as applicable, determine that the utility facility is potentially dangerous to human life, an eight-foot fence may be required.
3. Required Setback.
a. Any structure, facility or fence must conform to the setback requirement for structures in the land use district in which the structure, facility or fence is located, except as specified in subsection A.3.b of this section.
b. The minimum side setback for a structure, facility or fence in an R Land Use District is 20 feet.
B. Regional Utility System Standards. In addition to compliance with the decision criteria of LUC 20.30B.140 or 20.30C.155, a Regional Utility System must:
1. Minimize adverse impacts on the properties through which the system passes through the location, design and construction techniques used and by providing restoration sufficient to eliminate or minimize long-term impacts to property and surrounding land uses; and
2. Utilize the best available technology; and
3. Be necessary for the effective functioning of the utility. It must also be demonstrated that no practical alternative to the proposal with less severe impacts exists.
C. Exempt Activity. The following are exempt from the requirements of subsections A and B of this section:
1. Minor modifications, maintenance, repair, or replacement of elements of an existing utility facility or regional utility system, which is otherwise subject to the requirements of subsection A or B of this section;
2. Emergency installation or operation, but not exceeding 30 calendar days, of a utility facility or regional utility system, which is otherwise subject to the requirements of subsection A or B of this section. Any required permit or standard must be obtained or met as soon as possible thereafter; and
3. Electrical utility facilities, which are subject to LUC 20.20.255. (Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 3; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 17; Ord. 5805, 3-3-08, § 5; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 11; Ord. 3778, 5-26-87, § 1)
A. Rooming houses, where permitted, shall comply with the following:
1. The rooming house shall be located in a detached single-family dwelling on its own parcel; and
2. The rooming house shall offer no more than four rooms for rent at any one time; and
3. All rooms offered for rent shall be legally established bedrooms; and
4. An owner, landlord, or registered agent shall be identified as the party responsible and accountable for compliance with the provisions of this section. Said party shall be local, and the name and contact information for that party shall be filed with the City prior to establishing the rooming house; and
5. Legal on-site parking exists or shall be provided in a quantity equal to the number of bedrooms leased or available for lease; and
6. Appropriate provisions shall be made for maintenance of the property exterior; and
7. Appropriate provisions shall be made for refuse collection, including trash, recycling, and yard waste.
B. A rooming house shall comply with City of Bellevue noise and nuisance laws and health and safety codes, and with all other applicable City and State codes and regulations.
C. The owner, landlord, or registered agent designated pursuant to subsection A.4 of this section shall be the “person responsible for the violation” in any civil violations proceedings under the terms of Chapter 1.18 BCC for failure to comply with this section. Tenants shall not be identified as responsible parties by virtue of signing a lease prepared by the owner, landlord, or registered agent for renting a room in a rooming house. (Ord. 6616, 11-15-21, § 3; Ord. 6223, 4-6-15, § 4; Ord. 3145, 9-27-82, § 47)
A. Parking or storage of recreational vehicles, watercraft (whether mounted on trailers or unmounted), or utility trailers, except for loading and unloading activities completed within a three-day period within any given two-week period, is not permitted within a Residential Land Use District, unless there is compliance with the following:
1. The recreational vehicle, watercraft (except for kayaks and canoes which need not be sight-screened), or utility trailer is housed within a vented garage or within a carport which is sight-screened from abutting properties by solid board fencing or sight-obscuring landscaping at least six feet in height.
2. The recreational vehicle, watercraft (except for kayaks and canoes which need not be sight-screened), or utility trailer may be located within a side or rear yard if in compliance with setback requirements applicable to accessory structures and sight-screened from abutting properties by solid board fencing or sight-obscuring landscaping at least six feet in height.
3. If there is no reasonable access to a rear or side yard, either one recreational vehicle, watercraft or utility trailer not exceeding 28 feet in length may be located in the front yard as follows:
a. In the driveway perpendicular to the right-of-way, provided setback requirements applicable to the primary structure are met and the vehicle or watercraft is sight-screened from the closest abutting property by solid board fencing or sight-obscuring landscaping at least six feet in height; or
b. Within the required front setback area, provided the vehicle or watercraft is completely sight-screened from the right-of-way and from the closest abutting property. The sight screening must consist of plant material; however, a gate is permissible if necessary to maneuver the vehicle or watercraft;
c. A vehicle or watercraft stored under this subsection A.3 must be licensed and operable.
4. For purposes of this section, all sides of a property which abut a right-of-way constitute a front yard.
B. One recreational vehicle may be used as a temporary dwelling on a lot already containing another dwelling unit for up to five days without a permit and for an extended period not to exceed 30 days upon issuance of a Temporary Use Permit by the City.
1. The permit issued must be affixed to the recreational vehicle in such a manner that it is prominently displayed and visible, to the extent possible, from a public right-of-way.
2. Recreational vehicles meeting the requirements of this subsection may be parked within a front yard, need not be sight-screened and need not comply with accessory structure setback requirements for the effective period of the permit.
3. No more than one Temporary Use Permit may be granted within any three-month period.
C. Parking or storage of recreational vehicles, watercraft or utility trailers for compensation is not permitted within a Residential Land Use District. This subsection does not apply to storage facilities provided exclusively for tenants of multifamily dwelling complexes.
D. This section does not apply to vehicles with camper shells or to watercraft moored over water.
E. Recreational vehicles, watercraft, and utility trailers which exceed 40 feet in length are not permitted in any Residential Land Use Districts.
F. As to recreational vehicles only, the requirements of subsection A of this section shall not apply to a residence if one or more occupants thereof has a current windshield placard or special license plate issued to them by the State of Washington as a qualified disabled person in accordance with RCW 46.19.010. Persons claiming this exemption shall apply to the Director for approval thereof. The Director shall establish procedures and standards for acting on exemption requests hereunder. Only one recreational vehicle per residence may be exempted under this provision. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 32; Ord. 6670, 7-18-22, § 8; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 13; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 8; Ord. 5090, 8-3-98, § 1; Ord. 4552, 7-26-93, § 1; Ord. 3985, 2-21-89, § 3)
A. Collection Areas. All new development for attached or detached multifamily dwellings and for commercial, office, and manufacturing uses shall provide on-site collection areas for recyclable materials and solid waste, as those terms are used in Chapter 9.26 BCC, as follows:
1. The recycling and solid waste collection areas shall be accessible to residents and/or workers of the proposed development.
2. There shall be at least one collection area provided in each development.
3. In attached or detached multifamily dwellings, there shall be at least one collection area on each floor containing entrances to separate dwelling units.
4. The recycling collection area shall be at least:
a. One and one-half square feet per dwelling unit in attached or detached multifamily dwellings.
b. Two square feet per 1,000 gross square feet in office developments.
c. Five square feet per 1,000 gross square feet in retail development.
d. Three square feet per 1,000 gross square feet in wholesale, warehouse, and manufacturing development.
e. The Director shall establish the square footage requirement for all unspecified uses.
5. If feasible, the recycling collection area shall be located adjacent to, or near, the solid waste collection areas.
6. Each recycling and solid waste collection area shall be visually screened in accordance with the requirements of LUC 20.20.525 for mechanical equipment screening.
7. An applicant may request a modification to the minimum required area for recycling and solid waste collection, subject to Director approval. The request must include a solid waste management plan. The Director may approve the modification after consulting with the solid waste service provider and reviewing the submitted plan.
The plan must demonstrate that the project provides adequate space for storing garbage, recyclables, and compostables. The required area must reflect the type and scale of the proposed use and account for the anticipated volume of waste.
The plan must also show that the proposed size and design of the collection area can accommodate total waste generation and minimize environmental and operational impacts, including those related to the pedestrian environment, waste handling, on-site storage, and disposal logistics.
The solid waste management plan should address, as applicable, the following:
a. Estimated volume of garbage, recyclables, and compostables expected to be generated by the development.
b. Calculation of the area required to store all waste streams between scheduled collections.
c. Layout and dimensions of the proposed storage and collection area(s).
d. Access design for collection service providers, including vehicle clearance, turning radii, and collection routes.
e. Operational plan detailing waste handling procedures, collection frequency, container staging, and staffing responsibilities.
f. Integration with overall site design, including connections to service areas, pedestrian routes, and loading facilities.
B. Permanent Staging Areas. Staging areas for the pick-up of recyclable materials and solid waste may be located inside a building or in a weather-protected enclosure that meets the following requirements:
1. Service vehicle access to staging areas shall only be provided from Flexible Access Corridors or other private vehicular access; and
2. Staging areas shall be located such that no refuse bins or receptacles need to be maneuvered or stored long-term on publicly accessible sidewalks, and so that service vehicles do not need to reverse over sidewalks.
C. Temporary Staging Areas. Recyclable materials and solid waste may be staged temporarily for pick-up outside the building subject to the following requirements:
1. Refuse bins or receptacles may be located outside the building up to one hour before and one hour after scheduled service pick-up; and
2. The temporary staging area location must be approved by the Director and pick-up service provider. Temporary staging may be located on publicly accessible sidewalks or on public or private roadways; provided, that bins or receptacles shall not impede or block the following: fire access; vehicular access; bicycle access; pedestrian access; or bus loading or unloading areas. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 33; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 18; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 403; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 503; Ord. 4360, 5-18-92, § 1)
A. Except as provided in subsection C of this section, this section applies to all development applications that both add dwelling units within an existing building and meet all of the following criteria:
1. The existing building received a final certificate of occupancy at least three years before the submission of the development application.
2. The existing building is located in a nonresidential land use district where multifamily dwellings are either a permitted use, an administrative conditional use, or a conditional use. For the purposes of this section, a “nonresidential land use district” means any land use district except for the following: R-1, R-1.8, R-2.5, R-3.5, R-4, R-5, R-7.5, R-10, R-15, R-20, and R-30.
3. The development application does not expand the existing building horizontally, except for the addition of the incidental features listed below that may be necessary to accommodate residential use. However, in no case shall the horizontal expansion for incidental features increase the floor area of the structure by more than five percent.
a. Ramps for ADA access;
b. Replacement windows or sheathing;
c. The addition of material enabling increased insulation;
d. Structural features to improve safety;
e. Additions required to comply with construction, energy codes, or building performance standards for residential conversion;
f. Circulation features for fire and life safety;
g. Mechanical equipment;
h. Plumbing and ductwork; or
i. Awnings and bays.
4. The development proposal does not expand the existing building vertically except by a single story of up to 20 feet to accommodate mechanical equipment, stairs, elevator penthouses, or the addition, reconfiguration, or expansion of dwelling units, or expansion of rooftop features related to residential uses, such as common areas and rooftop decks for use by residents of the building.
B. For development applications meeting all of the requirements of subsection A of this section, the normal requirements of this Code shall apply during the land use or building permit review required for the application except as such requirements are modified below by this subsection:
1. Parking. Existing parking shall be retained to meet the minimum parking requirements for the Land Use District where the building is located. If the existing parking does not meet the minimum parking requirement for residential uses, no additional parking shall be required. Additional parking may be required for nonresidential uses that do not meet the minimum parking requirements.
2. No exterior design or architectural requirements apply to eligible residential development.
3. Dimensional Requirements. Eligible residential development is exempt from all applicable dimensional requirements.
4. Nonresidential Use Requirements. Ground-level nonresidential use requirements do not apply, except that use requirements which apply to buildings adjoining major pedestrian corridors, as listed below, continue to apply to the redevelopment of existing buildings.
Major Pedestrian Corridors:
a. “A” Rights-of-Way as described in LUC Figure 20.25A.170.B.
5. The following sections of the Land Use Code, now or as hereafter amended, do not apply:
a. LUC 20.20.070 (Lots nonconforming as to area, street frontage, width or depth – Status);
b. LUC 20.20.540 (Multifamily play areas);
c. LUC 20.20.560 (Nonconforming structures, uses and sites);
d. LUC 20.20.725 (Recycling and solid waste collection areas);
e. LUC 20.25A.040 (Nonconforming uses, structures and sites);
f. LUC 20.25D.060 (Existing conditions); or
g. LUC 20.25Q.040.A through C (Nonconforming Uses, Nonconforming Structures and Nonconforming Sites).
6. Recycling and Solid Waste Collection Areas.
a. There shall be at least one solid waste collection area provided;
b. There shall be at least one recycling collection area provided;
c. The Director shall establish the square footage and screening requirements for recycling and solid waste collection areas; and
d. The Director shall determine the appropriate screening requirements for recycling and solid waste collection areas, in accordance with LUC 20.20.725.
7. Nonconforming Uses, Structures and Sites. Except in any BelRed Land Use District, any nonconforming use, nonconforming structure, or nonconforming site may continue when all of the requirements of subsection B.7.a of this section are met. However, once a final certificate of occupancy is issued, such nonconformities may continue only to the extent allowed by LUC 20.20.560, 20.25A.040, or 20.25Q.040, whichever is applicable given the location of the development.
a. The nonconforming use, nonconforming structure, or nonconforming site must:
i. Be associated with the development application meeting the eligibility criteria provided in subsection A of this section; and
ii. Have existed prior to submittal of the development application meeting the eligibility criteria provided in subsection A of this section.
8. BelRed Existing Conditions. For eligible residential development in any BelRed Land Use District, any existing use or existing development may continue when all of the requirements of subsection B.8.a of this section are met. However, once a final certificate of occupancy is issued for the redevelopment, such existing use or existing development may continue only to the extent allowed by LUC 20.25D.060. For the purposes of this section, the terms “existing use” and “existing development” shall have the same meaning as provided in LUC 20.25D.060.
a. The existing use or existing development must:
i. Be associated with the development application meeting the eligibility criteria provided in subsection A of this section; and
ii. Have existed prior to submittal of the development application meeting the eligibility criteria provided in subsection A of this section.
9. Prior Participation in an Amenity Incentive System. If the existing building was originally constructed using a bonus obtained through voluntary participation in an amenity incentive system contained in the land use code, then the benefit or amenity provided in exchange for receipt of that bonus must remain and be maintained following the addition of dwelling units under this section. The benefit or amenity must remain and be maintained subject to the original requirements, except that the location of the benefit or amenity may be moved elsewhere on the site or within the existing building subject to the approval of the Director.
C. Exceptions.
1. The redevelopment for multifamily residential use of any existing building located within the Shoreline Overlay District jurisdiction described in LUC 20.25E.010 is subject to the requirements of Part 20.25E LUC. To the extent that any provision of this section conflicts with any requirement contained in Part 20.25E LUC, Part 20.25E LUC shall control.
2. The redevelopment for multifamily residential use of any existing building located fully or partially within a critical area, critical area structure setback, or critical area buffer designated or established under Part 20.25H LUC is subject to the requirements of Part 20.25H LUC. To the extent that any provision of this section conflicts with any requirement contained in Part 20.25H LUC, Part 20.25H LUC shall control. (Ord. 6836, 2-25-25, § 3)
A. Large Satellite Dish Antennas in Nonresidential Land Use Districts. Large satellite dish antennas in all nonresidential land use districts shall be screened in accordance with the requirements of LUC 20.20.525.C for mechanical equipment screening.
B. Large Satellite Dish Antennas in Residential Land Use Districts. The requirements for screening of large satellite dish antennas in residential land use districts shall depend upon the nature of use and building type of the development.
1. Large satellite dish antennas in any residential development other than single-family or middle housing shall be screened in accordance with the requirements of LUC 20.20.525.C for mechanical equipment screening.
2. Large satellite dish antennas in any residential development consisting of single-family or middle housing shall be screened in accordance with subsection C of this section.
C. Large satellite dish antennas in any residential development consisting of single-family or middle housing as specified in subsection B.2 of this section are permitted subject to the following criteria, provided the Director may modify setback and screening requirements upon proof that strict application of the requirements is infeasible or renders use of an antenna impossible:
1. The antenna shall meet front and side setback requirements for the main building and shall be a minimum of five feet from any rear property line;
2. The antenna shall be a minimum of 10 feet distant from any street right-of-way, vehicular access easement, or private road;
3. No antenna shall be located in a buffer or setback required by the City’s critical areas regulations (see Part 20.25H LUC), unless affixed to a structure allowed pursuant to Part 20.25H LUC; and
4. The antenna shall be substantially screened from view from adjacent property and the adjacent public rights-of-way by sight-obstructing landscaping, fencing, on-site structures, or natural topography. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 34; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 18; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 19; Ord. 5086, 8-3-98, § 5; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 404; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 504; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 37; Ord. 4028, 7-17-89, § 5)
A. Public and private schools are permitted as indicated in LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and use charts applicable to specific land use districts contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC, “Education: Primary and Secondary,” provided the following standards are met:
1. School buildings in residential districts shall cover not more than 35 percent of their site area.
2. Except as allowed in this section, school buildings in residential districts shall provide 50-foot side and rear yard setbacks. A reduction in the side or rear yard setback may be approved as follows:
a. In no event may a side or rear yard setback be less than 30 feet;
b. The landscaping required along interior property lines required pursuant to subsection A.5 of this section shall be increased to a minimum of 20 feet in depth;
c. No portion of a structure exceeding the building height allowed for the district may be within 50 feet of the side or rear property line; and
d. Building entrances or exits, other than required emergency exits, are not located within 50 feet of a side or rear property line.
3. Building Height.
a. An increase in building height of up to 10 feet above the maximum building height of the underlying district is allowed for schools so long as:
i. No mechanical equipment is located on the roof of any building or portion of building that exceeds the maximum building height of the underlying district; and
b. An increase in building height above that allowed under subsection A.3.a of this section may be approved if that portion of the structure exceeding the maximum building height of the underlying district satisfies the following criteria:
i. The increase in height is necessary to accommodate uses or equipment functionally related to a program offered as part of the educational programs of the school; for example, for a performing arts center, library or gymnasium;
ii. That portion of the structure exceeding the maximum building height is set back from any property line a distance equal to 1.5 times the height of that portion of the structure, unless a greater setback is required pursuant to LUC 20.20.010, the dimensional charts applicable to specific land use districts contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC, or this section;
iii. The building and site design minimize the impact of the additional height on the surrounding land uses;
iv. The school is located on a site of at least five acres; and
v. In no event may the height of a structure or portion of a structure exceed 75 feet.
4. The Director may administratively consider, approve or disapprove the addition of temporary, portable classrooms to existing public schools subject to the criteria set forth in Part 20.30E LUC for an Administrative Conditional Use.
5. Perimeter Landscaping. In lieu of the Perimeter Landscaping Requirements set forth in LUC 20.20.520.F.1, schools shall provide the following landscaping, subject to LUC 20.20.520.F.6:
a. Schools in Residential Districts or in the BelRed Office/Residential Transition (BR-ORT) Land Use District.
i. Ten feet of landscaping meeting the following requirements along interior property lines, unless more stringent requirements apply pursuant to this section:
(1) At least 50 percent native species;
(2) Evergreen and deciduous trees, of which no more than 40 percent can be deciduous. There shall be a minimum of 5 trees per 1,000 square feet of buffer area, which shall be a minimum of 10 feet high at planting, along with the evergreen shrubs and living ground cover as described in subsections A.5.a.i(3) and A.5.a.i(4) of this section to effectively buffer development from adjacent residential properties;
(3) Evergreen shrubs, a minimum 42 inches in height at planting, at a spacing no greater than 3 feet on center;
(4) Living ground cover planted to cover the ground within three years; and
(5) Alternatively, where the street frontage landscaping will be planted to buffer a building elevation and not a parking area, driveway or site development other than a building, a lawn no less than five feet in width may be substituted for the shrubs and ground cover required in subsections A.5.a.i(3) and A.5.a.i(4) of this section; provided, that the soil in the entire area of lawn is amended in accordance with LUC 20.20.520.F.8.
ii. Ten feet of landscaping meeting the requirements of LUC 20.20.520.F.9.b.ii along interior property lines, unless more stringent requirements apply pursuant to this section.
b. Schools in All Other Districts.
i. Ten feet of Type III landscaping along the street frontage, except that 100 percent of the required trees may be planted with deciduous trees; and
ii. Ten feet of Type III landscaping along interior property lines.
Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director if the requirements of LUC 20.20.520.J are met.
6. Vehicular and Pedestrian Circulation. In addition to the requirements of LUC 20.20.590, school vehicular and pedestrian circulation shall satisfy the following criteria:
a. Vehicular and bus loading and unloading areas shall be designed to minimize impacts on traffic on public rights-of-way;
b. Parking areas shall be designed to minimize conflicts between pedestrian and vehicular movements; and
c. Opportunities shall be found for safe, convenient, and pleasant pedestrian connections to existing transit facilities. Where needed, shelters and lay-bys for transit vehicles shall be incorporated into site development.
7. Design Guidelines for Schools in Residential Districts. Schools in residential land use districts shall meet the following site and building design standards:
a. Site Design.
i. Surface parking lots shall be screened from street level views and from ground level views of an abutting residential district by berms, hedges, walls, or combinations thereof. Surface parking lots shall be located away from adjacent properties unless no other location is feasible.
ii. Site features such as fences, walls, refuse enclosures, light fixtures, carports, and storage units shall be designed to be integrated with the architectural design of the primary structure.
iii. In addition to the minimum requirements of LUC 20.20.520, site development shall maximize the retention of existing significant vegetation in order to soften the visual impact on adjacent uses.
b. Building Design.
i. Building surfaces facing adjoining residential districts shall be clad with materials which are similar to, or compatible with, surrounding uses and which minimize reflecting lighting.
ii. Building façades shall incorporate elements such as stepbacks, offsets, angled facets, deep roof overhangs, recesses, and other architectural features which serve to break down the scale. The larger the building, the greater the number and variety of such elements that may be necessary to achieve the effect of diminishing scale.
c. Mechanical Equipment. Except in the OLB 2 and NMU Districts, mechanical equipment which is located on the roof shall be incorporated into the pitched or stepped roof form, and not appear as a separate penthouse or box. In the OLB 2 and NMU Districts, the rooftop mechanical equipment shall be fully screened and accommodated within the maximum height limit.
d. Refuse Containers. All refuse and recycling containers shall be contained within structures enclosed on all four sides and utilize lids made of molded plastic or other sound buffering material.
e. Signs. Signs shall meet the requirements of Chapter 22B.10 BCC, Sign Code.
8. Playfields. Schools are not required to provide on- or off-site playfields. Where playfields are provided, however, they must meet the following requirements:
a. On-site playfields developed to the limits of their property and which are adjacent to developed private property shall be fenced with an eight-foot-high fence; and
b. Travel to and from the school site to any off-site playfield must not be hazardous.
B. In the event that any provision of this subsection conflicts with any state law or regulation, the provisions of the state law shall control.
C. The applicant for a proposal subject to the administrative conditional use process in all residential districts or the DT-R District shall hold one community meeting on the proposal. Such meeting shall be held as early in the review process as possible for the proposal. Notice of the public meeting shall be provided in the same manner as required for notice of the application. The public meeting notice will be combined with the notice of application whenever possible. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 65; Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 35; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 19; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 90; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 4; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 10; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 19; Ord. 5432, 1-21-03, § 2; Ord. 5431, 1-21-03, § 3; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 24; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 38; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 29)
A. Applicability. This section applies to each Secure Community Transition Facility within the City. The requirements of this section shall be imposed at the initiation of any Secure Community Transition Facility use, and upon any addition or modification to a Secure Community Transition Facility use or structure housing that use.
B. General.
1. Wherever located in the City, a Secure Community Transition Facility requires a Conditional Use Permit, Part 20.30B LUC or Part 20.30C LUC, prior to establishment of the facility.
2. The applicant for the Secure Community Transition Facility shall certify compliance with all applicable use requirements and conditions of this section in the application for conditional use required in subsection 1.
C. Use Requirements. The following requirements apply to each Secure Community Transition Facility:
1. The applicant must demonstrate that the facility meets the definition of Secure Community Transition Facility.
2. The Secure Community Transition Facility and its operator must have received all necessary permits or approvals from the State of Washington Department of Social and Health Services.
3. The applicant must demonstrate compliance with State of Washington Department of Social and Health Services guidelines established pursuant to RCW 71.09.285, now or as hereafter amended.
4. The applicant must demonstrate compliance with the requirements of RCW 71.09.285 through 71.09.340 inclusive, now or as hereafter amended.
For purposes of this section, the applicant must demonstrate compliance with the cited guidelines and statutory provisions through a written description specifically describing the steps taken to satisfy such guidelines or statutory requirements. In the event that compliance with the cited guidelines and statutory provisions can occur only during the construction of the facility or during its operation, then the applicant shall set forth the specific steps that will be taken to comply with such provisions, and such steps shall be made a condition of the Conditional Use Permit for the facility.
D. Conditions.
1. The City may impose conditions to mitigate any and all potential adverse impacts of the facility on surrounding uses, except that for the requirements specifically addressed in RCW 71.09.285 through 71.09.340 inclusive, now or as hereafter amended, such conditions may not impose restrictions on the facility greater than those set forth in the cited statutory provisions.
2. The City shall impose a condition on the Conditional Use Permit for the facility limiting the number of beds to those requested by the applicant. Any increase in the number of beds beyond that applied for by the applicant and included in the Conditional Use Permit shall require an amendment to the Conditional Use Permit pursuant to LUC 20.30B.175 or LUC 20.30C.185.
E. Additional Public Safety Measures. The City may seek additional public safety measures for any facility proposed under this section beyond those suggested by statute or proposed by the applicant. The City shall submit the comments to the Department of Social and Health Services in the manner and at the times set forth in Chapter 71.09 RCW now or as hereafter amended. The City may petition the governor to designate a person with law enforcement expertise to review the Department of Social and Health Services response to the City’s comments in the manner set forth in Chapter 71.09 RCW.
F. Additional Risk Potential Activities. The City may suggest additional Risk Potential Activities, as defined in RCW 71.09.020(7), now or as hereafter amended, for consideration by the Department of Social and Health Services, consistent with the provisions of RCW 71.09.020(7), now or as hereafter amended. (Ord. 5404, 8-5-02, § 3)
Sewage Pumping Stations: See Public Utilities, this chapter.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to prohibit use of temporary shelters or storage facilities in Land Use Districts LL-1 through LDR-1, which are predominantly visible from the right-of-way or any public or private street.
B. General. Temporary shelters or storage facilities are not permitted in Land Use Districts LL-1 through LDR-1 if predominately visible from the right-of-way or any public or private street. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 36; Ord. 5791, 12-3-07, § 7)
A. Definition. Short Term Stay Use. Transient lodging provided in a Planned Unit Development or multifamily dwelling unit located in a Residential land use district. Boarding houses and bed and breakfasts permitted to operate in Residential districts pursuant to a valid Home Occupation Permit, Part 20.30N LUC, group homes for children sited pursuant to the Group Home for Children Community Involvement Process, Chapter 9.19 BCC, and institutions housing persons under legal restraint or requiring medical attention or care are not included within the scope of this definition.
B. Limitation on Number of Short Term Stay Uses. No more than five units in any building and no more than 20 percent of the dwelling units comprising a development shall be used for Short Term Stay Use at any given time.
C. General Requirements.
1. Registration Notice. Any person or company providing a Short Term Stay Use shall file a Registration Notice with the Development Services Department. The registration notice shall be submitted in writing in a form approved by the Director. The registration notice shall state (a) the name and address of the person or company by whom it is submitted (registrant); (b) identify by name and address the building and development to which the registration notice applies; and (c) state the number of dwelling units where the registrant provides Short Term Stay Uses in the referenced building and development. The registration notice shall remain in effect until the Registrant notifies the Department in writing that the registrant is no longer providing any units in the referenced building or development for Short Term Stay Uses.
2. House Rules. When rules of conduct have been adopted for universal application to all occupants of a development, any person or company providing a Short Term Stay Use shall provide a copy of the rules to each licensee prior to commencement of their stay and shall post a copy of the rules in each unit provided for Short Term Stay Use.
D. Time for Compliance.
1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, for a maximum period of 12 months from the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section, Short Term Stay Uses in existence on the effective date of the ordinance may continue to operate without meeting the limitations set forth in paragraph B of this section, provided that all the requirements of paragraph C of this section are met. Twelve months following the effective date of the ordinance, Short Term Stay Uses not meeting the limitations set forth in paragraph B of this section will be operating in violation of the LUC and subject to enforcement provisions contained in LUC 20.40.460 and Chapter 1.18 BCC.
2. Short Term Stay Uses in existence on the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section shall comply with the General Requirements of paragraph C of this section within three months from the effective date of the ordinance. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 37; Ord. 5301, 6-18-01, § 1)
A. Additional Submittal Requirements. In addition to the application materials required for any permit required to construct or modify a solid waste disposal facility, the applicant shall submit the following material:
1. Information demonstrating compliance with any existing multijurisdictional siting criteria in selecting the proposed location for the solid waste disposal facility, or for the proposed modification of such facility; and
2. Information regarding all existing and alternative sites considered for the proposed solid waste disposal facility, including information about why such alternative sites were not selected for the construction or modification.
B. Decision Criteria. In addition to the decision criteria applicable to any permit required to construct or modify a solid waste disposal facility pursuant to LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and use charts applicable to specific land use districts contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC, the City may approve, or approve with modifications, a proposal to construct or modify a solid waste disposal facility, provided the following standards are met:
1. All components of the solid waste disposal facility shall be contained within a building that is compatible with the architectural form of surrounding buildings. This requirement shall not apply to those components of the facility that cannot effectively function inside of a building.
2. A transportation plan may be required. The City shall determine the level of detail to be disclosed in the plan such as estimated trip generation, access routes and surrounding area traffic counts, based on the probable impacts and/or scale of the proposed facility.
3. The facility shall be designed to include design and operation measures to control odor emissions and airborne pollutants, rodents, birds, and other vectors.
4. The location, design, use and operation of the facility shall comply with any applicable guidelines, rules, regulations or statutes adopted by state law, or any agency or jurisdiction with authority.
5. The location and design are consistent with any planning document under which the proposing agency, special district or organization operates, as determined by the person or body having authority to interpret such document. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 20; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 20; Ord. 5457, 7-21-03, § 4)
(Note: This section is not applicable in the Shoreline Overlay District.)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide performance standards for subordinate uses, as defined in LUC 20.50.046.
B. Applicability. The performance standards contained in this section shall be required for subordinate uses, as defined in LUC 20.50.046, whether or not establishment of the use is subject to a permit, approval, or land use review.
C. Performance Standards. Subordinate uses as defined in LUC 20.50.046 shall be:
1. Located on the same lot or in the same structure as the permitted or principal use;
2. Functionally related to the permitted or principal use; and
3. Generally limited in size to 25 percent of the floor area devoted to the related permitted or principal use. (Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 19; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 21)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide regulations for the permitting of Supportive Housing that is proposed to provide housing to individuals and families experiencing, or are at imminent risk of, homelessness and on-site or off-site supportive services.
B. Applicability.
1. This section applies to all new or expansion of Supportive Housing, as defined in this section.
2. Exceptions. The noticing and registration requirements in subsection E of this section do not apply to:
a. Supportive Housing facilities with permanent on-site supportive services as a subordinate use, pursuant to LUC 20.20.840 and 20.50.046, provided the provision of supportive services is limited only to the residents of the facility; or
b. Supportive Housing facilities with no permanent on-site supportive services; or
c. Supportive Housing facilities with the primary purpose of serving individuals participating in the Washington State Address Confidentiality Program under RCW 40.24.030 and Chapter 434-840 WAC.
3. For the purpose of subsection B.2 of this section, staff who permanently reside in the Supportive Housing facility shall not be considered permanent on-site supportive services.
C. Definitions.
1. Emergency Housing – Nontransient. Indoor accommodation for individuals or families who are homeless or at imminent risk of becoming homeless that is intended to address the basic health, food, clothing, and personal hygiene needs of individuals or families. Emergency Housing – Nontransient is residential occupancy for a period of 30 days or more.
2. Supportive Housing. Residential facilities intended to house individuals and families experiencing homelessness, or at imminent risk of homelessness, and paired with on-site or off-site supportive services designed to maintain long-term or permanent tenancy, or to eventually transition the residents to independent living arrangements. This definition includes Emergency Housing – Nontransient, Permanent Supportive Housing as defined under RCW 36.70A.030, now or as hereafter amended, and Transitional Housing as defined under RCW 84.36.043, now or as hereafter amended.
3. Supportive Services. Services provided to occupants of Supportive Housing for the purpose of facilitating their independence or ensuring long-term housing stability. Supportive Services may include, but are not limited to, services such as case management, medical treatment, psychological counseling, childcare, transportation, and job training.
D. Use Requirements.
1. Common kitchen facility shall be provided on site for Supportive Housing that does not have an individual kitchen in each Supportive Housing room or unit.
2. The following requirements apply to Supportive Housing in Land Use Districts LL-1 to LDR-1:
a. Alterations to the interior or exterior of the structure which change its residential appearance shall not be permitted, except that any alterations to improve accessibility per the Americans with Disabilities Act shall be permitted.
b. Supportive services administered on site shall only be available to residents of the facility.
E. Registration Required.
1. Required Notice for Supportive Housing.
a. Where notice of application is required pursuant to Chapter 20.35 LUC, the notice of application shall also include the information in subsection E.1.c of this section.
b. Where notice of application is not required pursuant to Chapter 20.35 LUC, a mailed notice of registration shall be distributed to owners of real property within 500 feet of the subject site, and the notice shall include the information in subsection E.1.c of this section.
i. When a building permit is required for any alterations to the structure intended for Supportive Housing, the mailed notice shall be distributed at the time of permit issuance.
ii. When no permits are required prior to establishment of the Supportive Housing use, the notice shall be mailed following submittal of the required Registration Notice pursuant to subsection E.2 of this section.
c. The following information shall also be included in the notice of application for a proposed Supportive Housing:
i. Location and description of the Supportive Housing facility, including the number of residents intended to be housed in the facility; and
ii. The types of City permit(s) and/or approval(s) required for the facility, if applicable; and
iii. Contact information of property manager(s) and/or owner(s).
2. No less than 14 days prior to establishing a Supportive Housing use, a person or company intending to provide Supportive Housing shall file a Registration Notice with the Development Services Department. The Registration Notice shall be submitted in writing in a form approved by the Director. At minimum, the Registration Notice shall include the following information:
a. Name and contact information of property manager(s) and/or owner(s) who may be contacted in case of emergency or code violations;
b. Name and contact information for on-site facility staff (if applicable);
c. Standard operating procedures plan for the facility, including:
i. The number of residents intended to be housed in the facility; and
ii. A description of the supportive services provided to the residents of the facility, on site and off site, including names and contact information of service providers;
d. A safety and security plan describing measures that the operator will employ to promote the safety of Supportive Housing occupants and surrounding residents; and
e. A code of conduct that applies to all individuals granted access to the proposed Supportive Housing use.
3. The registration information described in subsections E.2.a through E.2.c shall be kept up to date with the Development Services Department. Any change to this required information shall be submitted to Development Services on a revised registration form. No additional notice shall be required upon submittal of a revised registration form. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 38; Ord. 6672, 7-25-22, § 4)
A. Temporary public safety facilities include: (1) temporary stations for fire protection and police protection, and (2) temporary facilities to provide relief or assistance services to the public, or to provide services related to the administration or management of such relief or assistance services, in case of annexation or in times of natural disaster or other unforeseen emergency circumstances. The existence of a natural disaster or unforeseen emergency circumstances shall be determined by the City Manager.
B. For purposes of this section, a temporary public safety facility is a facility which terminates its operations not later than 24 months from the approval date. However, upon a request to extend the approval period filed not later than 30 days prior to expiration of the original or any subsequent approval period, the Director of the Development Services Department may grant the request and extend the approval of the facility for additional periods of up to 12 months per extension request or for the duration of the natural disaster or unforeseen emergency circumstances. Such approval may be conditioned by the Director pursuant to any of the provisions of this Land Use Code.
C. A temporary public safety facility is exempt from any otherwise applicable Conditional Use Permit, Design Review approval process or other discretionary land use approval process, and from the site development standards and other requirements of the Land Use Code; provided, that:
1. Application for approval of a temporary public safety facility shall be made to the Director of the Development Services Department. As a condition of approval of the facility or of approval of a request for a 12-month extension of the life of the temporary facility under subsection B of this section, the Director may require the facility to comply with such site development standards of the Land Use Code as are reasonably necessary to provide compatibility of the facility with surrounding uses and to minimize the impact of the facility on surrounding uses.
2. Nothing in this section shall exempt such a facility from permit requirements under applicable building, plumbing, mechanical, electrical and other similar codes. (Ord. 6676, 9-26-22, § 1; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 9; Ord. 4600, 11-22-93, § 1)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Prevent Citywide net loss of tree canopy and address local canopy gaps;
2. Reduce the impacts of development on the storm and surface water systems and water resources;
3. Provide guidance and flexibility to support “the right tree in the right place”; and
4. Preserve other public benefits of Bellevue’s urban forest, including minimizing heat impacts, enhancing ecosystem resilience, and storing carbon.
B. Applicability.
1. The requirements of this section shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review for Development Activity is required by the Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code.
2. The requirements of this section alone shall not reduce maximum allowed density, number of allowed lots, or preclude required access and utility connections.
3. Trees subject to the requirements of this section that are overhanging any public right-of-way are also subject to the requirements of Chapter 14.06 BCC.
4. This section is inapplicable in the following circumstances:
a. If there is not a permit, approval, or review for Development Activity, then this section does not apply. Tree removal, retention, or replacement that is not associated with development activity is regulated by Chapter 23.76 BCC, Clearing and Grading Code, except as otherwise provided.
b. This section does not apply to development activity in the vegetation conservation area, as defined by LUC 20.25E.065.F.5, within the Shoreline Overlay District. The retention and replacement of trees located within the vegetation conservation area is regulated by Part 20.25E LUC, Shoreline Overlay District.
c. This section does not apply to development activity in critical areas, critical area buffers, or critical area structure setbacks. The retention and replacement of trees located in critical areas, critical area buffers, or critical area structure setbacks is regulated by Part 20.25H LUC, Critical Areas Overlay District.
d. This section does not apply to trees located entirely within any public right-of-way. The retention and replacement of trees located within any public right-of-way is regulated by Chapter 14.06 BCC.
e. This section does not apply to Development Activity in any Downtown Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.25A.010.
f. This section does not apply to Development Activity in any East Main Transit Oriented Development Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.25Q.010.
g. This section does not apply to Development Activity in any Mixed-Use Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398.
C. Definitions. The following definitions are specific to this section. Where a term defined below is used in this section its meaning shall be as defined below.
1. “Development Activity” means the following:
a. Any alteration or development regulated by the Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code proposed to occur through one or more of the following:
i. An application for a subdivision under Chapter 20.45A LUC;
ii. An application for a short subdivision under Chapter 20.45B LUC; or
iii. An application for a planned unit development under Part 20.30D LUC.
b. Any alteration or development regulated by the Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code proposed to occur through one or more of the following:
i. Any application that proposes changes in lot coverage that exceed 20 percent of the existing lot coverage;
ii. Any application that proposes changes in the area devoted to parking and circulation; or
iii. Any application that proposes additions to impervious surface areas that exceed 20 percent of existing impervious surface areas.
c. If an application listed under subsection C.1.a of this section was deemed complete on or after July 16, 2024, and was determined to be in compliance with this section, then subsequent applications listed under subsection C.1.b of this section for alterations or development on lots created or otherwise governed by the application reviewed and approved under subsection C.1.a of this section shall not constitute “Development Activity” for the purposes of this section.
2. “Grove” means a group of three or more Significant Trees with overlapping or touching crowns.
3. “Hazardous Tree” means a tree that, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional who also has the International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) Tree Risk Assessment Qualification (TRAQ), meets all of the following criteria:
a. The tree has a combination of structural defects, disease, or both structural defects and disease that makes it subject to a high probability of failure;
b. The location of the tree is in proximity to areas where, with moderate to high frequency, persons or property are likely to be located that could be injured or damaged by tree failure;
c. The assessed tree has a high to extreme risk rating using the International Society of Arborists Tree Risk Assessment Qualification method in its most current form; and
d. The hazard condition of the tree cannot be lessened with reasonable and proper arboricultural practices.
4. “Invasive or Noxious Species” means any species identified in the invasive or noxious weed lists established by Washington State or King County, as amended, or any species listed by the Director, who is hereby authorized to formulate and maintain a list of Invasive and Noxious Species likely to cause economic or environmental harm or harm to human health or infrastructure.
5. “Tree Canopy Site Area” means, for the purpose of determining the minimum tree density required for a site, the area of a site remaining after subtracting the following areas from the gross site area:
a. Critical areas, critical area buffers, and critical area structure setbacks (as may be modified pursuant to Part 20.25H LUC, if applicable);
b. Shoreline vegetation conservation areas;
c. Public rights-of-way;
d. Private roads in separate tracts;
e. Submerged lands (lands waterward of the ordinary high water mark); and
f. Utility easements.
6. “Tree Protection Zone (TPZ)” means the circular area around a tree calculated as one foot of radius for every inch of d.b.h., or at least six feet, whichever is greater. The TPZ may instead be determined by a Qualified Tree Professional.
7. “Viable Tree” means a tree rated by a Qualified Tree Professional as fair, good, or excellent condition based on the criteria in Table 20.20.900.C.1 or the most recent edition of the Guide for Plant Appraisal, published by the Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers.
Table 20.20.900.C.1. Tree Condition Rating Table
Rating Category | Condition Components | Percent Rating | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Health | Form | |||
Excellent – 1 | High vigor and nearly perfect health with little or no twig dieback, discoloration, or defoliation. | Nearly ideal and free of defects. | Nearly ideal for the species. Generally symmetric. Consistent with the intended use. | 81% to 100% |
Good – 2 | Vigor is normal for species. No significant damage due to diseases or pests. Any twig dieback, defoliation, or discoloration is minor. | Well-developed structure. Defects are minor and can be corrected. | Minor asymmetries/deviations from species norm. Mostly consistent with the intended use. Function and aesthetics are not compromised. | 61% to 80% |
Fair – 3 | Reduced vigor. Damage due to insects or diseases may be significant and associated with defoliation but is not likely to be fatal. Twig dieback, defoliation, discoloration, and/or dead branches may compromise up to 50% of the crown. | A single defect of a significant nature or multiple moderate defects. Defects are not practical to correct or would require multiple treatments over several years. | Major asymmetries/deviations from species norm and/or intended use. Function and/or aesthetics are compromised. | 41% to 60% |
Poor – 4 | Unhealthy and declining in appearance. Poor vigor. Low foliage density and poor foliage color are present. Potentially fatal pest infestation. Extensive twig and/or branch dieback. | A single serious defect or multiple significant defects. Recent change in tree orientation. Observed structural problems cannot be corrected. Failure may occur at any time. | Largely asymmetric/abnormal. Detracts from intended use and/or aesthetics to a significant degree. | 21% to 40% |
Very Poor – 5 | Poor vigor. Appears dying and in the last stages of life. Little live foliage. | Single or multiple severe defects. Failure is probable or imminent. | Visually unappealing. Provides little or no function in the landscape. | 6% to 20% |
Dead – 6 | 0% to 5% | |||
D. Required Review. The Development Services Department shall review the proposed removal of any Significant Trees or Landmark Trees with each permit, approval, or review for Development Activity within the applicability of this section.
E. Minimum Tree Density.
1. The applicant shall maintain in the Tree Canopy Site Area at least the minimum tree density, measured in tree credits, as provided in this subsection E. Tree credits may be provided by retained Significant Trees, retained Landmark Trees, planted trees, or a combination of the foregoing.
2. Minimum Tree Credits by Land Use District. Minimum tree credits are determined based on the Land Use District, Land Use, and Tree Canopy Site Area. The minimum tree credits required are calculated by dividing the Tree Canopy Site Area, measured in square feet, by 1,000 then multiplying by the applicable rate identified in Table 20.20.900.E.1. If this calculation would result in a fractional requirement, and that fraction is 0.5 or greater, then the number of required tree credits shall be equal to the next higher whole number. If that fraction is less than 0.5, then the number of required tree credits shall be equal to the next lower whole number.
Table 20.20.900.E.1. Minimum Tree Credits per 1,000 Square Feet of Tree Canopy Site Area
Land Use District | One Dwelling Unit per Lot | Two or More Dwelling Units per Lot | Commercial, Office, Light Industrial, and All Other Nonresidential Land Uses |
|---|---|---|---|
LL-1 LL-2 SR-1 | 5 | 4 | 1 |
SR-2 SR-3 SR-4 | 2 | 1.5 | 0.75 |
All Other Land Use Districts | 1 | 0.75 | 0.5 |
a. Tree Credit Reductions for Cottage Housing Developments. Cottage housing development meeting the requirements of LUC 20.20.250 may, as an alternative to the applicable rate that would otherwise normally apply, utilize the applicable minimum tree credit rate identified in Table 20.20.900.E.1 for commercial, office, light industrial, and all other nonresidential land uses.
b. Accessory Dwelling Units. A detached accessory dwelling unit shall constitute a dwelling unit for the purposes determining the applicable rate identified in Table 20.20.900.E.1. In contrast, attached accessory dwelling units shall not constitute a dwelling unit for the purposes of determining the applicable rate identified in Table 20.20.900.E.1.
3. Conditions for Tree Removal on Low Tree Density Sites. On sites with insufficient existing tree density, existing Significant Trees or Landmark Trees may be removed if:
a. The maximum density of development allowed on the site cannot be achieved without extending into the TPZ, a required front yard, a required rear yard, or a combination of the foregoing to an extent greater than provided for in subsection E.5 of this section;
b. Retaining the trees would preclude required access and utility connections;
c. The trees are hazardous trees or, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, inappropriate for retention;
d. The site is located in a wildland-urban interface area and additional tree removal is required to maintain applicable defensible space requirements, in accordance with BCC 23.11.100; or
e. Removal is required to fulfill the terms of an easement or covenant recorded prior to July 16, 2024.
4. Retained Trees.
a. Priorities for Retention. In selecting Significant Trees or Landmark Trees for retention, the Director encourages the preservation of the following types of Significant Trees in the following order of priority:
i. Landmark Trees.
ii. Trees located in Groves.
iii. Significant Trees located in the required perimeter landscaping area, as set forth in LUC 20.20.520.F.1. For properties located in BelRed, refer to LUC 20.25D.110.
iv. Other Significant Trees.
b. Tree Credits for Retained Trees. Each retained Significant Tree provides a tree credit value determined by its d.b.h. or Landmark Tree classification, as identified in Table 20.20.900.E.2. When determining tree credits for a Significant Tree that is an alder or cottonwood, the applicable tree credit value identified in Table 20.20.900.E.2 shall be reduced by 50 percent.
Table 20.20.900.E.2. Tree Credits for Retained Trees
DBH | 6"-10" | Larger than 10" and up to 12" | Larger than 12" and up to 14" | Larger than 14" and up to 16" | Larger than 16" and up to 18" | Larger than 18" and up to 20" | Larger than 20" and up to 22" | Larger than 22" and less than 24" | 24" or greater and all Landmark Trees |
Tree Credits | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 |
c. Exceptions. The following shall not provide any tree credits if retained:
i. Invasive or Noxious Species.
ii. Trees located outside the Tree Canopy Site Area.
iii. Trees in areas devoted to access and sight areas as defined in the Transportation Code (Chapter 14.06 BCC).
iv. Trees located wholly or partially on a property line.
d. Trees on Property Lines. A Significant Tree located wholly or partially on a property line may only be removed if all of the following criteria are satisfied:
i. The Significant Tree constitutes a Hazardous Tree; and
ii. All property owners with an ownership interest in the Significant Tree provide written certification, in a form acceptable to the Director, that they consent to the removal; provided, that the Director may waive this requirement where, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, the tree poses an imminent danger to the public health, safety, or welfare.
5. Dimensional Standard Modification for Tree Retention.
a. Reduced Parking. Where the provision of required parking would impact the TPZ of Landmark Trees or of trees constituting Groves, the Director may approve a reduction of required parking in order to avoid a Grove or Landmark Trees, if the reduction would result in a project that would avoid the TPZ and that would exceed the required minimum tree density.
b. Front and Rear Yards. Subject to street intersection sight obstruction requirements, BCC 14.60.240, development may extend into up to 50 percent of the required front yard or 5 feet into the rear yard in the following circumstances:
i. The maximum density of development allowed on the site cannot be achieved without extending into the TPZ of existing significant or Landmark Trees required to achieve the minimum tree density; or
ii. The modification will enable the applicant to retain a grove, additional Landmark Trees, or both a Grove and additional Landmark Trees beyond the required minimum tree density; or
iii. The proposal is for affordable housing development provided under LUC 20.20.128 and will exceed the required minimum tree density.
c. Building Height. Except in transition areas and for proposals of 1 dwelling unit per lot, the maximum building height may be increased by up to 12 feet for those portions of the building(s) at least 20 feet from any property line in the following circumstances:
i. The maximum density of development allowed on the site cannot be achieved without extending into the TPZ of existing Significant Trees or of existing Landmark Trees required to achieve the minimum tree density; or
ii. The modification will enable the applicant to retain a Grove, additional Landmark Trees, or both a Grove and additional Landmark Trees beyond the required minimum tree density; or
iii. The proposal is for affordable housing development provided under LUC 20.20.128 and will exceed the required minimum tree density.
6. Planted Trees.
a. Tree Credits for Planted Trees. Each planted tree that is a minimum of two inches Caliper (for deciduous trees) or six feet in height (for conifer trees) provides one tree credit, except Alders and Cottonwoods, which provide no tree credits when planted. Planted trees below these minimum sizes provide no tree credits.
i. If a Qualified Tree Professional demonstrates in writing that the number of trees required to be planted to meet the required minimum tree credits would negatively affect the viability of the planted trees, then the Director may award more tree credits per planted tree to achieve the maximum number of trees that can be planted and, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, still be viable.
b. The applicant shall utilize plant materials which complement the natural character of the Pacific Northwest, and which are, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, adaptable to the climatic, topographic, and hydrologic characteristics of the site.
c. Planting Invasive or Noxious Species is prohibited.
d. Tree Removal Before Development Activity. If a site has insufficient existing tree density, any trees removed from the Tree Canopy Site Area within the three years preceding the date of the City’s final decision on the underlying permit, approval, or review shall be replaced, unless replacement was previously required as a condition of their removal. For each Significant Tree requiring replacement, the applicant shall plant one replacement tree. For each Landmark Tree requiring replacement, the applicant shall plant either three replacement trees, or two large conifer species trees approved by the Director.
e. Relationship to Other Requirements.
i. Any significant tree retained to meet other Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code requirements within the Tree Canopy Site Area, including LUC 20.20.520, may provide tree credits towards the minimum required tree credits in an amount calculated pursuant to subsection E.4 of this section.
ii. Any tree planted to meet other Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code requirements within the Tree Canopy Site Area, including LUC 20.20.520, may provide tree credits towards the minimum required tree credits in an amount calculated pursuant to subsection E.6.a of this section.
iii. The number of trees required to be planted or retained to meet other Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code requirements within the Tree Canopy Site Area shall not be reduced if exceeding the required minimum tree credits.
f. All plantings required by this section are subject to the street intersection sight obstruction requirements contained in BCC 14.60.240.
g. Trees planted to form a clipped or sheared hedge shall not provide any tree credits if planted.
h. Locations. Planted trees providing credit toward the required minimum tree density shall be planted within the Tree Canopy Site Area in locations suitable for the planted trees to reach maturity, in the following order of priority:
i. Within required setbacks and transition areas.
ii. Adjacent to existing Groves.
iii. Other locations within the Tree Canopy Site Area.
i. In-Lieu Fee. If the applicant demonstrates that all planting options have been considered and are infeasible, for each additional tree credit required, the applicant shall pay a fee-in-lieu equivalent to the cost of a tree meeting the requirements of this section for planted trees, installation (labor and equipment), maintenance for three years, and fund administration.
i. As of July 16, 2024, the in-lieu fee rate shall be $1,300 per tree credit. This rate shall be published in the City’s fee rate schedule, shall be reviewed annually, and, effective January 1st of each year, the Director may administratively increase or decrease the rate by an adjustment to reflect the current published annual change in the Seattle Consumer Price Index for Wage Earners and Clerical Workers as needed in order to maintain accurate costs for the region.
ii. In-lieu fee monies shall be used to support Bellevue’s tree canopy and related initiatives including, but not limited to, one or more of the following: planting and maintaining individual trees (including supporting infrastructure), restoration activities, urban forestry education, or the purchase of land for reforestation or preservation.
7. Alternative Tree Density Option.
a. An applicant may request a modification of the minimum tree density requirement when the proposed Land Use is classified within transportation or utilities in the land use charts contained in LUC 20.10.440.
b. The Director may administratively approve a modification of the on-site tree planting requirements if:
i. The modification is consistent with the stated purpose of this section; and
ii. The modification proposal either:
(1) Incorporates retained and planted trees equal or greater in tree credits required for the Tree Canopy Site Area, with the option to plant or protect trees in locations outside the Tree Canopy Site Area but within the City of Bellevue; or
(2) Incorporates the retention or replacement of other natural vegetation in consolidated locations which promote the natural vegetated character of the site and neighborhood including use as pasture land or for agricultural uses; or
(3) Incorporates an innovative mitigation plan acceptable to the Director. The plan shall be based on science endorsed by a Qualified Tree Professional and applicable to the natural characteristics of the location(s) where the mitigation will occur.
iii. Where a modification proposal includes newly planted trees, the applicant shall utilize plant materials which, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, complement the natural character of the Pacific Northwest, and which are adaptable to the climatic, topographic, and hydrologic characteristics of the site.
F. Tree Protection.
1. Tree Protection Techniques. The applicant shall utilize tree protection techniques identified in the tree protection plan approved by the Director during land alteration and construction in order to provide for the continual healthy life of retained Significant Trees and Landmark Trees, as provided in BCC 23.76.060.
2. Tree Protection Covenant.
a. The applicant shall record with the King County Recorder’s Office a covenant in the following circumstances:
i. When a modification to development standards is granted under subsection E.5 of this section to avoid development within a TPZ; or
ii. When required as a condition of approval for an application for a Subdivision, Short Subdivision, Unit Lot Subdivision, or Unit Lot Short Subdivision.
b. The covenant shall be in a form approved by the Director and shall contain the following terms:
i. Where a modification to development standards is granted under subsection E.5 of this section to avoid development within a TPZ, the covenant shall prohibit development on or within any portion of a TPZ located on the site that was avoided through the modification to development standards.
ii. The covenant shall include a site plan, prepared by a qualified professional, clearly delineating the location of all retained or planted trees in the Tree Canopy Site Area. Where applicable, the site plan shall delineate the TPZ(s) located wholly or partially on the site that were avoided through the modification to development standards under subsection E.5 of this section.
iii. To the extent that any Significant Tree or Landmark Tree protected by the covenant becomes a Hazardous Tree, the covenant shall allow for the removal of Hazardous Trees and the planting of replacement trees within the Tree Canopy Site Area in a manner consistent with the ratios established in subsection E.6.d of this section.
iv. Any other terms and conditions that the Director finds to be reasonably necessary.
3. Maintenance Assurance. If planted trees are necessary to achieve the minimum required tree density, the Director may require a maintenance assurance device for a period of three years from the completion of planting or construction in conformance with LUC 20.40.490. The Director may require a longer period depending on the plant materials used and site conditions. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 39; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 21; Ord. 6796, 7-9-24, § 1)
20 General Development Requirements
Chart 20.20.010 sets forth the dimensional requirements for each land use district except: the Downtown Land Use Districts, the Evergreen Highlands Design District, the Evergreen Highlands Subarea Transportation Improvement Overlay District, the Medical Institution District, the OLB-OS Land Use District, and the BelRed Land Use Districts. All structures and activities in the City not located in the above districts shall conform to the dimensional requirements in Chart 20.20.010. Dimensional requirements for the Downtown Land Use Districts are found in LUC 20.25A.060. Dimensional requirements for the Evergreen Highlands Design District are found in Part 20.25F LUC. Dimensional requirements for the Evergreen Highlands Subarea Transportation Improvement Overlay District are found in Part 20.25G LUC. Dimensional requirements for the Medical Institution District are found in Part 20.25J LUC. Dimensional requirements for the OLB-OS Land Use District are found in LUC 20.25L.030. Dimensional requirements for the BelRed Land Use Districts are found in LUC 20.25D.080. Dimensional requirements for the Eastgate Transit Oriented Development Land Use District are found in LUC 20.25P.060.A. Additional special dimensional requirements for designated areas of the City are contained in other parts of the Code as follows:
A. Part 20.25B LUC – Transition Areas;
B. Part 20.25C LUC – OLB Districts;
C. Part 20.25E LUC – Shoreline Overlay District;
D. Part 20.25H LUC – Critical Areas Overlay District;
E. Part 20.45A LUC – Platting and Subdivisions;
F. Part 20.45B LUC – Short Plats and Short Subdivisions. (Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 4; Ord. 6366, 8-7-17, § 6; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 5; Ord. 5717, 2-20-07, § 3; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 1; Ord. 5587, 3-7-05, § 4; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 3; Ord. 5403, 8-5-02, § 4; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 2; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 302; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 402; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 4; Ord. 3219, 1-17-83, § 4)
Chart 20.20.010 Uses in land use districts – Dimensional Requirements
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | Residential | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LL-1 | LL-2 | SR-1 | SR-2 | SR-3 | SR-4 | LDR-1 | LDR-2 | LDR-3 | MDR-1 | MDR-2 | |
DIMENSIONS | (52) | (52) | (52) | (52) | |||||||
Front Yard Minimum Setback of Structures (feet) | 35 | 30 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 |
Rear Yard Minimum Setback of Structures (feet) (11) (17) (18) (20) (38) (39) | 25 | 25 | 25 | 25 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 |
Side Yard Minimum Setback of Structures (feet) (7) (11) (17) (18) (20) (38) (39) | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
2 Side Yards Minimum Setback of Structures (feet) (7) (17) (18) (20) (38) (39) | 20 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 |
Minimum Lot Area | 35 | 20 | 13.5 | 10 | 8.5 | 7.2 | 4.7 | (12) | (12) | ||
Dwelling Units per Acre (21) (22) | 1 (1) | 1.8 (1) | 2.5 (1) | 3.5 (1) | 4 (1) | 5 (1) | 7.5 (1) | 10 (2) | 15 (2) | 20 (2) | 30 (2) |
Minimum Width of Street Frontage (feet) | 30 | 30 | 30 | 30 | 30 | 30 | 30 | ||||
100 | 90 | 80 | 70 | 65 | 60 | 50 | |||||
150 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | |||||
Maximum Building Height (feet) (10) (26) (45) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 30/35 (44) | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) (13) (14) (16) (26) (27) (37) (39) | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 |
Maximum Hard Surface Coverage (percent) (37) (39) | 75 (36) | 75 (36) | 75 (36) | 75 (36) | 75 (36) | 80 (36) | 80 (36) | 90 | 90 | 90 | 90 |
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) (37) (39) | 45 (36) | 45 (36) | 45 (36) | 45 (36) | 45 (36) | 55 (36) | 55 (36) | 65 | 65 | 65 | 65 |
Alternative Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) (37) (39) (48) | 50 (36) | 50 (36) | 50 (36) | 50 (36) | 50 (36) | 55 (36) | 55 (36) | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 |
Minimum Greenscape Percentage of Front Yard Setback (40)(51) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | 50 (40) | ||||
Additional dimensional requirements for Shoreline Overlay Districts are found in Part 20.25E LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Evergreen Highlands Design District (EH-A, EH-B, EH-C, EH-D) are found in Part 20.25F LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Office and Limited Business – Open Space (OLB-OS) are found in Part 20.25L LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Medical Institution District (MI) are found in Part 20.25J LUC.
Uses in land use districts – Dimensional Requirements
STD LAND USE CODE REF | LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | Professional Office | Office | Office/Limited Business | Office/Limited Business 2 | Light Industry | General Commercial | Neighborhood Business | Neighborhood Mixed Use | Community Business | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PO | O | OLB | OLB 2 | LI | GC | NB | NMU | CB | |||||
DIMENSIONS | (21) | (21) | (21) | (21) | (28) | ||||||||
Minimum Setbacks of Structures (feet) Front Yard (18) (20) | 30 | 30 | 50 | 0 | 15 | 15 | 0 | 50 | 20 | ||||
25 | 25 | 50 | 0 | (2) | (2) | (2) | 0 | (2) | 30 | 5 | |||
20 | 20 | 30 | 0 | (2) | (2) | (2) | 0 | (2) | 30 | 5 | |||
40 | 40 | 60 | 0 | (2) | (2) | (2) | (2) | 60 | 10 | ||||
(8) | (8) | 1 | (8) | (8) | (8) | 1 (49) | (8) | .75 | |||||
2A | 2A | 2A | |||||||||||
Dwelling Units per Acre (15) (22) (53) | 10 (23) | 20 (23) | 30 (23) | 15 (23) | 30 (23) | 30 (23) | 30 (23) | ||||||
Minimum Dimensions (feet) Width of Street Frontage | 200 | 200 | 200 | ||||||||||
200 | 200 | 200 | |||||||||||
Maximum in Building Height (feet) (10) | 20 | 30 | 45 (6) | 75 | 45 (9) | 30 | 20 (25) | 75 | 45 (46) | 75 | |||
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) (13) (14) (16) | 35 (24) | 35 (24) | 35 (24) | 35 | 50 | 35 (24) | 35 (24) | 35 (24) | 40 (24) | ||||
Maximum Hard Surface Coverage (percent) (37) (47) | 85 | 85 | 85 | 85 | 90 | 85 | 80 | 85 | 85 | 85 | 85 | ||
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) (35) (37) | 60 | 60 | 60 | 60 | 65 | 65 | 60 | 60 | 65 | 60 | 60 | ||
Alternative Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) (35) (37) (39) (48) | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 85 | 85 | 80 | 80 | 85 | 80 | 80 |
Additional dimensional requirements for Shoreline Overlay Districts are found in Part 20.25E LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Evergreen Highlands Design District (EH-A, EH-B, EH-C, EH-D) are found in Part 20.25F LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Office and Limited Business – Open Space (OLB-OS) are found in Part 20.25L LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Medical Institution District (MI) are found in Part 20.25J LUC.
Dimensional Requirements for Eastgate Transit Oriented Development District are found in Part 20.25F LUC.
Notes: Uses in land use districts – Dimensional requirements*:
* Code reviser’s note: Ordinance 6672 amended these notes and unintentionally omitted the amendments made by Ordinance 6626. At the city’s request, the amendments of Ordinance 6626 have been retained.
(1)At a minimum, one single-family structure is permitted per lot, unless developing middle housing or developing single-family developments within the Critical Areas Overlay. See LUC 20.20.538 for dimensional requirements for middle housing projects. Dwelling units per acre for single-family developments located within the Critical Areas Overlay shall be calculated pursuant to LUC 20.25H.045.
(2)The permitted number of dwelling units shall be either the units calculated in LUC 20.20.538 for middle housing projects or dwelling units per acre, whichever is larger. For sites located within the Critical Areas Overlay, dwelling units per acre shall be calculated pursuant to LUC 20.25H.045.
(3)See LUC 20.20.012.
(4)See LUC 20.20.015.
(5)Intentionally deleted.
(6)The maximum allowable building height is 75 feet on any property designated OLB which lies within 475 feet of the right-of-way of I-405, between I-90 and SR-520.
(7)Attached multifamily dwellings located on adjacent lots may reduce the applicable side yard setbacks between structures to zero when consolidating the subject lots, when the project limit contains multiple preexisting lots, or where a unit lot subdivision or unit lot short subdivision is proposed.
(8)Any office building or any office portion of a building in the PO, O, OLB, LI, GC, NB, CB or F1 Districts shall comply with the following limitations on Floor Area Ratio:
(a)At 0.5 FAR, no office building or office portion of a building may exceed 50,000 square feet of gross floor area; and
(b)For any office building or office portion of a building greater than 50,000 square feet in gross floor area, the following sliding scale shall be observed as interpolated and extrapolated below:
(i)At 0.3 FAR, no office building or office portion of a building may exceed 100,000 square feet of gross floor area; and
(ii)At 0.1 FAR, no office building or office portion of a building may exceed 150,000 square feet of gross floor area.
(c)In an O District, north of Factoria Mall and directly adjacent to an F2 District, any office building or any office portion of a building may have a Floor Area Ratio greater than 0.50, not to exceed a Floor Area Ratio of 0.75 FAR. In this district, the sliding FAR scale does not apply.
This footnote 8 shall not apply to sites in the Critical Areas Overlay District. Density/intensity on sites in the Critical Areas Overlay District is calculated pursuant to LUC 20.25H.045.
(9)The maximum building height may be exceeded upon approval of the Director of the Development Services Department. Requests for such approval shall be processed in accordance with the administrative conditional use procedure of Part 20.30E LUC. Before granting any such approval, the Director of the Development Services Department must find that:
(a)The height increase is only to accommodate equipment, structures or buildings that contain special equipment primarily related to light manufacturing, wholesale, trade and distribution use, and is not for office or bulk retail use; and
(b)There is functional need for a height increase; and
(c)The overall site development will minimize adverse impacts caused by the height increase.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this note, no height increase is permitted within a transition area as defined in Part 20.25B LUC.
(10)The allowable building height of any building located in PO, O, OLB, GC, NB, or CB Districts may be increased by 1 story, but not to exceed 15 feet, if basement parking for that building occupies a minimum of 75 percent of the building footprint.
(11)The LUC contains enhanced setback requirements for churches, clubs, and institutions (refer to LUC 20.20.190) and schools (refer to LUC 20.20.740) located in residential land use districts.
(12)For each square foot of lot area devoted to open space in excess of 30 percent of the total lot area, 1 square foot is added to the lot area for the purpose of calculating density.
(13)Lot coverage is calculated after subtracting all critical areas and stream critical area buffers; provided, that coal mine hazards (LUC 20.25H.130), habitat associated with species of local importance (LUC 20.25H.150), and seismic hazards (LUC 20.25H.120.A.4) shall not be subtracted.
(14)Maximum lot coverage by structures is determined after public right-of-way and private roads are subtracted from the gross land area.
(15)Intentionally deleted.
(16) Exceptions to Lot Coverage: Although not considered structures for purposes of calculating lot coverage, the following may be considered impervious surfaces subject to the impervious surface limits. See LUC 20.20.460 and 20.50.026.
(a)Underground buildings as defined in LUC 20.50.050 are not structures for the purpose of calculating lot coverage.
(b)Buildings constructed partially below grade and not higher than 30 inches above existing or finished grade, whichever is lower, are not structures for the purpose of calculating lot coverage subject to the following conditions:
(i)The 30-inch height limit must be met at all points along the building excluding those areas necessary to provide reasonable ingress and egress to the underground portions of the building; and
(ii)The rooftop of the building shall be screened from abutting properties with 10 feet of Type II landscaping as described in LUC 20.20.520.G.2 except that the required trees shall be a minimum of 10 feet in height at planting; or, if a use is proposed for the rooftop, the rooftop may be landscaped consistent with the planting requirements for the specific use that is proposed and for the land use district in which the use is located. All landscaping shall comply with standards set forth in LUC 20.20.520. The provisions of LUC 20.20.520.J (Alternative Landscaping Option) are applicable.
(17)If the setback abuts a street right-of-way, access easement or private road, the minimum dimension is 10 feet unless a greater dimension is specified.
(19)(Repealed by Ord. 6670).
(20)See LUC 20.25H.035 for additional critical area setbacks.
(21)See LUC 20.25H.045 for calculation of density/intensity on sites in the Critical Areas Overlay District.
(22)Density for senior citizen dwelling, congregate care senior housing, and assisted living is calculated as follows: Units less than 600 square feet count as 1/2 unit and units 600 square feet or greater count as 1 unit.
(23)This residential density may be in addition to FAR only for senior citizen dwellings, assisted living and congregate care senior housing.
(24)Lot coverage may be increased to 50 percent if congregate care senior housing, senior citizen dwellings, assisted living or nursing homes are constructed on site; provided, however, that coverage for the nonresidential portions of the development cannot exceed the maximum limits indicated. Lot coverage within NB and NMU Districts may be increased to 50 percent for mixed use development which includes residential uses comprising at least 1/2 the square footage of the building footprint. Underground parking in excess of 50 percent of the site area shall not be included in lot coverage calculations.
(25)The maximum building height for structures is increased to 30 feet only if residential uses or administrative office uses are provided on the second floor, and provided the structure does not exceed 2 stories. For purposes of this note, a story is defined pursuant to the International Building Code, Section 202, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue.
(26)See LUC 20.20.125 for specific requirements applicable to detached accessory structures.
(27)Lot coverage for schools located in residential land use districts is limited to 35 percent of the site area (refer to LUC 20.20.740).
(28)Dimensional requirements for the F1 Land Use District are listed in LUC 20.25F1.040.
(29)(Repealed by Ord. 5726).
(30)(Repealed by Ord. 5726).
(31)Any office building or any office portion of a building in the F2 District may not exceed a Floor Area Ratio of 0.75 FAR.
(32)The maximum FAR for the combined properties in the F3 Land Use District, regardless of use, shall be 1.26 FAR; provided, that individual parcels or portions of property lying within the F3 Land Use District may have FAR for those individual parcels or portions which exceed an FAR of 1.26; provided, that the FAR calculated for the entire aggregated property within the F3 Land Use District shall not exceed 1.26. The maximum FAR permitted herein is based on a maximum total development, including existing and new development of 950,000 square feet, calculated in the same manner as provided for in the calculation of FAR. In the event of an inconsistency between the FAR maximum of 1.26 and the maximum total development amount of 950,000 square feet, the latter shall control.
(33)In no event shall building height exceed 324 feet above sea level, based on North American Vertical Datum, 1988 (NAVD – 88).
(34)Maximum building height south of the F3 Land Use District Separation Line shall be 135 feet, with structural elements not intended for habitation above 135 feet, so long as structural elements do not exceed 275 feet above sea level based on NAVD – 88.
(35)Intentionally deleted.
(36)Impervious surface limits for legally established nonconforming nonresidential uses and for new allowed nonresidential uses in these residential land use districts shall be 80 percent.
(37)Maximum hard surface, maximum impervious surface, and maximum lot coverage by structures are independent limitations on allowed development. All areas of lot coverage by structures are included in the calculation of total maximum impervious surface, unless such structures are excepted under LUC 20.20.460. All areas of impervious surface coverage shall be included in the calculation of total maximum hard surface. See LUC 20.20.460 for exceptions and performance standards relating to impervious surface coverage and LUC 20.20.425 for exceptions and performance standards relating to hard surface coverage.
(38)Certain noncritical area setbacks on sites in the Critical Areas Overlay District may be modified pursuant to LUC 20.25H.040.
(39)These dimensional standards may be modified through an approved conservation subdivision, LUC 20.45A.060, or conservation short subdivision, LUC 20.45B.055.
(40)The greenscape requirements of this section shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review, including land alteration or land development for Single-Family Land Uses, is required by the Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code. Existing single-family front yard setbacks legally established on a site prior to January 1, 2008, which do not meet the minimum greenscape requirements set forth in Chart 20.20.010 shall not be considered nonconforming. The City shall not, however, approve proposals to decrease the greenscape percentage set forth in Chart 20.20.010 where a site already falls below the minimum greenscape requirements. Where an existing site falls below the minimum requirements set forth in Chart 20.20.010, the removal of greenscape shall not be approved unless an equal amount of existing impervious surface, pervious surface, or hardscape is removed, such that the net amount of greenscape is unchanged. The Director may modify the requirements of Chart 20.20.010 for nonconforming lots, corner lots, or lots with unique sizes and shapes. See LUC 20.50.022 for the definition of greenscape.
(41)Intentionally deleted.
(42)Dimensional requirements for the BelRed Land Use Districts are found at LUC 20.25D.080.
(43)See LUC 20.20.390 for FAR requirements for single-family and middle housing developments.
(44)Maximum building height for single-family uses is 30 feet measured from the average elevation of the existing grade around the building to the highest point of a flat roof, or 35 feet to the ridge of a pitched roof. Refer to LUC 20.50.012 for definition of “Building Height – Single-Family Uses.”
(45)For new single-family residential homes and additions, the maximum height of any individual building façade is 40 feet measured from the existing grade at the building wall to the ridge of a pitched roof or top of a flat roof. New single-family homes constructed as part of a subdivision pursuant to Part 20.45A LUC or planned unit development pursuant to Part 20.30D LUC are exempt from this requirement.
(46)Maximum building height in CB Districts of the Wilburton Subarea that are located between 116th Ave NE and the BNSF Corridor is 75 feet.
(47)Intentionally deleted.
(48)Maximum impervious surface limit only for sites where the use of permeable surfacing techniques is determined to be infeasible according to the criteria in the 2014 Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington, now or as hereafter amended.
(49)Up to one FAR of floor area dedicated to on-site affordable housing shall not be counted for the purposes of calculating the FAR of a project; provided, that:
(a)The ratio of affordable housing is 2.5 market rate units to 1.0 affordable housing units at 80 percent AMI;
(b)The general development requirements contained in LUC 20.20.128 do not apply;
(c)The bedroom mix and exterior finishes shall be comparable to the market rate units, but interior design, unit size, amenities and interior finishes may vary; and
(d)An agreement in a form approved by the City will be executed by the applicant and recorded with the King County Record’s Office, or its successor organization, requiring the affordable housing to remain for the life of the project. This agreement shall be a covenant running with the land, binding on assigns, heirs, and successors of the applicant.
(50)Office-designated properties in the Eastgate Subarea annexed into the City with the Eastgate annexation (May 2012) shall not be considered nonconforming with respect to FAR if the development thereon was legally established prior to the date of annexation.
(51)Not applicable to properties located in Shoreline Overlay Districts and which have shoreline frontage. For requirements applicable to such properties, see LUC 20.25E.065.
(52)See LUC 20.20.128.F for modified dimensional requirements for affordable housing when the requirements of LUC 20.20.128 are met.
(53)This requirement is not applicable to Supportive Housing, as defined pursuant to LUC 20.20.845.C.2.
Uses in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts – Dimensional Requirements
Notes: Dimensional Requirements in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts:
(1)For purposes of applying FAR and height limits, a single building is considered residential if more than 50 percent of the gross floor area is devoted to residential uses. The maximum floor plate shall be determined based on whether more than 50 percent of the gross floor area of an individual tower is dedicated to residential or nonresidential use.
(2)Hotels and motels and other transient lodging shall be considered nonresidential uses for purposes of this Chart 20.20.010.
(3)Refer to LUC 20.25R.040.B.2 and 20.20.525 for allowable projections above the maximum height limits.
(4)Refer to LUC 20.25R.040.B.3 for exceptions to this requirement.
(5)Where a building exceeds 100 feet in height, the maximum floor plate restriction shall apply beginning with the first full floor plate located above 55 feet in height and then to all floor plates going up to the applicable maximum building height.
(Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 8; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 7; Ord. 6672, 7-25-22, § 2; Ord. 6670, 7-18-22, § 5; Ord. 6626, 12-6-21, §§ 3, 4; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, §§ 9, 10, 11, 13; Ord. 6366, 8-7-17, § 7; Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, §§ 1, 2, 3; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 6; Ord. 6169, 7-14-14, §§ 2, 3; Ord. 5896, 8-3-09, § 1; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, §§ 6, 7; Ord. 5867, 4-6-09, §§ 1, 2; Ord. 5791, 12-3-07, §§ 11, 12; Ord. 5726, 3-19-07, § 2; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 2; Ord. 5672, 5-15-06, § 1; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, § 1; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 4; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 5; Ord. 5430, 1-21-03, § 3; Ord. 5385, 7-15-02, § 6; Ord. 5232, 6-26-00, § 2; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 4; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 3; Ord. 4977, 3-17-97, § 1; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 303; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, §§ 402, 403; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 18; Ord. 4422, 9-28-92, § 2; Ord. 4270, 7-8-91, § 6; Ord. 4065, 10-23-89, § 3; Ord. 3936, 7-18-88, § 2; Ord. 3780, 5-26-87, § 1; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 6; Ord. 3747, 1-20-87, § 2; Ord. 3690, 8-4-86, § 2; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 11; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 2)
A. All of the following are deleted from the gross square footage of a lot for the purpose of determining minimum lot area pursuant to LUC 20.20.010:
1. Public right-of-way; and
2. Private roads in separate tracts; and
3. Submerged lands (lands waterward of the ordinary high water mark).
B. The area of an easement, including an access easement, is not subtracted from the gross square footage of a lot. (Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 19; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 7)
In approved short plats and subdivisions, the individual lots shall be considered in compliance with minimum area requirements if the average of the areas of all the lots in the short plat or plat meets the minimum requirement for the district in which the short plat or plat is located, provided: (1) that no individual lot therein shall be reduced more than 10 percent from the district minimum required area, except that lots in zones LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, and SR-2 may be reduced by up to 15 percent from the district minimum; (2) a reduction of five percent in the required lot width may be applied to 20 percent of the lots, provided no reduction in the required area is applied to these lots. The lot averaging described in this section shall not be allowed for conservation subdivisions or conservation short subdivisions where the required minimum lot size for such subdivision is reduced as allowed under LUC 20.45A.060 or 20.45B.055, as applicable. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 9; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 3; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 5; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 20; Ord. 3921, 6-20-88, § 1)
Except as set forth in LUC 20.20.017, in no case may the Director or any other hearing body vary the minimum requirements for minimum lot area, width of street frontage, width required in lot or depth required in lot, as stated in Chart 20.20.010, by more than 10 percent; except that this section shall not apply to planned unit developments, Part 20.30D LUC; conservation subdivisions, LUC 20.45A.060; or conservation short subdivisions, LUC 20.45B.055. See Part 20.30G LUC relating to variances from the Land Use Code and Part 20.25E LUC relating to variances from the Shoreline Master Program. (Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 12; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 4; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 5; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 801; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 901; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 12)
Improvements such as but not limited to rockeries and retaining walls which are required by the City as part of street frontage improvements and which are located on a public easement may be constructed in the setback if no feasible alternative exists. (Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 10)
(Note: This section is not applicable in the Shoreline Overlay District.)
A. Signs, Marquees and Awnings. See Sign Code, Chapter 22B.10 BCC.
B. Garages/Carports on Slopes.
1. If the topography of a lot is such that the front building line is eight feet or more above the street grade, and there is no reasonable way to construct a driveway up to the dwelling level, a garage/carport may be built into the bank and set at least five feet back from the front property line, except as set forth in subsection B.4 below.
2. If the topography of a lot is such that there is no reasonable way to construct a driveway with a slope less than 15 percent to the dwelling level, a garage/carport may be built in the front yard setback, LUC 20.20.010, subject to approval by the Director of the Development Services Department. The garage/carport must be set at least five feet back from the front lot line, and may not exceed 15 feet above street level measured to the peak of a pitched roof or nine feet above street level measured to the top of a flat roof. The garage/carport and its vehicular access must be located and oriented to minimize disturbance of the slope.
3. A garage/carport must comply with the street intersection sight obstruction requirements of BCC 14.60.240.
4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection B to the contrary, a garage/carport may not be located within a critical area or critical area buffer unless allowed under Part 20.25H LUC.
C. Minor Building Elements. Subject to LUC 20.20.025.C.3, minor building elements including patios, platforms, eaves, trellises, open beams, fireplace chimneys, decks, porches, balconies, lanais, bay windows, greenhouse windows and similar elements of a minor character may intrude into a required setback as follows:
1. Any portion of a minor building element which equals or exceeds 30 inches above finished grade at its location may intrude into a required setback a distance no greater than 20 percent of the minimum dimension of that setback, or at least 18 inches, whichever is greater.
2. Any portion of a minor building element which is less than 30 inches above finished grade at its location may extend to any lot line.
3. Except for eaves, the combined length of all minor building elements which equal or exceed 30 inches above finished grade on any building facade shall not exceed 25 percent of the length of that facade.
4. Minor building elements may not be used to extend the enclosed building floor area into the required setback, except chimneys and bay windows protruding no more than 18 inches into the setback may extend to the finished grade at their location.
5. A minor building element may extend into a critical area structure setback required by LUC 20.25H.035 only if it is above the ground level and if vegetation will be maintained in a healthy condition. Solar access to vegetation must be maintained at least 50 percent of daylight hours during the normal growing season.
Note: Heat pumps are not minor building elements. Retaining walls and rockeries 30 inches or greater in height are not minor building elements.
D. Rockeries and Retaining Walls. On a lot of less than 30,000 gross square feet or on any single-family lot, rockeries and retaining walls 30 inches or greater in height may extend into setbacks established by LUC 20.20.010; provided, that the existing grade change is such that no feasible alternative to location or height exists. In any event, the critical area buffer and structure setbacks of LUC 20.25H.035 apply.
E. Underground Buildings and Buildings Constructed Partially Below Grade.
1. Limitations. This subsection cannot be used to develop any building (including an underground building) which intrudes into critical areas, critical area buffers, or critical area structure setbacks required by Part 20.25H LUC.
2. Subject to the limitations contained in this subsection E, underground buildings may intrude in the required setback.
3. Subject to the limitations contained in this subsection E, buildings constructed partially below grade and not higher than 30 inches above existing or finished grade, whichever is lower, may intrude into required setbacks subject to the following conditions:
a. The 30-inch height limit must be met at all points along the building except those areas necessary to provide reasonable ingress and egress to the underground portions of the building; and
b. The rooftop of the building shall be screened from abutting properties with 10 feet of Type II landscaping as described in LUC 20.20.520.G.2 except that the required trees shall be a minimum of 10 feet in height at planting or, if a use is proposed for the rooftop, the rooftop may be landscaped consistent with the planting requirements for the specific use that is proposed and for the land use district in which the use is located. All landscaping shall comply with standards set forth in LUC 20.20.520. The provisions of LUC 20.20.520.J (Alternative Landscaping Option) are applicable.
F. Stormwater BMPs. Where feasible, stormwater BMPs, as required by the 2014 Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington, now or as hereafter amended, may be located within setbacks required in LUC 20.20.010, provided they conform to the setback requirements in the City of Bellevue Storm and Surface Water Engineering Standards, now or hereafter amended. (Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 77; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 14; Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, § 4; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 6; Ord. 5232, 6-26-00, § 3; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, §§ 6, 7; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 889; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 989; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 23; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 8)
A. Except as specifically provided in subsection B of this section, each lot must contain only one front setback and only one rear setback. Any other setback will be considered a side setback.
B. If a lot abuts the intersection of two public rights-of-way, a front setback is required along each right-of-way.
C. The Director of the Development Services Department is authorized to designate front, rear and side setbacks in accordance with the definitions of LUC 20.50.046. If these definitions do not establish a front and rear setback, the Director of the Development Services Department shall establish these setbacks based upon orientation of the lot to surrounding lots and to any existing development pattern. All other setbacks will be defined in relation to the established front and rear setback.
D. A setback is measured from the interior edge of a street right-of-way, access easement or private road, except that if applicable, a rear setback is measured from the centerline of an alley. Where there is no street right-of-way, access easement or private road, a setback is measured from the property line.
E. The critical area buffer and critical area structure setback requirements of Part 20.25H LUC are in addition to the setback requirements of LUC 20.20.010, 20.25D.080, 20.25F.040, 20.25J.030, 20.25L.030, 20.25N.050 and 20.25P.060. Where there are multiple setback requirements, the greater setback dimension is required. (Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 5; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 7; Ord. 5232, 6-26-00, § 4; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 24; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 9; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 4; Ord. 3278, 8-1-83, § 6)
A. Development shall be permitted only on legally created lots.
B. In order to establish that a lot for which permit approval is sought is a legally created lot, the applicant must provide:
1. For lots created through subdivision, a plat approved by the City of Bellevue or King County separately describing the lot in question; or
2. For lots created through short subdivision, a short plat approved by the City of Bellevue or King County separately describing the lot in question; or
3. A deed, contract of sale, mortgage, property tax segregation, plat, recorded survey or Building Permit separately describing the lot in question if the instrument was:
a. Executed prior to March 14, 1969, or
b. Executed prior to July 1, 1974 while the lot in question was under the jurisdiction of King County. (Ord. 3921, 6-20-88, § 2)
A. An individual nonconforming lot legally created pursuant to LUC 20.20.060 may be used for a building site if:
1. There are no restrictions on development imposed by prior permits or land use approvals; and
2. The lot satisfies either subsection A.2.a or A.2.b of this section:
a. The lot does not lie within a Residential Land Use District; or
b. The lot lies within a Residential Land Use District and one of the following conditions is satisfied:
i. The area, width and depth of the lot each meet or exceed 70 percent of the minimum requirements for the Residential Land Use District in which it is located; or
ii. Although the area, width or depth of the lot, or a combination thereof, does not meet 70 percent of the minimum requirements of the Residential Land Use District in which it is located, the lot satisfies all of the following requirements:
(1) The lot’s area meets or exceeds 3,000 square feet; and
(2) The lot’s width meets or exceeds 30 feet; and
(3) The lot’s depth meets or exceeds 50 feet.
B. Development of an individual lot failing to meet 70 percent of the area, width or depth requirements of the land use district in which it is located is restricted to a maximum building height computed by the following formula (see Example A at the end of this section). The maximum building height resulting from the following formula may be modified up to the maximum height allowed in the underlying land use district through a variance pursuant to Part 20.30G LUC or Part 20.30H LUC:
Building Height = 2 x C x H
C = The ratio of potentially buildable area (lot area less the area of the lot’s minimum setback requirements) to total lot area.
H = The general building height requirement otherwise applicable to the lot.
(Calculation of building height is in no way intended to suggest a waiver of lot coverage requirements imposed elsewhere in the Code. Similarly, calculations are based on basic Code requirements; any variances to setbacks of the property do not affect building height calculation.)
Provided, that in no event shall building height exceed the building height requirement otherwise applicable to the lot; and provided, that in no event shall a building height requirement be imposed less than 15 feet.
C. Notwithstanding subsection A of this section, a nonconforming lot in a Residential Land Use District failing to meet or exceed 70 percent of minimum area, width, and depth requirements of the district in which it is located may not be used for a building site if at any time since the effective date of the ordinance which first established a minimum lot area, width, depth, or street frontage requirement larger than the lot contains or annexation, whichever was later, has a person, partnership, corporation or marital community owning said lot simultaneously owning additional contiguous property. Such lots must be combined with additional contiguous property sufficient that the area, width and depth of the combined property each meets or exceeds 70 percent of the minimum requirements of the land use district in which the property is located. This subsection does not constitute a waiver of any of the requirements of boundary line adjustment procedure.
D. Any nonconforming lot used for a building site must meet the nonconforming provisions of LUC 20.20.560, the building height requirements of subsection B of this section and the applicable dimensional requirements of LUC 20.20.010 for the district in which it is located, unless a variance has been granted pursuant to Part 20.30G or 20.30H LUC or modification has been granted pursuant to LUC 20.25H.040.B.
E. This section is not applicable in the BelRed Land Use Districts. Refer to LUC 20.25D.060 for regulations relating to existing conditions.

(Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 10; Ord. 5991, 2-7-11, § 1; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 8; Ord. 3921, 6-20-88, § 3; Ord. 3690, 8-4-86, § 4)
Telephone Exchange: Revised AmendedSee Public Utilities, this chapter.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate both attached and detached accessory dwelling units.
B. Definitions.
1. Major Transit Stop. For the purposes of this section, major transit stop is as defined in RCW 36.70A.696.
C. Standards – Generally Applicable to Both Attached and Detached Accessory Dwelling Units.
1. Up to two accessory dwelling units are permitted on each lot located in a land use district that allows a single-family dwelling to be located on that lot; provided, that all applicable requirements of this section are met.
2. Until the use and occupancy of an accessory dwelling unit is allowed under BCC 23.05.140, the accessory dwelling unit must be a subordinate use to a primary structure located on the same lot. Once the use and occupancy of an accessory dwelling unit are allowed under BCC 23.05.140, then the accessory dwelling unit shall become a permitted use.
3. The floor area of an accessory dwelling unit shall be limited to a maximum of 1,200 square feet. For attached accessory dwelling units this floor area does not count towards the maximum allowable square footage for single-family and middle housing projects as regulated by LUC 20.20.390, except that:
a. The Director may approve an increase in floor area beyond 1,200 square feet in the following circumstances:
i. Where the proposed accessory dwelling unit is located entirely on a single floor of the primary structure;
ii. Where the accessory dwelling unit is proposed as an addition to an existing detached accessory structure; or
iii. Where the accessory dwelling unit is proposed to be created through a conversion of an existing detached accessory structure.
b. Accessory dwelling units created through the conversion of a structure previously permitted as a guest cottage are exempt from the maximum floor area limit; provided, that the conversion does not constitute an expansion of the structure.
c. Up to 300 square feet per accessory dwelling unit used for parking or unheated storage space shall be exempt from the maximum floor area.
4. Accessory dwelling units may be converted from existing structures, including but not limited to detached garages, regardless of whether the existing structure itself currently meets applicable setback and lot coverage dimensional requirements so long as the existing structure was otherwise a permitted use when constructed. An accessory dwelling unit resulting from such a conversion shall not constitute a nonconforming structure, and the site shall not constitute a nonconforming site, solely due to the existing structure’s noncompliance with applicable setback and lot coverage dimensional requirements.
5. In addition to any off-street parking spaces required for the primary structure, off-street parking shall be provided for accessory dwelling units as follows:
a. No off-street parking is required for accessory dwelling units less than 1,000 square feet in floor area (excluding any garage area).
b. No off-street parking is required for accessory dwelling units located within one-half mile of a major transit stop as defined in this section.
c. One off-street parking space is required for each accessory dwelling unit, except as otherwise provided in subsection C.5.a or C.5.b of this section.
6. A site may not contain both an accessory dwelling unit and a business subject to the regulations in Part 20.30N LUC for a Home Occupation Permit.
7. If a unit lot was created through a unit lot subdivision approved under Chapter 20.45A LUC or a unit lot short subdivision approved under Chapter 20.45B LUC and the unit lot was developed in accordance with such approval, then no new accessory dwelling unit is permitted to be developed on that unit lot.
D. Standards – Attached Accessory Dwelling Units.
1. Attached accessory dwelling units must be located within, or be attached to, the primary structure.
2. Attached accessory dwelling units shall be subject to the same height and setback requirements as the primary structure.
E. Standards – Detached Accessory Dwelling Units.
1. Detached accessory dwelling units shall be limited to 24 feet in height, or 28 feet in height when proposed as an addition over an existing accessory structure, as measured to the highest point of the structure.
2. Detached accessory dwelling units shall be subject to the same dimensional requirements as middle housing projects per LUC 20.20.538, except that:
a. Detached accessory dwelling units may be sited at the lot line that abuts an alley. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 11; Ord. 6746, 7-17-23, § 1; Ord. 6616, 11-15-21, § 1; Ord. 6589, 7-19-21, § 1; Ord. 6575, 4-26-21, § 1; Ord. 6567, 2-16-21, §§ 1, 2; Ord. 5718, 2-20-07, §§ 1, 2; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 8; Ord. 4498, 3-15-93, § 2)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate the height, size, and location of detached accessory structures in residential districts in order to maintain compatibility with surrounding neighborhoods and reduce the visual impacts on adjacent residential properties.
B. Applicability. This section applies to detached accessory structures located on lots less than 20,000 square feet within any residential land use district. This section is not applicable to detached accessory dwelling units regulated pursuant to LUC 20.20.120. This section is not applicable to structures exempt from regulation under the International Building Code, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue; however, exempt structures (e.g., swimming pools, greenhouses, and similar structures) and parked or stored recreational vehicles, watercraft, and utility trailers (regulated pursuant to LUC 20.20.720 or 20.20.890) may intrude into side or rear yard setbacks pursuant to the process contained in subsection E.3 of this section.
C. Height Limitations. Detached accessory structures are limited to a maximum height of 15 feet except as otherwise provided in subsection E.1 of this section.
D. Limitations on Location and Lot Coverage.
1. Detached accessory structures shall be included in the calculation of lot coverage necessary to comply with the Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures requirements contained in LUC 20.20.010. In addition, detached accessory structures are limited to a maximum lot coverage of 10 percent except as otherwise provided in subsection E.2 of this section.
2. Detached accessory structures are required to comply with the front and side setbacks required for the primary structure and are required to maintain a five-foot setback from the rear lot line except as otherwise provided in subsection E.3 of this section.
Note: The International Residential Code as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue contains additional fire protection requirements that are applicable to some structures constructed within a side or rear yard setback.
E. Exception Process.
1. Height Limit. The 15-foot maximum height limit applicable to detached accessory structures can be increased to the maximum building height allowed in the underlying residential district provided a written mutual agreement of all abutting property owners is recorded with the King County Division of Records and Elections and filed with the City Clerk. The 15-foot height limit applicable to detached accessory structures located within required setback areas shall not be exceeded.
2. Lot Coverage. The 10 percent maximum lot coverage applicable to detached accessory structures located on lots less than 20,000 square feet can be exceeded provided a written mutual agreement of all abutting property owners is recorded with the King County Division of Records and Elections and filed with the City Clerk. However, the requirements for maximum lot coverage by structures contained in LUC 20.20.010 shall not be exceeded.
3. Setback Requirements. Detached accessory structures may be built to the side or rear lot line subject to the following limitations.
a. A written mutual agreement of the abutting property owners of the property lines affected shall be recorded with the King County Division of Records and Elections and filed with the City Clerk.
b. The detached accessory structure shall not exceed a height of 15 feet.
c. The detached accessory structure shall not occupy more than 50 percent of the area of a required rear or side setback.
d. The detached accessory structure shall not be located within 10 feet of a street right-of-way, access easement or private road.
e. The detached accessory structure shall not be located within a setback required by LUC 20.25H.090 except as otherwise provided by LUC 20.20.025.B. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 12; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 8; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, §§ 2, 3; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 9; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 4; Ord. 4977, 3-17-97, § 2; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 11)
A. Adult entertainment uses are prohibited within 660 feet of any Residential Land Use District, single or multiple-family residence, public or private school (preschool – twelfth grade), religious facility, public park, child care service, child day care center, public library, community youth center, massage parlor, or other adult entertainment use.
B. Massage parlors are prohibited from locating within 660 feet of any existing adult entertainment use, and adult entertainment uses are prohibited from locating within 660 feet of any existing massage parlor.
C. The 660-foot distance shall be a straight, horizontal line, measured from the nearest point of that portion of a lot proposed to be used for an adult entertainment use (generally, the enclosed building or indoor leased space, excluding, for example, parking areas, landscaping or tenant common areas) to the nearest point of:
1. That portion of a lot used for another adult entertainment use;
2. A lot owned or leased, or that portion of a lot leased (excluding common areas), for a residence, public or private school (preschool – twelfth grade), religious facility, public park, child care service, child day care center, public library, or community youth center; or
3. A Residential Land Use District. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 13; Ord. 5189, 12-6-99, § 1; Ord. 4536, 5-24-93, § 1; Ord. 3884, 2-16-88, § 2)
A. Purpose and Administration.
1. The purpose of this section is to promote the development of affordable dwelling units by establishing requirements, incentives, and fees for new development.
2. The Director shall adopt by rule affordable housing standards to govern the construction, repair, modification, and operation of affordable dwelling units created by operation of this title. Such standards shall be consistent with the requirements of this title. When adopting affordable housing standards, the Director shall consider each of the following:
a. Consistency with the City’s Comprehensive Plan;
b. Whether consistency with the City’s other, non-Land-Use-Code-based affordable housing programs is beneficial to the City;
c. Whether consistency with affordable housing standards adopted by neighboring jurisdictions is beneficial to the City;
d. The impact on the City’s affordable housing goals;
e. The impact on the cost of development; and
f. The impact on the quality of life of residents of affordable units.
3. The following affordable housing standards shall apply to any affordable dwelling unit created by operation of this title. In the event of a conflict between a standard listed below and a standard included elsewhere in this title, the standard included elsewhere shall control.
a. The affordable dwelling units shall be generally distributed throughout the residential portions of a development and, where market-rate dwelling units are provided, intermingled with market-rate dwelling units. The Director shall define by rule the terms “generally distributed” and “intermingled” for the purposes of this subsection.
b. If all market-rate dwelling units in the development are for rent, then all affordable dwelling units shall also be for rent.
c. If all market-rate dwelling units in the development are for sale, then all affordable dwelling units shall also be for sale.
d. If the market-rate dwelling units in the development are a mix of dwelling units that are for rent and for sale, then the affordable dwelling units shall be a proportionate mix of rental and for-sale units.
e. The affordable dwelling units shall consist of a mix of number of bedrooms that is in the same proportion as the bedroom mix of market-rate dwelling units in the overall development. The Director shall define by rule the term “bedroom” for the purposes of this subsection.
f. The affordable dwelling units shall be provided in a range of sizes comparable to the size of market-rate dwelling units in the development.
g. The materials, finishes, design, amenities, and appliances of affordable dwelling units shall have substantially the same functionality as, and be substantially comparable with, those of the other dwelling units in the development.
h. The affordable dwelling units shall remain affordable for the life of the project, which shall not be less than 50 years.
4. Legal Agreement. Whenever an affordable dwelling unit is created by operation of this title then, prior to issuance of a building permit for the development, the City and the owner of the site shall enter into an agreement, in a form approved by the Director. Once fully executed, the agreement shall be recorded, with the King County Recorder’s Office, on the title of the real property on which the development is located.
a. The agreement shall be a covenant running with the land and shall be binding on the assigns, heirs, and successors of the owner of the property.
b. If affordable dwelling units are later converted from being for rent to for sale, or for sale to for rent, then such dwelling units shall remain affordable to households at the same percentage area median income as required under the Director’s original approval; provided, that the Director may approve different percentage area median incomes. Where different percentage area median incomes are approved in relation to a conversion, the Director shall require the owner to execute and record a revised legal agreement reflecting the new percentage area median incomes.
c. The affordable dwelling units shall remain affordable to households at the same percentage area median income as required under the Director’s original approval for the life of the project, which shall not be less than 50 years.
d. Through the agreement, the Director may agree to subordinate the agreement for the purpose of enabling the owner to obtain financing for development of the property; provided, that such subordination is consistent with the applicable requirements of this title.
e. The agreement shall address price restrictions, home buyer or tenant qualifications, phasing of construction, monitoring of affordability, and any other topics applicable to the construction, maintenance, and operation of the affordable dwelling units; provided, that the covenant shall be consistent with the applicable requirements of this title.
5. Annual Adjustments for Inflation. The Director is both authorized and directed to annually increase or decrease the fees listed below by an adjustment necessary to reflect the then-current published annual change in the Seattle Consumer Price Index for Wage Earners and Clerical Workers:
a. The in-lieu fees contained in Table 20.20.128.I.4;
b. The in-lieu fee for nonresidential development contained in Chart 20.25Q.070.D.4; and
c. The in-lieu fee for mixed-income middle housing development contained in Table 20.20.128.E.2.b.
B. Definitions. The following definitions are specific to this section. Where a term defined below is used in this section its meaning shall be as defined below.
1. “Mixed-income multifamily development” means development consisting of attached or detached multifamily dwellings that includes both market rate and affordable housing dwelling units.
2. “Religious organization” means the federally protected practice of a recognized religious assembly, school, or institution that owns or controls real property as defined in RCW 35A.63.300, now or as hereafter amended.
3. “Affordable housing suffix” means a suffix consisting of AH and a number, enclosed in parentheses and appended to the Land Use District classification applied to a property. These suffixes correspond to alternate Land Use Districts where attached or detached multifamily dwellings are permitted which are applicable to affordable housing development when consistent with the requirements of subsection H of this section.
4. “Reference land use district” means the land use district located within 500 feet of a property eligible for an affordable housing suffix rezone used to determine the density available for the rezone. The reference land use district is identified using the criteria provided in subsection I.3 of this section.
5. “Affordable” means that a household eligible to rent or own the dwelling unit pays no more than 30 percent of household income for housing expenses.
6. “Area Median Income” means the median income for the Seattle-Bellevue, WA Housing and Urban Development Metro Fair Market Rent Area (“Seattle-Bellevue HMFA”) as most recently published by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”). In the event that HUD no longer publishes median family income figures for Seattle-Bellevue HMFA or King County, the director may estimate the applicable median income, in such manner as the director shall determine by rule.
C. Applicable Procedures. An application to utilize the provisions of this section shall be processed through the required land use review for the project. If a land use approval is not required for the project, the application shall be processed through the Building Permit review.
D. Eligibility.
1. Density Bonus. The following residential development, including both new development and rehabilitation projects, shall be eligible to receive a density bonus and other modifications as provided in this section:
a. Mixed-Income Multifamily Development. Mixed-income multifamily development in any land use district that permits attached or detached multifamily dwellings when the development includes affordable housing;
b. Middle Housing Development. Middle housing development on a lot in any residential land use district where the maximum density would not otherwise allow six dwelling units; and
c. Affordable Housing Development. The following ownerships and locations of residential development consisting entirely of affordable housing. For the purposes of this subsection, development consists entirely of affordable housing even where the development also contains one or more manager’s units; provided, that the manager’s units are reserved exclusively for occupancy of an on-site manager serving the project and said manager’s household.
i. Owned or controlled by a religious organization at the time that the land use application is deemed complete and located in any of the following land use districts: LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, or LDR-1; and
ii. Owned or controlled by a religious organization, nonprofit organization, or public agency, except for Bellevue Parks Department, Bellevue Community Development Department, or any public utility entity, and located in all land use districts in which attached or detached multifamily dwellings are permitted, including property with an affordable housing suffix.
2. Affordable Housing Suffix Rezone. The following ownerships and locations of property shall be eligible to be rezoned under Part 20.30A LUC, adding an affordable housing suffix for development of affordable housing consisting of attached or detached multifamily dwellings and other modifications as provided in this section:
a. Owned or controlled by a religious organization at the time that the land use application is deemed complete; and
b. Located in any of the following land use districts: LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, LDR-1; and
c. Located within 500 feet of a Land Use District where commercial uses or attached or detached multifamily dwellings are permitted; and
d. Located on an arterial street or located at one of the following locations:
i. Within 1/2 mile of a transit stop that receives service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
ii. Within one-half mile of a light rail or bus rapid transit station or a future light rail or bus rapid transit station scheduled to begin service within two years; or
iii. Within 1/4 mile of a transit stop that receives service at least 2 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day.
e. Exceptions.
i. Property owned by a religious organization but not meeting all other eligibility requirements shall be eligible to be rezoned under Part 20.30A LUC when:
(1) Part of a contiguous ownership including property meeting all eligibility requirements; and
(2) Not separated from contiguous eligible property by rights-of-way.
ii. The Director is authorized to determine whether a property meets arterial street access criteria.
E. Density Bonus.
1. Mixed-income multifamily development, as described in subsection D.1.a of this section, may exempt 1 bonus market rate dwelling unit for each equivalent-sized dwelling unit of affordable housing provided, up to 15 percent above the maximum density allowed in the underlying land use district.
2. Middle housing development, as described in subsection D.1.b of this section, may develop up to six dwelling units where the applicant proposing the middle housing development complies with at least one of the following options:
a. Performance Option. At least two of the dwelling units are affordable to households as follows:
i. For dwelling units intended for rent, the dwelling unit shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 60 percent of the area median income.
ii. For dwelling units intended for sale, the dwelling unit shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income.
b. Payment Option. The applicant provides a cash payment of an in-lieu fee to the City as follows:
i. In-lieu fees shall be both assessed and collected at building permit issuance.
ii. The payment amount shall be calculated as a flat fee, in accordance with Table 20.20.128.E.2.B, per market rate dwelling unit that would otherwise be required to be affordable under the Performance Option.
Table 20.20.128.E.2.b.
Land Use District | In-Lieu Fee |
|---|---|
$150,000 per dwelling unit |
c. Compliance Through a Combination of Performance and Payment Options. To achieve the maximum of six dwelling units, the applicant may provide one affordable dwelling unit by operation of the Performance Option and provide a cash payment in lieu of a second affordable dwelling unit by operation of the Payment Option.
3. Affordable housing development as provided in subsection D.1.c of this section may receive a bonus of 50 percent above the maximum density allowed in the underlying land use district.
F. Dimensional Standard Modification.
1. Mixed-Income Multifamily Development, as described in subsection D.1.a of this section, may replace the applicable dimensional requirements in LUC Chart 20.20.010 for the LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, and MDR-2 land use districts with those in Chart 20.20.128.F.1. All other applicable dimensional requirements in LUC Chart 20.20.010 but not included in Chart 20.20.128.F.1 shall continue to apply, including applicable footnotes.
Chart 20.20.128.F.1 Modified Dimensional Requirements for Mixed-Income Multifamily Development
Residential | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | LDR-2 | LDR-3 | MDR-1 | MDR-2 |
DIMENSIONS | ||||
Dwelling Units per Acre | 11.5 | 17.3 | 23 | 34.5 |
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) | 70 | 70 | 70 | 70 |
Residential – Nonresidential Districts | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | O | OLB | OLB 2 | NB | CB | ||
DIMENSIONS | |||||||
Dwelling Units per Acre | 23.0 | 34.5 | 17.3 | 34.5 | 34.5 | 34.5 | |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) | 40 | 40 | 40 | 50 | 40 | 40 | |
Maximum Building Height | 45 | 60 | 75 | 30 | 60 | 75 | 75/135 |
1.15 | |||||||
2. Affordable housing development described in subsection D.1.c of this section may replace the applicable dimensional requirements in LUC Chart 20.20.010 with those in Chart 20.20.128.F.2. Applicable dimensional requirements in LUC Chart 20.20.010 but not included in Chart 20.20.128.F.2 shall continue to apply, including applicable footnotes.
Chart 20.20.128.F.2 Modified Dimensional Requirements for Affordable Housing Development
Residential | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | LL-1 | LL-2 | SR-1 | SR-2 | SR-3 | SR-4 | LDR-1 | LDR-2 (AH-1) | LDR-3 (AH-2) | MDR-1 (AH-3) | MDR-2 (AH-4) |
DIMENSIONS | |||||||||||
Minimum Lot Area (Thousands of Sq. Ft.) | 23.3 | 13.3 | 9.0 | 6.7 | 5.7 | 4.8 | 3.1 | ||||
Dwelling Units per Acre | 1.5 | 2.7 | 3.8 | 5.3 | 6.0 | 7.5 | 11.3 | 15.0 | 22.5 | 30.0 | 45.0 |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) | 35 | 35 | 35 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 |
Maximum Hard Surface Coverage (percent) | 75 | 75 | 75 | 75 | 80 | 80 | 90 | 90 | 90 | 90 | 90 |
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) | 45 | 45 | 45 | 55 | 55 | 55 | 65 | 70 | 70 | 70 | 70 |
Residential – Nonresidential Districts | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | O | OLB | OLB 2 | NB | CB | ||
DIMENSIONS | |||||||
Dwelling Units per Acre | 30.0 | 45.0 | 22.5 | 45.0 | 45.0 | 45.0 | |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) | 40 | 40 | 40 | 50 | 40 | 40 | |
Maximum Building Height | 45 | 60 | 75 | 30 | 60 | 75 | 75/135 |
1.5 | |||||||
G. Modification of Other Applicable Requirements. For eligible residential development as provided in subsection D of this section, the following requirements of this Code may be modified through the procedures outlined in subsection C of this section, to the extent necessary to accommodate the development of affordable dwelling units on site. For middle housing development, as described in subsection D.1.b of this section, the modifications provided for in this subsection G are only available if the performance option described in subsection E.2.a of this section is used.
1. Parking Requirements. The percent of compact parking stalls may be increased up to 75 percent of the total required parking. Tandem parking stalls are permitted to the extent feasible to satisfy required parking ratios.
2. Building Height. Except in the Shoreline Overlay District, the maximum building height in the LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, and MDR-2 Land Use Districts and for properties with an AH suffix may be increased by up to 12 feet for those portions of the building(s) at least 20 feet from any property line.
3. Open Space. The open and recreation space requirement within a residential planned unit development may be reduced to 35 percent of gross land area. All other requirements of LUC 20.30D.160 shall continue to apply.
H. Affordable Housing Suffix.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the affordable housing suffix is to allow the development of affordable housing consisting of attached or detached multifamily dwellings subject to the requirements of this subsection.
2. Applicability.
a. This subsection applies to properties meeting the eligibility criteria of subsection D.2 of this section and properties with an affordable housing suffix.
b. Increased density provided by this subsection is only available to development proposals meeting the requirements of this subsection on property with an affordable housing suffix.
3. Rezone Criteria. Owners of property meeting all eligibility criteria of subsection D.2 of this section may apply for a rezone, under Part 20.30A LUC, to append an affordable housing suffix to the property’s existing Land Use District.
a. Reference Land Use District. The affordable housing suffix shall be determined based on the eligible property’s reference Land Use District. The reference Land Use District shall be the highest density land use district located within 500 feet of the eligible property.
b. Suffix Available for Rezone. Chart 20.20.128.H.1 identifies the affordable housing suffixes associated with reference Land Use Districts. The applicant may request up to the highest affordable housing suffix associated with the eligible property’s reference Land Use District.
Chart 20.20.128.H.1 Affordable Housing Suffix Eligibility
Reference Land Use District | Associated Affordable Housing Suffix |
|---|---|
LDR-2, PO | (AH-1) |
LDR-3, NB | (AH-2) |
MDR-1, O, GC | (AH-3) |
MDR-2, BR-CR, BR-ORT, BR-RC, CB, DT (Any), EG-TOD, EM (Any), F1, F2, F3, LI, NMU, OLB, OLB 2, NMU | (AH-4) |
4. Development With Suffix.
a. Increased Density. Development on a property with an affordable housing suffix may conform to the associated Land Use District identified in Chart 20.20.128.H.2, including associated dimensional standard modifications identified in subsection F.2 of this section, instead of the underlying Land Use District when all dwelling units are affordable housing.
Chart 20.20.128.H.2 Alternate Land Use Districts Associated with Affordable Housing Suffixes
Affordable Housing Suffix | Associated Land Use District |
|---|---|
(AH-1) | LDR-2 |
(AH-2) | LDR-3 |
(AH-3) | MDR-1 |
(AH-4) | MDR-2 |
b. Religious Facilities. The Director may administratively consider, approve or disapprove the redevelopment of an existing religious facility subject to the criteria set forth in Part 20.30E LUC for an Administrative Conditional Use, provided the following criteria can be met:
i. The proposed religious facility is part of a proposal that meets all requirements of this section; and
ii. The gross square footage of the new religious facility is less than or equal to the existing gross square footage of the religious facility it will replace.
I. Affordable Dwelling Units in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts.
1. Applicability. This subsection shall apply to the construction of new multifamily, mixed-use, or nonresidential structures when the multifamily or mixed-use structure contains 10 or more dwelling units or when the nonresidential structure includes more than 4,000 square feet of gross floor area. This subsection shall not apply to building additions that increase the gross floor area by less than 50 percent.
a. An applicant proposing multifamily or mixed-use development, either fully or partially located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District, that is subject to the requirements of this subsection I shall comply with at least one of the following:
i. The residential performance option under subsection I.2 of this section;
ii. The payment option under subsection I.4 of this section;
iii. The land transfer option under subsection I.5 of this section; or
iv. A combination of the residential performance option and the payment option in accordance with subsection I.6 of this section.
b. An applicant proposing nonresidential development, either fully or partially located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District, that is subject to the requirements of this subsection I shall comply with at least one of the following:
i. The nonresidential performance option under subsection I.3 of this section;
ii. The payment option under subsection I.4 of this section;
iii. The land transfer option under subsection I.5 of this section; or
iv. A combination of the nonresidential performance option and the payment option in accordance with subsection I.6 of this section.
2. Performance Option – Residential. An applicant complying with this subsection I through the performance option in relation to proposed multifamily or mixed-use development shall provide affordable dwelling units in an amount indicated below:
a. For dwelling units intended for rent, one of the following:
i. At least 10 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income; or
ii. At least 7 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 60 percent of the area median income; or
iii. At least 5 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 50 percent of the area median income.
b. For dwelling units intended for sale, one of the following:
i. At least 10 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 100 percent of the area median income; or
ii. At least 7 percent of all dwelling units shall be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income.
c. If the operation of subsection I.2 of this section would result in a fractional requirement, and that fraction is 0.5 or greater, then the number of affordable dwelling units required at the applicable area median income shall be equal to the next higher whole number. If that fraction is less than 0.5, then the number of affordable dwelling units required at the applicable area median income shall be rounded down to the next lower whole number.
d. Affordable dwelling units may be provided on site, off site, or through a combination of on-site and off-site performance.
e. To satisfy the requirements of this section, any affordable dwelling unit located off site must comply with the requirements of subsection I.7 of this section.
3. Performance Option – Nonresidential. An applicant complying with this subsection I through the performance option in relation to proposed nonresidential development shall provide affordable dwelling units in an amount indicated below:
a. For dwelling units intended for rent, one of the following:
i. For every 1,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income; or
ii. For every 3,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 60 percent of the area median income; or
iii. For every 5,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 50 percent of the area median income.
b. For dwelling units intended for sale, one of the following:
i. For every 1,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 100 percent of the area median income; or
ii. For every 3,000 square feet of gross floor area, 1 dwelling unit shall be provided that is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 80 percent of the area median income.
c. If the operation of subsection I.3 of this section would result in a fractional requirement, and that fraction is 0.5 or greater, then the number of affordable dwelling units required at the applicable area median income shall be equal to the next higher whole number. If that fraction is less than 0.5, then the number of affordable dwelling units required at the applicable area median income shall be rounded down to the next lower whole number.
d. Affordable dwelling units may be provided on site, off site, or through a combination of on-site and off-site performance.
e. To satisfy the requirements of this section, any affordable dwelling unit located off site must comply with the requirements of subsection I.7 of this section.
4. Payment Option. An applicant complying with this subsection I through the payment option shall provide a cash payment to the City in lieu of on-site performance as follows:
a. In-lieu fees shall be assessed at the time a complete design review application is submitted for the applicable phase and shall be collected at the time of building permit issuance for the applicable phase. Once assessed, the applicable phase shall vest to the in-lieu fee for a period of three years beginning at the time that the complete design review application was submitted. The Director may grant an extension, not to exceed one year, to the vesting period of the in-lieu fee for good cause. If a complete building permit application is not submitted within the vesting period described in this subsection, as may be extended by the Director, then the in-lieu fee shall be reassessed at the then applicable rate.
b. The payment amount shall be calculated by multiplying the applicable per-square-foot fee specified in Table 20.20.128.I.4 by the total square footage of new nonexempt gross floor area.
For the purposes of this section, nonexempt gross floor area refers to the portion of gross floor area that is included in the applicable Floor Area Ratio (FAR) calculation. Gross floor area that is excluded from the applicable FAR calculation includes parking, mechanical floors or areas, and other exempt floor area authorized under Part 20.25R LUC (Mixed Use Districts), including Active Uses (up to 1.0 FAR pursuant to LUC 20.25R.050.C.1), affordable commercial space, and affordable housing.
c. The applicable fees for development that is entirely nonresidential are listed in the second column of Table 20.20.128.I.4 titled “Nonresidential Fee Per Square Foot of New Nonexempt Gross Floor Area.”
d. The applicable fees for development that is either mixed-use or entirely residential are listed in the third column of Table 20.20.128.I.4 titled “Residential and Mixed-Use Fee Per Square Foot of New Nonexempt Gross Floor Area.”
i. Development that is mixed-use shall not be subject to separate in-lieu fee rates for the residential and nonresidential portions of such development.
ii. For the purposes of this subsection, phased development shall still be considered to be mixed-use even if one or more phases consist of buildings that are entirely nonresidential so long as some proportion of the first phase to be constructed is residential.
Table 20.20.128.I.4.
Land Use District | Nonresidential Fee Per Square Foot of New Nonexempt Gross Floor Area | Residential and Mixed-Use Fee Per Square Foot of New Nonexempt Gross Floor Area |
|---|---|---|
UC, MU-H, MU-M, MUR-M | $16.50 | $13.00 |
5. Land Transfer Option. As an alternative to complying with the requirements of this subsection I through a performance option outlined in subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, the in-lieu fee option outlined in or subsection I.4 of this section, or a combination of a performance option and the payment option as outlined in subsection I.6 of this section, the City may, but is not required to, accept legal title to real property from an applicant for purposes relating to the construction, operation, maintenance, or acquisition of affordable dwelling units. A proposed transfer of real property under this subsection shall be reviewed using the following procedure:
a. Eligibility. The City will not consider a land transfer under this subsection unless the real property proposed to be transferred is located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398.
b. Proposal Required. An applicant desiring to comply with the requirements of this subsection I through the Land Transfer Option shall submit, in conjunction with a complete application for the required Master Development Plan or Design Review, a proposal containing the following information:
i. A feasibility analysis containing the following information:
(1) Analysis demonstrating that, under applicable development regulations, site conditions on the real property proposed to be transferred would allow the construction of a number of affordable dwelling units equal to, or greater than, the number that would be required to be constructed under either subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as would otherwise be applicable to the applicant’s development;
(2) Analysis demonstrating that no legal agreements relating to, or legal interests in, the real property proposed to be transferred exist that would preclude the construction of a number of affordable dwelling units equal to, or greater than, the number that would be required to be constructed under either subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as would otherwise be applicable to the applicant’s development;
(3) Analysis demonstrating the maximum number of affordable dwelling units that could be constructed on the real property proposed to be transferred under applicable development regulations;
(4) Analysis demonstrating that adequate utility infrastructure exists to support the construction and operation of the number of affordable dwelling units identified in subsections I.5.b.i(1) and I.5.b.i(3) of this section or, in the absence of adequate utility infrastructure, what utility infrastructure would be required to be constructed under applicable development regulations; and
(5) The appraised value of the real property proposed to be transferred, as determined by an appraiser licensed under the laws of Washington State.
ii. A survey of the real property proposed to be transferred, prepared by a surveyor licensed in the State of Washington, that depicts elevation, existing site conditions, all recorded easements, critical areas, critical area buffers, and critical area structure setbacks. The survey shall also include the legal description of the real property proposed to be transferred. The Director may further define what is required to be depicted on the survey by rule.
c. Review Process.
i. The City Manager, or designee, shall review the proposal. Where the following criteria are satisfied, the City Manager may, but is not required to, accept the transfer of real property and execute all documents necessary to effectuate the transfer:
(1) Under applicable development regulations, site conditions on the real property proposed to be transferred would allow the construction of a number of affordable dwelling units equal to, or greater than, the number that would be required to be constructed under either subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as would otherwise be applicable to the applicant’s development;
(2) No legal agreements relating to, or legal interests in, the real property proposed to be transferred exist that would preclude the construction of a number of affordable dwelling units equal to, or greater than, the number that would be required to be constructed under subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as would otherwise be applicable to the applicant’s development; and
(3) The appraised value of the real property proposed to be transferred, as determined by an appraiser licensed under the laws of Washington State, is equal to, or greater than, the in-lieu fee that would be required under subsection I.4 of this section.
ii. Recording Required. If the City Manager, or designee, accepts the transfer of real property, then the applicant shall record with the King County Recorder’s Office all agreements and deeds necessary to effectuate the transfer and shall provide copies of the recorded documents to the Director.
iii. If the City Manager, or designee, declines the proposed transfer, then the applicant cannot satisfy the requirements of this subsection I through the Land Transfer Option and must instead comply with the requirements of this subsection I through another option listed in subsection I.1 of this section.
6. Compliance Through a Combination of Performance and Payment Options. An applicant proposing multifamily, mixed-use, or nonresidential development, either fully or partially located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District that is subject to the requirements of this subsection I, may achieve compliance through a combination of one or more of the following: a performance option under subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as applicable to the development, and the payment option under subsection I.4 of this section.
a. If an applicant desires to comply with the requirements of subsection I through a combination of options, then the following procedure shall be used:
i. First, the total in-lieu fee for the development shall be calculated as if compliance would be achieved solely by operation of subsection I.4 of this section..
ii. Then, the total number of affordable dwelling units required to be created for the development shall be calculated as if compliance would be achieved solely by operation of subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, as applicable to the development.
iii. Then, the actual number of affordable dwelling units proposed to be created for the development shall be divided by the result calculated in subsection I.6.a.ii of this section.
iv. Then, the result calculated in subsection I.6.a.iii of this section shall be subtracted from the number one.
v. Then, the result calculated in subsection I.6.a.iv of this section shall be multiplied with the result calculated in subsection I.6.a.i of this section.
vi. The result calculated in subsection I.6.a.v of this section constitutes the actual in-lieu fee that shall be required to be paid; provided, that the actual number of affordable dwelling units proposed to be created for the development is constructed, maintained, and operated in accordance with the requirements of this title.
b. The following is an example demonstrating application of the procedure described in subsection I.6.a of this section to a hypothetical mixed-use development:
In-Lieu Fee Amount Required (Required Fee): | $1,500,000 |
Affordable Dwelling Units Required (Required AH): | 100 |
Actual Number of Affordable Dwelling Units Proposed (Proposed AH): | 10 |
Actual In-Lieu Fee Amount Required to be Paid: | $1,350,000 |
Required Fee x [1 – (Proposed AH/Required AH)]
$1,500,000 x [1-(10/100)] = $1,350,000
Compliance is achieved.
7. Off-Site Performance. To satisfy the requirements of subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section, affordable dwelling units located off site must be located both within the City limits and within one of the following tiers of locations. Any affordable dwelling unit must also meet all requirements applicable to that location tier.
a. Tier 1 – Proximity to Light Rail or Bus Rapid Transit.
i. The affordable dwelling unit may be located within one-half mile of an existing or future station on a light rail system funded or expanded under the provisions of Chapter 81.104 RCW.
ii. The affordable dwelling unit may be located within one-half mile of an existing or future station on a bus rapid transit line.
b. Tier 2 – Proximity to Transit or Nonmotorized Facility.
i. The affordable dwelling unit may be located within 1/2 mile of an existing or future transit stop that receives service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; provided, that the unit is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 60 percent of the area median income for rental units and 100 percent of the area median income for ownership units.
ii. The affordable dwelling unit may be located within 1/2 mile of an existing or future transit stop that receives service at least 2 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; provided, that the unit is affordable to households earning up to, and including, 50 percent of the area median income for rental units and 100 percent of the area median income for ownership units.
iii. The affordable dwelling unit may be located on any lot that adjoins an access corridor containing a bike lane or a separated nonmotorized facility other than a sidewalk. However, the unit must be affordable to households earning up to, and including, 50 percent of the area median income for rental units and 100 percent of the area median income for ownership units.
c. Requirements Applicable to Both Tier 1 and Tier 2 Locations.
i. If a physical impediment exists that would require pedestrians to walk more than one-half mile to the station or stop from the location of the affordable dwelling units, then the Director may determine that the location does not meet the requirements of the applicable tier.
ii. If an applicant selects a Tier 2 location, the amount of affordable dwelling units required to be produced under subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section is not modified. Instead, the amount of affordable dwelling required by operation of subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section will apply, but, where required by operation of subsection I.7.b of this section, the affordable dwelling units must be affordable to a lower area median income bracket than what would otherwise be required under subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section.
iii. A certificate of occupancy for any market-rate dwelling unit or nonresidential gross floor area in the development shall not be issued until a certificate of occupancy has been issued for all affordable dwelling units located off site.
Alternatively, the applicant may provide an assurance device, in a form acceptable to the Director pursuant to LUC 20.40.490.C, in an amount equal to the in-lieu fee that would otherwise be assessed for the development by normal operation of this section if no off-site affordable dwelling units were constructed.
The assurance device shall require that the off-site affordable dwelling units are fully constructed and receive a final certificate of occupancy no later than 365 calendar days after the final certificate of occupancy is issued for market-rate dwelling units or for any nonresidential gross floor area in the development.
If a certificate of occupancy is not issued for all off-site affordable dwelling units within this time frame, and no extension has been granted by the Director, then the City shall collect the proceeds of the assurance device and deposit and use the funds in accordance with subsection I.11 of this section.
The Director may grant an extension, not to exceed a total of 180 additional calendar days, if: a written request for the extension is filed at least 30 calendar days before the expiration of the 365-calendar-day time limit; and the Director determines that unforeseen circumstances or conditions which are not the result of the voluntary actions of the applicant necessitate the extension; and the Director determines that the applicant has demonstrated reasonable diligence in attempting to meet the 365-calendar-day time limit.
If a certificate of occupancy is issued for all off-site affordable dwelling units within the required timeframe, the Director shall release the assurance device.
8. Modification of Amount of Payment or Performance. Pursuant to LUC 20.20.542, the Director may modify the amount of payment required under subsection I.4 of this section or the amount of performance required under either subsection I.2 or I.3 of this section.
9. Refer to LUC 20.25R.050 for FAR exemptions and incentives applicable to affordable housing in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts.
10. If the applicant elects to comply with this section through a performance option, or a combination of the payment option and a performance option, then, prior to the issuance of any permit(s), the Director shall review, and must approve, the proposed affordable dwelling units. The Director may approve the proposed affordable dwelling units only if they are consistent with the affordable housing standards listed in subsection A.3 of this section and with affordable housing standards adopted by rule in accordance with subsection A.2 of this section.
11. If the applicant elects to comply with this section through the payment option, or a combination of the payment option and a performance option, then the Director is authorized to accept such payment from the applicant. Funds shall be deposited into a special account and may be used by the City for the purposes authorized by RCW 36.70A.540. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 14; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 8; Ord. 6743, 6-26-23, §§ 5 – 12; Ord. 6626, 12-6-21, § 6)
A. General. Animal services as defined in LUC 20.50.010 are subject to the requirements of this section and BCC Title 8, Animal Regulations.
B. Minimum Requirements. The following chart, entitled “Animal Regulations,” sets forth the minimum requirements for certain types of animal keeping.
Animal Regulations
Type of Animal/Use | Maximum Number (1) | Minimum Lot Size | |
|---|---|---|---|
1. Household Pets (6) | No minimum | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 15 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of a household pet within the following areas, provided it must be allowed to roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the household pet may be within 15 feet of a property line. | |
2. Small Domestic Animals or Hobby Kennel (6) | 10: 20,000 sq. ft. and an additional 1,500 sq. ft. for each animal; 6: 10,000 sq. ft. and an additional 1,500 sq. ft. for each animal over 6 | 20,000 sq. ft. or 10,000 sq. ft. | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 25 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of a small domestic animal within the following areas, provided it must be allowed to roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the household pet may be within 25 feet of a property line. |
3. Large Domestic Animals (6) | 1: each 10,000 sq. ft. | 20,000 sq. ft. | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 25 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of a large domestic animal within the following areas, provided it must roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the animal may be within 25 feet of a property line. |
4. Bees (7) | Maximum of four hives, each with one colony: Lots containing 15,000 sq. ft. or less; Maximum of 15 hives, each with one colony: Lots containing more than 15,000 sq. ft. but less than 35,000 sq. ft.; Maximum of 25 hives, each with one colony: Lots containing 35,000 sq. ft. or more | 7,200 sq. ft. | Hives must be at least 25 feet from a property line, except when situated 8 feet or more above adjacent ground level, or when situated less than 6 feet above adjacent ground level and behind a solid fence or hedge at least 6 feet high parallel to any property line within 25 feet of the hive and extending at least 25 feet level, or when situated beyond the hive in both directions. |
Determined in Conditional Use Process | 35,000 sq. ft. | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 50 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of an animal within the following areas, provided it must be allowed to roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the animal may be within 50 feet of a property line. | |
6. Commercial Stable or Riding Academy (3) (9) | Determined in Conditional Use Process | 35,000 sq. ft. | May not be restrained or enclosed outdoors so that the animal is able to come within 50 feet of a property line. This limitation does not prohibit the keeping of an animal within the following areas, provided it must be allowed to roam freely therein: 1) A lot which is fenced along all lot lines so as to enclose the entire lot, or 2) An enclosed portion of a lot which is bounded by fences along either the entire front lot line or entire rear lot line, and along a portion of both side lot lines, which utilizes the house or primary structure as one side of the enclosure and which may include all or a portion of either or both side yards. 3) No structure to house the animal may be within 50 feet of a property line. |
Notes: Animal Regulations
(1) Number of adult animals: One unweaned litter of offspring and foals are not included in the number of animals allowed.
(2)More than three rabbits are regulated as small domestic animals.
(3)Requires a Conditional Use Permit.
(4)More than six fowl are regulated as small domestic animals.
(5)The purpose of these setback requirements is to prohibit the confinement of an animal within specific distances from neighboring property, as by leashing the animal to a stake or placing the animal in an enclosure, but to allow animals to be kept in yards fenced on their perimeter so long as the animal is free to roam within the fenced area.
(6) Special Regulations: Open pasture, foraging or grazing may extend to the property line.
(7)Special Regulations:
(a)Must register with the Washington State Department of Agriculture or any successor organization responsible for oversight of beekeeping.
(b)Must requeen annually or any time following swarming or aggressive behavior with a breeder-raised queen of suitable docile strain.
(c)Hives must be maintained to avoid overpopulation and minimize swarming.
(d)Must be maintained in a movable frame hive at all times.
(8) Special Regulations: See LUC 20.10.440.
(9) Special Regulations: See LUC 20.10.440. Open pasture, foraging or grazing may extend to the property line.
C. Prohibited Animals. The keeping of mink, foxes or hogs is prohibited.
D. Pet Day Care. In addition to the development standards applicable to the land use district, including BCC Title 8 and Chapter 9.18 BCC, pet day cares are subject to the following requirements:
1. Facilities for the boarding of animals may occupy no more than 25 percent of the gross floor area of the pet day care center.
2. Applicants shall submit at the time of permit application written operating procedures, such as those recommended by the American Boarding and Kennel Association (ABKA) or the American Kennel Club (AKC). Such procedures, which are to be followed for the life of the business, shall address the identification and correction of animal behavior that impacts surrounding uses, including excessive barking.
E. Veterinary Services. In addition to the development standards applicable to the land use district, including BCC Title 8 and Chapter 9.18 BCC, veterinary services are subject to the following requirements:
1. A veterinary clinic designed for the treatment and care of pet animals shall be operated by a registered veterinarian.
2. Animals shall be confined within the exterior walls of the building at all times.
3. Pet day care services may be allowed as a subordinate use subject to the provisions of subsection D of this section and LUC 20.20.840. All pet day care services shall be isolated by soundproofing from all adjacent property and uses.
4. Walls of interior-court animal runs shall be a minimum of eight feet high. Interior-court animal runs shall be roofed and if there are open air spaces between the top of the wall and the roof, they shall be enclosed with wire mesh.
5. All rooms housing animals shall have ample natural or mechanical ventilation.
6. There shall be no cremation or other disposal of dead animals on the premises. (Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 9; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 9; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 6; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 10; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 25; Ord. 3413, 9-24-84, § 1)
The following decision criteria, in addition to the criteria in LUC 20.30E.140, apply to an administrative Conditional Use Permit application for the leasing, rental and/or retail sale of automobiles in light industry zoning districts:
A. The applicant provides an adequate off street unloading area for vehicle carriers; and
B. There is adequate on-site storage area for display vehicles. (Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 26; Ord. 4176, 11-26-90, § 4)
A. Boarding houses and bed and breakfasts require a Home Occupation Permit, Part 20.30N LUC, approval.
B. The following rental and occupancy limits apply to boarding houses and bed and breakfasts:
1. For transient lodging, a maximum of two rooms may be rented to a maximum of two adults per room and any number of accompanying minor children, provided there is compliance with health and building code requirements.
2. For non-transient lodging, a maximum of two rooms may be rented.
C. The owner of the rooms to be rented shall provide off-street parking for such rooms at the rate of at least one parking stall for each room. (Ord. 6616, 11-15-21, § 2; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 11; Ord. 4028, 7-17-89, § 3; Ord. 3145, 9-27-82, § 29)
Carnivals, fairs, revivals and other temporary amusements, exhibitions or meeting places must receive a Temporary Use Permit, following the procedures required by Part 20.30M LUC, or be approved through the City’s Special Events Policy permit process. (Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 27; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 13)
A. Purpose. Encourage the convenient location of child care service uses throughout the City where compatible with surrounding land uses and development.
B. Applicability. This section applies to each child care service use within the City. The requirements of this section shall be imposed at the initiation of any child care service use, or upon any addition or modification to a child care service use or structure housing that use.
C. Family Child Care Home in a Residence. Family child care providers must obtain an operating license from the Department of Children, Youth, and Families (DCYF). Family child care providers also must comply with all applicable City codes, including but not limited to the Tax Administrative Code, Chapter 4.03 BCC; Building and Fire Codes, Sign Code, Chapter 22B.10 BCC; and LUC provisions governing lot size, building dimensions, setbacks, and lot coverage requirements for the zone in which they are located.
D. Child Day Care Center.
1. General. The requirements of subsection D of this section apply to each child day care center unless located in a private residence or a community facility. For the requirements for a child care service use in a residence or community facility, see subsections C and E of this section, respectively.
2. Review or Registration Required.
a. If located in an LDR-2 or LDR-3 Land Use District, a child day care center requires a Conditional Use Permit prior to the initiation of the use.
b. If located in a land use district in which the use is a permitted use, each operator of a child day care center must register with the Bellevue Development Services Department by filing a signed Child Care Registration Form as provided by the Department prior to the initiation of the use. The operator must certify compliance with all applicable use requirements and conditions of this subsection as listed on the Registration Form.
3. Use Requirements. The following requirements apply to each child day care center.
a. An on-site vehicle turnaround or separate entrance and exit points, and passenger loading area must be provided. The City shall specifically consider the location and appearance of the proposed turnaround or access in determining compatibility with surrounding uses.
b. The child day care center use must have received all necessary permits or approvals from the State of Washington Department of Social and Health Services.
c. The child day care center use must have been inspected by the Bellevue Fire Department, and the operator must have committed to implement all required corrective measures within the stated time period.
d. The operator must have granted the City of Bellevue permission to enter the property, and to inspect the child day care center use for compliance with the requirements of the Land Use Code, and other applicable City ordinances.
e. The operator must have obtained a Registration Certificate as required by Chapter 4.02 BCC (Tax Administration Code).
f. If located in an R-10, R-15, R-20, or R-30 Land Use District:
i. A solid fence at least six feet high compatible with neighborhood character must be installed along each side and rear lot line.
ii. One sign, not exceeding four square feet and five feet in height, is permitted to identify the use notwithstanding the provisions of Chapter 22B.10 BCC. The sign may not be lighted. The City shall review the color, materials, design, location and character of the sign in determining compatibility with surrounding uses.
4. Conditions.
a. The City may impose conditions to mitigate any potential adverse impact on surrounding uses.
b. The City shall specifically consider the need to limit the hours of operation of the use.
c. The City shall establish the maximum number of children permitted in the child care service use at any one time.
E. Child Care Service Use Located in a Community Facility.
1. General. The requirements of this subsection apply to each child day care center use located in a community facility.
2. Review or Registration Required. Each operator of a child day care center housed in a community facility must register with the Bellevue Development Services Department by filing a signed Child Care Registration Form as provided by the Department prior to initiation of the use. The operator must certify compliance with all applicable use requirements and conditions of this subsection as listed on the Registration form.
3. Use Requirements. The following requirements apply to each child day care center use located in a community facility:
a. The child day care center use must have received all necessary permits or approvals from the State of Washington Department of Social and Health Services.
b. The child day care center use must have been inspected by the Bellevue Fire Department, and the operator must have committed to implement all required corrective measures within the stated time period.
c. The operator must have granted the City of Bellevue permission to enter the property, and to inspect the child day care center use for compliance with the requirements of the Land Use Code, and other applicable City ordinances.
d. The operator must have obtained a Registration Certificate as required by Chapter 4.02 BCC (Tax Administration Code).
e. The child day care center use may not display any sign in excess of the maximum number of signs and the maximum sign area allowed for the community facility in which the child care service use is housed.
4. Conditions.
a. The City may impose conditions to mitigate any potential adverse impact on surrounding uses.
b. The City shall specifically consider the need to limit the hours of operation of the use. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 15; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, §§ 78, 79; Ord. 6677, 9-26-22, § 1; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 10; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 12; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 28; Ord. 4086, 11-27-89, § 2; Ord. 3095, 5-24-82, § 3)
In Residential Land Use Districts, churches, institutions, clubs, and community recreation buildings shall have side and rear yard required setbacks of a minimum of 50 feet each. Automobile traffic to and from such a use and its parking area shall be from an arterial street, unless other access is approved through a Conditional Use Permit. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 16; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 13; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 866; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 966; Ord. 3145, 9-27-82, § 30)
Commercial vehicles are not permitted to be parked overnight on residential properties unless approved through a Home Occupation Permit. “Commercial vehicles” include: 1) vehicles used in a commercial enterprise which exceed 19 feet in length; and 2) truck tractors used in the drayage of semi-truck trailers. (Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 14)
A. General Provisions.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate telecommunications, broadcast, relay, and other similar facilities in a manner that protects the aesthetic character of Bellevue’s neighborhoods, promotes reliable and equitable access to various channels of communication, and is adaptable to changes in technology and applicable state and federal law.
2. Applicability. The provisions of this section apply to: (a) all facilities on public or private land that transmit wireless signals for telecommunications, radio or television broadcast, or other similar services; and any equipment associated with these facilities; and (b) any application for a WCF in the public right-of-way that is not subject to BCC Title 6. For purposes of this section, publicly owned land and right-of-way shall refer to any government-owned or leased land regardless of the entity with ownership, lease, or jurisdiction. City-owned land and right-of-way shall refer only to the land under City of Bellevue ownership, lease, or jurisdiction.
B. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply to this section:
1. Collocation. Mounting or installing a WCF onto an existing structure, regardless of whether a WCF is already mounted on the structure. This definition shall include modification or replacement of existing structures for the purpose of mounting or installing WCF transmission equipment on that structure. This definition shall include “collocation” as described in 47 CFR 1.6002(g), or any successor provision.
2. Eligible Facilities Request (EFR). A request to modify an existing WCF that does not result in a substantial change to the WCF or support structure. EFR shall have the same definition described in 47 CFR 1.6100, or any successor provision.
3. Over-the-Air Reception Device (OTARD). Antennas and equipment meeting the conditions of 47 CFR 1.4000(a)(1)(i) through (iii), or any successor provision.
4. Small Wireless Facility (SWF). A WCF which meets the definition of “small wireless facility” in 47 CFR 1.6002(I), or any successor provision.
5. Tower. Any structure built for the sole or primary purpose of supporting any WCF. This definition shall include “tower” as described in 47 CFR 1.6100(b)(9), or any successor provision.
6. Transmission Equipment. Equipment that facilitates transmission for a WCF, including, but not limited to, radio transceivers, antennas, coaxial or fiber-optic cable, and regular and backup power supply. This definition shall include “transmission equipment” as described in 47 CFR 1.6100(b)(8), or any successor provision.
7. Utility Support Structure. A structure designed to support street or pedestrian light standards, guy poles, traffic signal standards, and poles or towers supporting electrical, telephone, cable, lighting, or other similar facilities.
8. WCF Support Structure. Any structure, including buildings, to which a WCF is attached.
9. WCF, Temporary. A WCF and support structure that is not permanently affixed to the ground or another structure. This definition includes, but is not limited to, cell-on-wheels (COW), WCFs attached to vehicles, and crank-up towers.
C. Review Required. The table below describes the siting and construction approval processes required for communication, broadcast, and relay facilities, including WCFs, and the applicable requirements for the activity under this chapter:
Activity | Applicable Requirements | Approval Process |
|---|---|---|
OTARDs | Exempt from requirements of this chapter. | Permitted. Construction and right-of-way use permits may be required. |
Eligible Facilities Request (EFR) on public and private land | Exempt from requirements of this chapter. (1) | |
Modifications to existing permitted WCFs and other communication, broadcast, and relay facilities that are not EFRs | 20.20.195.E through F | |
WCFs collocated on existing structures that are not EFRs (2) | 20.20.195.E through F | |
Communication, broadcast, and relay facilities that are not WCFs | ||
Temporary WCFs | Temporary Use Permit as described in Part 20.30M LUC | |
New WCF tower (2) | 20.20.195.E through F | Administrative Conditional Use Permit as described in Part 20.30E LUC |
WCF modifications, collocations, or new WCF towers that do not meet the requirements of 20.20.195.E through F |
Notes: Communication, broadcast, and relay facilities review requirements:
(1)Modifications to existing WCFs which qualify as EFRs shall meet all applicable conditions of the underlying siting approval of the WCF.
(2)Refer to Chapter 6.08 BCC for provisions on SWFs and certain EFRs in the public right-of-way.
D. Temporary Wireless Communication Facilities.
1. A Temporary Use Permit, as described in Chapter 20.30M LUC, shall be required for temporary WCFs.
a. The allowed duration of the Temporary Use Permit for a temporary WCF may exceed the limits described in Part 20.30M LUC; provided, that:
i. The duration shall not exceed the time necessary for the allowed purposes described in subsection D.2 of this section; and
ii. The Director may grant an extension of the Temporary Use Permit if needed, as determined by the Director.
b. The Director may condition the Temporary Use Permit extension to require the applicant screen or otherwise conceal the temporary WCF to minimize visual and aesthetic impacts.
2. Temporary WCFs may only be permitted for the following purposes:
a. Emergency communications during declared public emergencies;
b. Large events requiring additional cellular network capacity; provided, that the temporary WCF shall be removed no more than 10 days following the end of the event; or
c. Maintaining coverage provided by an existing WCF where the support structure is being demolished, renovated, or repaired, or where all or part of the roof is being repaired or replaced; provided, that separate approvals shall be required for the permanent replacement WCF.
E. Development Requirements for Wireless Communications Facilities.
1. General. All WCFs except EFRs shall comply with the following requirements:
a. Allowed Locations.
i. In Residential Land Use Districts and BR-R Land Use Districts, WCFs may only deployed in the following locations:
(1) The public right-of-way;
(2) Puget Sound Energy, Seattle City Light, and other utility transmission corridors;
(3) Publicly owned real property;
(4) Real property developed with nonresidential uses, including but not limited to churches and schools, but excluding mixed-use developments containing a residential use; and
(5) Undeveloped sites and sites developed with residential or mixed uses in the MDR-1 and MDR-2 Land Use Districts.
ii. WCFs located outside of Residential Land Use Districts and BR-R Land Use Districts may be deployed in any location, subject to the requirements under this section.
b. Height Limits.
i. The height of a non-EFR collocated WCF shall not exceed the greatest of:
(1) The maximum building height of the Land Use District in which the WCF is located;
(2) The height of a building or utility support structure to which the WCF is attached, including any existing mechanical equipment located on the roof of a building; or
(3) The minimum height necessary for effective functioning of the WCF, as certified by a qualified radio frequency engineer, not to exceed:
(a) Twenty-one feet above the height of the existing utility support structure to which the WCF will be attached; or
(b) Fifteen feet above the height of the existing building to which the WCF will be attached, including any existing mechanical equipment located on the roof.
ii. The height of a WCF tower shall be determined based on the minimum necessary for effective functioning of a WCF, as certified by a qualified radio frequency engineer.
c. Protrusion Limit. No part of a WCF shall protrude more than 36 inches from the face of the support structure, measured to the outer face of the WCF.
d. Applicants for proposed WCFs shall submit documentation certifying the proposed WCF meets radiofrequency emission standards established by the Federal Communications Commission.
e. Transmission equipment and equipment cabinets shall be:
i. Mounted on a utility support structure or WCF support structure with no one dimension of any equipment or cabinet exceeding 36 inches; or
ii. Fully contained within the support structure or tower such that no portion of the structure is increased in width to accommodate the equipment cabinets; or
iii. Fully contained within a building or mounted on the roof of a structure consistent with the requirements of LUC 20.20.525, provided the equipment cabinets do not exceed allowable height limits described in subsection E.1.b of this section; or
iv. Contained within a new or existing accessory structure, consistent with the requirements of LUC 20.20.125; or
v. Located on the ground and:
(1) Screened with vegetation at least as tall as the equipment at the time of planting;
(2) Constructed to be less than 30 inches above grade and screened or painted as needed to blend with surrounding features;
(3) Screened and painted as needed to appear to be a decorative feature; or
(4) Located underground if proposed to be located within any public right-of-way or required by Chapter 23.32 BCC.
2. Non-EFR Collocated WCFs shall meet the following requirements in addition to those under subsection E.1 of this section.
a. WCFs attached to any building shall be subject to the following standards:
i. WCFs shall be screened pursuant to LUC 20.20.525. When located at a street intersection, the screening shall comply with sight distance requirements in BCC 14.60.240.
ii. Collocation of WCFs shall meet all conditions of the structure’s underlying siting approval, where applicable.
b. WCFs attached to utility support structures shall be subject to the following standards:
i. If necessary, the existing structure may be removed and replaced with a new utility support structure of a similar color and material, and shall be located within 10 feet of the original structure (measured from the center point of the replacement structure). The replacement structure shall meet the height limits in subsection E.1.b of this section.
ii. WCF transmission equipment shall be:
(1) Mounted on the utility support structure such that no portion of the equipment exceeds the allowable height or protrusion limits described in subsection E.1.b and c of this section; or
(2) Contained within a cannister that is a continuation of the diameter of the utility support structure.
iii. Transmission and power cables shall be:
(1) Fully contained within the utility support structure;
(2) Contained within a conduit attached to the utility support structure and painted to match the color; or
(3) Placed underground.
3. WCFs attached to towers shall meet the following requirements in addition to those under subsection E.1 of this section.
a. Proposals for new WCF towers require Administrative Conditional Use Permit approval. In addition to the decision criteria in LUC 20.30E.140, the following conditions shall apply:
i. Towers shall meet the minimum setback requirements of the Land Use District in which they are located, except the minimum side setback shall be 20 feet.
ii. All towers on real property shall be no closer to any other tower than 520 feet. Towers approved as purpose-built poles in the right-of-way pursuant to BCC 6.08.050(D) shall be exempt from this requirement.
4. The Director may grant waivers to the requirements of this subsection E pursuant to subsection H of this section.
F. Removal of WCFs and Support Structures.
1. If a WCF proposed for removal is the only remaining WCF attached to a tower, and no permit applications have been submitted for a new WCF on the tower, the tower shall be demolished.
2. Removal Upon Undergrounding. A WCF must be removed if collocated on a utility support structure that is removed due to undergrounding of the supported utility equipment.
G. Requirements Applicable to Communication, Broadcast and Relay Facilities Other Than WCFs.
1. Height Limits.
a. All Communication, Broadcast, and Relay Facilities Other than WCFs shall comply with the height limitations of the underlying Land Use District.
b. The Director may grant a waiver to the height limits described in this subsection G.1 pursuant to the requirements of subsection H of this section.
2. Ground Screening and Fencing Requirements.
a. All ancillary equipment must comply with the sight screening requirements contained in LUC 20.20.525.
b. If the Director of the Development Services Department determines that the facility is potentially dangerous to human life, an eight-foot fence which complies with the sight screening requirements contained in LUC 20.20.525 may be required.
3. Setback Requirements. Any structure, facility or fence associated with a communication, broadcast or relay tower with freestanding support structure must conform to the setback requirement for structures in the land use district in which the structure, facility or fence is located, except that the minimum side setback for any structure, facility or fence in a Residential Land Use District is 20 feet.
4. Amateur Radio Antennas (including HAM and short wave). The foregoing requirements of this subsection G relating to screening, placement, or height limitations shall not apply to any Amateur Radio Antennas in compliance with 47 CFR 97 or any successor provision.
5. OTARDs. The foregoing requirements of this subsection G do not apply to OTARDs qualifying under 47 CFR 1.4000 or any successor provision.
H. Limited Exceptions for Wireless Communication Facilities.
1. The Director of the Development Services Department may grant waivers of the design and location standards for WCFs subject to this section, if it is determined that the applicant has established that denial of an application or strict adherence to the location and design standards would:
a. Prohibit or effectively prohibit the provision of personal wireless services, within the meaning of federal law; or
b. Otherwise violate applicable laws or regulations; or
c. Require a technically infeasible location, design or installation of a wireless facility, as certified by a qualified radio frequency engineer.
2. If that determination is made, said requirements may be waived, but only to the minimum extent required to avoid the prohibition, violation, or technically infeasible location, design or installation.
3. Any applicant seeking a waiver or exception from any of the design and location standards in subsections E through G of this section shall be required to submit an Administrative Conditional Use Permit as described in Part 20.30E LUC and shall, at the time of submission of its application, provide a detailed description, explanation and documentation supporting its request for a waiver or exception meeting the requirements outlined in this subsection H.
4. In addition to the findings outlined in subsection H.2 of this section, the Director of the Development Services Department may grant a waiver of the minimum separation requirement in subsection E.3 of this section, if it is determined that the applicant has also established that no other location is suitable for siting the WCF within the identified 520-foot radius; or
5. For all other Communication, Broadcast, and Relay Facilities excluding WCFs, the Director of the Development Services Department may grant a waiver of the height limit if it is determined that the applicant has established that:
a. The requested increase is the minimum necessary for the effective functioning of the system.
b. Construction of multiple smaller or less obtrusive facilities is not technically feasible. Applicants may be required to submit an areawide deployment plan to demonstrate compliance with this requirement.
c. Visual and aesthetic impacts associated with the facility have been mitigated to the greatest extent technically feasible. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 17; Ord. 6759, 10-23-23, § 2; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 6; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 10; Ord. 5587, 3-7-05, § 5; Ord. 5460, 8-4-03, § 3; Ord. 5403, 8-5-02, § 5; Ord. 5086, 8-3-98, § 2)
A. The applicant may propose a commuter parking facility providing no more than 50 parking spaces and utilizing the parking area of an existing use through the administrative conditional use process, Part 20.30E LUC. Appeals of decisions made pursuant to this subsection will be decided using the Process II appeal procedures, LUC 20.35.250.
B. The Director of the Development Services Department may approve a commuter parking facility described in subsection A of this section only if he/she finds that:
1. The commuter parking facility is proposed as part of a transportation program.
2. The number of parking spaces proposed for the commuter parking facility is in excess of the actual parking demand for the primary use during overlapping hours of operation.
3. The subject property abuts and gains access from a major, secondary or collector arterial as defined by the Transportation Department.
4. Signage proposed in conjunction with the commuter parking facility is adequate to identify the facility and in keeping with the general character of the immediate vicinity.
5. The location of the commuter parking facility on the subject property will have no significant adverse impact on uses in the immediate vicinity.
C. The Director of the Development Services Department may impose a time limit upon the validity of the administrative Conditional Use Permit granted pursuant to this section in order to ensure periodic review of the commuter parking facility. (Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 7; Ord. 4978, 3-17-97, § 1; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 17; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, §§ 10, 11)
A. General.
1. The size of a dwelling unit of cottage housing shall be no greater than 1,500 square feet of total floor area; however:
a. Up to an additional 25 percent of lot coverage and impervious surface coverage may be permitted for site area that is used for covered porches in cottage housing developments.
b. Cottages may be no greater than 24 feet in height, measured from the average elevation of the existing grade around the building to the highest point. Refer to LUC 20.50.012 for the definition of “Building Height – Residential Land Use Districts.”
c. Up to 300 square feet per dwelling unit of cottage housing used for parking or unheated storage space shall be exempt from the maximum floor area.
2. The density of cottage housing development on a lot is controlled by maximum floor area ratio by lot size and not by dwelling units per lot or dwelling units per acre. Therefore, there is no limit on the maximum dwelling units per lot, or dwelling units per acre, for cottage housing development. Cottage housing development is subject to the otherwise applicable development regulations contained in this section and in LUC 20.20.538 and the maximum floor area ratio for single-family and middle housing set forth in LUC 20.20.390.
B. Site Design Standards.
1. Total Open Space. Total open space includes all of the open space provided on-site for a cottage housing development subject to the following requirements:
a. Total open space shall be provided at a minimum of 20 percent of the lot size. This may include common open space, private open space, setbacks, critical areas, or other open space; and
b. Total open space shall be consolidated into a common area to the maximum extent possible.
2. Common Open Space. Common open space shall be included in the calculation of the total open space. Common open space shall be provided subject to the following requirements and is intended for common use by the residents of a cottage housing development:
a. A minimum of 100 square feet provided per cottage as common open space.
b. Common open space shall be bordered by cottages on at least one side for developments with four or fewer cottages and at least two sides for developments with five or more cottages.
c. Common open space shall not include critical areas, critical area buffers, or critical area structure setbacks.
d. Common open space shall have a minimum dimension of 15 feet on any side.
e. Common open space shall be developed consistent with LUC 20.20.520, including a mix of landscaping, pedestrian paths, and other amenities. Impervious surfaces shall be limited to 75 percent of the total open space.
f. For cottage housing developments with four or fewer units, area used for driveway access may be utilized as common open space. For cottage housing with more than four units, the common open space for up to four units may utilize driveway access as common open space.
g. Common open space shall be owned in common by the owners of the cottage housing located on the lot, or by an association of such property owners.
3. Private Open Space. Any designated private open space areas shall have a minimum dimension of five feet on any side.
4. The minimum required distance between cottages shall be the minimum required by applicable building and fire codes.
5. On-site required parking shall be consolidated to the maximum extent feasible. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 18)
A. General.
1. Courtyard housing developments shall be subject to both the requirements of this subsection and LUC 20.20.538.
2. Courtyard housing shall consist of attached dwelling units arranged in an L- or U-shaped configuration.
B. Site Design Standards.
1. Courtyard housing shall include a central courtyard area providing primary or secondary access to all units.
2. The central courtyard shall have a minimum dimension of 20 feet in any direction.
3. The central courtyard shall be developed consistent with LUC 20.20.520, including a mix of landscaping, pedestrian paths, and other amenities. Impervious surfaces shall be limited to 75 percent of the total open space.
4. On-site required parking shall be consolidated to the maximum extent feasible. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 19)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate proposals for new or expanding electrical utility facilities and to minimize impacts associated with such facilities on surrounding areas through siting, design, screening, and fencing requirements.
B. Applicability. This section applies to all proposals for new or expanding electrical utility facilities as defined in LUC 20.50.018. Additional requirements applicable to electrical utility facilities located within the Shoreline Overlay District are provided in Part 20.25E LUC.
C. Required Review. For new or expanding electrical utility facilities proposed on sensitive sites as described by Figure UT-6 of the Utilities Element of the Comprehensive Plan, the applicant shall obtain Conditional Use Permit approval under Part 20.30B LUC. For expansions of electrical utility facilities not proposed on sensitive sites as described by Figure UT-6, the applicant shall obtain Administrative Conditional Use Permit approval under Part 20.30E LUC.
1. Conditional Use Permit. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30B LUC the applicant shall:
a. Complete the alternative siting analysis as set forth in subsection D of this section;
b. Hold an informational public meeting prior to the public hearing required by LUC 20.35.137 and in addition to the informational public meeting required in LUC 20.35.127; and
c. Comply with all applicable decision criteria and design standards set forth in this section.
2. Administrative Conditional Use. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30E LUC the applicant shall comply with all decision criteria and design standards set forth in this section, provided the applicant is not required to complete the alternative siting analysis set forth in subsection D of this section.
D. Alternative Siting Analysis. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30B LUC, and the decision criteria and design standards set forth in this section, the applicant shall identify alternative sites, provide required content showing analysis relating to identified sites, describe technologies considered, and describe community outreach conducted for proposals relating to new or expanding electrical utility facilities on sensitive sites as described in this section.
1. Alternative Sites Analyzed. Prior to submittal of the application for Conditional Use Permit required pursuant to subsection C of this section, the applicant shall identify not less than three alternative site options to meet the system needs for the proposed new or expanding electrical utility facility. At least one of the alternative sites identified by the applicant shall be located in the land use district to be primarily served by the proposed electrical utility facility.
2. Content of Alternative Siting Analysis. Upon submittal of the Conditional Use Permit application required pursuant to subsection C of this section, the applicant shall submit results of the siting analysis which:
a. Describe the sites identified in subsection D.1 of this section and the land use districts within which the sites are located.
b. Map the location of the sites identified in subsection D.1 of this section and depict the proximity of the sites to Neighborhood Business Land Use Districts and Residential Land Use Districts.
c. Describe which of the sites analyzed are considered practical or feasible alternatives by the applicant, and which of the sites analyzed are not considered practical or feasible, together with supporting information that justifies the conclusions reached. For sites located within a Neighborhood Business Land Use District, Residential Land Use District, and/or the BelRed Office/Residential Transition (BR-ORT), the applicant shall:
i. Describe whether the electrical utility facility location is a consequence of needs or demands from customers located within the district or area; and
ii. Describe whether the operational needs of the applicant require location of the electrical utility facility in the district or area.
d. Identify a preferred site from the alternative locations considered for the proposed new or expanding electrical utility facility. The following location selection hierarchy shall be considered during identification of the preferred site alternative: (i) nonresidential land use districts, (ii) the BelRed Office/Residential Transition (BR-ORT), and (iii) residential areas. The applicant may identify a preferred site alternative in a Residential Land Use District or the BelRed Office/Residential Transition (BR-ORT) upon demonstration that the location has fewer site compatibility impacts than a nonresidential land use district location.
3. Technology Considered for the Preferred Site Alternative. Upon submittal of the Conditional Use Permit application required pursuant to subsection C of this section, the applicant shall:
a. Describe the range of technologies considered for the proposed electrical utility facility;
b. Describe how the proposed electrical utility facility provides reliability to customers served;
c. Describe components of the proposed electrical utility facility that relate to system reliability; and
d. Describe how the proposed facility includes technology best suited to mitigate impacts on surrounding properties.
4. Community Outreach Conducted. Upon submittal of the Conditional Use Permit application required pursuant to subsection C of this section, the applicant shall provide a description of all methods of community outreach or involvement conducted by the applicant prior to selecting a preferred site for the proposed electrical utility facility.
E. Decision Criteria. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30B LUC, Part 20.30E LUC, and other applicable provisions of this section, all proposals to locate or expand electrical utility facilities shall comply with the following:
1. The proposal is consistent with Puget Sound Energy’s System Plan;
2. The design, use, and operation of the electrical utility facility complies with applicable guidelines, rules, regulations or statutes adopted by state law, or any agency or jurisdiction with authority;
3. The applicant shall demonstrate that an operational need exists that requires the location or expansion at the proposed site;
4. The applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed electrical utility facility improves reliability to the customers served and reliability of the system as a whole, as certified by the applicant’s licensed engineer;
5. For proposals located on sensitive sites as referenced in Figure UT.5a of the Utility Element of the Comprehensive Plan, the applicant shall demonstrate:
a. Compliance with the alternative siting analysis requirements of subsection D of this section;
b. Where feasible, the preferred site alternative identified in subsection D.2.d of this section is located within the land use district requiring additional service and residential land use districts are avoided when the proposed new or expanded electrical utility facility serves a nonresidential land use district;
6. The proposal shall provide mitigation sufficient to eliminate or minimize long-term impacts to properties located near an electrical utility facility.
F. Design Standards. In addition to the requirements set forth in Part 20.30B LUC, Part 20.30E LUC, and other applicable provisions of this section, all proposals to locate or expand an electrical utility facility shall comply with the following:
1. Site Landscaping. Electrical utility facilities shall be sight-screened as specified in LUC 20.20.520.F.2 or as required for the applicable land use district. Alternatively, the provisions of LUC 20.20.520.J may be used, provided this subsection does not apply to transmission lines as defined in LUC 20.50.018;
2. Fencing. Electrical utility facilities shall be screened by a sight-obscuring fence not less than eight feet in height, provided this subsection does not apply to transmission lines as defined in LUC 20.50.018. This requirement may be modified by the City if the site is not considered sensitive as referenced in Figure UT-6 of the Utility Element of the Comprehensive Plan, is adequately screened by topography and/or existing or added vegetation, or if the facility is fully enclosed within a structure. To the maximum extent possible, all electrical utility facility components, excluding transmission lines, shall be screened by either a sight-obscuring fence or alternative screening;
3. Required Setback. The proposal (including required fencing) shall conform to the setback requirement for structures in the land use district; and
4. Height Limitations. For all electrical utility facility components, including transmission lines, the City may approve a request to exceed the height limit for the underlying land use district if the applicant demonstrates that:
a. The requested increase is the minimum necessary for the effective functioning of the electrical utility facility; and
b. Impacts associated with the electrical utility facility have been mitigated to the greatest extent technically feasible.
G. Mitigation Measures. The City may impose conditions relating to the location, development, design, use, or operation of an electrical utility facility to mitigate environmental, public safety, or other identifiable impacts. Mitigation measures may include, but are not limited to, natural features that may serve as buffers, or other site design elements such as fencing and site landscaping as provided for in subsection F of this section.
H. Independent Technical Review. The City may require the applicant pay for independent technical review by a consultant retained by the City for review of materials submitted by the applicant to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the alternative siting analysis contained in subsection D of this section, the decision criteria contained in subsection E of this section and the design standards contained in subsection F of this section. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 20; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 2; Ord. 6643, 1-24-22, § 2; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 16; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 11; Ord. 5805, 3-3-08, § 8)
A. Applicability. This section applies to each essential public facility (EPF) within the City except where a specific use is otherwise identified and regulated in LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and Chapter 20.25 LUC. The requirements of this section shall be imposed at the establishment of any such EPF use, and upon any addition or modification to any such EPF use or structure housing that use. Any EPF specifically identified and regulated in LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and Chapter 20.25 LUC shall be subject to the permitting procedures and requirements for that use and shall not be subject to this section.
B. Additional Submittal Requirements. In addition to the application materials required for any permit required to construct or modify the EPF, the applicant shall submit the following material:
1. Information demonstrating compliance with any existing multi-jurisdictional siting criteria in selecting the proposed location for the EPF; and
2. Information regarding all alternative sites considered for the proposed EPF, including information about why such alternative sites were not selected.
C. Decision Criteria. In addition to the decision criteria applicable to any permit required to construct or modify the EPF, the City may approve, or approve with modifications, a proposal to construct or modify an EPF if:
1. The location and design are consistent with any planning document under which the proposing agency, special district or organization operates, as determined by the person or body having authority to interpret such document;
2. The location, design, use and operation of the EPF complies with any applicable guidelines, rules, regulations or statutes adopted by state law, or any agency or jurisdiction with authority;
3. A building which houses all or a majority of an EPF must be compatible with the architectural form of surrounding buildings. This requirement is not applicable to an EPF where significant elements of the facility are not housed in a building or to isolated minor elements such as utility meters;
4. An EPF may be permitted in a Neighborhood Business or Residential Land Use District only if there is an operational or other need that requires locating in that district to achieve the purpose or function of the EPF;
5. The City may approve a request to exceed the height limit for the underlying land use district if the applicant demonstrates that:
a. The requested increase is the minimum necessary for the effective functioning of the EPF; and
b. Visual and aesthetic impacts associated with the EPF have been mitigated to the greatest extent technically feasible;
6. If the City determines that the EPF is potentially dangerous to human life, appropriate protective measures may be required.
D. Conditions. The City may impose conditions on the location, design, use or operation of the EPF within the scope of the City’s authority in order to mitigate identified environmental, public safety or other impacts of the EPF. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 21; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 9; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 12; Ord. 5457, 7-21-03, § 3)
A. Applicability. The requirements of this section apply to the following:
1. All new single-family, middle housing developments, and detached accessory dwelling units. Attached accessory dwelling units are exempt from floor area ratio provisions and do not count towards the number of dwelling units in subsection B of this section; and
2. Additions to an existing detached single-family dwelling that result in a 20 percent or greater increase in gross square feet.
B. Maximum Floor Area Ratio for Single-Family and Middle Housing. The maximum residential floor area ratio as defined in LUC 20.50.020, Floor Area Ratio (FAR) – Single-Family and Middle Housing Dwelling, for qualifying development is listed in Table 20.20.390.B.1, and shall be determined by the quantity of dwelling units on the lot, which shall include any detached accessory dwelling units. For development consisting of attached or detached multifamily dwellings, floor area ratio shall be determined by the dimensional requirements in Chart 20.20.010 or, where applicable, as regulated by a special or overlay district.
Table 20.20.390.B.1. Maximum Floor Area Ratio for Single-Family and Middle Housing
Number of dwelling units (1) | Floor Area Ratio for Lots 10,000 Square Feet or Less | Floor Area Ratio for Lots Greater than 10,000 Square Feet |
|---|---|---|
1 | 0.5 | 0.3/0.5 (2) |
2 | 0.6 | 0.5 |
3 | 0.8 | 0.6 |
4 | 1 | 0.7 |
5 | 1.2 | 0.75 |
6 | 1.5 (3) | 0.9 (3) |
(1)Up to 300 square feet per dwelling unit of middle housing used for parking or unheated storage space shall be exempt from FAR.
(2)For lots that are greater than 10,000 square feet, 0.5 FAR shall apply to the first 10,000 square feet, and square footage over 10,000 square feet shall be subject to the 0.3 FAR.
(3)Cottage housing developments may utilize the highest FAR applicable based on the size of the lot. The density of cottage housing development on a lot is controlled by maximum floor area ratio by lot size and not by dwelling units per lot or dwelling units per acre. Therefore, there is no limit on the maximum dwelling units per lot, or dwelling units per acre, for cottage housing development. Cottage housing development is subject to the otherwise applicable development regulations contained in LUC 20.20.250 and 20.20.538.
(Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 22)
A. General.
1. No fence may violate the sight obstruction restrictions at street intersections. (See BCC 14.60.240.)
2. No fence may exceed four feet, six inches, in height within a required front setback except as follows:
a. If the fence is perpendicular to the right-of-way and necessary for screening, or is located on an arterial or on one side of a corner lot and does not exceed the minimum height necessary to afford privacy, security, screening or noise attenuation;
b. Any fence with increased height must meet the following criteria:
i. The proposed fence will not cause or contribute to a hazardous traffic situation, and
ii. The proposed fence is necessary to afford reasonable privacy, security or noise attenuation to the subject property, and
iii. The proposed fence is not out of character with development in the immediate vicinity of the subject property and the finished side of the proposed fence faces the right-of-way or the adjacent property.
3. Any fence which exceeds eight feet in height requires a Building Permit and shall conform to the International Building Code, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue.
4. Height shall be measured from finished grade at the exterior side of the fence. No person may construct a berm upon which to build a fence unless the total height of the berm plus the fence does not exceed the maximum height allowable for the fence if the berm was not present.
B. Barbed Wire. No barbed wire may be used in fencing along a property boundary except at the top of a solid or chain link fence six feet or more in height.
C. Electric Fences. Electric fences are not permitted in a Residential Land Use District, except where additional fencing or other barriers prevent access to the fence by small children on the adjacent property. Otherwise, electric fences are permitted provided they comply with the following requirements: (1) an electric fence using an interrupted flow of current at intervals of about 1 second on and 2 seconds off shall be limited to 2,000 volts at 17 milliamp, current; (2) an electric fence using continuous current shall be limited to 1,500 volts at 7 milliamp, current. All electric fences shall be posted with permanent signs a minimum of 36 square inches in area at intervals of 15 feet stating that the fence is electrified. Electric fences sold as a complete and assembled unit can be installed by an owner if the controlling elements of the installation are certified by an A.N.S.I. approved testing agency.
D. Chain Link Security Fences. May be permitted within the front setback in CB, GC, or LI Districts, or in commercial parking lots and storage areas, providing plans are approved by the Development Services Department upon finding that the fence will not violate sight obstruction standards, BCC 14.60.240, nor stand in, or in front of, any required landscaping. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 23; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, § 4; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, §§ 15, 16; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 29; Ord. 4255, 6-3-91, § 2; Ord. 3985, 2-21-89, § 1; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 14; Ord. 3435, 11-27-84)
A. Applicability. The provisions of this section apply to green building components of amenity incentive programs in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts.
B. Administrative Rule. The varying nature of sustainable development strategies and the frequency of innovation in sustainability require flexibility in rulemaking and opportunities for periodic updates. Thus, green building requirements and incentives shall be established by the Director by rule adopted in accordance with LUC 20.40.100. The rule shall address the following:
1. The Director shall establish a tiered list of green building certification programs.
a. Tiers may be used to achieve bonus points in the Amenity Incentive System for Mixed-Use Land Use Districts as provided in LUC 20.25R.050.
b. When establishing tiers and selecting green building certification programs, the Director shall consider the following:
i. What percentage of applicants will be able to achieve the green building certification program at the specified tier.
ii. The impact of the green building certification program on achieving the City’s sustainability goals, including those specified in the City’s Environmental Stewardship Plan and the City’s Comprehensive Plan.
2. For any tier, the Director may establish additional requirements and incentives beyond meeting program certification that can further advance the City’s sustainability goals.
C. Assurance Device. The Director shall specify an assurance device by rule, which may be a nonrevocable letter of credit, set-aside letter, assignment of funds, certificate of deposit, deposit account, bond, or other readily accessible source of funds. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 10)
A. Purpose. Limits on the total amount of hard surfaces associated with site development are desirable to minimize vegetation loss and limit stormwater runoff, which are impacted by the increased level of surface flow generated by hard surfaces. Live plant foliage and groundcover intercept stormwater by retaining or slowing the flow of precipitation to the ground, and their roots protect soil from erosion. Preservation of naturally vegetated areas is a passive stormwater management tool that effectively reduces watershed function deterioration.
B. Applicability. Hard surfaces are defined in Chapter 20.50 LUC, and shall include all surfaces considered impervious under LUC 20.20.460, as well as permeable pavement surfaces and vegetated roofs. The hard surface limits contained in LUC 20.20.010 and the standards of this section shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review including land alteration or land development including subdivisions, short subdivisions or planned unit developments, a change in lot coverage, or a change in the area devoted to parking and circulation is required by this Code, or by the International Building Code.
C. Exemptions. The following are exempted from determining maximum hard surface. These exemptions do not apply to any other Land Use Code requirement, including setbacks and limits on maximum lot coverage by structure, building code, utilities code or other applicable City of Bellevue codes or regulations.
1. Decks/Platforms. Decks and platforms constructed with gaps measuring one-eighth inch or greater between boards, so long as the surface below the deck or platform is pervious;
2. Rockeries/Retaining Walls. Rockeries and retaining walls shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits;
3. Stabilization Measures. Shoreline stabilization measures shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits; and
4. Landscape Features. Fences, arbors with lattice or open roof materials and similar structures, individual stepping stones placed in the ground but not cemented or held together with an impervious material, and organic mulch shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits.
D. Performance Standards.
1. Design shall minimize topographic modification. Changes in existing grade outside the building footprint shall be minimized. Excavation shall not exceed 10 feet. Fill shall not exceed five feet subject to the following provisions: all fill in excess of four feet shall be engineered; and engineered fill may be approved in exceptional circumstances to exceed five feet to a maximum of eight feet. Exceptional circumstances are: (a) instances where driveway access would exceed 15 percent slope if additional fill retained by the building foundation is not permitted; or (2) where the five-foot fill maximum generally is observed but limited additional fill is necessary to accommodate localized variations in topography.
2. High-value natural areas, which include, but are not limited to, retained significant trees and their understory and areas of native vegetation, shall be identified during site development. Locations of buildings, roads and infrastructure shall not impact high-value natural areas. Retained significant trees and their understory and areas of native vegetation shall be fenced and adequately protected during construction, consistent with the provisions in Chapter 23.76 BCC. Native plants should be salvaged from areas to be cleared and transplanted to other areas of the site where feasible.
E. Maintenance and Assurance. Pervious pavement and other hard surface techniques designed to mimic shall be designed by a professional engineer licensed by the State of Washington and the plans are approved by the Director. The Director may require a maintenance plan and long-term performance assurance device to ensure the continued function of the pervious pavement or other technique. (Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, § 5)
A. Heliports – General Requirements.
1. In addition to the applicable decision criteria in LUC 20.30B.140 or 20.30E.140, the City shall consider, but not be limited to, the following criteria, in deciding whether to approve or approve with modifications an application for a heliport Conditional Use or Administrative Conditional Use Permit:
a. In consideration of identified noise impacts, the City may impose conditions restricting the type of aircraft permitted to land at an approved heliport, and conditions which limit the number of daily takeoffs and landings and hours of operation.
b. The City may impose a periodic review requirement on heliport approvals in order to consider imposing additional conditions to mitigate adverse impacts from new aircraft technology.
c. The City may consider whether approach and departure paths are obstruction-free and whether residential or critical areas would be adversely affected. The City may also consider whether approach and departure paths abut freeway corridors or waterways.
d. The City may consider whether the proposed heliport facility will participate in a voluntary noise reduction program such as the “Fly Neighborly Program.”
2. All applications to construct a heliport must include the results of the appropriate Federal Aviation Administration review. A determination of negative impact on navigable airspace by the FAA will result in denial of a land use or Building Permit unless the applicant agrees to comply with the recommendations to mitigate such impacts. The mitigating measures shall be made conditions of the land use or Building Permit.
3. Heliport landing areas shall be at least one and one-half times the overall length of the largest helicopter expected to use the facility.
4. The heliport primary surface shall be of level grade and consist of a dust-proof surface.
5. Public use heliports shall be marked in accordance with FAA recommendations.
6. Private use and personal use heliports may be unmarked or marked with individualized markings recognizable to the pilots authorized to use the facility, but may not be marked with the same markings as a public use heliport.
7. All heliports intended to accommodate night landings shall be lighted in accordance with FAA recommendations.
8. Access to heliport landing areas, except water surfaces, shall be controlled by physical restraints. If fences, walls, or parapets are used for access control, the minimum height shall be 42 inches.
9. All approaches to an area of helicopter operations will have conspicuous signs notifying those who approach the operation.
10. Touchdown Pads.
a. Recommended Touchdown Pad. The recommended dimension of a touchdown pad is equal to the rotor diameter of the largest helicopter expected to operate from the facility.
b. Minimum Touchdown Pad. At a heliport that has an extremely low level of activity, smaller areas may be used. Pad dimensions are based on rectangular configurations. A circular pad having a diameter equal to the longer side of the rectangular configuration set forth in subsection A.10.b.i or A.10.b.ii of this section is acceptable. Skid or float length should be substituted for wheelbase as appropriate.
i. Public Use Heliports. The minimum sized touchdown pad shall have a length and width at least two times the wheelbase and tread, respectively, or a diameter of 2.0 times the wheelbase of the largest helicopter expected to use the facility.
ii. Private Use or Personal Use Heliports. The minimum sized touchdown pad shall have a length and width at least one and one-half times the wheelbase and tread, respectively, or a diameter of one and one-half times the wheelbase of the largest helicopter expected to use the facility.
11. Each helicopter landing area shall have at least one obstruction-free heliport approach path conforming to the definition of Heliport Approach Surfaces.
12. No obstructions, natural or manmade, will be permitted within the Heliport Primary Surface, Heliport Approach Surfaces, or Heliport Transition Surfaces.
13. The requirements of subsections A.3 through A.12 of this section may be modified in special circumstances upon written technical evaluation and recommendation of the nearest FAA Airports District Office or Washington State Department of Transportation, Division of Aeronautics office.
14. A hospital emergency-use-only heliport is exempt from the provisions of subsection A.1 of this section but must comply with the requirements in subsections A.2 through A.13 of this section. For purposes of this subsection A.14, “emergency” is defined as when any patient who requires care of significant severity such that alternative means of transport would adversely affect the health of that person.
15. Government use heliport facilities are exempt from the requirements of subsections A.3 through A.12 of this section. Government heliport design shall be based upon technical evaluation and recommendation of the nearest FAA Airports District Office or Washington State Department of Transportation, Division of Aeronautics office.
16. A heliport site must have flight path access directly to the interstate highway system which does not require flight over any residential zoned properties.
B. Helicopter Landing Permits.
1. A Temporary Use Permit is required for the landing of helicopters at a site other than a City-approved heliport.
2. A permit is valid for a maximum of 30 days. Conditions may be imposed which limit the number of flights and the hours of operation. The applicant shall be required to execute a hold harmless agreement in favor of the City.
3. A permit will be refused if the City determines that the proposed landing(s) will pose a substantial threat to the health, safety or welfare of the surrounding community.
4. Operations of a government authority in cases of emergency, search and rescue, fire and law enforcement are exempt from the permit requirements of this subsection. (Ord. 6016, 8-1-11, § 2; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 8; Ord. 5477, 10-20-03, § 1; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 6; Ord. 4029, 9-5-89, § 3)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide regulations for the permitting of homeless services uses that are proposed to provide support to one or more populations of people experiencing homelessness.
B. Applicability. This section applies to all proposals for new or expanding homeless services uses as defined in this section. This section does not apply to:
1. Temporary public safety facilities permitted under the terms of LUC 20.20.850. This includes but is not limited to Overnight Shelter: Emergency/Temporary as defined in LUC 20.50.038. These facilities are needed to respond to an unforeseen situation or emergency and are not governed by the terms of this section;
2. Temporary uses permitted under the terms of Part 20.30M LUC;
3. Temporary encampments permitted under the terms of Part 20.30U LUC;
4. Religious organizations hosting temporary encampments within buildings on their property under the terms of RCW 35A.21.360 (Temporary encampments for the homeless – Hosting by religious organizations authorized – Prohibitions on local actions); or
5. Unrelated individuals living together as a “family” pursuant to the definition contained in LUC 20.50.020.
C. Definitions.
1. Use Definitions.
a. Homeless Services Use. Refers to the collection of service uses defined in this subsection and established for the purpose of providing ongoing services to people experiencing homelessness. “Homeless Services Use” includes Emergency Shelter under RCW 36.70A.030(10), now or as hereafter amended, but does not include Overnight Shelter: Emergency/Temporary as defined in LUC 20.50.038.
b. Day Services Center. A facility that offers a haven to people experiencing homelessness by providing a safe place to rest during the day. Support services for homeless populations are an integral part of a day services center use and include but are not limited to access to food, seating, showers, laundry, restrooms, storage, a computer lab, phones, fax and a critical mailing address. Spaces for meetings and examinations are generally provided to accommodate counseling and access to medical/dental and legal assistance. Day Services Centers do not provide overnight accommodations.
c. Overnight Shelter: Permanent. Any facility that is constructed for the primary purpose of providing shelter for people experiencing homelessness in general or for specific populations of people experiencing homelessness. Supportive services may or may not be provided in addition to the provision of shelter.
d. Emergency Housing – Transient. Indoor accommodation for individuals or families who are homeless or at imminent risk of becoming homeless that is intended to address the basic health, food, clothing, and personal hygiene needs of individuals or families. Emergency Housing – Transient is residential occupancy for a period of less than 30 days.
2. Additional Definitions Applicable to Terminology Used in This Section.
a. “Code of conduct” is an agreement on rules of behavior between occupants of a homeless services use and operators and providers offering a homeless services use at a specific location. The code of conduct is intended to protect the health, safety and welfare of the occupants and employees of the homeless services use, and the surrounding residents and businesses.
b. “Funder” means any person, partnership, corporation or other organization of any kind that provides funding to establish, construct or operate a homeless services use.
c. “Good neighbor agreement (GNA)” refers to a specific plan developed through a Good Neighbor Agreement Advisory Committee process to address operational and communication commitments that are uniquely tailored to the location where a homeless services use is proposed.
d. “Homelessness” refers to the state of a person who is living in a place not meant for human habitation, which may include, but is not limited to, vehicles, streets, parks, alleys, parking garages, vacant buildings, all night commercial establishments and other similar places, or is a resident in an overnight shelter.
e. “Operator” means any person, partnership, corporation or other organization of any kind that proposes to site and operate a homeless services use in the City.
f. “Provider” means any person, partnership, corporation or other organization of any kind that provides supportive services to a homeless population accessing a homeless services use.
g. “Safety and security plan” refers to a plan developed by the operator and updated to reflect input provided by the Bellevue Police Department to address security concerns regarding a homeless services use that is proposed at a specific location.
h. “Standard operating procedures” refer to a plan developed by the operator that addresses the elements required by subsection F.2.e of this section. The elements contained in the standard operating procedures plan would generally be applicable to all homeless services uses in Bellevue irrespective of where they are proposed to be located.
i. “Supportive services” are those provided to occupants of a homeless services use for the purpose of facilitating their independence and include, but are not limited to, services such as case management, medical treatment, psychological counseling, childcare, transportation and job training.
D. Approval Process Required. Two Process Options. Applications for a homeless services use governed by the terms of this section shall be processed pursuant to one of the following options:
1. Use and Design Allowed through a Development Agreement. A homeless services use requires approval of a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to subsection D.2 of this section unless the City Council agrees to negotiate a development agreement. The City Council may by resolution accept or decline to negotiate a development agreement that would allow a homeless services use to be established and constructed in Bellevue pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 36.70B RCW and this section. Nothing in this subsection shall preclude an applicant from requesting the Director to initiate processing of their application under the Conditional Use Permit provisions of Part 20.30B LUC without requesting the City Council to consider negotiation of a development agreement.
2. Use and Design Allowed through a Conditional Use Permit. A homeless services use requires approval of a Conditional Use Permit unless the City Council agrees to negotiate a development agreement pursuant to the process and decision criteria contained in subsections D.1 and E.4 of this section. Where the City Council has not adopted a resolution to initiate negotiation of a development agreement to allow a homeless services use to be established and constructed in Bellevue, a Conditional Use Permit approval shall be processed pursuant to the provisions of Part 20.30B LUC and provisions of this section.
E. Preapplication Process and Determination of Permit Approval Path Required.
1. Preapplication Materials. Shall be submitted to the Development Services Department pursuant to LUC 20.35.020 before a permit application for a homeless services use may be filed. Materials shall include:
a. Name of the operator;
b. Statement of experience operating the type of homeless services use that is proposed or any other relevant experience; and
c. Statement of homeless population to be served and occupancy target for each homeless services use proposed.
2. Preapplication Community Meeting. Prior to City Council determination of the process path as provided by subsection E.4 of this section, the applicant shall hold a public informational meeting. The purpose of this meeting is to provide an early, open dialogue between the applicant, the operator, and property owners surrounding the proposed homeless services use. The meeting should acquaint the surrounding property owners with the operator and provide for an exchange of information about the proposal and the community where the use is proposed to be located. The operator should share information regarding its intended permit application (e.g., the draft standard operating procedures, draft code of conduct, and draft safety and security plan) for the proposed homeless services use. The surrounding property owners should share characteristics of the surrounding community and any issues or concerns of which the operator should be made aware. Notice of the community meeting shall be provided by the Director pursuant to the requirements of LUC 20.35.120.B, and the required mailing radius for notice of a homeless services use shall be expanded to include owners, and the physical addresses for properties that are not owner-occupied, of real property within 1,000 feet of the project site.
3. Preapplication Site Inspection by the City. If the applicant proposes to use an existing structure to house a homeless services use, a preapplication site inspection shall be required. Prior to any City Council determination of the process path as provided by subsection E.4 of this section, the applicant shall allow for an inspection of the structure proposed to house a homeless services use by staff representatives of the Building Official and Fire Marshal. The purpose of the inspection is to determine if the facility meets the Building and Fire Code standards for the proposed use. The purpose of this inspection is not to ensure that a facility meets the requirements of this Code or to force an applicant to bring a proposed facility up to applicable standards prior to project approval. The inspection is intended to ensure that the applicant, the operator, the City, the underlying property owner, and the public are aware of applicable building modifications that would be necessary to establish a homeless services use prior to making an application.
4. Determination of Permit Approval Path.
a. Development Agreement. An applicant may request the City to negotiate a development agreement for the use and design of a homeless services use. Such request shall be presented to the City Council for consideration. The City Council shall by resolution accept or decline to negotiate a development agreement that would allow a homeless services use to be established and constructed in Bellevue pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 36.70B RCW and including review of the following information:
i. Data provided by the applicant describing the extent to which the proposed homeless population on the Eastside requires shelter and/or supportive services;
ii. Whether the applicant intends to seek funding for the proposed homeless services use from the City or from a regional coalition for housing;
iii. Demonstrated experience of the operator at running successful homeless services uses for the homeless population that is intended to be served;
iv. The draft safety and security plan that has undergone preliminary review and incorporated feedback from the Bellevue Police Department; and
v. Any additional documentation submitted by the applicant for the preapplication meeting and written public comments received on the proposal through completion of the preapplication community meeting required by subsection E.2 of this section.
If the City Council declines to negotiate a development agreement, the homeless services use shall be processed as a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to this section.
b. Conditional Use Permit. An applicant may request the Director to process a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to the provisions of this section without presenting the preapplication materials to the City Council for consideration.
F. Submittal Requirements.
1. An applicant seeking to establish and construct a homeless services use is required to submit application materials that meet the submittal requirements for a Conditional Use Permit as adopted by the Director pursuant to LUC 20.35.030.B.
2. In addition to the applicable Conditional Use Permit submittal requirements identified in subsection F.1 of this section, information identified in this subsection shall also be included with the permit application. An application that does not contain the information listed in this subsection shall not be considered complete. All applications for homeless services uses shall include the following:
a. A description of the homeless population to be served by the proposed homeless services use, dates and times of operation, and associated occupancy targets.
b. A statement of the operator’s experience at providing homeless services uses, including examples of similar facilities managed by the operator.
c. A list of transit stops and park and rides within one-half mile of the proposed homeless services use.
d. A list of job retraining and education uses within one-half mile of the proposed homeless services use.
e. A standard operating procedures plan including, but not limited to:
i. A description of how the proposed homeless services uses will serve the homeless population that will be accommodated by the use;
ii. A description of staffing for the proposed homeless services use and the training provided to staff hired to fulfill the identified staffing demand;
iii. A description of the anticipated providers that will serve the population that will be accommodated by the homeless services use;
iv. A description of the known funders for the homeless services use;
v. A description of the proposed perimeter area around the site where the code of conduct and applicable sections of the safety and security plan will apply;
vi. A map of proposed travel routes that the operator will suggest individuals use when seeking access to the homeless services use;
vii. A description of the procedures used to manage intake of the homeless population that is proposed to be served;
viii. A plan for encouraging prospective occupants to provide personal identification for inclusion in the Homeless Management Information System (HMIS) to help increase opportunities to provide access to housing and services and to secure public funding for the proposed homeless services use;
ix. Where appropriate and feasible, a plan for developing a community service model that is tailored to the homeless population to be served at the location where the homeless services use is proposed to be located. A community service model is intended to provide a framework for persons experiencing homelessness to work volunteer service hours within the scope of their ability in the community where they are receiving support from a homeless services use;
x. Where applicable, a plan to ensure that school-aged residents of the use are enrolled in school during their stay;
xi. Identification of a primary point of operator contact for assistance and referrals to send homeless individuals seeking services;
xii. A plan for managing exterior appearance of the proposed homeless services use, including trash/litter, hazardous materials, and biohazards within the identified perimeter area of the site;
xiii. A description of how the operator will inform and educate occupants of the homeless services uses regarding the code of conduct; and
xiv. A description of consequences to be imposed for violating the code of conduct.
f. A code of conduct that applies within the perimeter area to all individuals granted access to the proposed homeless services uses including, but not limited to:
i. Respect the rights of property owners to restrict access to areas of their property that are not open to the public;
ii. Use operator-suggested routes of travel to access the homeless services use;
iii. Maintain the site aesthetics;
iv. Respect state law restrictions on smoking and use designated smoking areas where provided;
v. Comply with City of Bellevue regulations governing public conduct (including but not limited to the prohibition on public camping, loitering, trespassing, panhandling, etc.); and
vi. Comply with terms of good neighbor agreement provisions that apply to occupants of the homeless services use.
g. A safety and security plan describing measures that the operator will employ to promote the safety of shelter occupants and surrounding residents and businesses, including but not limited to:
i. Criteria for rejection or removal of an individual seeking access to the proposed homeless services use;
ii. A plan for deployment (including time, place and manner) of security patrols;
iii. A plan to address disruptive behavior within a homeless services use and in the perimeter area that infringes on the safety of occupants or employees of the use, and a description of the consequences for engaging in disruptive behavior;
iv. A plan for managing loitering, panhandling, and unpermitted camping in the perimeter area of the homeless services use;
v. Identification of site specific magnet areas (e.g., greenbelts, parks, libraries, transit facilities, etc.) and a plan to address behavior that is inconsistent with the code of conduct and Bellevue City Code;
vi. Implementation of registered sex offender background checks and compliance with applicable registration and notification requirements;
vii. A plan for managing individuals excluded from accessing the proposed homeless services uses;
viii. A plan for coordination between the operator, Bellevue Public Safety staff (e.g., police, fire, park rangers, etc.), and private security forces employed by surrounding property and business owners;
ix. A plan for coordination and communication between the operator, Bellevue Police, and other local and regional law enforcement agencies to ensure timely information sharing between agencies;
x. A plan for coordination with state and local law enforcement to ensure compliance with conditions of parole, probation, or community custody, including but not limited to any residency restrictions;
xi. Provision of a phone number and point of contact at the site of the proposed homeless services use for the community to report concerns;
xii. A plan for addressing reported concerns and documenting resolution, and making this information publicly available; and
xiii. Identification of performance metrics that will be used to track compliance with the safety and security plan.
3. When the City Council has adopted a resolution to negotiate a development agreement that would allow a homeless services use to be established and constructed in Bellevue pursuant to subsection D.1 of this section, the applicant is required to submit application materials required under subsections F.1 and F.2 of this section and any additional submittal requirements identified in the resolution as needed for City Council negotiation of the development agreement pursuant to this subsection F.3.
G. Good Neighbor Agreement Process Required. This subsection describes the required Good Neighbor Agreement Advisory Committee process.
1. Purpose. The purpose of a GNA Advisory Committee formed under the terms of this section is to foster communication between the community and homeless services use operators by:
a. Dedicating the time necessary to represent community, neighborhood and Citywide interests in the homeless services use approval process;
b. Ensuring that issues of importance are identified early in the homeless services use approval process while there is still time to address design issues while minimizing cost implications;
c. Considering the communities and land uses within which the homeless services use is proposed;
d. Helping guide homeless services use design to ensure that specific neighborhood conditions are considered and design is context sensitive by engaging in ongoing dialogue with the homeless services use operator and the City during permit review; and
e. Ensuring the GNA Advisory Committee participation is streamlined and effectively integrated into the homeless services use permit process to avoid delays that jeopardize funding and place people experiencing homelessness at risk.
2. Technical Support and GNA Membership and Commitment.
a. Technical Support Team. Following submittal of preapplication materials pursuant to subsection E.1 of this section, the Director shall constitute a Technical Support Team to work with the GNA Advisory Committee. The Director shall consult with department heads in relevant City departments to identify staff that will fill the required City staff roles in a neutral manner (free of self-interest). All members of the Technical Support Team shall meet one or more of the below-described skill and/or subject matter expertise requirements. A single person may be identified to represent more than one of the roles identified below.
i. A City staff person who will act as neutral facilitator for the GNA Advisory Committee.
ii. A staff person with subject matter expertise from the Parks and Community Services Department of the City.
iii. A staff person with subject matter expertise and local knowledge of the proposed site from the Bellevue Police Department.
iv. A staff person with subject matter expertise from the Bellevue Fire Department.
v. Up to two representatives from a faith-based or nongovernmental organization. These representatives are required to be a Bellevue resident or work with a faith-based or nongovernmental organization that operates in Bellevue, and have subject matter expertise in the provision of shelter services in King County.
b. Member Composition. It is the responsibility of the Director to constitute the GNA Advisory Committee. Membership should be composed of individuals meeting the below-described locational or subject matter expertise requirements. A single individual may be identified to represent more than one of the roles requiring subject matter expertise.
i. Up to a maximum total of eight residents that live within the City of Bellevue and meet the following locational requirements:
(1) Up to eight residents who reside within one mile (5,280 feet) of the proposed homeless services use who will represent residents in the vicinity. Participation priority should be given to those residents living in closest proximity to the proposed homeless services use.
(2) Up to two residents of the city at-large who are appointed by the City Council to represent Citywide interests in the homeless services use approval process.
ii. Up to one parent or guardian to represent the K-12 student perspective with local knowledge of the enrollment area(s) where the homeless services use is proposed to be located.
iii. Up to three representatives from businesses located within one mile (5,280 feet) of the proposed homeless services use who will represent business interests in the vicinity. Participation priority should be given to those representatives of businesses located in closest proximity to the proposed homeless services use.
iv. One representative of the proposed homeless services use operator.
v. One representative of the agencies or organizations identified as a provider for the proposed homeless services use.
vi. One representative of the agencies or organizations identified as a funder for the homeless services use.
vii. Up to one representative of the population of individuals who has experienced homelessness in the past, or is currently experiencing homelessness, and is willing to serve on the GNA Advisory Committee.
viii. Up to one representative of the human service community with a background in the provision of human services in King County.
c. Member Commitment. Members of the GNA Advisory Committee are expected to:
i. Be reliable and available to attend meetings of the GNA Advisory Committee;
ii. Bring subject matter expertise regarding issues related to homelessness or unique knowledge of a proposed site to help inform the Committee’s work;
iii. Accept different perspectives and ideas, and be willing to learn and share rather than just advocate for a position;
iv. Steer conflict toward positive and creative results;
v. Contribute to completion of the GNA Advisory Committee scope of work described in subsection G.3 of this section; and
vi. Understand that consensus is not required, and that failure of the group to reach agreement will not be grounds for denial of a permit application.
3. Scope of GNA Advisory Committee Work. The scope of work for the GNA Advisory Committee is intended to support the GNA Advisory Committee purpose described in subsection G.1 of this section. The GNA Advisory Committee is advisory to the decision maker for the development agreement and CUP processes identified for a specific homeless services use, and its scope includes:
a. Becoming informed on the proposed homeless services use standard operating procedures and project design;
b. Participating in context setting to describe the community within which the homeless services use is proposed to be located;
c. Providing early and ongoing advice to the homeless services use operator on how to incorporate context sensitive design into the proposed project;
d. Providing advisory guidance to permit decision makers as described in more detail below regarding homeless services use design and operational concerns prior to any recommendation of the Director on a development agreement or CUP;
e. Collaborating with the operator to establish a plan for communications, and engagement in any community-endorsed service program, between the operator and neighbors after the use is established, constructed and operational; and
f. Collaborating with the operator to consider and evaluate metrics for success of the shelter operations, including security, sanitation, and transitioning shelter clients out of homelessness.
4. Involvement Process – Timing, Focus of Involvement, and Work Product.
a. Process Summary. The GNA Advisory Committee process is aligned with Homeless Shelter Use Permit process to optimize process efficiency and funding predictability. Table 20.20.455.G.4 depicts the relationship between the GNA Advisory Committee review and the City permit process phases. The following table describes the intended timing of GNA Advisory Committee review, the focus of GNA Advisory Committee involvement, and the anticipated work product to be generated by the GNA Advisory Committee at each review phase.
Table 20.20.455.G.4. Illustration of GNA Advisory Committee Process in Relationship to Permit Process
GNA Advisory Committee Review Phases | General Intent of Review | Relationship to City Permit Process Phases |
|---|---|---|
Context Setting | Provide early input on “context” to which design elements and features of homeless services use should respond, and advice to the homeless services use operator on how to incorporate context sensitive design into the proposed project. Identify unique circumstances that should be considered in development of the GNA. Provide context setting document. | Following the first community meeting (GNA Advisory Committee input provided within one month of the second community meeting) |
Design Input (Facility) | Provide input regarding incorporation of contextual considerations into the homeless services use facility design. Anticipated that GNA Advisory Committee would provide advice regarding complementary building materials, integration of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) measures, quality of design and materials, landscape development and screening. Provide advisory document. | Application review phase (GNA Advisory Committee input provided prior to Director recommendation) |
Good Neighbor Agreement (Operations) | Provide input on operational concerns and GNA augments the provider’s standard operating procedures to respond to those concerns. Although the GNA is legally nonbinding, it does define the intent and agreement of all parties represented on how a specific homeless services use will be operated to address the concerns of its neighbors while meeting the needs of its clients and the funders. Provide the GNA document. | Post project approval phase (GNA Advisory Committee input provided to the Director prior to occupancy for inclusion in the project record) |
b. Timing of GNA Advisory Committee Involvement.
i. The GNA Advisory Committee process should occur early in the process to avoid delays that jeopardize participation in funding cycles, require shelters to operate under emergency declarations, and place homeless individuals at risk.
ii. The actual timing of GNA Advisory Committee review and participation will be scheduled by the facilitator to ensure that GNA Advisory Committee input is consolidated with the applicable City permit process phase as described in Table 20.20.455.G.4.
iii. The GNA Advisory Committee will be dissolved once its scope of work has been completed.
c. Work Product. The work of the GNA Advisory Committee review phase shall culminate in an advisory document or good neighbor agreement that describes the phase of review and GNA Advisory Committee feedback consistent with the scope of work described in this section. City staff will support the GNA Advisory Committee preparation of this work product.
5. Applicable Policy and Regulatory Guidance. Guidance for Evaluating Context Sensitivity. Advice provided by the GNA Advisory Committee shall be objectively based upon the policies, regulations, guidelines and other documents applicable to a homeless services use in the location that it is proposed.
6. Meeting Operations. The meetings of the GNA Advisory Committee and documents developed through the process shall operate and be managed consistent with the applicable requirements of the Open Public Meetings Act (Chapter 42.30 RCW) and the Public Records Act (Chapter 42.56 RCW).
H. City Approval Requirements for Homeless Services Uses.
1. Applicability of City Review Process. There are two process options that can be used to approve a homeless services use as described in subsection D of this section. A homeless services use requires approval of a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to subsection D.2 of this section unless the City Council agrees to negotiate a development agreement pursuant to subsections D.1 and E.4 of this section. The approval process requirements contained in this subsection apply to all homeless services uses irrespective of whether City review under subsection D of this section is undertaken through the negotiation of a development agreement or through processing of a Conditional Use Permit.
a. Development Agreement – Council Decision.
i. Scope of Approval. A homeless services use may be permitted and established pursuant to the terms of a development agreement entered into between the City and a homeless services use operator when the location, design and operation are negotiated pursuant to Chapter 36.70B RCW and subsection E.4 of this section and are consistent with the terms of this section.
ii. Applicable Process. A development agreement adopted by the City Council shall be processed under the authority of and pursuant to the procedures set forth in Chapter 36.70B RCW and this section. Any development agreement adopted by the City Council shall be consistent with all applicable Comprehensive Plan policies and all adopted “development standards,” as that term is used in RCW 36.70B.170(3), that govern and vest the development for a specified time duration; provided, that a development agreement may not extend the vesting period for longer than 15 years from the effective date. Periodic review of the conditions of a development agreement and grounds for revocation may be included. Any appeal of a development agreement shall be directly to superior court.
b. Conditional Use Permit – Hearing Examiner Quasi-Judicial Decision.
i. When Required. Development of any homeless services use requires approval under applicable Bellevue City codes and the development requirements of this section through a Conditional Use Permit (CUP) process when the City Council has declined to negotiate a development agreement, or when the applicant has requested processing as a CUP.
ii. Scope of Approval. When a homeless services use has not been permitted outright in a City Council adopted development agreement, a Conditional Use Permit shall be required to establish the use and approve the design.
iii. The Conditional Use Permit shall be reviewed through Process I (LUC 20.35.100 through 20.35.150) as enhanced by the provisions of this section.
iv. Periodic review of the conditions of permit approval may be imposed pursuant to the terms of LUC 20.30B.165.
v. The Conditional Use Permit may be modified or revoked pursuant to the terms of LUC 20.30B.170.
2. Decision Criteria Applicable to Development Agreements and Conditional Use Permits for a Homeless Services Use. The City may approve or approve with modifications a development agreement or Conditional Use Permit application for a homeless services use and design if the applicant demonstrates that:
a. The proposal complies with the Conditional Use Permit decision criteria of LUC 20.30B.140;
b. The proposal complies with the applicable requirements of the BCC;
c. The proposal includes a standard operating procedure plan meeting the requirements of subsection F.2.e of this section;
d. The proposal includes a code of conduct meeting the requirements of subsection F.2.f of this section;
e. The proposal includes a safety and security plan meeting the requirements of subsection F.2.g of this section and incorporating the feedback provided by the Bellevue Police Department;
f. The facility design input of the GNA Advisory Committee developed pursuant to Table 20.20.455.G.4 has been integrated into the homeless services uses to the maximum extent feasible; and
g. The proposal addresses all applicable design guidelines and development standards of this section and any applicable land use district overlay in a manner which fulfills their purpose and intent.
3. Minimum required notice and public engagement procedures for homeless services uses shall adhere to the Process I requirements applicable to Conditional Use Permits, and shall specifically include the following:
a. Notice of the preapplication community meeting shall be provided pursuant to LUC 20.35.120.B, and prospective members of the GNA Advisory Committee shall be invited to attend. Required mailed notice for a homeless services use shall be expanded to include owners of real property within 1,000 feet of the project site;
b. Notice of an application to establish any homeless services use shall be provided pursuant to LUC 20.35.120. Required mailed notice for a homeless services use shall be expanded to include owners of real property within 1,000 feet of the project site;
c. A minimum comment period associated with any homeless services use application shall be provided pursuant to LUC 20.35.125; and
d. A public meeting shall be held pursuant to LUC 20.35.127 on all applications to establish a homeless services use. Prior to the public meeting, the operator shall meet and confer with the Bellevue Police Department regarding the proposed safety and security plan described in the submittal materials as required by subsection F.2.g of this section. At the public meeting, a representative of the homeless services use operator shall present in writing and describe the proposed safety and security plan, and any input or comments received on the plan from the Bellevue Police Department.
4. Director’s Recommendation.
a. Content.
i. Development Agreements. A written report of the Director shall be prepared. The Director’s recommendation shall be based on the requirements of Chapter 36.70B RCW and the decision criteria contained in subsection H.2 of this section.
ii. Conditional Use Permits. A written report of the Director shall be prepared pursuant to LUC 20.35.130.
b. Notice of Availability of the Director’s Recommendation, SEPA Determination, and Public Hearing. Notice of the availability of the Director’s recommendation shall be provided pursuant to LUC 20.35.135.
5. Public Hearing and Appeals.
a. Development Agreements. Public hearings on development agreements applied for to establish a homeless services use shall be held by the City Council pursuant to Chapter 36.70B RCW and adopted City Council rules of procedure.
b. Conditional Use Permits. Public hearings on Conditional Use Permits applied for to establish a homeless services use shall be held by the Hearing Examiner pursuant to LUC 20.35.137. The Hearing Examiner shall render a decision pursuant to LUC 20.35.140, and appeals of the Hearing Examiner decision shall be governed by the requirements of LUC 20.35.070.
6. Recording. The description of the population to be served, the conditions of approval, and any binding site plan for a homeless services use shall be recorded with the King County Recorder’s Office or its successor organization.
7. Modifications to a Homeless Services Use. Conditions of approval for a homeless services use apply for the life of the project. Any increase in the number of beds beyond that applied for by the applicant and included in the City approval, or changes to the population served by the homeless services use, shall be processed as a new application in accordance with the standards and requirements for a new or expanding use in this section.
8. Abandonment. Any established homeless services use that is abandoned for a continuous period of one year or more shall not be permitted to be reestablished, except as allowed in accordance with the standards and requirements for a new or expanding use in this section.
I. Development Standards/Use Requirements.
1. General Development Requirements. The applicable general development requirements of Chapter 20.20 LUC shall be met unless specifically modified by the terms of this section when applied to a homeless services use.
2. Parking, Circulation and Walkway Requirements. In addition to the terms of LUC 20.20.590, the following requirements apply to all homeless services uses:
a. Number of Parking Stalls. Homeless services uses are unspecified under the terms of LUC 20.20.590.F, and required parking stalls shall be established by the Director pursuant to LUC 20.20.590.F.2.
b. Overnight camping is prohibited. Camping is prohibited in areas that provide accessory parking for the homeless services use.
c. Entrance Area. Entrances to intake areas for a homeless services use shall provide for user queuing adequate to ensure:
i. Protection from the weather and natural elements; and
ii. Privacy for the homeless individuals seeking access to the use.
d. Entrance and Elevator Separation. Entrances and elevators serving the homeless services uses shall be physically separated from entrances and elevators serving any residential use that is located on the same site.
3. Occupancy Limits and Size-Related Development Standards.
a. All homeless services uses shall comply with occupancy limitations contained in applicable building and fire codes and ordinances adopted by the City.
b. Permanent overnight homeless shelter uses shall not provide sleeping accommodations for more than 100 residents, and shall comply with the following additional requirements:
i. The City shall impose a condition on any approved permanent overnight homeless shelter use limiting the number of beds to those requested by the applicant.
ii. Shelters with more than 50 beds:
(1) Should locate within one mile of a public transit stop; and
(2) Shall locate greater than one-half mile from any other homeless services use permitted under the terms of this section, unless they are co-located as part of a single development.
4. Minimum Requirements.
a. Homeless Services Uses in General.
i. Adequate toilet, bathing, sleeping, laundry and storage facilities to meet the demands anticipated by the homeless population that is proposed to be served.
ii. Access to WiFi for occupants of the homeless services use.
iii. Recycling and solid waste collection facilities to meet the requirements of LUC 20.20.725, and any additional demands anticipated by the homeless population that is proposed to be served.
iv. Designated smoking areas located a minimum of 25 feet from perimeter property lines.
v. Front desk staff provided during operating hours for each homeless services use.
vi. Designated and dignified privacy areas to meet the demands of the anticipated homeless population that is proposed to be served (e.g., lactation rooms, medical/counseling rooms, caseworker consultation spaces, etc.).
vii. A permanent address and mailroom to meet the demands anticipated by the homeless population that is proposed to be served.
viii. A final safety and security plan updated to incorporate input and comments received on the plan from the Bellevue Police Department.
b. Day Services Center Use. Access to electrical outlets to meet the demands anticipated by the homeless population that is proposed to be served.
c. Permanent Overnight Shelter.
i. Permanent overnight sleeping accommodations that do not exceed 100 beds.
ii. A dedicated electrical outlet for every occupant of a permanent bed.
5. Special and Overlay District Requirements. The applicable special and overlay district requirements of Chapter 20.25 LUC (e.g., Downtown, BelRed, Critical Areas Overlay, etc.) shall be met unless specifically modified by the terms of this section when applied to a homeless services use.
6. Medically Supervised Consumption Centers (MSCC) Are Prohibited. MSCCs are prohibited in all land use districts pursuant to LUC 20.10.410, and shall not be allowed (whether temporary, mobile or in a structure) to locate on a property where a homeless services use has been permitted under the terms of this section.
J. Design Guidelines.
1. Context.
a. Architectural elements should enhance, not detract from, the area’s overall character;
b. Incorporate architectural elements at a scale and location that ensures detailing is proportionate to the size of the building; and
c. Use forms, proportions, articulation, materials, colors and architectural motifs that are suggested by and complement adjacent buildings and/or the intended vision for the area where the homeless services use is located.
2. Crime Deterrence. The design of any homeless services use should incorporate Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles and use available technology to deter crime. Examples include:
a. Visibility of entrance and exit points to and from any structure housing a homeless services use;
b. Open and well-lighted pedestrian connections between the homeless services use, accessory parking, transit services and other supportive services in the area; and
c. Video surveillance of entrance and exit points to and from any structure housing a homeless services use.
3. Common Areas. Common areas should enhance resident enjoyment through inclusion of features such as libraries, roof decks, patios and gardens.
K. Mitigation Measures. The City may impose conditions relating to the development, design, use, or operation of a homeless services use to mitigate environmental, public safety, or other identifiable impacts.
L. Independent Technical Review. The City may require the applicant pay for independent technical review by a consultant retained by the City for review of materials submitted by the applicant to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section. (Ord. 6672, 7-25-22, § 3; Ord. 6670, 7-18-22, § 6; Ord. 6419, 7-16-18, § 1)
A. Purpose. Limits on the total amount of impervious surfaces associated with site development are desirable to protect critical areas and limit stormwater runoff, which are impacted by the increased levels and rates of surface flow generated by impervious surfaces.
B. Applicability. The impervious surface limits contained in LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC, and the standards of this section, shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review including land alteration or land development including subdivisions, short subdivisions or planned unit developments, a change in lot coverage, or a change in the area devoted to parking and circulation is required by this Code, or by the International Building Code.
C. Modifications to Impervious Surface Limits. The impervious surface limits contained in LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC may be modified pursuant to a critical areas report, LUC 20.25H.230, so long as the critical areas report demonstrates that the effective impervious surface on the site does not exceed the limit established in LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC; provided, that impervious limits within the Shoreline Overlay District may be modified pursuant to a shoreline special report or shoreline variance, as provided for by LUC 20.25E.050.C.2.
1. Garages on sites sloping uphill should be placed below the main floor elevation where feasible to reduce grading and to fit structures into existing topography. Garages on sites sloping downhill from the street may be required to be placed as close to the right-of-way as feasible and at or near street grade. Intrusion into the front setback, as provided in LUC 20.20.025.B, may be required. On slopes in excess of 25 percent, driveways shall be designed to minimize disturbance and should provide the most direct connection between the building and the public or private street; and
2. Changes in existing grade outside the building footprint shall be minimized. Excavation shall not exceed 10 feet. Fill shall not exceed five feet subject to the following provisions: all fill in excess of four feet shall be engineered; and engineered fill may be approved in exceptional circumstances to exceed five feet to a maximum of eight feet. Exceptional circumstances are: (1) instances where driveway access would exceed 15 percent slope if additional fill retained by the building foundation is not permitted; or (2) where the five-foot fill maximum generally is observed but limited additional fill is necessary to accommodate localized variations in topography.
D. Exemptions. The following are exempted from determining maximum impervious surface. These exemptions do not apply to any other Land Use Code requirement, including setbacks and limits on maximum lot coverage by structure, building code, utilities code or other applicable City of Bellevue codes or regulations.
1. Decks/Platforms. Decks and platforms constructed with gaps measuring one-eighth inch or greater between boards, so long as the surface below the deck or platform is pervious;
2. Rockeries/Retaining Walls. Rockeries and retaining walls shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits;
3. Stabilization Measures. Shoreline stabilization measures shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits; and
4. Landscape Features. Fences, arbors with lattice or open roof materials and similar structures, individual stepping stones placed in the ground but not cemented or held together with an impervious material shall be exempt from the maximum impervious surface limits.
E. Performance Standards.
1. Design shall minimize topographic modification. Structures shall conform to the natural contour of the slope. The foundation shall be tiered to conform to the existing topography and step down the slope with earth retention incorporated into the structure where feasible. Standard prepared building pads, i.e., slab on grade, shall be avoided; and
2. Garages on sites sloping uphill should be placed below the main floor elevation where feasible to reduce grading and to fit structures into existing topography. Garages on sites sloping downhill from the street may be required to be placed as close to the right-of-way as feasible and at or near street grade. Intrusion into the front setback, as provided in LUC 20.20.025.B, may be required. On slopes in excess of 25 percent, driveways shall be designed to minimize disturbance and should provide the most direct connection between the building and the public or private street; and
3. Changes in existing grade outside the building footprint shall be minimized. Excavation shall not exceed 10 feet. Fill shall not exceed five feet subject to the following provisions: all fill in excess of four feet shall be engineered; and engineered fill may be approved in exceptional circumstances to exceed five feet to a maximum of eight feet. Exceptional circumstances are: (1) instances where driveway access would exceed 15 percent slope if additional fill retained by the building foundation is not permitted; or (2) where the five-foot fill maximum generally is observed but limited additional fill is necessary to accommodate localized variations in topography.
F. Existing Impervious Surfaces. Impervious surfaces legally established on a site prior to December 31, 2016, and which exceed the limits set forth in LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC shall not be considered nonconforming. Proposals to increase impervious surface on a site shall conform to the limits of LUC 20.20.010 and Chapter 20.25 LUC; where a site already exceeds the allowed amount of impervious surface, the additional impervious surface shall not be approved unless an equal amount of existing impervious surface is removed such that the net amount of impervious surface is unchanged.
G. Innovative Techniques. Surfaces paved with permeable pavement or other innovative techniques designed to mimic the function of a pervious surface shall not be included in the calculation of impervious surface areas, so long as the technique is designed by a professional engineer licensed by the State of Washington and the plans are approved by the Director. These surfaces, however, shall be included in the calculation of maximum hard surface areas. The Director may require a maintenance plan and long-term performance assurance device to ensure the continued function of the permeable pavement or other technique. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 24; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 17; Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, § 6; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 13; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 9)
An inoperable motor vehicle is defined for the purposes of this section as a motor vehicle which is apparently inoperable or which requires repairs in order to be operated legally on the public roads, such as: repair or replacement of a window, windshield, wheel, tire, motor or transmission. Inoperable motor vehicles shall be screened from neighboring property and the public right-of-way by a legally permitted solid structure or solid fence, or by Type I landscaping as defined in LUC 20.20.520; provided, that open or unscreened storage of an inoperable motor vehicle for a seven-day period while such vehicle is under repair or awaiting repair is permitted. (Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 30)
A. Purpose. Landscape development, including retention of significant trees, as required by this section is necessary to maintain and protect property values, to enhance the visual appearance of the City, to preserve the natural wooded character of the Pacific Northwest, to promote utilization of natural systems, to reduce the impacts of development on the storm drainage system and water resources, and to provide a better transition between the various land uses permitted in the City.
B. Applicability. The requirements of this section shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review including land alteration or land development including subdivisions, short subdivisions or planned unit developments, a change in lot coverage or impervious surface, or a change in the area devoted to parking and circulation is required by this Code, or by the International Building Code, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue. This section does not apply to a permit for a single-family dwelling or middle housing projects as defined in LUC 20.50.034, except where required for open space in cottage or courtyard housing developments.
C. Required Review.
1. The Development Services Department shall review the proposed landscape development with each application within the applicability of this section.
2. The Utility Department shall review all landscape and irrigation system designs for compliance with BCC 24.02.205 et seq., regarding landscape irrigation water budget requirements of the City Water Utility Code.
D. Minimum Design Qualification. If the landscaped area on the subject property which is irrigated exceeds 500 square feet or if the applicant requests Alternative Landscaping Option pursuant to subsection J of this section, the Director shall require approval of the proposed landscape plan by a privately retained registered Landscape Architect, Washington Certified Nurseryman or Washington Certified Landscaper.
E. Preservation of Significant Trees. See Tree Retention. LUC 20.20.900.
F. Site Landscaping.
1. Perimeter Landscaping Requirements for Use Districts. The applicant shall provide site perimeter landscaping either according to the following chart and subject to subsections F.2 and F.6 of this section; or in conformance with subsection J of this section.
Perimeter Landscaping Requirements for Use Districts
Land Use District in Which the Subject Property is Located2 | (Type and Minimum Depth) | Interior Property Lines (Type and Minimum Depth)1 |
|---|---|---|
LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, MDR-2 | Type III, 10' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section. | Type III, 8' but if abutting a single-family, see subsection F.9 of this section. |
PO, OLB-OS | Type III, 10' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section.3 | Type III, 10' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section.3 |
LI, GC | Type III, 10' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section. | Type III, 8' but if abutting a single-family use, see subsection F.9 of this section. |
(1)If approved by the Directors of the Development Services and Utilities Departments, such landscape area may be used for biofiltration swales. If used for biofiltration swales, this area shall be landscaped with quantities and species of plant materials that are compatible with the functional intent of the biofiltration swale. If the property which abuts the subject property is in the same or a more intensive land use district than the subject property, the landscaping required along that common interior property line may be relocated.
(2)Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection, landscape development requirements for specific uses are listed in subsection F.2 of this section.
(3)Landscape development requirements for the OLB-OS District may be modified pursuant to Part 20.25L LUC.
2. Planting Requirements for Specific Uses. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection F.1 of this section, the uses listed in this paragraph require specific landscaping as follows:
a. Subject to paragraph F.6 of this section, the following uses require 15 feet of Type I landscaping on all sides when located above ground and not housed within a building or accessory to another use; and if located outside of a public right-of-way:
i. Electrical utility facility, provided transmission lines are excluded from the requirements of this section;
ii. Sewage pumping station;
iii. Water distribution facility.
Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director of the Development Services Department if the requirements of subsection J of this section are met, and if visibility is essential to safety, security, or maintenance access.
b. Subject to paragraph F.6 of this section, the following uses require 10 feet of Type II landscaping along the street frontage, and 10 feet of Type III landscaping along interior property lines unless a more stringent requirement is specified in paragraph F.1 of this section:
i. Church;
ii. Commercial or public parking lot not serving a primary use;
iii. Mobile home park;
iv. Government service building;
v. Community club;
vi. Charitable or fraternal organization;
vii. Hospital not located in the Medical Institution District;
viii. Solid waste disposal facility.
Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director of the Development Services Department if the requirements of subsection J of this section are met.
c. Subject to subsection F.6 of this section, equipment and vehicle storage yards require 15 feet of Type I landscaping on all sides if visible from a public right-of-way. Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director of the Development Services Department if the requirements of subsection J of this section are met.
d. Subject to paragraph F.6 of this section, the perimeter landscaping requirements for schools are set forth in LUC 20.20.740. Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director of the Development Services Department if the requirements of subsection J of this section are met.
3. Parking Area Landscaping. Parking areas require landscaping as follows in addition to any site perimeter landscaping required by paragraph F.1 or F.2 of this section:
a. Type V landscaping is required within a parking area.
b. A curb or other physical separation is required around each landscape area to separate that area from the parking and circulation area.
4. Except for site perimeter landscaping areas required under paragraph F.6 of this section, landscape features such as decorative paving, sculptures, rock features or fountains are permitted in the required site perimeter landscaping area so long as such features are made of pervious materials, or are specifically exempt from impervious surface limits under LUC 20.20.460.D. The area devoted to such a feature may not exceed 50 percent of the required area. Rockeries over 30 inches in height are not rock features for the purpose of this section, and may not be counted toward the required area for landscaping.
5. All plantings and fences required by this section are subject to the street intersection sight obstruction requirements, BCC 14.60.240. All plant materials must be pruned as necessary to comply with BCC 14.60.240.
6. Existing Vegetation in Lieu of Landscape Development. If the proposal is located within the Critical Areas Overlay District, the Director shall waive the planting requirements of paragraphs F.1 and F.2 of this section and shall require the use of native vegetation that exists within a critical area or within a critical area buffer in lieu of landscape development if the width of that existing vegetated area equals at least twice the dimension required by paragraph F.1 or F.2 of this section. Supplemental landscaping may be added adjacent to a setback to create the necessary width.
7. The Director will allow the planting requirements of paragraphs F.1 and F.2 of this section to be satisfied within a critical area buffer where landscaping is added pursuant to a habitat improvement plan meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25H.055.
8. Site Landscaping Design Standards.
a. Landscaping plans shall show locations of retained trees, initial size, location and name of plant materials to be installed. For landscaping plans submitted with Building Permits or Clearing and Grading Permits, detailed irrigation plans are required.
b. Landscaping shall not include irrigated turf strips which are less than five feet in width. Soils within any irrigated turf strip used to satisfy the requirements of this section shall be amended as required by soil amendment standards established by the Director.
c. Irrigated turf shall not be included on slopes with finished grades in excess of 33 percent.
d. Landscaping areas which are irrigated shall be designed so that plants are grouped according to distinct hydrozones for irrigation of plants with similar water needs at a good efficiency.
e. In all newly landscaped areas, soils shall be amended as required by soil amendment standards established by the Director.
f. Newly landscaped areas, except turf, shall be covered and maintained with at least two inches of organic mulch to minimize evaporation.
9. Landscaping, Open Space, and Buffers for Development Consisting of Attached or Detached Multifamily Dwellings and Developments Located in PO, OLB-OS, LI, and GC Abutting Single-Family Uses.
a. Landscaping. All landscaping shall comply with standards set forth in this section. The provisions of subsection J of this section (Alternative Landscaping Option) are applicable and, in addition, may be used to modify up to five feet of required street frontage landscaping.
b. Buffer.
i. A landscaped buffer, at least 10 feet in width, shall be provided along the entire street frontage where any portion of the street frontage is abutting a residential land use district and along any interior property line abutting a residential land use district.
ii. The buffer shall be planted with the following, and shall include at least 50 percent native species in the required plantings:
(1) Evergreen and deciduous trees, of which no more than 40 percent can be deciduous. There shall be a minimum of 5 trees per 1,000 square feet of buffer area, which shall be a minimum of 10 feet high at planting, along with the evergreen shrubs and living ground cover as described in subsections F.9.b.ii(2) and F.9.b.ii(3) of this section to effectively buffer development from adjacent residential properties; and
(2) Evergreen shrubs, a minimum 42 inches in height at planting, at a spacing no greater than 3 feet on center; and
(3) Living ground cover planted to cover the ground within three years; and
(4) Alternatively, where the street frontage landscaping will be planted to buffer a building elevation and not a parking area, driveway or site development other than a building, a lawn no less than five feet in width may be substituted for the shrubs and ground cover required in subsections F.9.b.ii(2) and F.9.b.ii(3) of this section; provided, that the soil in the entire area of lawn is amended in accordance with subsection F.8 of this section.
c. Where an LI, GC, or CB zoned property abuts a residential land use district on an interior property line, an evergreen hedge a minimum of four feet in height at planting and capable of achieving a continued visual screen with a height of five feet within a three-year period or a combination of shrubs and fence shall be added within the required planting area to achieve the effect of a hedge.
d. Patios and other similar ground-level features and trails may be incorporated into the buffer area, except that no more than 20 percent of the area may be used for such features. Patios shall not be located within 10 feet of the property line.
G. Types of Landscaping.
1. Type I. Purpose. Type I landscaping is intended to provide a very dense sight barrier to significantly separate uses and land use districts.
Description.
a. Two rows of evergreen trees, a minimum of six feet in height and planted at intervals of no greater than 20 feet on center. The trees must be backed by a sight-obscuring fence, a minimum of five feet high or the required width of the planting area must be increased by 10 feet; and
b. Shrubs a minimum of three and one-half feet in height planted in an area at least five feet in width, and other plant materials, planted so that the ground will be covered within three years;
c. Alternatively, the trees and shrubs may be planted on an earthen berm at least 15 feet in width and an average of five feet high along its midline.
2. Type II. Purpose. Type II landscaping is intended to create a visual separation between uses and land use districts.
Description.
a. Evergreen and deciduous trees, with no more than 30 percent being deciduous, a minimum of six feet in height, and planted at intervals no greater than 20 feet on center; and
b. Shrubs, a minimum of three and one-half feet in height and other plant materials, planted so that the ground will be covered within three years.
3. Type III. Purpose. Type III landscaping is intended to provide visual separation of uses from streets, and visual separation of compatible uses so as to soften the appearance of streets, parking areas and building elevations.
Description.
a. Evergreen and deciduous trees, with no more than 50 percent being deciduous, a minimum of six feet in height, and planted at intervals no greater than 30 feet on center; and
b. If planted to buffer a building elevation, shrubs, a minimum of three and one-half feet in height, and living ground cover planted so that the ground will be covered within three years; or
c. If planted to buffer a parking area, access, or site development other than a building, any of the following alternatives may be used unless otherwise noted:
i. Shrubs, a minimum of three and one-half feet in height and living ground cover must be planted so that the ground will be covered within three years.
ii. Earth-mounding, an average of three and one-half feet in height, planted with shrubs or living ground cover so that the ground will be covered within three years. This alternative may not be used in a Downtown Land Use District.
iii. A combination of earth-mounding and shrubs to produce a visual barrier at least three and one-half feet in height.
4. Type IV. Purpose. Type IV landscaping is intended to provide visual relief where clear sight is desired.
Description.
Plant materials which will cover the ground within three years, and which will not exceed three and one-half feet in height. Trees are also permitted if the trunk is free of branches below six feet in height.
5. Type V. Purpose. To provide visual relief and shade in parking areas.
Description.
a. Required Amount.
i. If the parking area contains no more than 50 parking spaces, at least 17.5 square feet of landscape development must be provided as described in paragraph G.5.b of this section for each parking stall proposed.
ii. If the parking area contains more than 99 parking spaces, at least 35 square feet of landscape development must be provided as described in paragraph G.5.b of this section for each parking stall proposed.
iii. If the parking area contains more than 50, but less than 100 parking spaces, the Director shall determine the required amount of landscaping by interpolating between 17.5 and 35 square feet for each parking stall proposed. The area must be landscaped as described in paragraph G.5.b of this section.
b. Design.
i. Each area of landscaping must contain at least 100 square feet of area and must be at least four feet in any direction exclusive of vehicle overhang. The area must contain at least one tree at least six feet in height and with a minimum size of one and one-half inches in caliper if deciduous. The remaining ground area must be landscaped with plant materials, decorative mulch or unit pavers.
ii. A landscaped area must be placed at the interior end of each parking row in a multiple-lane parking area. This area must be at least four feet wide and must extend the length of the adjacent parking stall.
iii. Up to 100 percent of the trees proposed for the parking area may be deciduous.
H. Limitation of Landscaping Requirements.
1. The total buildable area of the subject property which is required to be landscaped is limited as follows. The location of this landscaping within the buildable area must meet the purpose and intent of subsections A, F.1 and G of this section.
a. Twenty percent of the buildable area in an NB, PO, O, OLB or OLB 2 Land Use District;
b. Fifteen percent of the buildable area in an LI, GC, NMU or CB Land Use District;
c. Twenty percent of the buildable area of the development area in an OLB-OS Land Use District.
I. Species Choice. The applicant shall utilize plant materials which complement the natural character of the Pacific Northwest, and which are adaptable to the climatic, topographic, and hydrologic characteristics of the site, and shall include at least 50 percent native species in the required plantings. If the subject property is within the Critical Areas Overlay District, the applicant shall utilize plant species as specified by the Director which enhance that critical area and critical area buffer. In selecting species, the applicant should utilize plant materials which reduce or eliminate the need for fertilizers, herbicides, or other chemical controls, especially for properties within the Critical Areas Overlay District. Plant materials may not include noxious weeds or species, as designated by the Director.
J. Alternative Landscaping Option.
1. The applicant may request a modification of the landscaping requirements set forth in subsections E through I of this section; provided, however, that modification of the provisions of paragraph F.6 of this section may not allow disturbance of a critical area or critical area buffer.
2. The Director may administratively approve a modification of the landscaping requirements of this chapter if:
a. The proposed landscaping represents an equal or better result than that which could be achieved by strictly following the requirements of this section; and
b. The proposed landscaping complies with the stated purpose of this section (subsection A), and with the purpose and intent of paragraphs F.1 and G of this section; and
c. If a modification of any paragraph excluding subsection E of this section is requested, the proposed landscaping either:
i. Incorporates the increased retention of significant trees and naturally occurring undergrowth; or
ii. Better accommodates or improves the existing physical conditions of the subject property; or
iii. Incorporates elements to provide for wind protection or to maintain solar access; or
iv. Incorporates elements to protect or improve water quality; or
v. Incorporates native species in a design that better buffers a critical area and critical area buffer from uses on the site, including parking.
d. If a modification of subsection E of this section is requested, the proposal either:
i. Incorporates the retention of significant trees equal in number to what would otherwise be required, or
ii. Incorporates the retention of other natural vegetation in consolidated locations which promotes the natural vegetated character of the site.
3. Effect of Approval. Following approval of alternative landscaping by the Director, the applicant may meet the landscaping requirements of this Code by complying with the approved landscape development proposal. A copy of the approved landscape development proposal will be placed in the official file.
K. Maintenance of Plant Materials.
1. The property owner shall replace any unhealthy or dead plant materials in conformance with the approved landscape development proposal and shall maintain all landscape material.
2. The Director shall require a maintenance assurance device for a period of one year from the completion of planting in order to ensure compliance with the requirements of this section in conformance with LUC 20.40.490.
3. Streetscape plant materials shall be maintained in a manner consistent with the Bellevue Parks and Community Services 2012 “Environmental Best Management Practices and Design Standards,” Chapter 8 – Streetscape Management, now or as hereafter amended.
L. Performance Assurance.
1. The required landscaping must be installed prior to issuance of the Temporary Certificate of Occupancy unless the Director determines that a performance assurance device, for a period of not more than one year, will adequately protect the interests of the City. In no case may the property owner delay performance for more than one year.
2. If a performance assurance device is permitted under paragraph L.1 of this section, the Director shall require an assurance device in conformance with LUC 20.40.490. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 25; Ord. 6366, 8-7-17, § 8; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 11; Ord. 5805, 3-3-08, § 6; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, §§ 10 – 13; Ord. 5662, 3-20-06, § 1; Ord. 5587, 3-7-05, § 6; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, § 5; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 9; Ord. 5457, 7-21-03, § 5; Ord. 5431, 1-21-03, § 1; Ord. 5403, 8-5-02, §§ 6, 7; Ord. 5232, 6-26-00, § 5; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, §§ 17, 18; Ord. 5086, 8-3-98, § 3; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 6; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 601; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 701; Ord. 4302, 11-18-91, §§ 3 – 5; Ord. 4255, 6-3-91, § 3; Ord. 4130, 3-12-90, § 2; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, §§ 12 – 15; Ord. 3690, 8-4-86, §§ 6, 7; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, §§ 23 – 25; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 16; Ord. 3145, 9-27-82, § 37)
To protect adjoining uses and vehicular traffic in the right-of-way, the following provisions shall apply to the generation of light and glare in the LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, MDR-2, and commercial land use districts:
A. Applicability. The requirements of this section shall be imposed for all new construction and each time a project requires a discretionary land use permit approval.
B. All exterior lighting fixtures in parking areas and driveways shall utilize cutoff shields or other appropriate measures to conceal the light source from adjoining uses and rights-of-way. Other lights shall be designed to avoid spillover glare beyond the site boundaries.
C. Interior lighting in parking garages shall utilize appropriate shielding to prevent spillover upon adjacent uses and the right-of-way. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 26; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 31)
A. Applicability. The requirements of this section shall be imposed for all new development, and construction or placement of new mechanical equipment on existing buildings, and each time a project requires a discretionary land use permit approval. Mechanical equipment should be installed so as not to detract from the appearance of the building or development.
B. Design Objectives. The following objectives apply to the type and placement of mechanical equipment proposed:
1. To the maximum extent reasonable and consistent with site design objectives, mechanical equipment should be located at or below grade rather than mounted on the roof of a structure.
2. Where the equipment must be located on the roof, it should be consolidated to the maximum extent reasonable rather than scattered.
3. Exposed mechanical equipment should be visually screened by a solid, nonreflective visual barrier that equals or exceeds the height of the mechanical equipment.
C. Implementation.
1. Mechanical equipment located at or below grade may be placed within a required rear or side setback area unless that setback directly abuts a residential land use district, is within a critical area, critical area buffer, or critical area structure setback required by Part 20.25H LUC, or that setback is in one of the following land use districts: LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, LDR-1.
2. Mechanical equipment associated with new residential development and homes adding more than 1,000 gross square feet in the LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, or LDR-1 land use district shall be located in the rear yard or, if placed in the side yard outside of the side structure setback, shall provide sound screening to attenuate noise impacts. Mechanical equipment located in the rear yard shall not be placed less than five feet from any property line.
3. Mechanical equipment located at or below grade will not be included for purposes of calculating lot coverage.
4. Mechanical equipment shall be visually screened by a solid, nonreflective visual barrier that equals or exceeds the height of the mechanical equipment; provided, that the function of a large satellite dish antenna or an antenna array may not be compromised by the screening requirement. The barrier may be provided by any of the following:
a. Architectural features, such as parapets or mechanical penthouses;
b. Walls or solid fencing, of a height at least as high as the equipment it screens;
c. Vegetation and/or a combination of vegetation and view-obscuring fencing, of a type and size which will provide a dense visual barrier at least as high as the equipment it screens within two years from the time of planting; or
d. The natural topography of the site or the adjoining property or right-of-way.
5. Where screening from above is required, mechanical equipment shall be screened by incorporating one of the following measures:
a. A solid nonreflective roof. The roof may incorporate nonreflective louvers, vents or similar penetrations to provide necessary ventilation or exhaust of the equipment being screened; or
b. Painting of the equipment to match or approximate the color of the background against which the equipment is viewed.
6. For development which requires approval of a discretionary land use permit, the City may modify the screening requirements of subsections C.4 and C.5 of this section subject to the criteria set forth in subsection C.7 of this section.
7. The Director may approve alternative screening measures not meeting the specific requirements of subsection C.4 or C.5 of this section if the applicant demonstrates that:
a. The proposed alternative screening measures will achieve the design objectives of subsection B of this section and produce an equal or better result than the requirements of subsection C.4 or C.5 of this section; or
b. When screening of mechanical equipment on an existing roof is required:
i. The existing roof structure cannot safely support the required screening, or
ii. The integrity of the existing roof will be so compromised by the required screening as to adversely affect any existing warranty of the performance of the roof.
8. Allowable Projections Above Maximum Height. In all Land Use Districts with height limits of 100 feet and above, including all Mixed Use, BelRed, and Eastgate Land Use Districts, buildings may exceed the maximum height as follows:
a. Mechanical equipment and related appurtenances may be located above the maximum height applicable to the development up to the additional height indicated below. For buildings containing life science uses, the additional height above the maximum is meant to generally accommodate mechanical equipment necessary for such uses. For building containing all other uses, the additional height above the maximum must only contain uninhabitable space and any improvements or structures required to access, service, or screen the mechanical equipment:
i. Buildings containing life science uses: 45 feet.
ii. Buildings containing all other uses: 30 feet.
b. Renewable electricity-generating equipment, such as photovoltaic panels located on the top of buildings, is exempt from the maximum height requirement. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 27; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 11; Ord. 5896, 8-3-09, § 2; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 14; Ord. 5460, 8-4-03, § 4; Ord. 5086, 8-3-98, § 4; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 401; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 501; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 32; Ord. 3775, 5-26-87, § 16; Ord. 3498, 5-28-85, § 24; Ord. 3293, 9-19-83, § 1)
Any designated manufactured home meeting the definition of RCW 35A.63.145 and the certification requirements of RCW 43.22.340 may be used as a dwelling unit provided it is placed on a foundation, connected to all utilities required by the applicable City Construction Codes and meets applicable setback requirements. (Ord. 5478, 10-20-03, § 1; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 7; Ord. 3985, 2-21-89, § 2)
Mobile Home: See Trailer, this chapter.
Moorage: See Shoreline Use Regulations, Chapter 20.25E LUC.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate marijuana producers, processors, and retailers, medical marijuana cooperatives, and marijuana research regulated under Chapters 69.50 and 69.51A RCW by identifying appropriate land use districts and establishing development and performance standards. Marijuana producers, processors, and retailers shall only be permitted when licensed by the Washington State Liquor and Cannabis Board. The production, sale, and possession of marijuana remains illegal under the federal Controlled Substances Act. Nothing herein or as provided elsewhere shall be construed as authority to violate or circumvent federal law.
B. Applicability. This section applies to marijuana uses licensed by the Washington State Liquor and Cannabis Board.
C. Review Required – Administrative Conditional Use. An Administrative Conditional Use Permit (Part 20.30E LUC) is required to operate any marijuana use. The Director shall review applications to operate a marijuana use for compliance with this section and with all other applicable provisions of the Bellevue City Code.
D. Definitions Specific to Marijuana Uses. The definitions codified at WAC 314-55-010, now or as hereafter amended, apply to this section. The following definitions are specific to marijuana uses and shall have the following meanings:
1. “Director” means the Director of the City of Bellevue’s Development Services Department or his or her designee.
2. “Marijuana” or “marihuana” means all parts of the plant Cannabis, whether growing or not, with a THC concentration greater than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis; the seeds thereof; the resin extracted from any part of the plant; and every compound, manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or preparation of the plant, its seeds or resin. The term does not include the mature stalks of the plant, fiber produced from the stalks, oil or cake made from the seeds of the plant, any other compound, manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or preparation of the mature stalks (except the resin extracted therefrom), fiber, oil, or cake, or the sterilized seed of the plant which is incapable of germination.
3. “Marijuana processor” means a person licensed by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board to process marijuana into marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana and marijuana-infused products, package and label marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, and marijuana-infused products for sale in retail outlets, and sell marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, and marijuana-infused products at wholesale to marijuana retailers.
4. “Marijuana producer” means a person licensed by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board to produce and sell marijuana at wholesale to marijuana processors and other marijuana producers.
5. “Marijuana-infused products” means products that contain marijuana or marijuana extracts and are intended for human use. The term “marijuana-infused products” does not include useable marijuana.
6. “Marijuana retailer” means a person licensed by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board to sell useable marijuana and marijuana-infused products in a retail outlet.
7. “Marijuana uses” means the collective of marijuana producer, retailer, and processor.
8. “Retail outlet” means a location licensed by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board for the retail sale of marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, and marijuana-infused products.
9. “Useable marijuana” means dried marijuana flowers. The term “useable marijuana” does not include marijuana-infused products.
10. “Medical marijuana cooperatives” means cooperatives authorized by RCW 69.51A.250, now or as hereafter amended, that are formed by qualifying patients or designated providers to share responsibility for acquiring and supplying the resources needed to produce and process marijuana only for the medical use of members of the cooperative.
11. “Marijuana research” means research authorized by RCW 69.50.372, now or as hereafter amended, that permits a licensee to produce, process, and possess marijuana for limited research purposes, including to test chemical potency and composition levels; to conduct clinical investigations of marijuana-derived drug products; to conduct research on the efficacy and safety of administering marijuana as part of medical treatment; and to conduct genomic or agricultural research.
E. Marijuana producers, processors, and retailers, medical marijuana cooperatives, and marijuana researchers must comply with all requirements of Chapters 69.50 and 69.51A RCW, Chapter 314-55 WAC, now or as hereafter amended, and all applicable City of Bellevue ordinances, standards, and codes.
F. Limitations on Uses. The following limitations shall apply to all marijuana producers, processors, and retailers, unless stated otherwise:
1. A marijuana producer, retailer, or processor shall not be located within 1,000 feet of the following uses or any use included in Chapter 314-55 WAC now or as hereafter amended:
a. Elementary or secondary school;
b. Playgrounds;
c. Recreation center or facility;
d. Child care centers;
e. Public parks;
f. Public transit centers;
g. Libraries; and
h. Any game arcade.
2. A marijuana retailer shall not be located within 100 feet of a residential land use district.
3. No marijuana retailer shall be located within 1,000 feet of any other marijuana retailer.
a. Areas Where No Retail Marijuana Uses Are Located. If two or more marijuana retail applicants seek licensing from the state and propose to locate within 1,000 feet of each other, the City shall consider the entity who is licensed first by the State Liquor and Cannabis Board to be the “first-in-time” applicant who is entitled to site the retail use. First-in-time determinations will be based on the date and time of the state-issued license or conditional license, whichever is issued first. The Director shall make the first-in-time determination, whether in connection with an application for an Administrative Conditional Use Permit or as otherwise appropriate.
b. First-in-time determinations are location-specific and do not transfer or apply to a new property or site, unless the new site is within the same tax parcel. See subsection G.3 of this section for regulations applying to established retail uses and status of first-in-time determinations.
c. Appeal of Director Determination. The Director’s first-in-time determination may be appealed pursuant to LUC 20.35.250, Appeal of Process II decisions.
4. No marijuana producer, processor, or retailer shall be located within 1,000 feet of any park mapped in the City’s Geographic Information System.
5. Measurement. All separation requirements shall be measured as the shortest straight line distance from the property line of the proposed business location to the property line of the use listed in this section.
6. No marijuana producer, processor, or retailer shall be allowed in any residential land use district, DT-R, and BR-R.
7. No marijuana retailer is allowed as a subordinate or accessory use in any land use district.
8. With the exception contained in this section, no more than one marijuana retailer shall be permitted within each of the following subareas: Crossroads, Downtown, Eastgate, Wilburton, and Factoria; and no more than two marijuana retailers shall be permitted within the BelRed subarea; except that up to one additional marijuana retailer shall be permitted in excess of the subarea limits provided above if located within either the Medical Institution (MI) or BelRed Medical Office-1 (BR-MO-1) districts of the BelRed and Wilburton subareas. The number of marijuana retailers allowed pursuant to this section shall total no more than six city-wide.
9. Marijuana shall be grown in a structure. Outdoor cultivation is prohibited.
G. Marijuana Retail Outlets.
1. Odor. Marijuana odor shall be contained within the retail outlet so that odor from the marijuana cannot be detected by a person with a normal sense of smell from any abutting use or property. If marijuana odor can be smelled from any abutting use or property, the marijuana retailer shall be required to implement measures, including but not limited to the installation of the ventilation equipment necessary to contain the odor.
2. Signage for Marijuana Retail Outlets. Retail outlets shall comply with WAC 314-55-155(1), now or as hereafter amended. Additionally, signage for retail outlets must undergo design review in those land use districts requiring such review in the Bellevue Sign Code, Chapter 22B.10 BCC.
3. First-in-Time – Change in Ownership, Relocation, and Abandonment.
a. Ownership. The status of a first-in-time determination is not affected by changes in ownership.
b. Relocation. Relocation of a retail outlet to a new property voids any first-in-time determination previously made as to the vacated property. The determination shall become void on the date the property is vacated. Applicants who may have been previously denied a license due to a first-in-time determination at the vacated property may submit a new application after the prior first-in-time determination becomes void.
c. Discontinuance. If an existing marijuana retail use is discontinued or abandoned for a period of 12 months with the intention of abandoning that use, then the property shall forfeit first-in-time status. Discontinuance of a licensed retail use for a period of 12 months or greater constitutes a prima facie intent to abandon the retail use. Intent to abandon may be rebutted by submitting documentation adequate to rebut the presumption. Documentation rebutting the presumption of intent to abandon includes but is not limited to:
i. State licensing review or administrative appeal; or
ii. Review of building, land use, other required development permits or approvals; or
iii. Correspondence or other documentation from insurance provider demonstrating an intent to reestablish the use after either a partial or full loss or disruption of the use.
iv. The Director shall determine whether a retail use has been discontinued, abandoned, or voided, whether in connection with an application for an Administrative Conditional Use Permit or as otherwise appropriate.
d. Accidental Destruction. First-in-time status is not affected when a structure containing a state-licensed retail outlet is damaged by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner or licensee; provided redevelopment occurs within 12 months or the licensee provides documentation demonstrating why redevelopment cannot commence within 12 months, otherwise the Director shall determine the retail use abandoned, unless the licensee can demonstrate an intent not to abandon the use. If the retail use cannot be reestablished within 12 months, the licensee shall provide a schedule with reasonable deadlines to establish the use.
e. Appeal of Director Determination. The Director’s determination of whether a retail use has been discontinued, abandoned, or voided may be appealed pursuant to LUC 20.35.250, Appeal of Process II decisions.
H. Marijuana Producers and Processors. Marijuana production and processing facilities are allowed only in the Light Industrial land use district and shall comply with the following provisions:
1. Marijuana production and processing facilities shall be ventilated so that the odor from the marijuana cannot be detected by a person with a normal sense of smell from any adjoining use or property;
2. Signage for marijuana producers and processors shall comply with the City of Bellevue Sign Code, Chapter 22B.10 BCC.
3. A screened and secured loading dock, approved by the Director, shall be required. The objective of this requirement is to provide a secure, visual screen from the public right-of-way and adjoining properties, and prevent the escape of odors when delivering or transferring marijuana, marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, and marijuana-infused products.
I. Regulations Applicable to All Marijuana Uses.
1. Security. In addition to the security requirements in Chapter 315-55 WAC, during non-business hours, all marijuana producers, processors, and retailers shall store all marijuana concentrates, useable marijuana, marijuana-infused products, and cash in a safe or in a substantially constructed and locked cabinet. The safe or cabinet shall be incorporated into the building structure or securely attached thereto. For useable marijuana products that must be kept refrigerated or frozen, these products may be stored in a locked refrigerator or freezer container in a manner approved by the Director, provided the container is affixed to the building structure.
2. Release of Liability and Hold Harmless. The permittee of a marijuana use shall provide an executed release in a form approved by the Bellevue City Attorney’s Office to the City of Bellevue, for itself, its agents, officers, elected officials and employees, from any injuries, damages, or liabilities of any kind that result from any arrest or prosecution or seizure of property, or liabilities of any kind that result from any arrest or prosecution for violations of federal or state law relating to operation or siting of a marijuana use. Additionally, within the release document, the permittee of a marijuana use shall indemnify and hold harmless the City of Bellevue and its agents, officers, elected officials, and employees from any claims, damages, or injuries brought by adjacent property owners or other third parties due to operations at the marijuana use and for any claims brought by any of the marijuana use’s members, employees, agents, guests, or invitees for problems, injuries, damages, or liability of any kind that may arise out of the operation of the marijuana use.
J. Conflicts. In the event of a conflict between Chapters 69.50 and 69.51A RCW, Chapter 314-55 WAC, and this section, the most restrictive provision shall apply. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 28; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, §§ 80, 81; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 7; Ord. 6316, 11-7-16, §§ 2 – 5; Ord. 6253, 8-3-15, § 9)
A. Applicability and Relationship to Other Regulations. Where noted in LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and Use Charts for Downtown in LUC 20.25A.050.D, BelRed in LUC 20.25D.070, Eastgate Transit Oriented Development in LUC 20.25P.050 and East Main in LUC 20.25Q.050.D, and when located within the following areas:
1. Within 1/4 mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 2 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
2. Within 1/2 mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
3. Within one-half mile of a future light rail or bus rapid transit station scheduled to begin service within two years.
Micro-Apartments shall be eligible for exceptions and modified standards in subsection B of this section. Where there is a conflict between this section and other provisions of the Land Use Code, these exceptions and modified standards shall govern.
B. Standards. The following standards apply to micro-apartments:
1. For the purposes of calculating dwelling units per acre, each micro-apartment shall be considered one-quarter of a dwelling unit.
2. Parking shall be provided at a ratio of one-quarter parking space per micro-apartment. Micro-apartments meeting the definition of Affordable Housing in LUC 20.50.010 and those located in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts shall have no parking minimum.
3. The Director may modify the minimum parking ratio for micro-apartments as set forth in subsection B.2 of this section when supported by a parking demand analysis provided by the applicant, including but not limited to:
a. Documentation supplied by the applicant regarding actual parking demand for the proposed use; or
b. Evidence in available planning and technical studies relating to the proposed use; or
c. Required parking for the proposed use as determined by other compatible jurisdictions.
4. Periodic Review. The Director may require periodic review of the proposed review of the reduced parking supply to ensure the terms of the approval are being met.
5. Weatherproof and secure bicycle parking shall be provided at a ratio of one bicycle parking space per every five micro-apartments.
6. Micro-apartments shall be exempt from the provisions of LUC 20.20.540, Multifamily play areas. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 12; Ord. 6742, 6-5-23, § 2)
A. Applicability. This section outlines the dimensional requirements applicable to middle housing developments as defined in LUC 20.50.034. For dimensional standards applicable to single-family development and attached or detached multifamily dwelling development see Chart 20.20.010 in LUC 20.20.010. For additional site design regulations for cottage housing see LUC 20.20.250. For additional site design regulations for courtyard housing see LUC 20.20.252. The provisions of this section are not applicable to lots located in the Critical Areas Overlay, which shall be regulated by the applicable dimensional requirements in LUC 20.20.010.
B. Definitions.
1. Major Transit Stop. For the purposes of this section, major transit stop is as defined in RCW 36.70A.030.
C. Standards.
1. Middle Housing Development Requirements. Middle housing developments are subject to the development requirements in Table 20.20.538.C.1.
Table 20.20.538.C.1. Development Requirements for Middle Housing
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION | LL-1 | LL-2 | SR-1 | SR-2 | SR-3 | SR-4 | LDR-1 | LDR-2 | LDR-3 | MDR-1 | MDR-2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIMENSIONS | |||||||||||
4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 | 4/6 (7) | 4/6 (7) | 4/6 (7) | 4/6 (7) | |
Minimum Setbacks of Structures (feet) | |||||||||||
Front Yard | 25 | 20 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 |
Rear Yard | 15 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 |
5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | |
Maximum Building Height (feet) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) | 32/35 (9) |
Maximum Lot Coverage by Structures (percent) (10) | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 40 | 45 | 45 | 45 | 45 | 45 | 45 |
Maximum Hard Surface Coverage (percent) | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 85 | 85 | 90 | 90 | 90 | 90 |
Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) | 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 60 | 60 | 65 | 65 | 65 | 65 |
Alternative Maximum Impervious Surface (percent) | 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 55 | 55 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 |
(1)See Chart 20.20.010 for standards related to minimum lot area, minimum street frontage width, lot width, and lot depth.
(2)If a lot is located within one-quarter mile walking distance of a major transit stop, then up to six dwelling units are permitted on that lot.
(3)If development on a lot meets the requirements of LUC 20.20.128.E.2 relating to housing affordability, then up to six dwelling units are permitted on that lot.
(4)If a lot is located within one-quarter mile walking distance of a Regional Growth Center or Countywide Growth Center, as both are mapped in the Land Use Element of the Comprehensive Plan, then up to six dwelling units are permitted on that lot.
(5)Up to two accessory dwelling units may be developed per lot subject to the provisions of LUC 20.20.120. Detached accessory dwelling units shall count towards the maximum dwelling units per lot allowed under Table 20.20.538.C.1. Attached accessory dwelling units shall not count towards the maximum dwelling units per lot allowed under Table 20.20.538.C.1.
(6)The density of cottage housing development on a lot is controlled by maximum floor area ratio by lot size and not by dwelling units per lot or dwelling units per acre. Therefore, there is no limit on the maximum dwelling units per lot, or dwelling units per acre, for cottage housing development. Cottage housing development is subject to the otherwise applicable development regulations contained in LUC 20.20.250 and this section and the maximum floor area ratio for single-family and middle housing set forth in LUC 20.20.390.
(7)See Chart 20.20.010 for the maximum allowable dwelling units per acre for land use districts LDR-2 through MDR-2. When calculating site density, the greater of the middle housing units per lot density or the dwelling units per acre density may be utilized.
(8)Middle housing developments located on adjacent lots may reduce the applicable side yard setbacks between structures to zero when consolidating the subject lots, when the project limit contains multiple preexisting lots, or where a unit lot subdivision or unit lot short subdivision is proposed; provided, that the distance between cottage housing units is regulated by LUC 20.20.250.
(9)Maximum building height for all middle housing uses, except cottage housing, in residential land use districts is 32 feet measured from the average elevation of the existing grade around the building to the highest point of a flat roof, or 35 feet to the ridge of a pitched roof. Refer to LUC 20.50.012 for the definition of “Building Height – Residential Land Use Districts.” See LUC 20.20.250 for maximum height for cottage housing.
(10)Cottage housing developments qualify for an additional five percent lot coverage. Cottage housing developments may also qualify for an additional 25 percent increase in lot coverage and impervious surface coverage for any site area used for covered porches per LUC 20.20.250.A.1.a.
2. Walking Distance. If a physical impediment exists that would require pedestrians to walk more than one-quarter mile to the major transit stop, regional growth center, or Countywide growth center, as applicable, from the location of the middle housing dwelling units, then the Director may determine that the location does not meet the requirements of the applicable tier. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 29)
A. New multifamily developments of 10 units or more shall be required, as a condition of Building Permit approval, to provide a minimum of 800 square feet of unpaved, usable open space with lawn or other soft surface for an outdoor children’s play area, plus an additional 50 square feet of usable open space for each additional unit beyond the initial 10 units, up to a maximum of 10,000 square feet. This requirement does not apply to:
1. Multifamily development in Downtown or in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398;
2. Multifamily development devoted exclusively to senior citizen dwellings as defined in LUC 20.50.046; or
3. Micro-apartments.
B. The following factors shall be considered when designing a children’s play area:
1. The minimum dimension shall be 25 feet; and
2. Earth berms, vegetative screening, or fencing should separate the play area from driving and parking areas; and
3. Residents should have convenient access; and
4. The design should invite a variety of active and passive recreational activities appropriate for children by utilizing unique natural features, creating gentle slopes or berms, and providing other amenities such as seating benches or play equipment.
C. The children’s play area shall not be located in a critical area, critical area buffer, or critical area structure setback required by Part 20.25H LUC, or in required street frontage landscaping.
D. The children’s play area may be dispersed on the site; provided, that the minimum size of each area is 800 square feet or larger.
E. Usable open space set aside pursuant to this chapter shall be applied toward the open space required through the planned unit development process, Chapter 20.30D LUC et seq.).
F. Units in a multifamily complex which have private yards exceeding 400 square feet shall not be considered in calculating the children’s play area requirement for the complex. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 13; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 15; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 872; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 972; Ord. 4225, 2-25-91, § 1)
A. Intent. The purpose of this section is to provide for a procedure through which the provisions of this title explicitly identified, described, and listed in subsection B of this section may be modified to ensure that they may be applied constitutionally to a development project.
B. Applicability. This section only applies to the requirements of this title identified, described, and listed below:
1. The amount of performance required under LUC 20.20.128.I.2;
2. The amount of performance required under LUC 20.20.128.I.3; and
3. The amount of payment required under LUC 20.20.128.I.4.
C. Procedure. The Director may only modify the requirements of this title identified, described, and listed in subsection B of this section as follows:
1. The Director may modify a requirement listed in subsection B of this section if the applicant can demonstrate facts supporting a determination of severe economic impact at such a level that a property owner’s constitutional rights may be at risk. Specifically, the applicant must show that application of the requirement either:
a. Creates a severe economic impact by depriving a property owner of all economically beneficial use of the property; or
b. Creates severe economic impact, not reaching deprivation of all economically beneficial use, but reaching the level of an undue burden that should not be borne by the property owner.
2. In determining whether there is a severe economic impact reaching the level of an undue burden that should not be borne by the property owner, the Director may weigh the following nonexclusive factors:
a. The severity of the economic impact caused by the application of the requirement;
b. The degree to which the requirement was or could have been anticipated;
c. The extent to which alternative uses of the property or configurations of the proposed development would alleviate the need for the requested waiver or reduction;
d. The extent to which any economic impact was due to decisions by the applicant or property owner; and
e. Other factors relevant to whether the burden should be borne by the property owner.
3. The waiver or reduction may be approved only to the extent necessary to grant relief from the severe economic impact.
4. A request to the Director for a modification under this section may be submitted at any time prior to issuance of a final land use decision on a Design Review application and shall be reviewed through the Master Development Plan or Design Review processes. Such a request shall include, at a minimum, all of the following information:
a. A description of the requested modification to one or more of the requirements listed in subsection B of this section;
b. The identity of the property owner and the date of the owner’s acquisition of the property;
c. Documentation showing the use of the property at the time of the request or, if the property is vacant at that time, the use of the property prior to commencement of the vacancy;
d. Documentation explaining and supporting the claim of economic impact;
e. Documentation showing that a different development configuration would not alleviate the need for the requested waiver or reduction; and
f. Any additional information that the Director may require by rule.
5. None of the following, standing alone and without consideration of the full range of relevant factors, shall be a sufficient basis for the Director to grant a modification authorized according to this section:
a. The fact of a decrease in property value;
b. The fact that a property owner is unable to utilize the full amount of any increase in residential development capacity enacted in connection with adoption of the requirement; or
c. The fact that any such increase in residential development capacity did not leave the property owner in a better financial position than would have been the case with no increase in residential development capacity and no application of the requirement.
6. For the purposes of a modification under this section, the Director is not making a determination of the constitutional rights of a property owner, but instead is reviewing the credibility and strength of facts demonstrating severe economic impact. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 14)
A. Applicability. This section applies to nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located in any land use district established under LUC 20.10.020, except as otherwise provided in subsection F of this section.
B. Nonconforming Structures.
1. Repair of an existing nonconforming structure is permitted.
2. Remodeling of a nonconforming structure is permitted, provided the fair market value of the remodel does not exceed 100 percent of replacement value of the structure over any 3-year period. If remodeling exceeds 100 percent of replacement value over any 3-year period, the structure shall be brought into compliance with existing Land Use Code requirements.
3. A nonconforming structure may not be expanded unless the expansion conforms to the regulations of this Code. However, in land use districts LL-1, LL-2, SR-1, SR-2, SR-3, SR-4, and LDR-1, an expansion may extend along existing building setbacks, provided the area affected by the expansion is not a critical area or critical area buffer.
4. If a nonconforming structure is destroyed by fire, explosion, or other unforeseen circumstances to the extent of 75 percent or less of its replacement value as determined by the Director for the year of its destruction, it may be reconstructed consistent with its previous nonconformity. If such a structure is destroyed to the extent of greater than 75 percent of its replacement value, then any structure erected and any related site development shall conform to the regulations of this Code.
C. Nonconforming Uses.
1. A nonconforming use may be continued by successive owners or tenants, except where the use has been abandoned. No change to a different use classification shall be made unless that change conforms to the regulations of this Code.
2. If a nonconforming use of a structure or land is discontinued for a period of 12 months with the intention of abandoning that use, any subsequent use shall thereafter conform to the regulations of the district in which it is located. Discontinuance of a nonconforming use for a period of 12 months or greater constitutes prima facie evidence of an intention to abandon.
3. A nonconforming use may be expanded only pursuant to an Administrative Conditional Use Permit if the expansion is not more than 20 percent or 20,000 square feet, whichever is less, or by a Conditional Use Permit if the expansion is over 20 percent or 20,000 square feet.
D. Nonconforming Sites.
1. A nonconforming site may not be changed unless the change conforms to the regulations of this Code, except that parking lots and paved outdoor storage and display areas may be reconfigured within the existing paved surface.
2. Upon the restoration of a structure demolished by fire, explosion or other unforeseen circumstances to greater than 75 percent of its replacement value on a nonconforming site, the site shall be brought into conformance with existing Land Use Code requirements.
3. For remodels of an existing structure made within any 3-year period which together exceed 100 percent of the replacement value of the previously existing structure as defined by the Director, the site shall be brought into compliance with existing Land Use Code requirements. For remodels within any 3-year period which exceed 30 percent of the replacement value, but do not exceed 100 percent of replacement value, proportional compliance shall be required, as provided in subsection E of this section. Remodels within any 3-year period which do not exceed 30 percent of replacement value shall not be required to comply with the requirements of this subsection.
4. Upon expansion of any structure or complex of structures within a single site, which is over 50 percent of the existing floor area, the site shall be brought into compliance with existing Land Use Code requirements. If the expansion is 50 percent or less, the site shall be brought into proportional compliance with existing Land Use Code requirements as provided in subsection E of this section.
E. Proportional Compliance.
1. A Conformance Plan may be required to identify the site nonconformities as well as the cost of individual site improvements; provided, that the Director may authorize utilization of unit cost estimates from a specified construction cost index.
2. Required Improvements for a Nonconforming Site. The percentage of required physical site improvements to be installed to reduce or eliminate the nonconformity of the site shall be established by the following formula:
a. Divide the dollar value of the proposed site improvements, excluding mechanical equipment, by the replacement value of the existing structure(s), excluding mechanical equipment, as determined by the Director, up to 100 percent.
b. The result is then multiplied by the dollar amount identified by the Conformance Plan as necessary to bring the site into compliance.
c. The dollar value of this equation is then applied toward reducing the nonconformities. Example:
Replacement value of existing structure(s) excluding mechanical systems equals $20,000
Value of proposed site improvements excluding mechanical systems equals $5,000
$5,000 divided by $20,000 equals 0.25
Cost identified in Conformance Plan equals $4,000
0.25 times $4,000 equals $1,000
$1,000 would be applied toward reducing the nonconformities
d. The Director shall determine the type, location, and phasing sequence of the proposed site improvements.
3. This section shall apply to sidewalks and other frontage improvements and other requirements outlined in BCC 14.60.110, which shall be incorporated into the Conformance Plan.
F. Exceptions.
1. Downtown Land Use Districts. The provisions of this section shall not apply in the Downtown Special Overlay District, Part 20.25A LUC. Refer to LUC 20.25A.040 for the requirements for nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located within the Downtown Special Overlay District.
2. Critical Areas Overlay District. The provisions of this section do not apply to structures or sites nonconforming to the requirements of Part 20.25H LUC. Refer to LUC 20.25H.065 for the requirements for such nonconforming structures and sites.
3. Shoreline Overlay District. The provisions of this section do not apply to uses, structures or sites nonconforming to the requirements of Part 20.25E LUC. Refer to LUC 20.25E.040 and 20.25E.065.I for the requirements for such nonconforming uses, structures and sites.
4. BelRed Land Use Districts. The provisions of this section do not apply to uses, structures, or sites located in the BelRed Land Use Districts. For uses in the BelRed Land Use Districts established before May 26, 2009, refer to the existing conditions regulations in LUC 20.25D.060.
5. East Main Land Use Districts. The provisions of this section do not apply to uses, structures, or sites located in East Main Land Use Districts established and described in LUC 20.25Q.010. Refer to LUC 20.25Q.040 for the requirements for nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located within East Main Land Use Districts.
6. Mixed-Use Land Use Districts. The provisions of this section do not apply to uses, structures, or sites located in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398. Refer to LUC 20.20.561 for the requirements for nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located within Mixed-Use Land Use Districts. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 30; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 15; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 8; Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 18; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 14; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, §§ 16, 17; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 10; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 19; Ord. 4979, 3-17-97, § 7; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 201; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 301; Ord. 4638, 4-4-94, § 1; Ord. 4075, 10-23-89, § 1)
A. Applicability.
1. Mixed-Use Land Use Districts. This section applies only to nonconforming uses, structures, and sites located within a Mixed-Use Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398.
2. Alterations to nonconforming structures or sites shall comply with any applicable requirements of Part 20.25H LUC. In the event of a conflict between the requirements of this section and those of Part 20.25H LUC, the requirements of Part 20.25H LUC shall control.
B. Documentation. The applicant shall submit documentation which shows that the nonconforming use, structure, or site was permitted when established and has been maintained over time. The Director shall determine based on subsections B.1 and B.2 of this section whether the documentation is adequate to support a determination that the use, structure, or site constitute a nonconforming use, structure, or site under the terms of this section. The Director may waive the requirement for documentation when a nonconforming use, structure, or site has previously been clearly established.
1. Use, Structure, or Site Permitted When Established. Documentation that the use, structure, or site was permitted when established includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Building, land use, or other development permits; and
2. Use, Structure, or Site Maintained Over Time. Documentation that the use, structure, or site was maintained over time, and not discontinued or destroyed as described in this section. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Utility bills;
b. Income tax records;
c. Business licenses;
d. Listings in telephone or business directories;
e. Advertisements in dated publications;
f. Building, land use or other development permits;
g. Insurance policies;
h. Leases; and
i. Dated aerial photos.
C. Regulations Applicable to All Nonconforming Uses, Structures, and Sites.
1. Ownership. The status of a nonconforming use, structure, or site is not affected by changes in ownership.
2. Maintenance and Repair. Routine maintenance and routine repair associated with nonconforming uses, structures, or sites is allowed. “Routine maintenance” includes those usual acts to prevent decline, lapse, or cessation from a lawfully established condition. “Routine repair” includes in-kind restoration to a state comparable to its original condition within a reasonable period after decay has occurred.
D. Regulations Applicable to Nonconforming Uses.
1. Operations.
a. Nonconforming Uses May Continue to Operate. Operations associated with a nonconforming use may continue, subject to the provisions of this subsection D.
b. Nonconforming Uses – Hours of Operation. The hours of operation associated with a nonconforming use located in a Mixed-Use Land Use District which permits residential uses may only extend into the period of 9:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m. subject to Administrative Conditional Use approval. Nonconforming uses which on January 1, 2025, already operated between these hours may continue without such approval, as long as the hours of operation between 9:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. are not expanded.
2. Expansions. Nonconforming uses may expand under certain circumstances as described in this subsection:
a. Expansions of Nonconforming Structures. If a nonconforming structure containing a nonconforming use is expanded in accordance with the requirements of this section, then the nonconforming use may expand in conjunction with, and in proportion to, the expansion of the nonconforming structure.
b. Expansions of Nonconforming Sites. If a nonconforming site containing a nonconforming use is expanded in accordance with the requirements of this section, then the nonconforming use may expand in conjunction with, and in proportion to, the expansion of the nonconforming site.
c. Limitation on Expansion – No Expansion of Hazards. No expansion in operations shall be permitted that increases the use or on-site quantity of flammable or hazardous constituents (e.g., compressed gases, industrial liquids, etc.), or that increases the amount of waste generated or stored that is subject to the Washington Hazardous Waste Management Regulations, RCW 70.105.210, as currently adopted or subsequently amended or superseded. The Director may in consultation with the Fire Marshal modify the requirements of this subsection if the Director determines that the expansion will not increase the threat to human health and the environment over the pre-expansion condition.
3. Loss of Nonconforming Use Status.
a. Discontinuance. If a nonconforming use is discontinued for a period of 12 months with the intention of abandoning that use, any subsequent use shall thereafter conform to the regulations of the land use district in which it is located. Discontinuance of a nonconforming use for a period of 12 months or greater constitutes prima facie evidence of an intention to abandon.
b. Unanticipated Damage or Destruction. When a structure containing a nonconforming use is damaged or destroyed by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner, the nonconforming use may be reestablished in the same location within three years of the date that the damage or destruction occurred. When reestablishing a nonconforming use under this subsection, the nonconforming use may not be expanded. The structure may be repaired or reconstructed in accordance with applicable City Codes.
c. Relinquishment. A nonconforming use is relinquished when the nonconforming use is replaced with a permitted or conditional use. Upon relinquishment, the nonconforming use rights no longer apply and the nonconforming use may not be reestablished.
E. Regulations Applicable to Nonconforming Structures and Nonconforming Sites.
1. Nonconforming Structures and Nonconforming Sites May Remain. Nonconforming structures and nonconforming sites may remain unless specifically limited by the terms of this subsection.
2. Permitted Alterations to Nonconforming Structures and Nonconforming Sites. Nonconforming structures and nonconforming sites may be altered; provided, that the alteration conforms to applicable development regulations and required improvements are made that satisfy the proportional compliance requirements contained in subsection E.3 of this section.
a. Three-Year Period.
i. If the project does not consist of multiple phases, then alterations made within the preceding three years will be viewed as a single alteration for the purposes of determining the value of alterations.
ii. If the project consists of multiple phases, as shown on a Master Development Plan submitted under Chapter 20.30V LUC, then, for each individual phase, alterations made within the project limit of that phase within the preceding three years will be viewed as a single alteration for the purposes of determining the value of alterations; provided, that if an individual phase relies on land, floor area ratio, improvements, or amenities from one or more future phases, then alterations made within the project limits of all such related phases within the preceding three years will be viewed as a single alteration for the purposes of determining the value of alterations for the interrelated phases.
b. Value of Alterations.
i. If the project does not consist of multiple phases, then the value of alterations shall be determined by the Director based on the entire project and not individual permits.
ii. If the project consists of multiple phases, as shown on a Master Development Plan submitted under Chapter 20.30V LUC, then, for each individual phase, the value of alterations shall be determined by the Director based on the alterations within the project limit of that phase; provided, that if an individual phase relies on land, floor area ratio, improvements, or amenities from one or more future phases, then the value of alterations shall be determined by the Director based on the alterations within the project limits of all such related phases.
iii. The Director shall promulgate rules for determining the value of alterations in the context of this section.
3. Proportional Compliance. A nonconforming structure or a nonconforming site associated with either a permitted or conditional use may be altered consistent with the requirements set forth below:
a. Threshold Triggering Required Improvements. The standards of this subsection shall be met when the value of alterations to a nonconforming structure or to a nonconforming site exceed the threshold established in LUC 20.25D.060.G.3.a, as may be, or has previously been, administratively adjusted. The following alterations are exempt from being counted toward the threshold:
i. Alterations required as a result of a fire prevention inspection;
ii. Alterations related to the removal of architectural barriers as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act, or the Washington State Building Code (Chapter 19.27 RCW), now or as hereafter amended;
iii. Alterations required for the seismic retrofit of existing structures;
iv. Alterations to on-site stormwater management facilities in conformance with Chapter 24.06 BCC, now or as hereafter amended;
v. Alterations that reduce off-site impacts (including but not limited to noise, odors, dust, and other particulate emissions); and
vi. Alterations that meet LEED, Energy Star, or other industry-recognized standard that results in improved mechanical system, water savings, or operational efficiency.
b. Required Improvements. When alterations meet the threshold in subsection E.3.a of this section, existing development shall be brought toward compliance in the following areas:
i. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.020.C, then nonmotorized access to Eastrail meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.020.
ii. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.020.C, then emergency vehicle access to the Eastrail corridor meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.020.
iii. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.C, then major public open space meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.C.
iv. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.G, then frontage paths along the Eastrail corridor meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.G.
v. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.020.B, then access, block, and circulation required under LUC 20.25R.020.B.
vi. Landscaping meeting the requirements of LUC 20.20.520 and 20.25R.030.C.
vii. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.G, then active uses along the Eastrail corridor meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.G.
viii. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.G, then active uses along the Grand Connection meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.G.
ix. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.E, then weather protection meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.E.
x. If required for the site under LUC 20.25R.030.G, then a landscape buffer from the property line adjoining Interstate 405 meeting the requirements of LUC 20.25R.030.E.
c. Timing and Cost of Required Improvements.
i. Required improvements shall be made as part of the alteration that triggered the required improvements under subsection E.3.a of this section.
(1) If the project does not consist of multiple phases, then the required improvements shall be made within the project limit of the development.
(2) If the project is proposed to occur in phases, as outlined on a Master Development Plan submitted pursuant to Part 20.30V LUC, then the required improvements shall be made within the project limit of the phase, or phases, for which the value of alterations was calculated under subsection E.2 of this section.
ii. The value of required improvements shall be limited to 20 percent of the value of alterations calculated under subsection E.2 of this section. The applicant shall submit evidence as required by the Director that shows the value of proposed improvements associated with any alteration.
iii. Required improvements shall be made in order of priority listed in subsection E.3.b of this section. The Director may approve, as an Administrative Departure pursuant to LUC 20.25R.010.D.4, change in priority order for a specific development. As additional administrative criteria to approve the departure, the applicant must demonstrate that the change in priority order is needed for one or more of the following reasons:
(1) A change in priority order is necessary due to the value of required improvements specified under subsection E.3.c.ii of this section is insufficient to construct the site improvement that would be required under the normal order of priority due to the existence of a unique site condition;
(2) A change in priority order would allow a site improvement to be constructed that would close a gap in existing improvements, such as a gap in an access corridor or frontage path; or
(3) A change in priority order would allow the construction of a complete site improvement, rather than a partial site improvement, such as a complete access corridor or frontage path.
4. Unanticipated Damage or Destruction of a Nonconforming Structure or a Nonconforming Site.
a. When a nonconforming structure or a nonconforming site is damaged by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner, the nonconforming structure or the nonconforming site may be repaired. Changes to the footprint or exterior proposed as part of the repair must conform to this Code.
b. When a nonconforming structure or a nonconforming site is destroyed by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner, the nonconforming structure or the nonconforming site may be reconstructed in its original configuration. Changes to the footprint or exterior proposed as part of the reconstruction must conform to this Code. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 16)
A. Scope. This section contains standards and design requirements for parking, circulation and internal walkways, except as otherwise provided in Chapter 20.25 LUC for Special and Overlay Districts.
B. Applicability.
1. Number of Parking Stalls. The requirements of this section for the number of parking stalls apply to each new use and to each new tenant, except as provided in LUC 20.20.560.D for changes to a nonconforming use. See Part 20.25A LUC for the number of required parking stalls in Downtown Districts.
2. Other Requirements of this Section. All other standards and design requirements of this section apply to new site development and to site development for the substantial remodel of existing development. See Part 20.25A LUC for other applicable requirements in Downtown Districts.
C. Submittal Requirements.
1. General. The Director of the Development Services Department shall specify the submittal requirements, including type, detail and number of copies required in order to determine compliance with this section.
2. Waiver. The Director of the Development Services Department may waive specific submittal requirements determined to be unnecessary for review of an application.
D. Required Review. The Director of the Development Services Department shall review the proposed parking, circulation and walkways and may approve the proposed structure, substantial remodel, site development, use or occupancy only if the requirements of this section are met, subject to the provisions of LUC 20.20.560 for nonconforming uses, structures and sites.
E. Limitation on Use. Area devoted to parking, circulation or walkways approved pursuant to this section may not be used for any other purpose, except as authorized by a Temporary Use Permit issued pursuant to Part 20.30M LUC or by other specific approval pursuant to the Bellevue City Code.
F. Minimum/Maximum Parking Requirement by Use.
1. Specified Uses. Subject to subsections G, H, and L of this section, the property owner shall provide at least the minimum and may provide no more than the maximum number of parking stalls as indicated below:
Use | Minimum Number of Parking Spaces Required (4)(5) | Maximum Number of Parking Spaces Allowed | |
|---|---|---|---|
a. | Auditorium/assembly room/exhibition hall/theater/commercial recreation (2) | 1:4 fixed seats or 10:1,000 nsf (if there are no fixed seats) | No max. |
b. | Boat moorage, public or semi-public | 1:2 docking slips | No max. |
c. | Financial institution | 4:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf |
d. | Funeral home/mortuary | 1:5 seats | No max. |
e. | High technology/industry | 4:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf |
f. | Home furnishing – retail and major appliances – retail | 1.5:1,000 nsf | 3:1,000 nsf |
g. | Hospital/in-patient treatment facility/outpatient surgical facility | 1:patient bed | No max. |
h. | (Deleted by Ord. 5790) | ||
i. | Manufacturing/assembly (other than high technology/light industry) | 1.5:1,000 nsf | No max. |
j. | Office business services/professional services/general office | 4:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf |
k. | Office medical/dental/health-related services | 4.5:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf |
l. | Personal services: | ||
Without fixed stations | 3:1,000 nsf | No max. | |
With fixed stations | 1.5:station | No max. | |
m. | Residential (3): | ||
Single-family detached | 2:unit | No max. | |
1:unit | No max. | ||
n. | Restaurant: | ||
Sitdown only | 14:1,000 nsf | No max. | |
With takeout service | 16:1,000 nsf | No max. | |
o. | Retail/mixed retail/shopping center uses (1): | ||
Less than 15,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf | 5.5:1,000 nsf | |
15,000 – 400,000 nsf | 4:1,000 nsf | 4.5:1,000 nsf | |
400,000 – 600,000 nsf | 4:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf | |
More than 600,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf | 5:1,000 nsf | |
p. | Senior housing (3): | ||
0.33:bed | 1:bed | ||
0.5:unit | 1.5:unit | ||
0.8:unit | 1.5:unit | ||
q. | Rooming/boarding | 1:rented room | No max. |
r. | Wholesale, warehouse | 1.5:1,000 nsf | No max. |
s. | 1:cart | No max. | |
t. | Mixed-Use Commercial | 4.5:1,000 nsf | No max. |
nsf = net square feet (See LUC 20.50.036).
Notes: Minimum/Maximum Parking by Use:
(1)Office, restaurant and movie theater uses included within a retail/mixed retail/shopping center use (subsection F.1.o of this section) must provide parking stalls as indicated below:
a. Office Uses: If office uses comprise more than 10 percent of the total net square footage of a retail/mixed retail/shopping center use with 25,000 to 400,000 total nsf, the property owner shall provide parking for all office uses at a ratio of at least 4 parking stalls per 1,000 nsf for all office space. The office net square footage is not used to calculate the parking for other associated uses.
b. Restaurant Uses: If restaurant uses comprise more than 5 percent of the total net square footage of a retail/mixed retail/shopping center use, the property owner shall provide parking for all restaurant space at a ratio of at least 14 stalls per 1,000 nsf for sitdown restaurants or at least 16 stalls per 1,000 nsf for restaurants with take-out service. The restaurant net square footage is not used to calculate the parking for other uses.
c. Movie Theaters: Movie theaters in a retail/mixed retail/shopping center use shall provide additional parking as follows:
Size of Retail/Mixed Retail/ | Parking required in addition to |
|---|---|
Less than 100,000 | 3.0:100 total seats |
100,000 – 199,999 and more than 450 seats | 3.0:100 total seats |
200,000 and more than 750 seats | 3.0:100 total seats |
Movie theater square footage is used to calculate the parking for subsection F.1 of this section.
(2)Room or seating capacity as specified in the International Building Code, as adopted and amended by the City of Bellevue, at the time of the application is used to establish the parking requirement.
(3)See subsection L of this section for affordable housing, market rate multifamily dwellings, and senior housing minimum parking standards when these residential uses are located near frequent transit service.
(4)In Mixed-Use Land Use Districts established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398, the minimum number of parking stalls required shall be reduced by 75 percent.
(5)Director of Development Services may approve alternative minimum parking requirements in Mixed-Use Land Use Districts established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398 for specific uses on specific development sites where the land use permit applicant demonstrates, through a parking study prepared by a qualified expert, that the alternative requirement will provide sufficient parking to serve the specific use without adversely impacting other uses and streets in the vicinity.
(6)Middle housing projects, as defined in LUC 20.50.034, are exempt from the required minimum number of parking spaces when located within one-half mile walking distance of a major transit stop as defined in LUC 20.20.538.B.1, and subject to the walking distance requirements in LUC 20.20.538.C.2.
2. Unspecified Uses. The Director of the Development Services Department shall establish the minimum number of parking spaces required and may establish the maximum number of parking spaces allowed for any use not specified in subsection F.1 of this section. The Director of the Development Services Department may consider but is not limited to the following in establishing parking requirements for an unspecified use:
a. Documentation supplied by the applicant regarding actual parking demand for the proposed use; or
b. Evidence in available planning and technical studies relating to the proposed use; or
c. Required parking for the proposed use as determined by other comparable jurisdictions.
3. Fractions. If the parking requirements of this section result in a fractional requirement, and that fraction is 0.5 or greater, then the property owner shall provide parking spaces equal to the next higher whole number. If that fraction is less than 0.5, then the number of parking spaces required shall be rounded down to the next lower whole number.
G. Director’s Authority to Require Parking Exceeding Maximum. Except within the Downtown, the Director of the Development Services Department may require the installation of more than the maximum number of parking stalls, for other than office uses, if the Director determines that:
1. Such additional parking is necessary to meet the parking demand for a specified use; and
2. Cooperative use of parking is not available or adequate to meet demand; and
3. Any required transportation management program will remain effective.
H. Existing Parking Exceeding Maximum Allowed.
1. Spaces Serving Another Use. Parking spaces in excess of the maximum number allowed which serve a use located on another property through a cooperative parking agreement or other document may remain so long as the written, recorded obligation to supply that parking remains effective.
2. Other Spaces.
a. General. Notwithstanding LUC 20.20.560, any other parking spaces in excess of the maximum number allowed may remain until there is a substantial remodel of the structure for which the parking is provided. At the time of a substantial remodel, the number of parking stalls must conform to the requirements of this section and the design of all new or modified parking and circulation areas must conform to the requirements of this section. This requirement does not affect the need to comply with site development standards pursuant to LUC 20.20.560.
b. Exception. Notwithstanding LUC 20.20.560, if a substantial remodel results in a total gross floor area for the entire development of 10,000 square feet or less, parking spaces in excess of the maximum allowed may remain.
I. Shared Use of Parking. The following provisions apply outside the Downtown Land Use Districts:
1. General. The Director of the Development Services Department may approve shared use of parking facilities located on separate properties if:
a. A convenient pedestrian connection between the properties exists; and
b. The availability of parking for all affected properties is indicated by directional signs as permitted by Chapter 22B.10 BCC (Sign Code).
2. Number of Spaces Required.
a. Where the uses to be served by shared parking do not overlap their hours of operation, the property owner or owners shall provide parking stalls equal to the greater of the applicable individual parking requirements.
b. Where the uses to be served by shared parking have overlapping hours of operation, the Director may approve a reduction of up to 20 percent of the total required parking stalls if the following criteria are met:
i. The reduction is supported by a parking demand analysis performed by a professional independent traffic engineer;
ii. The parking demand analysis adheres to professional methods and is supported by:
(1) Documentation of the estimated shared parking demand for the proposed use; and
(2) Evidence in available technical studies or manuals relating to the proposed mix of shared uses;
iii. The parking demand analysis for the proposed mix of shared uses may take into consideration how parking supply for a similar use has been calculated and performed at other locations in Bellevue, where available, or comparable circumstances in other jurisdictions.
3. Documentation Required. Prior to establishing shared use of parking, the property owner or owners shall file with the King County Recorder’s Office and with the Bellevue City Clerk a written agreement approved by the Director providing for the shared parking use. The agreement shall be recorded on the title records of each affected property.
J. Off-Site Accessory Parking Location. The following provisions apply outside the Downtown Districts:
1. General. Except as provided in paragraph J.2 of this section, the Director of the Development Services Department may authorize a portion of the approved parking for a use to be located on a site other than the subject property if:
a. Adequate visitor parking exists on the subject property; and
b. Adequate pedestrian, van or shuttle connection between the sites exists; and
c. The sites are located within 1,000 feet of each other; and
d. Adequate directional signs in conformance with Chapter 22B.10 BCC (Sign Code) are provided.
2. District Limitations. Off-site parking located in a residential land use district may only serve a use also located and allowed pursuant to LUC 20.10.440 in the same district.
3. Documentation Required. Prior to establishing off-site parking or any use to be served thereby, the property owner or owners shall file with the King County Division of Records and Elections and the Bellevue City Clerk a written agreement approved by the Director of the Development Services Department providing for the off-site parking use. The agreement shall be recorded on the title records of each affected property.
K. Parking Area and Circulation Improvements and Design. Parking of vehicles for all uses is only permitted in parking areas that meet the requirements of this section; except that vehicles on residential lots may also be parked in areas that meet the requirements of LUC 20.20.720 and 20.20.890 relating to the storage of recreational vehicles and trailers.
1. Materials. A parking and circulation area must be hard-surfaced and conform to any applicable City of Bellevue Development Standards as now or hereafter amended. For purposes of this section, the term hard-surfaced includes pavers, stones, bricks or other similar materials placed to support vehicle circulation, but also allow rain and other water to penetrate the surface (i.e., “grasscrete”). Hard-surfaced also includes innovative pavement techniques approved pursuant to LUC 20.20.460.G. Existing legally established parking areas within critical areas and critical area buffers are exempt from the requirement to use hard-surfaced materials. The Director of the Development Services Department may approve a gravel surface for parking and circulation areas used on a temporary basis during construction pursuant to paragraph K.10 of this section.
2. Marking Required. The property owner shall delineate car stalls, directional arrows and crosswalks within parking areas using paint or other methods approved by the Director of the Development Services Department.
3. Driveways.
a. Entrances and Exits. The Director of the Transportation Department shall fix the location, width, and manner of approach of vehicular ingress and egress from a parking area in conformance with Chapter 14.60 BCC. The Director of Transportation may require the property owner to alter ingress or egress as necessary to control traffic in the interest of public safety and general welfare.
b. Combined Driveway. The owners of adjoining properties shall provide combined driveways wherever practical. In conjunction with approval of a development, the City may require a property owner to provide an access and circulation easement to an abutting owner where joint access is reasonable to serve future development.
c. Driveway Dimensions. Internal circulation driveways that do not provide direct access to parking stalls must be a minimum of 20 feet wide for two-way traffic and 15 feet wide for one-way traffic unless otherwise specified by the Director of the Development Services Department or by the Fire Marshal.
4. Loading Space.
a. General. A property owner shall provide an off-street loading space which can access a public street. The number and size of loading spaces must be equal to the maximum number and size of vehicles which would be simultaneously loaded or unloaded in connection with the business conducted on the property.
b. Loading Space Dimension.
i. Standard Requirement. Each loading space must be a minimum of 10 feet wide and 55 feet long. Where a loading space is adjacent to an arterial, the property owner shall provide an additional 40-foot maneuvering length.
ii. Reduction. The Director of the Development Services Department may reduce required stall length and maneuvering length if the property owner demonstrates that known delivery vehicles can park and maneuver within the proposed loading and maneuvering spaces so that no part of a vehicle using or maneuvering into the loading space projects into a public right-of-way, access easement or private road.
c. Waiver. If the property owner demonstrates that the development has and will have no loading needs, the Director of the Development Services Department may waive the requirements of paragraphs K.4.a through K.4.b of this section. Additionally, the Director of the Development Services Department may waive the requirements of paragraphs K.4.a through b if the applicant has obtained a Right-Of-Way Use Permit approving on-street loading.
5. Drive-Through Facility Stacking Lanes. A property owner proposing a drive-through facility shall provide seven stacking spaces for each drive-through station in addition to the parking required by this section. Each lane of stacking space must be at least nine feet wide and must be delineated with pavement markings. Each stacking space must be at least 12 feet long; however, individual spaces within the lane may not be delineated with pavement markings. Stacking lanes may not be located within required driveway, internal circulation drive, or parking aisle widths.
6. Grade Separation Protection. Where a parking area, service yard or other vehicle area slopes or has a drop-off grade separation, the property owner shall install a wall, railing or other barrier which will prevent a slow-moving or driverless vehicle from escaping such area and which will prevent pedestrians from walking over drop-off edges.
7. Landscaping.
a. Required Landscaping. The property owner shall provide parking area landscaping as required by LUC 20.20.520.
b. Reserved Parking in Landscaping.
i. General. The property owner shall plant reserved parking required by subsections F and G of this section subject to approval of the proposed landscape plan by the Director of the Development Services Department.
ii. Exempt from Landscape Limitation. Reserved parking in landscaping does not contribute to required landscape development or to the total site area in landscape development for purposes of applying LUC 20.20.520 or any other landscape or open space requirement of this Code.
8. Internal Walkways.
a. When Required. The property owner shall install internal walkways in each new development or substantial remodel of existing development in the LDR-2, LDR-3, MDR-1, MDR-2, NB, NMU, PO, O, OLB, OLB 2, OLB-OS, CB, LI, GC, MI, EG-TOD, or Downtown Land Use Districts. This requirement applies to both cottage housing and courtyard housing development but does not apply to other middle housing development. In addition, schools in all land use districts shall install internal walkways in each new facility or substantial remodel of an existing facility.
b. Location. The property owner shall provide internal walkways around the building to the extent necessary to assure safe access to the building from parking areas, adjacent properties, and public sidewalks or street rights-of-way and to assure consistency with the requirements of Part 20.25A LUC. All required internal walkways must be located and constructed as an integrated part of existing sidewalks and pedestrian trails, and must coordinate with City plans for pedestrian circulation, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Plan, formed or planned Local Improvement Districts, and approved Capital Improvement Projects.
c. Design Criteria. Except as otherwise specified in Part 20.25A LUC, internal walkways provided pursuant to this section must be designed and installed in conformance with the following:
i. Surface Materials. Internal walkways must be paved with hard-surfaced material such as concrete, asphalt, stone, brick, tile, permeable pavement, etc. Only nonskid paving may be used in walkway construction.
ii. Walkway Marking. Internal walkways must be curbed and raised at least six inches above the parking lot grade except where they cross driveways or aisles or where necessary to meet handicap requirements. Alternatively, the Director of the Development Services Department may approve walkways delineated by distinctive paving material or marking when adequate pedestrian safety is provided.
iii. Width. Internal walkways must be a minimum of four feet wide, exclusive of parked car overhangs. Where necessary to ensure four feet of unobstructed walkway, wheel stops are required.
iv. Stairs.
(1) General. Within any continuous exterior flight of stairs that is part of an internal walkway system, the largest riser height must not exceed the smallest by more than three-eighths of an inch and the largest tread run must not exceed the smallest by more than three-eighths of an inch.
(2) Adjacent Flights of Stairs. A flight of stairs that is connected with any other flight of stairs may have different rise and tread dimensions only if the flights of stairs are separated by at least eight horizontal feet of walkway that is constructed at a constant elevation.
v. Lighting. Night lighting must be provided where stairs, curbs, ramps or abrupt changes in walk direction occur.
vi. Markings. Where pedestrian walks cross parking areas or automobile circulation lanes, the pedestrian walk must be defined by use of a contrasting material or marking, including but not limited to white concrete in an asphalt area, visually obvious paint stripes or other clearly defined pattern.
vii. Handrails. The Director of the Development Services Department may require handrails where more than two risers exist and the use of such stairs warrants handrails for safety reasons.
9. Compact Parking.
a. Maximum Amount. For all uses, the property owner may design and construct up to 50 percent of the approved parking spaces in accordance with the dimensions for compact stalls provided in paragraph K.11 of this section.
b. Identification Required. The property owner must identify compact stalls within the parking area through the use of pavement markings. The designation of compact stalls must be included on the site plan.
10. Temporary Construction Parking – Permit Required. The property owner shall obtain a Temporary Use Permit pursuant to Part 20.30M LUC for an off-site construction parking area.
11. Minimum Dimensions.
a. Landscape Areas Excluded. Parking area dimensions do not include any area devoted to landscape development or open space except as provided for reserve parking areas pursuant to paragraph K.7.b of this section. If a stall is designed to include an overhang into landscaped or open space, that landscaped or open space is not counted toward meeting the requirements of LUC 20.20.520 or any other landscape or open space requirement of this Code.
b. Structured Parking Height Clearance. Vehicle height clearance for structured parking must be at least seven and one-half feet for the entry level.
c. Stall Overhang. Parking areas may be designed so that the car bumper overhangs the curb into landscape areas. If overhangs are provided, the stall length may be reduced by the same number of linear feet as the bumper overhang up to the following:
Maximum Bumper Overhang
Parking Angle Less Than 60° | Parking Angle 60° or More | |||
Compact | Standard | Compact | Standard | |
1.5 ft. | 2.0 ft. | 2.0 ft. | 2.5 ft. | |
d. Stall and Aisle Dimensions. Off-street parking dimensions may not be less than as shown on the following tables and plates, except as otherwise approved by the Director of the Development Services Department.
Table 1. One-Way Traffic and Double-Loaded Aisles
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | 8′-4″ S.S. Stalls* | 8′-6″ S.S. Stalls | 8′-8″ S.S. or 8′-4″ D.S. Stalls | 8′-10″ S.S. or 8′-6″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-0″ S.S. or 8′-8″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-2″ S.S. or 8′-10″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-4″ S.S. or 9′ D.S. Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ | 43′0″ |
35 | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ | 45′3″ |
40 | 47′4″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ | 47′0″ |
45 | 50′3″ | 49′10″ | 49′5″ | 49′0″ | 48′7″ | 48′5″ | 48′5″ |
50 | 52′8″ | 52′3″ | 51′10″ | 51′5″ | 51′0″ | 50′6″ | 50′1″ |
55 | 54′7″ | 54′2″ | 53′9″ | 53′4″ | 52′11″ | 52′5″ | 52′0″ |
60 | 56′5″ | 55′11″ | 55′5″ | 55′0″ | 54′6″ | 54′0″ | 53′7″ |
65 | 58′2″ | 57′8″ | 57′2″ | 56′8″ | 56′2″ | 55′8″ | 55′2″ |
70 | 59′7″ | 59′0″ | 58′6″ | 58′0″ | 57′6″ | 57′0″ | 56′6″ |
75 | 60′11″ | 60′4″ | 59′9″ | 59′2″ | 58′8″ | 58′1″ | 57′7″ |
80 | 62′2″ | 61′7″ | 61′0″ | 60′5″ | 59′10″ | 59′3″ | 58′8″ |
85 | 63′2″ | 62′6″ | 61′11″ | 61′3″ | 60′8″ | 60′1″ | 59′6″ |
90 | 64′0″ | 63′4″ | 62′8″ | 62′0″ | 61′4″ | 60′8″ | 60′0″ |
*Minimum Stall Width
Note: S.S. means single-striped stalls;
D.S. means double-striped stalls

Table 2. One-Way Traffic and Single-Loaded Aisles
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | 8′-4″ S.S. Stalls* | 8′-6″ S.S. Stalls | 8′-8″ S.S. or 8′-4″ D.S. Stalls | 8′-10″ S.S. or 8′-6″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-0″ S.S. or 8′-8″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-2″ S.S. or 8′-10″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-4″ S.S. or 9′ D.S. Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ | 27′6″ |
35 | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ | 28′7″ |
40 | 29′11″ | 29′11″ | 29′6″ | 29′11″ | 29′6″ | 29′6″ | 29′6″ |
45 | 31′11″ | 31′6″ | 31′1″ | 30′8″ | 30′3″ | 30′3″ | 30′2″ |
50 | 33′10″ | 33′5″ | 33′0″ | 32′7″ | 32′2″ | 31′9″ | 31′4″ |
55 | 35′7″ | 35′1″ | 34′7″ | 34′2″ | 33′8″ | 33′3″ | 32′10″ |
60 | 37′3″ | 36′9″ | 36′3″ | 35′9″ | 35′3″ | 34′9″ | 34′4″ |
65 | 38′9″ | 38′2″ | 37′8″ | 37′2″ | 36′8″ | 36′2″ | 35′8″ |
70 | 40′3″ | 39′8″ | 39′2″ | 38′7″ | 38′1″ | 37′6″ | 37′0″ |
75 | 41′8″ | 41′1″ | 40′7″ | 40′0″ | 39′5″ | 38′10″ | 38′4″ |
80 | 43′1″ | 42′6″ | 41′11″ | 41′4″ | 40′9″ | 40′2″ | 39′7″ |
85 | 44′6″ | 43′10″ | 43′3″ | 42′7″ | 42′0″ | 41′4″ | 40′9″ |
90 | 46′0″ | 45′4″ | 44′8″ | 44′0″ | 43′4″ | 42′8″ | 42′0″ |
*Minimum Stall Width
Note: S.S. means single-striped stalls;
D.S. means double-striped stalls

Table 3. Two-Way Traffic and Double-Loaded Aisles
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | 8′-4″ S.S. Stalls* | 8′-6″ S.S. Stalls | 8′-8″ S.S. or 8′-4″ D.S. Stalls | 8′-10″ S.S. or 8′-6″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-0″ S.S. or 8′-8″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-2″ S.S. or 8′-10″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-4″ S.S. or 9′ D.S. Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ | 51′2″ |
35 | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ | 53′3″ |
40 | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ | 54′10″ |
45 | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ | 56′4″ |
50 | 57′8″ | 57′8″ | 57′7″ | 57′7″ | 57′7″ | 57′6″ | 57′6″ |
55 | 58′11″ | 58′9″ | 58′8″ | 58′7″ | 58′6″ | 58′5″ | 58′4″ |
60 | 59′11″ | 59′9″ | 59′7″ | 59′5″ | 59′3″ | 59′1″ | 58′11″ |
65 | 60′11″ | 60′8″ | 60′5″ | 60′2″ | 59′11″ | 59′8″ | 59′5″ |
70 | 61′10″ | 61′5″ | 61′1″ | 60′9″ | 60′5″ | 60′1″ | 59′9″ |
75 | 62′7″ | 62′1″ | 61′8″ | 61′3″ | 60′9″ | 60′4″ | 59′11″ |
80 | 63′3″ | 62′8″ | 62′2″ | 61′7″ | 61′1″ | 60′6″ | 60′0″ |
85 | 63′9″ | 63′1″ | 62′6″ | 61′10″ | 61′3″ | 60′7″ | 60′0″ |
90 | 64′0″ | 63′4″ | 62′8″ | 62′0″ | 61′4″ | 60′8″ | 60′0″ |
*Minimum Stall Width
Note: S.S. means single-striped stalls;
D.S. means double-striped stalls

Table 4. Two-Way Traffic and Single-Loaded Aisles
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | 8′-4″ S.S. Stalls* | 8′-6″ S.S. Stalls | 8′-8″ S.S. or 8′-4″ D.S. Stalls | 8′-10″ S.S. or 8′-6″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-0″ S.S. or 8′-8″ D.S. Stalls | 9′-2″ S.S. | 9′-4″ S.S. or 9′ D.S. Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ | 35′6″ |
35 | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ | 36′6″ |
40 | 37′6″ | 37′6″ | 37′6″ | 37′5″ | 37′5″ | 37′5″ | 37′5″ |
45 | 38′6″ | 38′6″ | 38′5″ | 38′5″ | 38′4″ | 38′4″ | 38′3″ |
50 | 39′5″ | 39′4″ | 39′3″ | 39′3″ | 39′2″ | 39′1″ | 39′0″ |
55 | 40′3″ | 40′1″ | 40′0″ | 39′11″ | 39′10″ | 39′9″ | 39′8″ |
60 | 41′1″ | 40′11″ | 40′10″ | 40′8″ | 40′7″ | 40′5″ | 40′4″ |
65 | 41′11″ | 41′8″ | 41′6″ | 41′4″ | 41′2″ | 41′0″ | 40′10″ |
70 | 42′9″ | 42′6″ | 42′3″ | 42′0″ | 41′9″ | 41′6″ | 41′4″ |
75 | 43′7″ | 43′3″ | 42′11″ | 42′7″ | 42′3″ | 41′11″ | 41′8″ |
80 | 44′5″ | 44′0″ | 43′7″ | 43′2″ | 42′9″ | 42′4″ | 41′11″ |
85 | 45′3″ | 44′8″ | 44′2″ | 43′7″ | 43′1″ | 42′6″ | 42′0″ |
90 | 46′0″ | 45′4″ | 44′8″ | 44′0″ | 43′4″ | 42′8″ | 42′0″ |
*Minimum Stall Width
Note: S.S. means single-striped stalls;
D.S. means double-striped stalls

Table 5. Parking Design Standards for Compact Cars
Parking Bay Width
Parking Angle | One-Way (1) Double-Loaded Aisles, 7′-6″ Stalls | One-Way (2) Single-Loaded Aisles, 7′-6″ Stalls | Two-Way (3) Double-Loaded Aisles, 7′-6″ Stalls | Two-Way (4) Single-Loaded Aisles, 7′-6″ Stalls |
|---|---|---|---|---|
30 | 38′4″ | 25′2″ | 46′6″ | 33′2″ |
35 | 40′0″ | 26′0″ | 48′0″ | 34′0″ |
40 | 41′4″ | 26′8″ | 49′6″ | 34′8″ |
45 | 41′6″ | 27′3″ | 50′6″ | 35′3″ |
50 | 43′6″ | 27′10″ | 51′3″ | 35′10″ |
55 | 44′2″ | 28′1″ | 51′6″ | 36′2″ |
60 | 45′1″ | 29′0″ | 51′6″ | 36′6″ |
65 | 47′0″ | 30′5″ | 51′6″ | 36′8″ |
70 | 48′4″ | 32′0″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
75 | 49′6″ | 33′6″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
80 | 50′5″ | 34′9″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
85 | 51′0″ | 35′11″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
90 | 51′6″ | 36′9″ | 51′6″ | 36′9″ |
(1)See Table 1 for an illustration of One-Way Double-Loaded Aisles.
(2)See Table 2 for an illustration of One-Way Single-Loaded Aisles.
(3)See Table 3 for an illustration of Two-Way Double-Loaded Aisles.
(4)See Table 4 for an illustration of Two-Way Single-Loaded Aisles.


L. Minimum Parking for Residential Uses With Frequent Transit Service.
1. Applicability.
a. For affordable housing, frequent transit service shall be defined as:
i. Within one-quarter mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 2 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
ii. Within one-half mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
iii. Within one-half mile of a future light rail or bus rapid transit station scheduled to begin service within 2 years.
b. For market rate multifamily dwellings and senior housing, frequent transit service shall be defined as:
i. Within one-half mile of a transit stop that receives transit service at least 4 times per hour for 12 or more hours per day; or
ii. Within one-half mile of a future light rail or bus rapid transit station scheduled to begin service within two years.
c. For accessory dwelling units, see the parking requirements in LUC 20.20.120.
d. Except in the case of future light-rail or bus rapid transit, frequent transit service availability shall be considered based on scheduled transit service available on the date that a fully complete Building Permit application is filed or land use approval is final. The Director of the Development Services Department shall specify the submittal requirements necessary to provide documentation of transit service availability.
e. Where other sections in the Land Use Code provide for lower minimum parking standards for the specified uses in this section, the lower standards shall apply.
f. If the use is located in an area where physical impediments would require pedestrians to walk more than one-half mile to the nearest frequent transit stop, the Director of the Development Services Department may determine that the location does not meet the definition of frequent transit service.
2. Standards.
Use | Minimum Number of Parking Spaces Required |
|---|---|
Affordable Housing with Frequent Transit Service (Transit service at least two times per hour) | 0.75:unit |
Affordable Housing (Service at least four times per hour) | 0.50:unit (1) |
Market Rate Multifamily Dwelling | 0.75:unit |
0:bed or unit (2) |
(1)The minimum requirement for up to and including one-bedroom apartment units available to households earning 60 percent or less of the median income as determined by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development for the Seattle Metropolitan Statistical Area is 0.25 spaces per unit. An agreement in a form approved by the City shall be executed by the applicant and recorded with the King County Recorder’s Office, or its successor organization, requiring the affordable housing to remain for the life of the project. This agreement shall be a covenant running with the land, binding on the assigns, heirs, and successors of the applicant.
(2)Parking shall be required only for staff and visitors per the existing use standards of the specific land use district. The Director of the Development Services Department may consider the criteria in LUC 20.20.590.F.2.a through c in establishing alternative parking requirements for staff and visitors.
(Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 31; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 17; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, §§ 82, 83, 84; Ord. 6746, 7-17-23, § 2; Ord. 6670, 7-18-22, § 7; Ord. 6589, 7-19-21, §§ 2, 3; Ord. 6575, 4-26-21, §§ 2, 3; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 9; Ord. 6323, 11-21-16, § 7; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 12; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 15; Ord. 5790, 12-3-07, § 4; Ord. 5717, 2-20-07, § 4; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 18; Ord. 5587, 3-7-05, § 7; Ord. 5571, 12-6-04, § 6; Ord. 5431, 1-21-03, § 2; Ord. 5403, 8-5-02, § 8; Ord. 5297, 6-18-01, § 1; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, §§ 20, 21, 22; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, §§ 203, 865; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, §§ 303, 965; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 33; Ord. 4646, 5-2-94, § 2; Ord. 4028, 7-17-89, § 4; Ord. 3747, 1-20-87, § 5)
A. Temporary stands for the sale of fruit or vegetables may be erected in any zoning district for the duration of the harvest season so long as:
1. Setback requirements are met;
2. The vendor provides safe vehicular and pedestrian ingress and egress from the street to the temporary stand;
3. The site provides adequate parking;
4. The stand meets technical code requirements for utilities and structural integrity;
5. Refuse, recycling, and similar containers are sight-screened and are made of sound-muffling material such as molded plastic;
6. Lighting is in accordance with LUC 20.20.522;
7. Such temporary stand is removed by the vendor at the end of the harvest season.
B. Permanent stands for the sale of fruit and vegetables may be erected in zoning districts permitting such retail sales and are exempt from Design Review requirements so long as:
1. Setback requirements are met;
2. The vendor provides safe vehicular and pedestrian ingress and egress from the street to the stand;
3. The site provides parking for retail uses according to the requirements of LUC 20.20.590 or district-specific parking requirements contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC;
4. The stand meets technical code requirements for utilities and structural integrity;
5. Refuse, recycling, and similar containers are sight-screened and are made of sound-muffling material such as molded plastic;
6. Lighting is designed to prevent spillover of light from the site to surrounding properties; and
7. Where interior property lines abut residentially zoned property, sight-screening in the form of solid board fencing, evergreen plantings, berming, or a combination thereof, to a height of six feet, is provided. (Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 16; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 35)
A. Utility Facility Site Standards.
1. Architectural Form. A building which houses all or a majority of a utility facility must be compatible with the architectural form of surrounding buildings. This requirement is not applicable to a utility facility where significant elements of the facility are not housed in a building or to isolated minor elements such as pad-mounted transformers, telephone pedestals and metering stations.
2. Screening and Fence Requirements.
a. A utility facility must be sight-screened as specified for that use in LUC 20.20.520.F.2 or as required by district-specific landscape standards contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC. Alternatively, the provisions of LUC 20.20.520.J may be used.
b. If the Director of the Development Services Department and the Transportation or Utilities Director, as applicable, determine that the utility facility is potentially dangerous to human life, an eight-foot fence may be required.
3. Required Setback.
a. Any structure, facility or fence must conform to the setback requirement for structures in the land use district in which the structure, facility or fence is located, except as specified in subsection A.3.b of this section.
b. The minimum side setback for a structure, facility or fence in an R Land Use District is 20 feet.
B. Regional Utility System Standards. In addition to compliance with the decision criteria of LUC 20.30B.140 or 20.30C.155, a Regional Utility System must:
1. Minimize adverse impacts on the properties through which the system passes through the location, design and construction techniques used and by providing restoration sufficient to eliminate or minimize long-term impacts to property and surrounding land uses; and
2. Utilize the best available technology; and
3. Be necessary for the effective functioning of the utility. It must also be demonstrated that no practical alternative to the proposal with less severe impacts exists.
C. Exempt Activity. The following are exempt from the requirements of subsections A and B of this section:
1. Minor modifications, maintenance, repair, or replacement of elements of an existing utility facility or regional utility system, which is otherwise subject to the requirements of subsection A or B of this section;
2. Emergency installation or operation, but not exceeding 30 calendar days, of a utility facility or regional utility system, which is otherwise subject to the requirements of subsection A or B of this section. Any required permit or standard must be obtained or met as soon as possible thereafter; and
3. Electrical utility facilities, which are subject to LUC 20.20.255. (Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 3; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 17; Ord. 5805, 3-3-08, § 5; Ord. 5480, 10-20-03, § 11; Ord. 3778, 5-26-87, § 1)
A. Rooming houses, where permitted, shall comply with the following:
1. The rooming house shall be located in a detached single-family dwelling on its own parcel; and
2. The rooming house shall offer no more than four rooms for rent at any one time; and
3. All rooms offered for rent shall be legally established bedrooms; and
4. An owner, landlord, or registered agent shall be identified as the party responsible and accountable for compliance with the provisions of this section. Said party shall be local, and the name and contact information for that party shall be filed with the City prior to establishing the rooming house; and
5. Legal on-site parking exists or shall be provided in a quantity equal to the number of bedrooms leased or available for lease; and
6. Appropriate provisions shall be made for maintenance of the property exterior; and
7. Appropriate provisions shall be made for refuse collection, including trash, recycling, and yard waste.
B. A rooming house shall comply with City of Bellevue noise and nuisance laws and health and safety codes, and with all other applicable City and State codes and regulations.
C. The owner, landlord, or registered agent designated pursuant to subsection A.4 of this section shall be the “person responsible for the violation” in any civil violations proceedings under the terms of Chapter 1.18 BCC for failure to comply with this section. Tenants shall not be identified as responsible parties by virtue of signing a lease prepared by the owner, landlord, or registered agent for renting a room in a rooming house. (Ord. 6616, 11-15-21, § 3; Ord. 6223, 4-6-15, § 4; Ord. 3145, 9-27-82, § 47)
A. Parking or storage of recreational vehicles, watercraft (whether mounted on trailers or unmounted), or utility trailers, except for loading and unloading activities completed within a three-day period within any given two-week period, is not permitted within a Residential Land Use District, unless there is compliance with the following:
1. The recreational vehicle, watercraft (except for kayaks and canoes which need not be sight-screened), or utility trailer is housed within a vented garage or within a carport which is sight-screened from abutting properties by solid board fencing or sight-obscuring landscaping at least six feet in height.
2. The recreational vehicle, watercraft (except for kayaks and canoes which need not be sight-screened), or utility trailer may be located within a side or rear yard if in compliance with setback requirements applicable to accessory structures and sight-screened from abutting properties by solid board fencing or sight-obscuring landscaping at least six feet in height.
3. If there is no reasonable access to a rear or side yard, either one recreational vehicle, watercraft or utility trailer not exceeding 28 feet in length may be located in the front yard as follows:
a. In the driveway perpendicular to the right-of-way, provided setback requirements applicable to the primary structure are met and the vehicle or watercraft is sight-screened from the closest abutting property by solid board fencing or sight-obscuring landscaping at least six feet in height; or
b. Within the required front setback area, provided the vehicle or watercraft is completely sight-screened from the right-of-way and from the closest abutting property. The sight screening must consist of plant material; however, a gate is permissible if necessary to maneuver the vehicle or watercraft;
c. A vehicle or watercraft stored under this subsection A.3 must be licensed and operable.
4. For purposes of this section, all sides of a property which abut a right-of-way constitute a front yard.
B. One recreational vehicle may be used as a temporary dwelling on a lot already containing another dwelling unit for up to five days without a permit and for an extended period not to exceed 30 days upon issuance of a Temporary Use Permit by the City.
1. The permit issued must be affixed to the recreational vehicle in such a manner that it is prominently displayed and visible, to the extent possible, from a public right-of-way.
2. Recreational vehicles meeting the requirements of this subsection may be parked within a front yard, need not be sight-screened and need not comply with accessory structure setback requirements for the effective period of the permit.
3. No more than one Temporary Use Permit may be granted within any three-month period.
C. Parking or storage of recreational vehicles, watercraft or utility trailers for compensation is not permitted within a Residential Land Use District. This subsection does not apply to storage facilities provided exclusively for tenants of multifamily dwelling complexes.
D. This section does not apply to vehicles with camper shells or to watercraft moored over water.
E. Recreational vehicles, watercraft, and utility trailers which exceed 40 feet in length are not permitted in any Residential Land Use Districts.
F. As to recreational vehicles only, the requirements of subsection A of this section shall not apply to a residence if one or more occupants thereof has a current windshield placard or special license plate issued to them by the State of Washington as a qualified disabled person in accordance with RCW 46.19.010. Persons claiming this exemption shall apply to the Director for approval thereof. The Director shall establish procedures and standards for acting on exemption requests hereunder. Only one recreational vehicle per residence may be exempted under this provision. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 32; Ord. 6670, 7-18-22, § 8; Ord. 6197, 11-17-14, § 13; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 8; Ord. 5090, 8-3-98, § 1; Ord. 4552, 7-26-93, § 1; Ord. 3985, 2-21-89, § 3)
A. Collection Areas. All new development for attached or detached multifamily dwellings and for commercial, office, and manufacturing uses shall provide on-site collection areas for recyclable materials and solid waste, as those terms are used in Chapter 9.26 BCC, as follows:
1. The recycling and solid waste collection areas shall be accessible to residents and/or workers of the proposed development.
2. There shall be at least one collection area provided in each development.
3. In attached or detached multifamily dwellings, there shall be at least one collection area on each floor containing entrances to separate dwelling units.
4. The recycling collection area shall be at least:
a. One and one-half square feet per dwelling unit in attached or detached multifamily dwellings.
b. Two square feet per 1,000 gross square feet in office developments.
c. Five square feet per 1,000 gross square feet in retail development.
d. Three square feet per 1,000 gross square feet in wholesale, warehouse, and manufacturing development.
e. The Director shall establish the square footage requirement for all unspecified uses.
5. If feasible, the recycling collection area shall be located adjacent to, or near, the solid waste collection areas.
6. Each recycling and solid waste collection area shall be visually screened in accordance with the requirements of LUC 20.20.525 for mechanical equipment screening.
7. An applicant may request a modification to the minimum required area for recycling and solid waste collection, subject to Director approval. The request must include a solid waste management plan. The Director may approve the modification after consulting with the solid waste service provider and reviewing the submitted plan.
The plan must demonstrate that the project provides adequate space for storing garbage, recyclables, and compostables. The required area must reflect the type and scale of the proposed use and account for the anticipated volume of waste.
The plan must also show that the proposed size and design of the collection area can accommodate total waste generation and minimize environmental and operational impacts, including those related to the pedestrian environment, waste handling, on-site storage, and disposal logistics.
The solid waste management plan should address, as applicable, the following:
a. Estimated volume of garbage, recyclables, and compostables expected to be generated by the development.
b. Calculation of the area required to store all waste streams between scheduled collections.
c. Layout and dimensions of the proposed storage and collection area(s).
d. Access design for collection service providers, including vehicle clearance, turning radii, and collection routes.
e. Operational plan detailing waste handling procedures, collection frequency, container staging, and staffing responsibilities.
f. Integration with overall site design, including connections to service areas, pedestrian routes, and loading facilities.
B. Permanent Staging Areas. Staging areas for the pick-up of recyclable materials and solid waste may be located inside a building or in a weather-protected enclosure that meets the following requirements:
1. Service vehicle access to staging areas shall only be provided from Flexible Access Corridors or other private vehicular access; and
2. Staging areas shall be located such that no refuse bins or receptacles need to be maneuvered or stored long-term on publicly accessible sidewalks, and so that service vehicles do not need to reverse over sidewalks.
C. Temporary Staging Areas. Recyclable materials and solid waste may be staged temporarily for pick-up outside the building subject to the following requirements:
1. Refuse bins or receptacles may be located outside the building up to one hour before and one hour after scheduled service pick-up; and
2. The temporary staging area location must be approved by the Director and pick-up service provider. Temporary staging may be located on publicly accessible sidewalks or on public or private roadways; provided, that bins or receptacles shall not impede or block the following: fire access; vehicular access; bicycle access; pedestrian access; or bus loading or unloading areas. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 33; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 18; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 403; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 503; Ord. 4360, 5-18-92, § 1)
A. Except as provided in subsection C of this section, this section applies to all development applications that both add dwelling units within an existing building and meet all of the following criteria:
1. The existing building received a final certificate of occupancy at least three years before the submission of the development application.
2. The existing building is located in a nonresidential land use district where multifamily dwellings are either a permitted use, an administrative conditional use, or a conditional use. For the purposes of this section, a “nonresidential land use district” means any land use district except for the following: R-1, R-1.8, R-2.5, R-3.5, R-4, R-5, R-7.5, R-10, R-15, R-20, and R-30.
3. The development application does not expand the existing building horizontally, except for the addition of the incidental features listed below that may be necessary to accommodate residential use. However, in no case shall the horizontal expansion for incidental features increase the floor area of the structure by more than five percent.
a. Ramps for ADA access;
b. Replacement windows or sheathing;
c. The addition of material enabling increased insulation;
d. Structural features to improve safety;
e. Additions required to comply with construction, energy codes, or building performance standards for residential conversion;
f. Circulation features for fire and life safety;
g. Mechanical equipment;
h. Plumbing and ductwork; or
i. Awnings and bays.
4. The development proposal does not expand the existing building vertically except by a single story of up to 20 feet to accommodate mechanical equipment, stairs, elevator penthouses, or the addition, reconfiguration, or expansion of dwelling units, or expansion of rooftop features related to residential uses, such as common areas and rooftop decks for use by residents of the building.
B. For development applications meeting all of the requirements of subsection A of this section, the normal requirements of this Code shall apply during the land use or building permit review required for the application except as such requirements are modified below by this subsection:
1. Parking. Existing parking shall be retained to meet the minimum parking requirements for the Land Use District where the building is located. If the existing parking does not meet the minimum parking requirement for residential uses, no additional parking shall be required. Additional parking may be required for nonresidential uses that do not meet the minimum parking requirements.
2. No exterior design or architectural requirements apply to eligible residential development.
3. Dimensional Requirements. Eligible residential development is exempt from all applicable dimensional requirements.
4. Nonresidential Use Requirements. Ground-level nonresidential use requirements do not apply, except that use requirements which apply to buildings adjoining major pedestrian corridors, as listed below, continue to apply to the redevelopment of existing buildings.
Major Pedestrian Corridors:
a. “A” Rights-of-Way as described in LUC Figure 20.25A.170.B.
5. The following sections of the Land Use Code, now or as hereafter amended, do not apply:
a. LUC 20.20.070 (Lots nonconforming as to area, street frontage, width or depth – Status);
b. LUC 20.20.540 (Multifamily play areas);
c. LUC 20.20.560 (Nonconforming structures, uses and sites);
d. LUC 20.20.725 (Recycling and solid waste collection areas);
e. LUC 20.25A.040 (Nonconforming uses, structures and sites);
f. LUC 20.25D.060 (Existing conditions); or
g. LUC 20.25Q.040.A through C (Nonconforming Uses, Nonconforming Structures and Nonconforming Sites).
6. Recycling and Solid Waste Collection Areas.
a. There shall be at least one solid waste collection area provided;
b. There shall be at least one recycling collection area provided;
c. The Director shall establish the square footage and screening requirements for recycling and solid waste collection areas; and
d. The Director shall determine the appropriate screening requirements for recycling and solid waste collection areas, in accordance with LUC 20.20.725.
7. Nonconforming Uses, Structures and Sites. Except in any BelRed Land Use District, any nonconforming use, nonconforming structure, or nonconforming site may continue when all of the requirements of subsection B.7.a of this section are met. However, once a final certificate of occupancy is issued, such nonconformities may continue only to the extent allowed by LUC 20.20.560, 20.25A.040, or 20.25Q.040, whichever is applicable given the location of the development.
a. The nonconforming use, nonconforming structure, or nonconforming site must:
i. Be associated with the development application meeting the eligibility criteria provided in subsection A of this section; and
ii. Have existed prior to submittal of the development application meeting the eligibility criteria provided in subsection A of this section.
8. BelRed Existing Conditions. For eligible residential development in any BelRed Land Use District, any existing use or existing development may continue when all of the requirements of subsection B.8.a of this section are met. However, once a final certificate of occupancy is issued for the redevelopment, such existing use or existing development may continue only to the extent allowed by LUC 20.25D.060. For the purposes of this section, the terms “existing use” and “existing development” shall have the same meaning as provided in LUC 20.25D.060.
a. The existing use or existing development must:
i. Be associated with the development application meeting the eligibility criteria provided in subsection A of this section; and
ii. Have existed prior to submittal of the development application meeting the eligibility criteria provided in subsection A of this section.
9. Prior Participation in an Amenity Incentive System. If the existing building was originally constructed using a bonus obtained through voluntary participation in an amenity incentive system contained in the land use code, then the benefit or amenity provided in exchange for receipt of that bonus must remain and be maintained following the addition of dwelling units under this section. The benefit or amenity must remain and be maintained subject to the original requirements, except that the location of the benefit or amenity may be moved elsewhere on the site or within the existing building subject to the approval of the Director.
C. Exceptions.
1. The redevelopment for multifamily residential use of any existing building located within the Shoreline Overlay District jurisdiction described in LUC 20.25E.010 is subject to the requirements of Part 20.25E LUC. To the extent that any provision of this section conflicts with any requirement contained in Part 20.25E LUC, Part 20.25E LUC shall control.
2. The redevelopment for multifamily residential use of any existing building located fully or partially within a critical area, critical area structure setback, or critical area buffer designated or established under Part 20.25H LUC is subject to the requirements of Part 20.25H LUC. To the extent that any provision of this section conflicts with any requirement contained in Part 20.25H LUC, Part 20.25H LUC shall control. (Ord. 6836, 2-25-25, § 3)
A. Large Satellite Dish Antennas in Nonresidential Land Use Districts. Large satellite dish antennas in all nonresidential land use districts shall be screened in accordance with the requirements of LUC 20.20.525.C for mechanical equipment screening.
B. Large Satellite Dish Antennas in Residential Land Use Districts. The requirements for screening of large satellite dish antennas in residential land use districts shall depend upon the nature of use and building type of the development.
1. Large satellite dish antennas in any residential development other than single-family or middle housing shall be screened in accordance with the requirements of LUC 20.20.525.C for mechanical equipment screening.
2. Large satellite dish antennas in any residential development consisting of single-family or middle housing shall be screened in accordance with subsection C of this section.
C. Large satellite dish antennas in any residential development consisting of single-family or middle housing as specified in subsection B.2 of this section are permitted subject to the following criteria, provided the Director may modify setback and screening requirements upon proof that strict application of the requirements is infeasible or renders use of an antenna impossible:
1. The antenna shall meet front and side setback requirements for the main building and shall be a minimum of five feet from any rear property line;
2. The antenna shall be a minimum of 10 feet distant from any street right-of-way, vehicular access easement, or private road;
3. No antenna shall be located in a buffer or setback required by the City’s critical areas regulations (see Part 20.25H LUC), unless affixed to a structure allowed pursuant to Part 20.25H LUC; and
4. The antenna shall be substantially screened from view from adjacent property and the adjacent public rights-of-way by sight-obstructing landscaping, fencing, on-site structures, or natural topography. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 34; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 18; Ord. 5683, 6-26-06, § 19; Ord. 5086, 8-3-98, § 5; Ord. 4973, 3-3-97, § 404; Ord. 4816, 11-27-95, § 504; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 37; Ord. 4028, 7-17-89, § 5)
A. Public and private schools are permitted as indicated in LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and use charts applicable to specific land use districts contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC, “Education: Primary and Secondary,” provided the following standards are met:
1. School buildings in residential districts shall cover not more than 35 percent of their site area.
2. Except as allowed in this section, school buildings in residential districts shall provide 50-foot side and rear yard setbacks. A reduction in the side or rear yard setback may be approved as follows:
a. In no event may a side or rear yard setback be less than 30 feet;
b. The landscaping required along interior property lines required pursuant to subsection A.5 of this section shall be increased to a minimum of 20 feet in depth;
c. No portion of a structure exceeding the building height allowed for the district may be within 50 feet of the side or rear property line; and
d. Building entrances or exits, other than required emergency exits, are not located within 50 feet of a side or rear property line.
3. Building Height.
a. An increase in building height of up to 10 feet above the maximum building height of the underlying district is allowed for schools so long as:
i. No mechanical equipment is located on the roof of any building or portion of building that exceeds the maximum building height of the underlying district; and
b. An increase in building height above that allowed under subsection A.3.a of this section may be approved if that portion of the structure exceeding the maximum building height of the underlying district satisfies the following criteria:
i. The increase in height is necessary to accommodate uses or equipment functionally related to a program offered as part of the educational programs of the school; for example, for a performing arts center, library or gymnasium;
ii. That portion of the structure exceeding the maximum building height is set back from any property line a distance equal to 1.5 times the height of that portion of the structure, unless a greater setback is required pursuant to LUC 20.20.010, the dimensional charts applicable to specific land use districts contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC, or this section;
iii. The building and site design minimize the impact of the additional height on the surrounding land uses;
iv. The school is located on a site of at least five acres; and
v. In no event may the height of a structure or portion of a structure exceed 75 feet.
4. The Director may administratively consider, approve or disapprove the addition of temporary, portable classrooms to existing public schools subject to the criteria set forth in Part 20.30E LUC for an Administrative Conditional Use.
5. Perimeter Landscaping. In lieu of the Perimeter Landscaping Requirements set forth in LUC 20.20.520.F.1, schools shall provide the following landscaping, subject to LUC 20.20.520.F.6:
a. Schools in Residential Districts or in the BelRed Office/Residential Transition (BR-ORT) Land Use District.
i. Ten feet of landscaping meeting the following requirements along interior property lines, unless more stringent requirements apply pursuant to this section:
(1) At least 50 percent native species;
(2) Evergreen and deciduous trees, of which no more than 40 percent can be deciduous. There shall be a minimum of 5 trees per 1,000 square feet of buffer area, which shall be a minimum of 10 feet high at planting, along with the evergreen shrubs and living ground cover as described in subsections A.5.a.i(3) and A.5.a.i(4) of this section to effectively buffer development from adjacent residential properties;
(3) Evergreen shrubs, a minimum 42 inches in height at planting, at a spacing no greater than 3 feet on center;
(4) Living ground cover planted to cover the ground within three years; and
(5) Alternatively, where the street frontage landscaping will be planted to buffer a building elevation and not a parking area, driveway or site development other than a building, a lawn no less than five feet in width may be substituted for the shrubs and ground cover required in subsections A.5.a.i(3) and A.5.a.i(4) of this section; provided, that the soil in the entire area of lawn is amended in accordance with LUC 20.20.520.F.8.
ii. Ten feet of landscaping meeting the requirements of LUC 20.20.520.F.9.b.ii along interior property lines, unless more stringent requirements apply pursuant to this section.
b. Schools in All Other Districts.
i. Ten feet of Type III landscaping along the street frontage, except that 100 percent of the required trees may be planted with deciduous trees; and
ii. Ten feet of Type III landscaping along interior property lines.
Alternative landscaping may be approved by the Director if the requirements of LUC 20.20.520.J are met.
6. Vehicular and Pedestrian Circulation. In addition to the requirements of LUC 20.20.590, school vehicular and pedestrian circulation shall satisfy the following criteria:
a. Vehicular and bus loading and unloading areas shall be designed to minimize impacts on traffic on public rights-of-way;
b. Parking areas shall be designed to minimize conflicts between pedestrian and vehicular movements; and
c. Opportunities shall be found for safe, convenient, and pleasant pedestrian connections to existing transit facilities. Where needed, shelters and lay-bys for transit vehicles shall be incorporated into site development.
7. Design Guidelines for Schools in Residential Districts. Schools in residential land use districts shall meet the following site and building design standards:
a. Site Design.
i. Surface parking lots shall be screened from street level views and from ground level views of an abutting residential district by berms, hedges, walls, or combinations thereof. Surface parking lots shall be located away from adjacent properties unless no other location is feasible.
ii. Site features such as fences, walls, refuse enclosures, light fixtures, carports, and storage units shall be designed to be integrated with the architectural design of the primary structure.
iii. In addition to the minimum requirements of LUC 20.20.520, site development shall maximize the retention of existing significant vegetation in order to soften the visual impact on adjacent uses.
b. Building Design.
i. Building surfaces facing adjoining residential districts shall be clad with materials which are similar to, or compatible with, surrounding uses and which minimize reflecting lighting.
ii. Building façades shall incorporate elements such as stepbacks, offsets, angled facets, deep roof overhangs, recesses, and other architectural features which serve to break down the scale. The larger the building, the greater the number and variety of such elements that may be necessary to achieve the effect of diminishing scale.
c. Mechanical Equipment. Except in the OLB 2 and NMU Districts, mechanical equipment which is located on the roof shall be incorporated into the pitched or stepped roof form, and not appear as a separate penthouse or box. In the OLB 2 and NMU Districts, the rooftop mechanical equipment shall be fully screened and accommodated within the maximum height limit.
d. Refuse Containers. All refuse and recycling containers shall be contained within structures enclosed on all four sides and utilize lids made of molded plastic or other sound buffering material.
e. Signs. Signs shall meet the requirements of Chapter 22B.10 BCC, Sign Code.
8. Playfields. Schools are not required to provide on- or off-site playfields. Where playfields are provided, however, they must meet the following requirements:
a. On-site playfields developed to the limits of their property and which are adjacent to developed private property shall be fenced with an eight-foot-high fence; and
b. Travel to and from the school site to any off-site playfield must not be hazardous.
B. In the event that any provision of this subsection conflicts with any state law or regulation, the provisions of the state law shall control.
C. The applicant for a proposal subject to the administrative conditional use process in all residential districts or the DT-R District shall hold one community meeting on the proposal. Such meeting shall be held as early in the review process as possible for the proposal. Notice of the public meeting shall be provided in the same manner as required for notice of the application. The public meeting notice will be combined with the notice of application whenever possible. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 65; Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 35; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 19; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 90; Ord. 6839, 3-4-25, § 4; Ord. 6425, 10-1-18, § 10; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 19; Ord. 5432, 1-21-03, § 2; Ord. 5431, 1-21-03, § 3; Ord. 5089, 8-3-98, § 24; Ord. 4654, 6-6-94, § 38; Ord. 3530, 8-12-85, § 29)
A. Applicability. This section applies to each Secure Community Transition Facility within the City. The requirements of this section shall be imposed at the initiation of any Secure Community Transition Facility use, and upon any addition or modification to a Secure Community Transition Facility use or structure housing that use.
B. General.
1. Wherever located in the City, a Secure Community Transition Facility requires a Conditional Use Permit, Part 20.30B LUC or Part 20.30C LUC, prior to establishment of the facility.
2. The applicant for the Secure Community Transition Facility shall certify compliance with all applicable use requirements and conditions of this section in the application for conditional use required in subsection 1.
C. Use Requirements. The following requirements apply to each Secure Community Transition Facility:
1. The applicant must demonstrate that the facility meets the definition of Secure Community Transition Facility.
2. The Secure Community Transition Facility and its operator must have received all necessary permits or approvals from the State of Washington Department of Social and Health Services.
3. The applicant must demonstrate compliance with State of Washington Department of Social and Health Services guidelines established pursuant to RCW 71.09.285, now or as hereafter amended.
4. The applicant must demonstrate compliance with the requirements of RCW 71.09.285 through 71.09.340 inclusive, now or as hereafter amended.
For purposes of this section, the applicant must demonstrate compliance with the cited guidelines and statutory provisions through a written description specifically describing the steps taken to satisfy such guidelines or statutory requirements. In the event that compliance with the cited guidelines and statutory provisions can occur only during the construction of the facility or during its operation, then the applicant shall set forth the specific steps that will be taken to comply with such provisions, and such steps shall be made a condition of the Conditional Use Permit for the facility.
D. Conditions.
1. The City may impose conditions to mitigate any and all potential adverse impacts of the facility on surrounding uses, except that for the requirements specifically addressed in RCW 71.09.285 through 71.09.340 inclusive, now or as hereafter amended, such conditions may not impose restrictions on the facility greater than those set forth in the cited statutory provisions.
2. The City shall impose a condition on the Conditional Use Permit for the facility limiting the number of beds to those requested by the applicant. Any increase in the number of beds beyond that applied for by the applicant and included in the Conditional Use Permit shall require an amendment to the Conditional Use Permit pursuant to LUC 20.30B.175 or LUC 20.30C.185.
E. Additional Public Safety Measures. The City may seek additional public safety measures for any facility proposed under this section beyond those suggested by statute or proposed by the applicant. The City shall submit the comments to the Department of Social and Health Services in the manner and at the times set forth in Chapter 71.09 RCW now or as hereafter amended. The City may petition the governor to designate a person with law enforcement expertise to review the Department of Social and Health Services response to the City’s comments in the manner set forth in Chapter 71.09 RCW.
F. Additional Risk Potential Activities. The City may suggest additional Risk Potential Activities, as defined in RCW 71.09.020(7), now or as hereafter amended, for consideration by the Department of Social and Health Services, consistent with the provisions of RCW 71.09.020(7), now or as hereafter amended. (Ord. 5404, 8-5-02, § 3)
Sewage Pumping Stations: See Public Utilities, this chapter.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to prohibit use of temporary shelters or storage facilities in Land Use Districts LL-1 through LDR-1, which are predominantly visible from the right-of-way or any public or private street.
B. General. Temporary shelters or storage facilities are not permitted in Land Use Districts LL-1 through LDR-1 if predominately visible from the right-of-way or any public or private street. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 36; Ord. 5791, 12-3-07, § 7)
A. Definition. Short Term Stay Use. Transient lodging provided in a Planned Unit Development or multifamily dwelling unit located in a Residential land use district. Boarding houses and bed and breakfasts permitted to operate in Residential districts pursuant to a valid Home Occupation Permit, Part 20.30N LUC, group homes for children sited pursuant to the Group Home for Children Community Involvement Process, Chapter 9.19 BCC, and institutions housing persons under legal restraint or requiring medical attention or care are not included within the scope of this definition.
B. Limitation on Number of Short Term Stay Uses. No more than five units in any building and no more than 20 percent of the dwelling units comprising a development shall be used for Short Term Stay Use at any given time.
C. General Requirements.
1. Registration Notice. Any person or company providing a Short Term Stay Use shall file a Registration Notice with the Development Services Department. The registration notice shall be submitted in writing in a form approved by the Director. The registration notice shall state (a) the name and address of the person or company by whom it is submitted (registrant); (b) identify by name and address the building and development to which the registration notice applies; and (c) state the number of dwelling units where the registrant provides Short Term Stay Uses in the referenced building and development. The registration notice shall remain in effect until the Registrant notifies the Department in writing that the registrant is no longer providing any units in the referenced building or development for Short Term Stay Uses.
2. House Rules. When rules of conduct have been adopted for universal application to all occupants of a development, any person or company providing a Short Term Stay Use shall provide a copy of the rules to each licensee prior to commencement of their stay and shall post a copy of the rules in each unit provided for Short Term Stay Use.
D. Time for Compliance.
1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, for a maximum period of 12 months from the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section, Short Term Stay Uses in existence on the effective date of the ordinance may continue to operate without meeting the limitations set forth in paragraph B of this section, provided that all the requirements of paragraph C of this section are met. Twelve months following the effective date of the ordinance, Short Term Stay Uses not meeting the limitations set forth in paragraph B of this section will be operating in violation of the LUC and subject to enforcement provisions contained in LUC 20.40.460 and Chapter 1.18 BCC.
2. Short Term Stay Uses in existence on the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section shall comply with the General Requirements of paragraph C of this section within three months from the effective date of the ordinance. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 37; Ord. 5301, 6-18-01, § 1)
A. Additional Submittal Requirements. In addition to the application materials required for any permit required to construct or modify a solid waste disposal facility, the applicant shall submit the following material:
1. Information demonstrating compliance with any existing multijurisdictional siting criteria in selecting the proposed location for the solid waste disposal facility, or for the proposed modification of such facility; and
2. Information regarding all existing and alternative sites considered for the proposed solid waste disposal facility, including information about why such alternative sites were not selected for the construction or modification.
B. Decision Criteria. In addition to the decision criteria applicable to any permit required to construct or modify a solid waste disposal facility pursuant to LUC 20.10.440 through 20.10.445 and use charts applicable to specific land use districts contained in Chapter 20.25 LUC, the City may approve, or approve with modifications, a proposal to construct or modify a solid waste disposal facility, provided the following standards are met:
1. All components of the solid waste disposal facility shall be contained within a building that is compatible with the architectural form of surrounding buildings. This requirement shall not apply to those components of the facility that cannot effectively function inside of a building.
2. A transportation plan may be required. The City shall determine the level of detail to be disclosed in the plan such as estimated trip generation, access routes and surrounding area traffic counts, based on the probable impacts and/or scale of the proposed facility.
3. The facility shall be designed to include design and operation measures to control odor emissions and airborne pollutants, rodents, birds, and other vectors.
4. The location, design, use and operation of the facility shall comply with any applicable guidelines, rules, regulations or statutes adopted by state law, or any agency or jurisdiction with authority.
5. The location and design are consistent with any planning document under which the proposing agency, special district or organization operates, as determined by the person or body having authority to interpret such document. (Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 20; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 20; Ord. 5457, 7-21-03, § 4)
(Note: This section is not applicable in the Shoreline Overlay District.)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide performance standards for subordinate uses, as defined in LUC 20.50.046.
B. Applicability. The performance standards contained in this section shall be required for subordinate uses, as defined in LUC 20.50.046, whether or not establishment of the use is subject to a permit, approval, or land use review.
C. Performance Standards. Subordinate uses as defined in LUC 20.50.046 shall be:
1. Located on the same lot or in the same structure as the permitted or principal use;
2. Functionally related to the permitted or principal use; and
3. Generally limited in size to 25 percent of the floor area devoted to the related permitted or principal use. (Ord. 6417, 5-21-18, § 19; Ord. 5876, 5-18-09, § 21)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide regulations for the permitting of Supportive Housing that is proposed to provide housing to individuals and families experiencing, or are at imminent risk of, homelessness and on-site or off-site supportive services.
B. Applicability.
1. This section applies to all new or expansion of Supportive Housing, as defined in this section.
2. Exceptions. The noticing and registration requirements in subsection E of this section do not apply to:
a. Supportive Housing facilities with permanent on-site supportive services as a subordinate use, pursuant to LUC 20.20.840 and 20.50.046, provided the provision of supportive services is limited only to the residents of the facility; or
b. Supportive Housing facilities with no permanent on-site supportive services; or
c. Supportive Housing facilities with the primary purpose of serving individuals participating in the Washington State Address Confidentiality Program under RCW 40.24.030 and Chapter 434-840 WAC.
3. For the purpose of subsection B.2 of this section, staff who permanently reside in the Supportive Housing facility shall not be considered permanent on-site supportive services.
C. Definitions.
1. Emergency Housing – Nontransient. Indoor accommodation for individuals or families who are homeless or at imminent risk of becoming homeless that is intended to address the basic health, food, clothing, and personal hygiene needs of individuals or families. Emergency Housing – Nontransient is residential occupancy for a period of 30 days or more.
2. Supportive Housing. Residential facilities intended to house individuals and families experiencing homelessness, or at imminent risk of homelessness, and paired with on-site or off-site supportive services designed to maintain long-term or permanent tenancy, or to eventually transition the residents to independent living arrangements. This definition includes Emergency Housing – Nontransient, Permanent Supportive Housing as defined under RCW 36.70A.030, now or as hereafter amended, and Transitional Housing as defined under RCW 84.36.043, now or as hereafter amended.
3. Supportive Services. Services provided to occupants of Supportive Housing for the purpose of facilitating their independence or ensuring long-term housing stability. Supportive Services may include, but are not limited to, services such as case management, medical treatment, psychological counseling, childcare, transportation, and job training.
D. Use Requirements.
1. Common kitchen facility shall be provided on site for Supportive Housing that does not have an individual kitchen in each Supportive Housing room or unit.
2. The following requirements apply to Supportive Housing in Land Use Districts LL-1 to LDR-1:
a. Alterations to the interior or exterior of the structure which change its residential appearance shall not be permitted, except that any alterations to improve accessibility per the Americans with Disabilities Act shall be permitted.
b. Supportive services administered on site shall only be available to residents of the facility.
E. Registration Required.
1. Required Notice for Supportive Housing.
a. Where notice of application is required pursuant to Chapter 20.35 LUC, the notice of application shall also include the information in subsection E.1.c of this section.
b. Where notice of application is not required pursuant to Chapter 20.35 LUC, a mailed notice of registration shall be distributed to owners of real property within 500 feet of the subject site, and the notice shall include the information in subsection E.1.c of this section.
i. When a building permit is required for any alterations to the structure intended for Supportive Housing, the mailed notice shall be distributed at the time of permit issuance.
ii. When no permits are required prior to establishment of the Supportive Housing use, the notice shall be mailed following submittal of the required Registration Notice pursuant to subsection E.2 of this section.
c. The following information shall also be included in the notice of application for a proposed Supportive Housing:
i. Location and description of the Supportive Housing facility, including the number of residents intended to be housed in the facility; and
ii. The types of City permit(s) and/or approval(s) required for the facility, if applicable; and
iii. Contact information of property manager(s) and/or owner(s).
2. No less than 14 days prior to establishing a Supportive Housing use, a person or company intending to provide Supportive Housing shall file a Registration Notice with the Development Services Department. The Registration Notice shall be submitted in writing in a form approved by the Director. At minimum, the Registration Notice shall include the following information:
a. Name and contact information of property manager(s) and/or owner(s) who may be contacted in case of emergency or code violations;
b. Name and contact information for on-site facility staff (if applicable);
c. Standard operating procedures plan for the facility, including:
i. The number of residents intended to be housed in the facility; and
ii. A description of the supportive services provided to the residents of the facility, on site and off site, including names and contact information of service providers;
d. A safety and security plan describing measures that the operator will employ to promote the safety of Supportive Housing occupants and surrounding residents; and
e. A code of conduct that applies to all individuals granted access to the proposed Supportive Housing use.
3. The registration information described in subsections E.2.a through E.2.c shall be kept up to date with the Development Services Department. Any change to this required information shall be submitted to Development Services on a revised registration form. No additional notice shall be required upon submittal of a revised registration form. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 38; Ord. 6672, 7-25-22, § 4)
A. Temporary public safety facilities include: (1) temporary stations for fire protection and police protection, and (2) temporary facilities to provide relief or assistance services to the public, or to provide services related to the administration or management of such relief or assistance services, in case of annexation or in times of natural disaster or other unforeseen emergency circumstances. The existence of a natural disaster or unforeseen emergency circumstances shall be determined by the City Manager.
B. For purposes of this section, a temporary public safety facility is a facility which terminates its operations not later than 24 months from the approval date. However, upon a request to extend the approval period filed not later than 30 days prior to expiration of the original or any subsequent approval period, the Director of the Development Services Department may grant the request and extend the approval of the facility for additional periods of up to 12 months per extension request or for the duration of the natural disaster or unforeseen emergency circumstances. Such approval may be conditioned by the Director pursuant to any of the provisions of this Land Use Code.
C. A temporary public safety facility is exempt from any otherwise applicable Conditional Use Permit, Design Review approval process or other discretionary land use approval process, and from the site development standards and other requirements of the Land Use Code; provided, that:
1. Application for approval of a temporary public safety facility shall be made to the Director of the Development Services Department. As a condition of approval of the facility or of approval of a request for a 12-month extension of the life of the temporary facility under subsection B of this section, the Director may require the facility to comply with such site development standards of the Land Use Code as are reasonably necessary to provide compatibility of the facility with surrounding uses and to minimize the impact of the facility on surrounding uses.
2. Nothing in this section shall exempt such a facility from permit requirements under applicable building, plumbing, mechanical, electrical and other similar codes. (Ord. 6676, 9-26-22, § 1; Ord. 5475, 10-20-03, § 9; Ord. 4600, 11-22-93, § 1)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Prevent Citywide net loss of tree canopy and address local canopy gaps;
2. Reduce the impacts of development on the storm and surface water systems and water resources;
3. Provide guidance and flexibility to support “the right tree in the right place”; and
4. Preserve other public benefits of Bellevue’s urban forest, including minimizing heat impacts, enhancing ecosystem resilience, and storing carbon.
B. Applicability.
1. The requirements of this section shall be imposed any time a permit, approval, or review for Development Activity is required by the Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code.
2. The requirements of this section alone shall not reduce maximum allowed density, number of allowed lots, or preclude required access and utility connections.
3. Trees subject to the requirements of this section that are overhanging any public right-of-way are also subject to the requirements of Chapter 14.06 BCC.
4. This section is inapplicable in the following circumstances:
a. If there is not a permit, approval, or review for Development Activity, then this section does not apply. Tree removal, retention, or replacement that is not associated with development activity is regulated by Chapter 23.76 BCC, Clearing and Grading Code, except as otherwise provided.
b. This section does not apply to development activity in the vegetation conservation area, as defined by LUC 20.25E.065.F.5, within the Shoreline Overlay District. The retention and replacement of trees located within the vegetation conservation area is regulated by Part 20.25E LUC, Shoreline Overlay District.
c. This section does not apply to development activity in critical areas, critical area buffers, or critical area structure setbacks. The retention and replacement of trees located in critical areas, critical area buffers, or critical area structure setbacks is regulated by Part 20.25H LUC, Critical Areas Overlay District.
d. This section does not apply to trees located entirely within any public right-of-way. The retention and replacement of trees located within any public right-of-way is regulated by Chapter 14.06 BCC.
e. This section does not apply to Development Activity in any Downtown Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.25A.010.
f. This section does not apply to Development Activity in any East Main Transit Oriented Development Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.25Q.010.
g. This section does not apply to Development Activity in any Mixed-Use Land Use District established under LUC 20.10.020 and described in LUC 20.10.398.
C. Definitions. The following definitions are specific to this section. Where a term defined below is used in this section its meaning shall be as defined below.
1. “Development Activity” means the following:
a. Any alteration or development regulated by the Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code proposed to occur through one or more of the following:
i. An application for a subdivision under Chapter 20.45A LUC;
ii. An application for a short subdivision under Chapter 20.45B LUC; or
iii. An application for a planned unit development under Part 20.30D LUC.
b. Any alteration or development regulated by the Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code proposed to occur through one or more of the following:
i. Any application that proposes changes in lot coverage that exceed 20 percent of the existing lot coverage;
ii. Any application that proposes changes in the area devoted to parking and circulation; or
iii. Any application that proposes additions to impervious surface areas that exceed 20 percent of existing impervious surface areas.
c. If an application listed under subsection C.1.a of this section was deemed complete on or after July 16, 2024, and was determined to be in compliance with this section, then subsequent applications listed under subsection C.1.b of this section for alterations or development on lots created or otherwise governed by the application reviewed and approved under subsection C.1.a of this section shall not constitute “Development Activity” for the purposes of this section.
2. “Grove” means a group of three or more Significant Trees with overlapping or touching crowns.
3. “Hazardous Tree” means a tree that, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional who also has the International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) Tree Risk Assessment Qualification (TRAQ), meets all of the following criteria:
a. The tree has a combination of structural defects, disease, or both structural defects and disease that makes it subject to a high probability of failure;
b. The location of the tree is in proximity to areas where, with moderate to high frequency, persons or property are likely to be located that could be injured or damaged by tree failure;
c. The assessed tree has a high to extreme risk rating using the International Society of Arborists Tree Risk Assessment Qualification method in its most current form; and
d. The hazard condition of the tree cannot be lessened with reasonable and proper arboricultural practices.
4. “Invasive or Noxious Species” means any species identified in the invasive or noxious weed lists established by Washington State or King County, as amended, or any species listed by the Director, who is hereby authorized to formulate and maintain a list of Invasive and Noxious Species likely to cause economic or environmental harm or harm to human health or infrastructure.
5. “Tree Canopy Site Area” means, for the purpose of determining the minimum tree density required for a site, the area of a site remaining after subtracting the following areas from the gross site area:
a. Critical areas, critical area buffers, and critical area structure setbacks (as may be modified pursuant to Part 20.25H LUC, if applicable);
b. Shoreline vegetation conservation areas;
c. Public rights-of-way;
d. Private roads in separate tracts;
e. Submerged lands (lands waterward of the ordinary high water mark); and
f. Utility easements.
6. “Tree Protection Zone (TPZ)” means the circular area around a tree calculated as one foot of radius for every inch of d.b.h., or at least six feet, whichever is greater. The TPZ may instead be determined by a Qualified Tree Professional.
7. “Viable Tree” means a tree rated by a Qualified Tree Professional as fair, good, or excellent condition based on the criteria in Table 20.20.900.C.1 or the most recent edition of the Guide for Plant Appraisal, published by the Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers.
Table 20.20.900.C.1. Tree Condition Rating Table
Rating Category | Condition Components | Percent Rating | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Health | Form | |||
Excellent – 1 | High vigor and nearly perfect health with little or no twig dieback, discoloration, or defoliation. | Nearly ideal and free of defects. | Nearly ideal for the species. Generally symmetric. Consistent with the intended use. | 81% to 100% |
Good – 2 | Vigor is normal for species. No significant damage due to diseases or pests. Any twig dieback, defoliation, or discoloration is minor. | Well-developed structure. Defects are minor and can be corrected. | Minor asymmetries/deviations from species norm. Mostly consistent with the intended use. Function and aesthetics are not compromised. | 61% to 80% |
Fair – 3 | Reduced vigor. Damage due to insects or diseases may be significant and associated with defoliation but is not likely to be fatal. Twig dieback, defoliation, discoloration, and/or dead branches may compromise up to 50% of the crown. | A single defect of a significant nature or multiple moderate defects. Defects are not practical to correct or would require multiple treatments over several years. | Major asymmetries/deviations from species norm and/or intended use. Function and/or aesthetics are compromised. | 41% to 60% |
Poor – 4 | Unhealthy and declining in appearance. Poor vigor. Low foliage density and poor foliage color are present. Potentially fatal pest infestation. Extensive twig and/or branch dieback. | A single serious defect or multiple significant defects. Recent change in tree orientation. Observed structural problems cannot be corrected. Failure may occur at any time. | Largely asymmetric/abnormal. Detracts from intended use and/or aesthetics to a significant degree. | 21% to 40% |
Very Poor – 5 | Poor vigor. Appears dying and in the last stages of life. Little live foliage. | Single or multiple severe defects. Failure is probable or imminent. | Visually unappealing. Provides little or no function in the landscape. | 6% to 20% |
Dead – 6 | 0% to 5% | |||
D. Required Review. The Development Services Department shall review the proposed removal of any Significant Trees or Landmark Trees with each permit, approval, or review for Development Activity within the applicability of this section.
E. Minimum Tree Density.
1. The applicant shall maintain in the Tree Canopy Site Area at least the minimum tree density, measured in tree credits, as provided in this subsection E. Tree credits may be provided by retained Significant Trees, retained Landmark Trees, planted trees, or a combination of the foregoing.
2. Minimum Tree Credits by Land Use District. Minimum tree credits are determined based on the Land Use District, Land Use, and Tree Canopy Site Area. The minimum tree credits required are calculated by dividing the Tree Canopy Site Area, measured in square feet, by 1,000 then multiplying by the applicable rate identified in Table 20.20.900.E.1. If this calculation would result in a fractional requirement, and that fraction is 0.5 or greater, then the number of required tree credits shall be equal to the next higher whole number. If that fraction is less than 0.5, then the number of required tree credits shall be equal to the next lower whole number.
Table 20.20.900.E.1. Minimum Tree Credits per 1,000 Square Feet of Tree Canopy Site Area
Land Use District | One Dwelling Unit per Lot | Two or More Dwelling Units per Lot | Commercial, Office, Light Industrial, and All Other Nonresidential Land Uses |
|---|---|---|---|
LL-1 LL-2 SR-1 | 5 | 4 | 1 |
SR-2 SR-3 SR-4 | 2 | 1.5 | 0.75 |
All Other Land Use Districts | 1 | 0.75 | 0.5 |
a. Tree Credit Reductions for Cottage Housing Developments. Cottage housing development meeting the requirements of LUC 20.20.250 may, as an alternative to the applicable rate that would otherwise normally apply, utilize the applicable minimum tree credit rate identified in Table 20.20.900.E.1 for commercial, office, light industrial, and all other nonresidential land uses.
b. Accessory Dwelling Units. A detached accessory dwelling unit shall constitute a dwelling unit for the purposes determining the applicable rate identified in Table 20.20.900.E.1. In contrast, attached accessory dwelling units shall not constitute a dwelling unit for the purposes of determining the applicable rate identified in Table 20.20.900.E.1.
3. Conditions for Tree Removal on Low Tree Density Sites. On sites with insufficient existing tree density, existing Significant Trees or Landmark Trees may be removed if:
a. The maximum density of development allowed on the site cannot be achieved without extending into the TPZ, a required front yard, a required rear yard, or a combination of the foregoing to an extent greater than provided for in subsection E.5 of this section;
b. Retaining the trees would preclude required access and utility connections;
c. The trees are hazardous trees or, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, inappropriate for retention;
d. The site is located in a wildland-urban interface area and additional tree removal is required to maintain applicable defensible space requirements, in accordance with BCC 23.11.100; or
e. Removal is required to fulfill the terms of an easement or covenant recorded prior to July 16, 2024.
4. Retained Trees.
a. Priorities for Retention. In selecting Significant Trees or Landmark Trees for retention, the Director encourages the preservation of the following types of Significant Trees in the following order of priority:
i. Landmark Trees.
ii. Trees located in Groves.
iii. Significant Trees located in the required perimeter landscaping area, as set forth in LUC 20.20.520.F.1. For properties located in BelRed, refer to LUC 20.25D.110.
iv. Other Significant Trees.
b. Tree Credits for Retained Trees. Each retained Significant Tree provides a tree credit value determined by its d.b.h. or Landmark Tree classification, as identified in Table 20.20.900.E.2. When determining tree credits for a Significant Tree that is an alder or cottonwood, the applicable tree credit value identified in Table 20.20.900.E.2 shall be reduced by 50 percent.
Table 20.20.900.E.2. Tree Credits for Retained Trees
DBH | 6"-10" | Larger than 10" and up to 12" | Larger than 12" and up to 14" | Larger than 14" and up to 16" | Larger than 16" and up to 18" | Larger than 18" and up to 20" | Larger than 20" and up to 22" | Larger than 22" and less than 24" | 24" or greater and all Landmark Trees |
Tree Credits | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 |
c. Exceptions. The following shall not provide any tree credits if retained:
i. Invasive or Noxious Species.
ii. Trees located outside the Tree Canopy Site Area.
iii. Trees in areas devoted to access and sight areas as defined in the Transportation Code (Chapter 14.06 BCC).
iv. Trees located wholly or partially on a property line.
d. Trees on Property Lines. A Significant Tree located wholly or partially on a property line may only be removed if all of the following criteria are satisfied:
i. The Significant Tree constitutes a Hazardous Tree; and
ii. All property owners with an ownership interest in the Significant Tree provide written certification, in a form acceptable to the Director, that they consent to the removal; provided, that the Director may waive this requirement where, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, the tree poses an imminent danger to the public health, safety, or welfare.
5. Dimensional Standard Modification for Tree Retention.
a. Reduced Parking. Where the provision of required parking would impact the TPZ of Landmark Trees or of trees constituting Groves, the Director may approve a reduction of required parking in order to avoid a Grove or Landmark Trees, if the reduction would result in a project that would avoid the TPZ and that would exceed the required minimum tree density.
b. Front and Rear Yards. Subject to street intersection sight obstruction requirements, BCC 14.60.240, development may extend into up to 50 percent of the required front yard or 5 feet into the rear yard in the following circumstances:
i. The maximum density of development allowed on the site cannot be achieved without extending into the TPZ of existing significant or Landmark Trees required to achieve the minimum tree density; or
ii. The modification will enable the applicant to retain a grove, additional Landmark Trees, or both a Grove and additional Landmark Trees beyond the required minimum tree density; or
iii. The proposal is for affordable housing development provided under LUC 20.20.128 and will exceed the required minimum tree density.
c. Building Height. Except in transition areas and for proposals of 1 dwelling unit per lot, the maximum building height may be increased by up to 12 feet for those portions of the building(s) at least 20 feet from any property line in the following circumstances:
i. The maximum density of development allowed on the site cannot be achieved without extending into the TPZ of existing Significant Trees or of existing Landmark Trees required to achieve the minimum tree density; or
ii. The modification will enable the applicant to retain a Grove, additional Landmark Trees, or both a Grove and additional Landmark Trees beyond the required minimum tree density; or
iii. The proposal is for affordable housing development provided under LUC 20.20.128 and will exceed the required minimum tree density.
6. Planted Trees.
a. Tree Credits for Planted Trees. Each planted tree that is a minimum of two inches Caliper (for deciduous trees) or six feet in height (for conifer trees) provides one tree credit, except Alders and Cottonwoods, which provide no tree credits when planted. Planted trees below these minimum sizes provide no tree credits.
i. If a Qualified Tree Professional demonstrates in writing that the number of trees required to be planted to meet the required minimum tree credits would negatively affect the viability of the planted trees, then the Director may award more tree credits per planted tree to achieve the maximum number of trees that can be planted and, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, still be viable.
b. The applicant shall utilize plant materials which complement the natural character of the Pacific Northwest, and which are, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, adaptable to the climatic, topographic, and hydrologic characteristics of the site.
c. Planting Invasive or Noxious Species is prohibited.
d. Tree Removal Before Development Activity. If a site has insufficient existing tree density, any trees removed from the Tree Canopy Site Area within the three years preceding the date of the City’s final decision on the underlying permit, approval, or review shall be replaced, unless replacement was previously required as a condition of their removal. For each Significant Tree requiring replacement, the applicant shall plant one replacement tree. For each Landmark Tree requiring replacement, the applicant shall plant either three replacement trees, or two large conifer species trees approved by the Director.
e. Relationship to Other Requirements.
i. Any significant tree retained to meet other Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code requirements within the Tree Canopy Site Area, including LUC 20.20.520, may provide tree credits towards the minimum required tree credits in an amount calculated pursuant to subsection E.4 of this section.
ii. Any tree planted to meet other Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code requirements within the Tree Canopy Site Area, including LUC 20.20.520, may provide tree credits towards the minimum required tree credits in an amount calculated pursuant to subsection E.6.a of this section.
iii. The number of trees required to be planted or retained to meet other Bellevue City Code or Land Use Code requirements within the Tree Canopy Site Area shall not be reduced if exceeding the required minimum tree credits.
f. All plantings required by this section are subject to the street intersection sight obstruction requirements contained in BCC 14.60.240.
g. Trees planted to form a clipped or sheared hedge shall not provide any tree credits if planted.
h. Locations. Planted trees providing credit toward the required minimum tree density shall be planted within the Tree Canopy Site Area in locations suitable for the planted trees to reach maturity, in the following order of priority:
i. Within required setbacks and transition areas.
ii. Adjacent to existing Groves.
iii. Other locations within the Tree Canopy Site Area.
i. In-Lieu Fee. If the applicant demonstrates that all planting options have been considered and are infeasible, for each additional tree credit required, the applicant shall pay a fee-in-lieu equivalent to the cost of a tree meeting the requirements of this section for planted trees, installation (labor and equipment), maintenance for three years, and fund administration.
i. As of July 16, 2024, the in-lieu fee rate shall be $1,300 per tree credit. This rate shall be published in the City’s fee rate schedule, shall be reviewed annually, and, effective January 1st of each year, the Director may administratively increase or decrease the rate by an adjustment to reflect the current published annual change in the Seattle Consumer Price Index for Wage Earners and Clerical Workers as needed in order to maintain accurate costs for the region.
ii. In-lieu fee monies shall be used to support Bellevue’s tree canopy and related initiatives including, but not limited to, one or more of the following: planting and maintaining individual trees (including supporting infrastructure), restoration activities, urban forestry education, or the purchase of land for reforestation or preservation.
7. Alternative Tree Density Option.
a. An applicant may request a modification of the minimum tree density requirement when the proposed Land Use is classified within transportation or utilities in the land use charts contained in LUC 20.10.440.
b. The Director may administratively approve a modification of the on-site tree planting requirements if:
i. The modification is consistent with the stated purpose of this section; and
ii. The modification proposal either:
(1) Incorporates retained and planted trees equal or greater in tree credits required for the Tree Canopy Site Area, with the option to plant or protect trees in locations outside the Tree Canopy Site Area but within the City of Bellevue; or
(2) Incorporates the retention or replacement of other natural vegetation in consolidated locations which promote the natural vegetated character of the site and neighborhood including use as pasture land or for agricultural uses; or
(3) Incorporates an innovative mitigation plan acceptable to the Director. The plan shall be based on science endorsed by a Qualified Tree Professional and applicable to the natural characteristics of the location(s) where the mitigation will occur.
iii. Where a modification proposal includes newly planted trees, the applicant shall utilize plant materials which, in the written opinion of a Qualified Tree Professional, complement the natural character of the Pacific Northwest, and which are adaptable to the climatic, topographic, and hydrologic characteristics of the site.
F. Tree Protection.
1. Tree Protection Techniques. The applicant shall utilize tree protection techniques identified in the tree protection plan approved by the Director during land alteration and construction in order to provide for the continual healthy life of retained Significant Trees and Landmark Trees, as provided in BCC 23.76.060.
2. Tree Protection Covenant.
a. The applicant shall record with the King County Recorder’s Office a covenant in the following circumstances:
i. When a modification to development standards is granted under subsection E.5 of this section to avoid development within a TPZ; or
ii. When required as a condition of approval for an application for a Subdivision, Short Subdivision, Unit Lot Subdivision, or Unit Lot Short Subdivision.
b. The covenant shall be in a form approved by the Director and shall contain the following terms:
i. Where a modification to development standards is granted under subsection E.5 of this section to avoid development within a TPZ, the covenant shall prohibit development on or within any portion of a TPZ located on the site that was avoided through the modification to development standards.
ii. The covenant shall include a site plan, prepared by a qualified professional, clearly delineating the location of all retained or planted trees in the Tree Canopy Site Area. Where applicable, the site plan shall delineate the TPZ(s) located wholly or partially on the site that were avoided through the modification to development standards under subsection E.5 of this section.
iii. To the extent that any Significant Tree or Landmark Tree protected by the covenant becomes a Hazardous Tree, the covenant shall allow for the removal of Hazardous Trees and the planting of replacement trees within the Tree Canopy Site Area in a manner consistent with the ratios established in subsection E.6.d of this section.
iv. Any other terms and conditions that the Director finds to be reasonably necessary.
3. Maintenance Assurance. If planted trees are necessary to achieve the minimum required tree density, the Director may require a maintenance assurance device for a period of three years from the completion of planting or construction in conformance with LUC 20.40.490. The Director may require a longer period depending on the plant materials used and site conditions. (Ord. 6851, 6-24-25, § 39; Ord. 6846, 6-17-25, § 21; Ord. 6796, 7-9-24, § 1)